ee a ee ee OD ee en ey ene aw ae AN ROP ig A ON CE we MN Oe ine aoponegent am * ere a ae Ne MAA AE Bb De Oe are nO ie A oa Or Cha ft, AB an NE Reg eT Rane HD 08 ee thet abet at Ae MR he NA nraemy Pe al pe ao A ag me HO a SF nee Rew en ee - se ent da dee Aad Ape Boa Tong Am ow ig anther en Ra get a 0a Bt ott onan A i eI mn ee Pit a dP eel te OA ANN dN RENE PI Ny NP Kil Ral ee ecereeas bareh tentatenagnamaenenaae cae FA AL Le RT RN AEE OT ENE RE LIE RAE LAPS Sonesta : re seheanetie ke ae eae Dh Mipcmatin Pee N OM Oana aes ow earthly ag ihsha asm AaAhns Renn vaca ache hath ia Oh site ey hart pret ent namreetinet Dn ndeintanamich amano - ae mal Maing Be, ren slag Pencil ta MA taphtistotnart Tish totem ae dita ttinta gt avn ~~ - ~ A > ~ : , . nm Pan iS Pentair BAe Ne A Tie Rega ly yl 7 2 Tey Ny iy AOS OR yr a - Ao hae Aa lig Be Magi hog marin i= Netty then tetnn 6 them a Nag — ce ea Met tate Aaa etn atin Be Seem org = oe Pe cere me ate gh hades well OO Retne ESA A aha eI a _— ne ene ee en aN igh att ten wn Pa wena tami oars ines Ah Ma ona eA Me El Rm gt =F Re one ote te ete rey the ‘ oe a> | ha My HR “ Kt ee ioe eel, ¢ 4 7 a a " BPE dt a rons Diels Cee Ly, 1) ae My ed to. a @” 19 ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America VOLUMES. 1917 EDITORIAL BOARD HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, CoLUMBUS, OHIO. L. O. HOWARD, ioas& EMERTON, WASHINGTON, D. C. Boston, MASS. He CBA; Cc. GORDON HEWITT, PASADENA, CALIF. OTTAWA, CANADA. Pp. P. CALVERT, LAWRENCE BRUNER, PHILADELPHIA, PA. LINCOLN, NEB. J. W. FOLSOM, WM. A. RILEY, URBANA, ILLS. IrHaca, N. Y. T D. A. COCKERELL, BOULDER, COLO. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY COLUMBUS, OHIO CONTENTS OF VOLUME X. PAGE COGKERED who aT OSSil InSeCtSinmaane as osc. inc ocka yl oe ives asad ve ntaaes 1 WILLIsTon, S. W.—Camptopelta, a New Genus of Stratiomyidae............. 23 MetcaLr, Z. P.—The Wing Venation of the Cercopidae...................... 27 WE cH, PAut S.—Further Studies on Hydromyza Confluens Loew............ 35 Du Porte, E. M., and VANDERLECK, J.—Studies on Coccobacillus Acridiorum d’Herelle, and on Certain Intestinal Organisms of Locusts.............. 47 Hess, W. N.—The Chordotonal Organs and Pleural Discs of Cerambycid Naat meter ae T I «och v2 cee | ERIE @ cicge eco Gear ai ciorenala’s Sevane caato. 8 63 SANDERS, J. G., and DELonc, D. M.—The Cicadellide (Jassoidea. Fam. Homoptera) of Wisconsin, with Description of New Species............. 79 AtprRicH, J. M.—Proceedings of the Entomological Society of America, es era MIR EGS sg So I PES En od St 9) Gh ai weet e hy ame ciao MELE Ewina, H. E.—A Synopsis of the Genera of Beetle Mites With Special Reference tote North enumeriGammannn we hate et oe he el boas Sa eee eo kane 117 GILLETTE, C. P.—Some Colorado Species of the Genus Lachnus...... 133 FLORENCE, LAURA—The Pacific Coast Species of Xylococcus................. 147 McGrecor, E. A.—Six New Species of Mallophaga from North American INV [earns call S Pree op ee era Seen Rh p REE DR NG CPC OME ARES ESe al re sho est ieteca Sateen 167 BAUMBERGER, J. P.—Hibernation: A Periodical Phenomenon................. 179 CRAMPTON, G. C.—The Nature of the Veracervix or Neck Region in Insects.. 187 ZETEK, JAMES—The Ecology of Bubonic Plague...........2...........0...4.- 198 Murr, F.—The Introduction of Scolia Manila Ashm. Into the Hawaiian ieee ee ee ee cn ao Wns SEEM toate ihe cha, ES toe Re Ne cmtie ae aes 207 HEADLEE, THOMAS J. and BECKWITH, CHARLES S.—Some Recent Advances in INI SCI TEIE OM OT Kopesee Meter any ieee arto. Marcio Saale ok neh, Paar haces a SePaul Jones, CHas. R.—New Species of Colorado Syrphide...................... 219 BRAUN, ANNETTE F.—Observations on the Pupal Wings of Nepticula, with (Gomparative Notes on Other Generay cy docmecca- cee elae oa vile astoahiean 233 Hystop, J. A—The Phylogeny of the Elaterida Based on Larval Characters. .241 Hotiincer, A. H.—Taxonomic Value of Antennal Segments of Certain Coccidz 264 Frison, THEODORE H.—Notes on Bombide, and on the Life History of Bombus J NUR OATS SNOT ONCE rye pee ceases SSeS cc Ue RES 5 Sick A Se Cnt ed 277 PALMER, MirtAM A.—Additional Notes on Heredity and Life Hisotry in the CocemellzdsGentissAdalia: Mulsantty garth nn..425 5 aa os oe ose nena 289 GUTHRIE, ESTHER—New Mycetophilide from California..................... 314 Hitton, Wm. A.—The Nervous System of Thysanura........................ 303 COCKERELE,. 0-7), A:—Insects ini Burmese Amber. ...chGs. 2 05. ce a seme es 323 Ewinc, H. E.—Parthenogensis in the Pear-slug Saw-fly...................... 330 CRAMPTON, G. C.—A Phylogenetic Study of the Larval and Adult Head in Neuroptera, Mecoptera, Diptera and Trichoptera....................... 337 IsELY, DwicHt—A Synopsis of the Petiolate Wasps of the Family Eumenide (Hymentoptera) Found in America North of Mexico.................... 345 CARNOCHAN, F. G.—Hololeptine of the United States................. cece eee 367 DATES OF ISSUE. March, 1917, number mailed March 12, 1917. June, 1917, number mailed June 16, 1917. September, 1917, number mailed September 13, 1917. December, 1917, number mailed December 15, 1917. neh Pe eae as on Waive x faut RNeae 4 . s Number 1}, PG ANNALS The Entomological Society of America MARCH, 1917 EDITORIAL BOARD HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, COLUMBUS, OHIO, L. O. HOWARD, J. H. EMERTON, WASHINGTON, Dic, - Boston, Mass. H. C, FALL, C. GORDON HEWITT, PASADENA, CALIF. OTTAWA, CANADA. _ P. P. CALVERT, LAWRENCE BRUNER, PHILADELPHIA, Pa. LINCOLN, NEB. J. W. FOLSOM, ; WM. A. RILEY, URBANA, ILLS. Immaca, N, Y. T. D. A. COCKERELL, BOULDER, COoLo. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY ~ COLUMBUS, OHIO Entered as second class matter April 11, 1908, at the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, : under the Act of Congress. of March 3, 1879. ian ing¢i Anson ty aS “ Py MAR 1 4 1917 ie The Entomological Society of America Founded 1906. OFFICERS 1917. President LAWRENCE BRUNER, At NC ABR ES SKS A ay EE Lincoln, Neb. First Vice-President SMS WALKER Sey oN AE ae eae is Seo Oronte., Ontario Second Vice-President H.C. Fatt, E ‘ : Pasadena, California Managing Editor Annals HERBERT OSBORN, . ; ; SP hs : . Columbus, Ohio Secretary-Treasurer J; M’ALpRICH, 3 ei oY West Lafayette, Indiana Executive Committee THE OFFICERS AND E. B. Wittramson, & A.D. Hopxtns, W. J. Hotranp, BE. D: Bart, C. W. JoHNSON. Committee on N omenclature fy, PF EET; T. D. A. CocKERELL, NATHAN BANKS. 7 Price List of Publications. Annals, Vols. I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII and IX complete, each....... $3.00 ° Annals, Separate Parts except as below, each...... ok cle eee cence se ens 1.00 Annalse Vols: land Thy) Part3) each susan ey hone a cak Gaon a ude nell ates ule 50 Annals; Vol. DVs\\Parg 4; each oe st oan Sue cari tae Gara Sas crea ea ficlenog ~ 1.50 BACK VOLUMES Of the ANNALS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA may be secured from the office of the Managing Editor and new members of the Society who may wish to complete a set are advised to secure the earlier volumes while there is still a supply on hand and the price is kept at the original subscription rate. Address HERBERT Osporn, Managing Editor, ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, State University, Columbus, Ohio. ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America Volume X MAR Cire tat 7 Number | FOSSIL INSECTS.* By T. D. A. COCKERELL. In these serious days, it seems just a little grotesque that I should cross half a continent to address you on a. subject so remote from the current of human life as fossil insects. The limitations of our society do indeed forbid such topics as the causes of the war or the evil effects of intercollegiate athletics; but I might have chosen to discuss lice or mosquitoes—any of those insects whose activities have before now decided the fate of nations. My excuse for avoiding these more lively topics only aggravates the offense, for it is the fact that I have never given them adequate attention, but have in the past ten years occupied myself with matters having for the most part no obvious economic application. There is, however, another point of view.. Many years ago I had the good fortune to meet the eminent ornithologist, Elliott Coues, at Santa Fe. We spent a considerable part of the night discussing a variety of subjects, from spiritualism to rattlesnakes, and when we parted he made a remark which those who knew him will recognize as characteristic. He said, “‘Cockerell, I really believe that if it had not been for science, you would have been a dangerous crank!’’ Surely experience and history alike confirm the essential sagacity of the observa- tion, as applied not merely to your lecturer, but to mankind in general. How often has our poor human race exhibited the qualities of a dangerous crank, owing to the lack of those which devotion to science may stimulate! Has it not been so * Annual Address before the Entomological Society of America, delivered at New York, December 28th, 1916. 2 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, in Europe in these dreadful days? It is true that science is being accused as the handmaiden of war, is blamed for the many diabolical inventions for taking human life; but these things are aside from the great current of scientific thought, and it would be equally just to accuse language, which is at the very root of human progress, because forsooth it has been the vehicle of every hateful emotion. The pursuit of science, by which we mean the effort to under- stand nature, is akin to religion, because it enables us to see the world as part of the universe and ourselves and our affairs as particular examples of universal phenomena. We do not thereby lose our self respect; on the contrary, it should be increased by the consciousness of having a part in the affairs of the cosmos. It is some such feeling as this, not usually defined in words, which keeps the naturalist to his task. People ask him, why do you labor over that microscopical animal, of no apparent interest to any one? They might as well ask a brick- layer why he thinks it worth while to lay any single brick of some mighty building. The general sense, the pious belief, that every part of the scientific structure is worth while, has been greatly heightened in recent years by researches in genetics. It is a marvelous thing that we can reason from Mendel’s peas to human life; that Jenning’s protozoa should be significant for the study of sociology. Thus we come to the conviction that even a fossil cockroach from the coal mines of Pennsylvania has some story to tell which may serve us in our day. Entomologists are not as humble as they were in my young days, but I fear they do not yet appreciate the full significance of their science in relation to the philosophy of life. The enormous variety of insect life, exhibiting innumerable adaptations to all sorts of conditions, gives us unparalleled opportunities. What New York is to the sociologist, the class Insecta must be to the ‘naturalist. A single species of insect, Drosophila melanogaster, has enabled Morgan and his associates to largely reconstruct our ideas concerning the mechanics of heredity; to give us well ascer- tained facts in place of much vague speculation. It is, however, from the comparative morphology and physi- ology of insects that we may expect to learn most about the phenomena of evolution. I recall being present several years ago at a meeting at Boston, when Professor J. C. Bradley 1917] Fossil Insects 3 exhibited a number. of figures of hymenopterous wings, and offered some opinions concerning the evolution of the venation. In the discussion which followed, the criticism was made that all the species concerned were living ones, that obviously they . could not be thought of as ancestral to one another, and conse- quently any attempt to see in them a true evolutionary series must be futile. This sounded reasonable, but it did not take into account the fact that while species may all be recent genera of insects are old, and of extremely different antiquity. This is one of the lessons we have learned from the study of fossil insects, and it teaches us that the existing insect fauna is extremely rich in ancient types, which do really illustrate evolutionary sequence. The reason for this is rather obvious. The stream of insect life branches in a complex manner and owing to the enormous diversity of possible adaptations, resulting from the diversity of physical conditions, of food and of enemies, very many of the products of evolution have been preserved without important modification. This is especially striking when we regard characters rather than species, and observe differences in the minute structure of the tegmina of Paleozoic cockroaches, corresponding with similar differences to be found in their living representatives. Just as the infinite variety of higher animal life has been built up from a scarcely altered fundamental series of tissues, so families, genera and species have arisen not so much from entirely new developments, as from the shuffling of ancient characteristics. There is, of course, no doubt that definite progressive evolution has taken place among the insects just as among the vertebrates; thus the greatly modified mouth-parts of bees and _ butterflies, adapted for sucking the nectar of flowers, certainly came into existence after the Paleozoic, and when plants with suitable corollas had developed or were developing. There is no doubt that the Mesozoic, the period of the rise of the higher plants, saw a remarkable development of insect life, concerning which we know too little, owing to the relative scarcity of fossils. It does not appear, however, that there is much if any innate tendency to progress, without reference to changing conditions. During the Tertiary epoch there seems to have been little forward evolution, and in the north temperate regions we may detect a very perceptible contraction and impoverishment of the fauna since the Miocene. In the absence 4 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, of a progressive movement, there has nevertheless been much of the shuffling already mentioned, producing a great mass of specific forms, while many. genera have become extinct. Aside from these general questions, we may value the evidence afforded by fossil insects for the light thrown on geology and paleogeography . In the first place, although the genera of insects are of long duration, the species appear to be short lived. The best evidence for this opinion comes from the fact that strata supposed by the geologist to be of nearly or quite the same age, often contain insect-faunule in which the species are all distinct. This may be partly due to different ecological conditions and to migrations, but it certainly is due in part to the comparatively rapid evolution of insect species. This is especially proved by the Pleistocene beetles studied by Scudder, which are closely allied to modern species, yet distinct. Pro- fessor Wickham is now engaged in the study of many additional Pleistocene beetles, and though his work is not finished, he kindly informs me that “‘they seem to be pretty nearly all different, subspecifically at least, from those of today.” Owing to the complexity of insect life and the facilities these animals have for getting about, faunz are constantly in a state of flux, species locally dying out, and others coming in. Thus there can be little doubt that complete collections made in any locality at intervals of one hundred years would be appreciably different; except perhaps in the tropics, where conditions are likely to be more uniform. It is doubtless on account of this fact that we not rarely find non-functional examples of ““mimicry,’’ which are offered as obstacles to the view that mimicry has any adaptive significance. It is evident that the almost kaleidoscopic insect fauna must present characteristics which are to be understood in relation to the past rather than to the present. It results from all these considerations that fossil insects, when they can be obtained in any numbers and from different levels, afford a very delicate index to the details of stratigraphy, probably surpassing in this respect every group of organisms except mammals, which are not available for the purpose until we reach the Tertiary. The obvious objection to the use of insects in this manner arises from their comparative scarcity; but this has been exaggerated, and every year brings to light new localities. In particular, the Pennsylvanian (Upper Paleozoic) coal bearing strata of Maryland, Pennsyl- 1917] Fossil Insects | 7 Sheep vania and West Virginia have lately been found by Mr. H. Bassler to contain numerous faunule, mostly cockroaches, which I have been permitted to study. Scudder and Hand- lirsch had already observed that practically every Paleeozoic locality yielded different species, and I have also found this to be the case. Considering the number of species and localities discovered by Mr. Bassler in a couple of years or so, we may reasonably expect eventually to have a very good detailed knowledge of the insects of the Pennsylvanian, and thereby have the means of elaborating a very accurate stratigraphy of the anthracite coal region. The tendency of all these studies is to enlarge our conception of the duration of the Pennsylvanian, which must represent an enormous amount of time. The main outstanding question now is, can we not only distinguish all these cockroach faunule—as we certainly can—but also place them, from the evidence afforded by the insects alone, in the right order? In other words, can we recognize a direct forward evolution, or are we again confronted by a shuffling process? Before attempting to answer this, we must get rid of the idea that regular progressive development necessarily occurred, and only waits to be detected. In the Tertiary, were it possible to restore the faunz of a million years ago to life, and place them beside those existing now, there are certainly several groups, at least, in which no entomologist could distinctly affirm which was the more primitive. The best he could do would be to point out that whereas both lots contained archaic genera, there were rather more of these in the older series; and to do this he would need very complete materials. - Returning now to the Paleozoic fauna we find, as Handlirsch has pointed out in several papers, that insect life begins, so far as we know it, with that remarkable group called Palzo- dictyoptera. The so-called Silurian insects are clearly value- less, and the exact age of the oldest Palzodictyoptera is still a matter of dispute; Mr. G. F. Matthew still adheres to the opin- ion that the remains from St. John, New Brunswick, are of Devonian age. He points out that cockroaches are entirely absent, that Devonian genera exist among the accompanying plants, and that a later (Mississippian) facies is due to the fact that the deposits represent an old delta plain, whereas other known Devonian plants are from what was hilly country or sea-coast. On the other hand Kidston and David White, 6 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, judging from the plants, would refer the beds to the Carbonif- erous, even later than the Mississippian. Leaving these matters undecided, there are still some important facts which admit of no dispute. In the first place, the insects, like the higher flowering plants, first appear on the scene in a highly developed condition. It is true that the Paleodictyoptera are very primitive as compared with our modern Lepidoptera, Hymen- optera or Coleoptera, but in their own particular line, they represented a wonderful development of insect life.* There was evidently great variety of form and structure, while many of the species reached an enormous size. The anterior wings of Archeoptilus gaullei Meunier are estimated to be 18 cm. long, and as the distance between the wings is 24 mm., the total expanse is 384 mm.—over 15 inches.t Truly, there were giants in those days! This exuberant type flourished during a period before the rise of the Blattids, but extended into the Pennsylva- nian, where, as at Mazon Creek, Illinois, it is accompanied by a rich fauna of Protorthoptera and Blattoids. It existed equally in Europe and North America, and in both areas gradually disappeared during the Upper Carboniferous or Pennsylvanian. The disappearance of the Palzodictyoptera is coincident with the rise of the Blattoids; and in America, at least, we soon come to a period when the Blattoids were dom- inant, to the total exclusion of Paleodictyoptera, and the great reduction of all other insects. This lasts to the end of the Pennsylvanian, and perhaps into the Permian; but in the Permian strata of Kansas, in which Sellards obtained a very rich insect fauna, Blattoids are in the minority, and other insects are numerous. ‘Thus we have certainly three great periods, so far as the insects are concerned; one prior to the appearance of Blattoids, one during which the Blattoids and Palzodictyoptera and Protorthoptera existed together, and one during which the Blattoids were dominant almost to the *Reconstructions of these insects must not be taken too seriously. In his very valuable and suggestive paper on the Ancestry of Insects (Am. Jn. Sci., Nov., 1916), Mr. J. D. Tothill copies a couple of figures from Handlirsch, which that author states to be diagrammatic reconstructions. Mr. Tothill, however, makes Handlirsch’s hypothetical and reconstructed Paleodictyopteran larva a Stenodictya, and proceeds to discuss the larva-of that genus, as if it were well known. +The largest known insect, Meganeura monyi Brongniart, from the Upper Carboniferous of Commentary, France, is stated to have had an expanse of fully 70 cm., or about 2 ft. 4 inches. Handlirsch refers it to the Protodonata, a type prophetic of our modern dragon-flies. 1917} Fossil Insects | ri exclusion of other types. If we go into the Permian, we have - still another great period, in which the insects were smaller, and becoming more diversified, with the Blattoids in the minority. This does not by any means exhaust our catalogue of sequences. Scudder in 1896 gave an elaborate table showing that during Upper Carboniferous and Permian time there was a fairly regular decrease in the size of cockroaches, so that if one had a number of faunule, the average size of the members would be an index to the relative ages of the strata. Since Scudder’s time some of the opinions of geologists have changed, and from the recent material which has come in, I do not believe that this class of evidence is as valuable as it seemed to be; yet it 1s probably not without significance. More important in some respects is probably the relationship between the Archimylacrid and Mylacrid Blattoids, two groups easily dis- tinguished as a rule by characters of the venation. The Archimylacrids appear to be the older, and these, along with the Paleodictyoptera, abound both in Europe and Amer- ica. The Mylacrids, on the other hand, are essentially Amer- ican, and appear to have developed during a period when there was no land connection between the Old and New Worlds. The proportion of Mylacrids in a given fauna is probably highly significant for stratigraphy; and the whole group emphasizes the fact already suggested by other evidence, such as that obtained by Petrunkevitch from a study of the Arachnids, that during middle Pennsylvanian time, at least, the evolution of the American fauna was wholly independent of that of Europe. Thus, as we investigate these matters, we do seem to observe a distinct procession of events, which cannot be without signifi- cance for geology or evolution. The Permian, or closing period of the Paleozoic, was marked in North America by an elevation of the land surface and a general reduction of temperature. This continued into the Mesozoic. The new conditions appear to have been unfavorable to Blattoids, and to have given opportunity for the development of diverse types of smaller insects, many of which passed their early life in fresh water. There was at the same time a remark- able development of terrestrial cold-blooded vertebrates.’ The new start thus made probably may be taken as representing the foundation of the modern insect-fauna, though several impor- 8 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, tant orders did not appear until much later. The appearance of the Coleoptera very early in the Mesozoic, with perfectly characteristic elytra having sometimes quite modern-looking color-patterns, 1s surprising and not at present to be explained. The Diptera, Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera all came in later. The Upper Mesozoic or Cretaceous strata have as yet proved extremely poor in insect remains; less than fifty species are known, and most of these are quite worthless objects. This is very unfortunate, as it is probable that during this period most of the modern families of insects had their origin. Nothing would do more to throw light on the relationships of living insects than the discovery of a rich Cretaceous fauna. It is surprising that among the numerous Cretaceous plants, for example in the Laramie of Colorado, where the preservation is so good that it is sometimes possible to peel off the epidermis of leaves, insects hardly ever occur. A Blattoid (Stantoniella) was indeed found in the Judith River beds of Montana, but it remains unique. An astonishing find was that of an apparent Fulgorid (Petropteron) in the Pierre Cretaceous, a marine formation, at Boulder, Colorado. It had fallen into the sea, and been buried in the mud of the littoral zone. The most hopeful discovery, so far, is that of a very good Trichopteron (Dolophilus, a genus still living) in Upper Cretaceous amber in Tennessee. If an insect fauna can be found in this amber it will be of extraordinary interest and value. Attention should be called to a very interesting paper by Mr. R. J. Tillyard, published this year by the Queensland Geological Survey. He describes a number of Australian fossil insects, and in particular a supposed Lepidopteron, Dunstania pulchra, from the Trias, said to ‘be the oldest Lepidopteron known. This has since been discussed by Meyrick, who con- cludes that it may be Homopterous, but cannot be Lepidop- terous. As he remarks, the thickened wing-margin is unlike that of Lepidoptera. There is certainly a suggestion of a Cicada-like form in the region of the cubitus. The Tertiary epoch represents perhaps four million years, certainly much less than half the Mesozoic. At the close of the Mesozoic there was an uplift similar to that marking the Permian, and during Tertiary time this has been maintained, with minor oscillations, while the continental climates in north temperate regions have become colder and more arid. Thus 1917] Fossil Insects 9 in Colorado the end of the Cretaceous marks the emergence of the country east of the mountains from the sea, and the transi- tional marsh conditions, with an abundance of luxuriant vegetation, produced the deposits now yielding the Laramie coal. About this time the great dinosaurs died out, and the higher mammals began to show what they could do. The story of Tertiary mammalian life is a wonderful one, and our knowl- edge of the details is now very considerable. Reasoning from analogy, we might expect that the Tertiary would show a progressive movement in insect evolution comparable with that marking the end of the Paleozoic and beginning of the Mesozoic. It is a fact that on comparing the Tertiary insects with the Mesozoic, there are differences in part resembling those observed among the mammals. The Tertiary insect fauna is essentially modern, indeed it may be said that we have it still with us. It is far richer and more varied than that of the Mesozoic, especially in such groups as Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera. In the flora, we have a remarkable expansion and development of the herbaceous type, but no radical mod- ification comparable with the origin of the higher flowering plants. So also among the insects, we have a great increase in variety, an immense series of adaptive modifications, but nothing to be compared with the origin of the Coleoptera, Diptera, Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera. Has nature partly exhausted her possibilities, new adaptations being limited owing to the very success of the older ones? As students of particular groups of insects, we are keenly interested in the evolution of the modern families and genera. As we look at the known Tertiary forms, we are impressed by the number of genera identical with or closely related to those now living, and the extreme scarcity of extinct families, or even subfamilies. There is this to be said, however, that the oldest extensive fauna in Europe is that of the Baltic Amber, in the Lower Oligocene. Back of that, during the vast period repre- sented by the Eocene and Paleocene, there are only a few scat- tered remains, the most instructive being a beautiful dragon fly (Trieschna gossi Campion) from the Upper Eocene (Bagshot Beds) of Bournemouth. In this country we are more fortunate, since the extensive deposits of Green River in Wyoming and White River in western Colorado and eastern Utah are certainly Eocene, not Oligocene as has been sometimes supposed. There 10 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vole are also other Eocene localities, such as that near Rifle, Col- orado; and quite recently a small series of Coleopterous elytra has been obtained in Colorado in beds which are probably quite near the base of the Tertiary. The value and importance of these older Tertiary insects has never been appreciated; Scudder, who described nearly all of them, was not aware of their relative antiquity. In his work on the Tertiary weevils Scudder brings out very clearly the radical difference between the Florissant Fauna and what he calls the Gosiute Fauna, although ‘‘the deposits of both (Florissant and the Gosiute Lake) are pre- sumably of Oligocene age.’’ When we consider that according to the best information we now possess Florissant is Miocene and the Gosiute Lake Eocene, all surprise at the absence of species common to both vanishes. The Rocky Mountain Eocene insects present a rather remarkable assemblage, not so much on account of what is present, as for the absence of important groups. Coleoptera, Diptera and Hemiptera are numerous, but prevailingly small. There are a few Orthoptera and some good Odonata. A few very poorly preserved ants were described by Scudder, together with some parasitic Hymenoptera and a good sawfly; but no bees have ever been obtained, and there is only a single fossorial wasp. No Lepidoptera have yet been seen. Perhaps the most interesting Dipteron is an Oestrid, represented by numerous larve.* Various families of the higher Diptera were represented by genera which still exist. It is possible that the conditions of deposition partly explain the character of this Eocene fauna, or series of faunule, and it is reasonable to expect that further collecting will greatly modify the statistics. At the same time we are lead to ask whether the complete modernization of Tertiary insect life had taken place at this early date; or rather, granting that the fauna so far as it goes is quite modern in aspect, whether the exuberance of types so characteristic of later times had yet developed. The condition of affairs may, in short, have been analogous to that observed in the Mammalia, which had by this time established the modern outlines, but had much development and diversification *Dr. J. Bequaert calls my attention to the resemblance between these larve and those of the African genus Dermatoestrus. The imago of Dermatoestrus is unknown. 1917] Fossil Insects it still ahead. The parallel is of course not exact, since insect genera are much more stable and long lived than those of mammals. The fauna of Prussian Amber, of Oligocene age, is extraordi- narily rich and beautifully preserved, the specimens resembling mounts in Canada balsam. In the museum at Konigsberg are over 100,000 specimens, while many exist elsewhere. Fake speci- mens are occasionally seen in collections, or specimens supposed to be in amber, but really in African Copal, of post-tertiary age. Putting aside all these, the perfectly genuine Oligocene amber collections are enormous, though only partly worked up. Ulmer, in a most remarkable work, has monographed the Trichoptera; Wheeler has done a like service for the ants; Meunier has described a great series of Diptera, and other authors have discussed smaller groups. Edmund Reitter has made a preliminary survey of the Coleoptera, indicating the recognisable families and genera, and a considerable number of apparently new genera not yet described or named. On looking over the lists, one notices first of all the richness of the fauna, the great abundance of genera and species. During mid-Tertiary times, the climate of the present Holarctic region was warmer than at present, and conditions seem to have been exceptionally favorable for an abundance of insect life. Since that time, the glacial period, or rather succession of glacial periods, has destroyed or driven out very many types, so that today we dwell in a relatively impoverished world, so far as the North Temperate region is concerned. Another remark- able thing is the lack of progress exhibited in the two million years or so since the time of the amber. Wheeler, referring to the ants, says that since the amber ‘‘the family has not only failed to exhibit any considerable taxonomic or ethological progress, but has instead, suffered a great decline in the number of species and therefore also in the variety of its instincts, at least in Europe.’’ Ulmer, speaking of the Trichoptera, says that the amber fauna is quite as highly developed as that of modern times. The presence of numerous extinct genera in all groups bears witness rather to the faunal contraction already mentioned than to any uniform and general advance of organization. There are, indeed, sOme archaic genera, but such also exist today. It must be said, however, that the bees, which I have studied, all belong to extinct genera, and 12 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, _on the whole are distinctly less advanced than the higher modern ones. There are, however, many modern genera of bees more primitive than any yet found in amber. Meunier’s catalogue of amber Diptera is remarkable for the great numbers of Tipulide, Cecidomyiide, Mycetophilide, Chironomid, Psych- odidze, Phoride, Empidide, and Dolichopodide. On the other hand, Asilide, Bombyliide, and many families of higher Diptera are very rare or absent. This looks at first like a certain indication of the relatively undeveloped character of the Dipterous fauna of the Oligocene, and is quite in line with the evidence from the much earlier Eocene of North America. It will be noted, however, that precisely those forms are present which would most easily and probably be caught in the amber, and there is no possible doubt that the list fails to represent large elements in the fauna. This is well shown by the scarcity of Lepidoptera, which undoubtedly abounded in those days. The Florissant Coleoptera, of Miocene age, much later than the Baltic amber, are remarkable for the prevailingly small size of the species, and here we cannot. so easily ascribe the peculiarity to the method of preservation. It would doubtless be true, under almost any conditions, that the larger and stronger forms would be most likely to escape the destructive influence; yet we are left with a residue of feeling that the average size of the insects actually was less than at present. Many of the larger species in the present fauna represent essentially southern, or even tropical groups, and it may well be-believed that though their ancestors existed in Oligocene and Miocene times, they had not yet spread northwards. The very impoverishment of the fauna during glacial times, with the subsequent amelioration of the climate, may have given opportunities to southern types, which during the mid-Tertiary were barred out by an already rich and aggressive fauna occupying the territory. Also Oligocene, but perhaps later than the amber, is the rich deposit at Gurnet Bay, in the Isle of Wight. The specimens are preserved in solidified mud, absolutely without compression. The materials are of particular importance, not only as coming from a distinct locality, but on account of the quite different medium in which théy are preserved. So far, 25 Diptera, 4 dragon flies, 8 ants, 1 Diapriid, 1 wasp, 4 Homopteron, 1 Lep- idopteron, 2 termites, a Szsyra, a Raphidia and an Aeolothrips 1917] Fossil Insects i have been described. The list is not long enough to prove much, but the series has a modern aspect. The ants include species of Oecophylla, now especially characteristic of tropical Asia and Australia; while the termites belong to the primitive Australian genus Mastotermes. The wasp, assigned to the Philanthide, may perhaps belong to the Mutillide (Myrmo- sine), as Mr. S. A. Rohwer has suggested in correspondence. I cannot recognize any of the species as being identical with those inamber. A very large collection of these Gurnet Bay insects is in the British Museum; and while the majority cannot be determined, it is certain that among the 2,500 specimens there are sufficient good ones to give us a fair idea of the fauna. I examined 170 of these specimens and found twelve describable new species, not including the Coleoptera, which were numerous. At this rate, the whole collection may perhaps be expected to yield at least 200 species. I described 33 species from the Lacoe collection in the U. S. National Museum; these came originally from the Brodie collection, which is now in the British Museum. Although they were supposed to be ‘“‘duplicates,”’ they were apparently selected with judgment, and as no serious attempt has ever been made to sort the species among the Gurnet Bay fossils, it is very probable that many of the Lacoe series are not represented in the larger collection. All the Gurnet Bay insects of which I have any knowledge were col- lected many years ago by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, and I do not know whether the deposit is still workable. Arrangements are being made at the British Museum to have the Gurnet Bay collection worked up by various specialists; Mr. Donisthorpe has already undertaken the ants. Baltic amber is not the only source of amber insects. Amber is found on the east coast of England, and specimens containing insects are in the museum of Cambridge University. One piece contains a couple of modern honey bees, and is, I fear, a fake; but some of the others look genuine. The species still await critical study and description. Shelford described some Blattids from Miocene amber obtained at Stettin; one of these he could not dis- tinguish from the living Euthyrrhapha pacifica (Coquebert), which is at present found in South America, Africa and Polynesia. Sicilian amber, also of Miocene age, and therefore much later than Baltic amber, has yielded some very interesting insects, especially a remarkable series of ants and a Meliponine bee. 14 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Very recently, Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe has sent me many spec- imens of Burmite, or Burmese amber, containing insects. This material occurs in clay beds of Miocene age, but it is evident that the amber was washed into them from higher levels, and it is not impossible that it is much older. The insects, so far as yet examined, have rather a primitive aspect, but the number of species as yet available is small. I find a Termite (Ter- mopsis), a Psocid (doubtfully referred to Psyllipsocus), an Hemipteron of the interesting genus Enicocephalus, a Trigo- nalys, two extinct genera of Evantide, both very small, an extinct genus of Empidide, a Sczara and a species of the Psychodid genus Trichomyia. It is expected that more of this amber from Burma will be available, and we may ultimately get a good idea of a Tertiary insect fauna in tropical Asia.” It is not necessary to review the quite numerous deposits containing Miocene insects in Europe, but we cannot overlook our own wonderfully rich Florissant shales. A short distance west of Pike’s Peak, resting on a base of granite, is an ancient lake-basin containing laminated shales full of insect and plant remains. The preservation of the specimens is often excellent, even such minute and fragile creatures as Aphids being repre- sented by numerous recognizable genera and species. The number of described species is now about 13800; by far the largest Miocene insect fauna known in the world. The cor- responding European deposit, at Wangen on the Rhine, has 465 described species, but many others remain undescribed in the University at Zurich. It is certain, however, that were all the Wangen fossils worked up, the series would still fall far short of that of Florissant. The presence of certain types which probably reached America from the Old World, and the absence of any distinct Neotropical element, suggest that the Florissant beds were laid down subsequent to the beginning of the migration from Asia by way of what is now Behring Strait, but before North and South America were connected; that is to say, in the latter half of the Miocene. Should mammals be found at Florissant, early forms of the elephant group may perhaps be expected. Perhaps the most remarkable of all the Florissant insects is the genus Glossina, today known as an inhabitant of tropical Africa, *Since this was written a new lot has come to hand, including many species, one an Elaterid beetle nearly 20 mm. long. 1917] Fossil Insects 15 where it carries parasites which cause fatal diseases to man and animals. No less than four species of tsetse flies have been found fossil at Florissant; and the extraordinary thing is, that these alone represent the higher Muscoids in the fauna, there being no true Muscide, no Tachinide, Dexiidz or Sarcophagide. Anthomyiide and various acalyptrate families appear to be rather common. Bombyliide are abundant and very varied, consisting of twelve genera now extinct, a doubtful Geron, and a species of the living but rare and widely scattered genus Dolichomyia. It is possible that the Bombyliide then occupied, as parasites, the position now chiefly taken by the Tachinide. The Anthracine Bombylids, now so prominent in the Rocky Mountain fauna, appear to have been entirely absent; their advent during the later part of the Miocene may have been one of the main causes of the disappearance of so many of the Florissant genera, though the competition of the Tachinids must also have been important. We get here a glimpse of the drama of insect life; the development of a series of types occupying a definite place in the scheme of nature, and their replacement by other more vigorous or aggressive forms, com- ing from some remote region of the world. Another astonishing Florissant fossil, discovered by Mr. S. A. Rohwer, is a species of Nemopteridez, those remarkable insects with long narrow hind wings, expanded at the end. I could not separate the species from the Old World genus Halter; but Navas, after examining my type, concluded that a distinct genus was indicated. He accordingly named it after Pere Marquette, and the insect becomes Marquettia americana (Ckll.) Professor Wickham, who has occupied himself with the Florissant Coleoptera for several years, is now able to enumerate nearly 570 species; his latest paper, on the Elateridz, records 43 members of that family, as against 23 species described from all other deposits of the world combined. The beetle fauna has an entirely Holarctic facies, though extinct genera are fairly numerous. The Rhynchophora are extraordinarily numer- ous; very much more so than in the Miocene of Europe. On the other hand, the Chrysomelide are relatively scarce, and there are no Histeridze or Cicindelide. Among the causes which have led to the contraction of the Rocky Mountain weevil-fauna since the Miocene, must evidently be the great reduction in the number of genera of woody plants; the total 16 Annals Entomological Society of America = [Vol. X, elimination of the figs, magnolias, chestnuts, elms, Adlunthus, and various other kinds of trees. This change in the vegetation would necessarily affect thousands of plant-feeding insects, while the climatic changes giving rise to it would favor the increase of many genera. Thus, the more we study the Miocene insects of Colorado in comparison with those of today, the more evident it becomes that the differences observed are due, not so much to any definite forward evolution, as to migrations and the extinction of a certain number of genera. It is a very striking fact, however, that in particular groups, such as Aphidide and Bombyliide, the genera are practically or quite all extinct, while in others they are little different from those now inhabiting North America. The most conspicuous contrast between Florissant and the Baltic amber is seen in the bees. All the amber bees are of extinct genera; but of the 28 species of Florissant bees, only eight belong to extinct genera. Wheeler has recorded evidence that as far back as the Baltic amber, perhaps a couple of million years, the ants had many of the specialized habits they have today. Similarly at Florissant, we find that various kinds of gall-insects made galls as they do now, and leaf-cutting bees cut leaves in exactly the same manner.* Species of Ficus, both leaves and fruit, have been uncovered; and also a genuine fig-insect, which doubtless brought about fertilization as fig-insects do today. From Florissant times up to the Pleistocene, we have no knowledge of the character of the North American insect-fauna. From the Pleistocene, however, a fairly large assemblage of beetles is known, and there is every reason to suppose that it will be greatly increased when more systematic search is made. The latest discovery of Post-tertiary beetles has been made in Florida; some specimens which reached me from Dr. E. H. Sellards the other day have been forwarded to Professor Wick- ham, who will report upon them. The study of fossil insects adds another dimension, as it were, to the edifice of entomological science, and throws light on the broad problems of evolution. When insect remains in the *Berry, in his excellent work on the Lower Eocene Floras of S. E. North America, recently published by the U. S. Geological Survey, figures a leaf of Icacorea showing numerous holes, and remarks that may indicate the work of a species of Megachilidae. The work is, however, entirely different from that of the leaf-cutting bees, and it would be a mechanical impossibility for any one of them to riddle a leaf in the manner shown. 1917] Fossil Insects 17 rocks appeared. to be few and scattered, the lessons to be learned from palaoentomology could not be clearly perceived. Today the situation is very different, and evidently our present knowledge of the subject is small compared with that which the next generation will possess. Not only are new localities being discovered every year, but the old ones are for the most part, at least, still as fertile as ever. There already exist in museums many hundred, perhaps thousands, of species of fossil insects which await description; many collected years ago, and strangely neglected. Entomologists certainly have the excuse that they have been more than busy with the existing insects, and with economic problems; but one might have expected that the greatest and most progressive nations would have produced a fair succession of students of fossil forms. England, until now, has neglected the splendid Gurnet Bay collections preserved in the British Museum; in America the Florissant beds were long unworked, and there are still museums where Florissant insects are preserved, without any steps being taken to get them described. In Germany, the revival of active interest in the amber fauna is comparatively recent, and on visiting the famous Oeningen deposit a few years ago, I found it had been neglected since the time of Heer. At Zurich, where Heer’s types, and many undescribed species which he did not live to publish, are carefully preserved, there is no one to continue the work. Handlirsch in Vienna has produced his great work on Fossil Insects, which enormously facilitates the labors of all who are interested in the subject, and there -is indeed much evidence of a new birth of paleaoentomology; but many more collectors and students are needed. Not only this, but for the development of what we may call the philosophy of entomology, of that historical perspective without which the most elaborate monographs are seriously inadequate, it is necessary that the ordinary working entomol- ogist should take account of the fossil members of his group. It is truly extraordinary that when Scudder published his great monograph on the Tertiary Insects of North America, hardly any attention was paid to it, and for many years there was practically no one to give it, or any part of it, the serious and critical study it deserved. The organization of biological and entomological knowledge is rapidly advancing in these 18 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, days of increasing scientific activity. We like to believe that we live in the Age of Science; but there are many more lunatics than scientific investigators in the country. When science really comes to its own, when the spirit of science permeates the community, there can be no doubt that the whole face of our civilization will be changed. If, however, the material advance due to science is unaccompanied by a corresponding moral elevation; if scientific discovery merely sharpens the edge of the weapons of discord, the disruptive forces in society, it can only hasten the collapse of human civilization. Thus we understand why, in the warring countries of Europe, every effort is made to keep alive the sacred flame in the temples of pure science. Academies meet, journals are published, researches are continued, not from any indifference to the events going on around, but to preserve, so far as may be, the habit of mind which rises above the dust of conflict, and looks toward the future of mankind. If Europe can do this in war, how much more should America in peace; unless, indeed, we are obliged to confess ourselves relatively incapable of the larger vision. The Republic of Science is the greatest of all republics, and those conscious of having a part in the common task of the world cannot cease to co-operate, even in times of war. Thus, in a large sense, phil- osophical entomology, entomology which recognizes the entire scope and purpose of our science, is the most serviceable, the most truly economic, of all. It ceases to be mere science, and blending with those deeper feelings which we’ call religion, transforms our whole point of view. 1917] Fossil Insects 19 a PIPE DX. HYMENOPTERA. Protofoenus new genus (Evaniide). Antenne long, filiform; head broad, eyes rather small; mandibles strongly incurved and sharp apically, apparently quite simple; legs slender, hind tibiz long and slender, not at all clavate; abdomen of female thick and rather short, with a rather long very slender ovipositor directed obliquely upward; wings ample, venation of anterior pair nearly.as in Foenus, with the same kind of first discoidal cell, in the same position, but the apical side of submedian cell oblique, not bent in middle, and the basal side of second discoidal as shown in figure. The second antennal joint is distinctly modified, broadly pyriform. The scutellum is elevated, rounded in lateral profile. Protofoenus swinhoei n. sp. (Fig. 1, A, anterior wing; B, abdomen; C, hind leg; D, head; E, base of antenna; F, mandibles). Length about 4.6 mm.; wings translucent, the apical half suffusedly dusky, stigma and nervures fuscous; antenne, face and front black, but the broad cheeks entirely honey-color; thorax and abdomen black; legs mainly dark, but hind femora pallid except at base, and hind tibize except at apex; the minute claws appear to be quite simple. In Burmese amber; received from Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe. This remarkable little insect caused me much perplexity. It seemed to resemble the Braconidz, but it was seen to possess a very well developed costal cell. From a sketch of the venation, omitting the characteristic first discoidal cell, which I had not at first clearly seen, Messrs. Rohwer and Gahan were positive that it could not be a Braconid, and suggested affinity with the Proctotrypide. On further study, viewing the specimen at different angles and in different lights, I was able to make out all the characters which placed it positively in the Evaniide, nearest to Foenus, from which it differs in the shape of the abdomen and form of the hind legs. It is a primitive type related to Foenus, possibly the ancestral form of that genus, although on superficial examination one would not suspect the relationship. Hyptiogastrites new genus (Evaniide). Related to Hyptiogaster but still more primitive; marginal cell truncate at base; first discoidal small, not produced apically; head much broader than thorax; antenne long, filiform, apparently as in Evania; male abdomen cylindrical; legs of moderate length; claws small; hind tibiz thickened, tarsi long, the hind femora, tibiz and tarsi subequal; hind spurs short. 20 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Hyptiogastrites electrinus n. sp. (Fig. 2, anterior wing, abdomen and hind leg). Male. Length about 2.5 mm.; black, the os and antenne dark fuscous; cheeks black; wings perfectly hyaline, stigma fuscous, nervures light brownish. In Burmese amber; received from Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Fig. 1. Protofoenus swinhoei Ckll. Fig. 4. Trichomyia swinhoet Ckll. Fig. 2. Hyptiogastrites electrinus Ckll. Fig. 5. Electrocyrtoma burmanica Ckll. Fig. 8. Sciara burmitina Ckll. Fig. 6. Mvyodites burmiticus Ckll. DIPTERA. Sciara burmitina n. sp. (Mycetophilidz). (Fig. 3, A, wing; B, palpus; C, leg; D, abdomen; E, end of antenna). Male. Length 4.4 mm.; black, the legs brownish; palpi slender, last three joints subequal; antennz thick, tapering and slender apically, the middle joints longer than broad, the apical ones slender, much as in S. sendelina Meunier; thorax very convex in lateral profile, the dorsulum forming half a circle; wings hyaline, apparently slightly dusky, with dark veins, subcosta entire; legs very long; femora thick; tibiae very 1917] Fossil Insects 21 long and slender, with minute short hairs; hind coxze longer than head; abdomen elongated. The wings are crumpled, so that it is impossible to get exact measure- ments, and the figure given, though approximately correct, must be regarded as diagrammatic. The complete subcosta is an archaic character, and might suggest a distinct genus, but the living S. lugens Johannsen, as figured, is not very different. In Burmese amber (Burmite); received from Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe. Trichomyia swinhoei n. sp. (Psychodidz). (Fig. 4, A, wing; B, head and thorax; C, end of abdomen). Male. Length about 1600 microns, wing about 1410 microns long and 560 broad. Dark brown or black, the wings clear hyaline. Antennz long and slender, apparently 16-jointed, the joints beyond the second long and slender, hairy; palpi of moderate length; legs slender; wings with marginal fringes, and long hairs on the veins, venation as shown in figure. The thorax, in lateral profile, is produced anteriorly above, angular; the scutellum is prominent. Unfortunately the anal field of the wings cannot be seen, but the insect certainly appears to belong to Trichomyia, not to Sycorax. In Burmese amber, received from Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe. It is in the same piece of amber as Sciara burmitina. The genus Trichomyia appears to be on the wane. Meunier describes no less than eight species from Baltic amber (Oligocene), but Brunetti does not report the genus at all in his account of the Psychodide of India. In North America we have only a single species listed in Aldrich’s catalogue, and that is Mexican. ; Anthomyia (s. lat.) laminarum n. sp. (Anthomyiide). Female. Length 6 mm., thickset (form nearly as in Spilogaster), black; wings about 4 mm. long, broad, hyaline, costa with short black bristles, costal margin conspicuously elevated and convex before end of auxiliary vein; head shaped (in lateral profile) much as in Williston, N. Am. Diptera, 3rd edition, p. 335, fig. 27, the top of head broad, and with only very delicate bristles, though the front has conspicuous bristles; dorsum of thorax, anterior to wings, with no long bristles, but there are long bristles at level of wings, the whole arrangement here apparently as in Lispa; abdomen stout, bristly, with a distinct short ovipositor; the depth of abdomen (doubtless increased by pressure) is2.3mm. The venation is much as in Williston’s figure of Choristoma. Auxiliary vein complete, but pale; first vein ending soon after auxiliary (a deceptive appearance of its continuing parallel with the margin is due to the lower edge of the thick costa); anterior cross-vein about middle of discal cell, being 1040 microns from apex and about 1024 from base; first posterior cell not contracted at apex; width (depth) of submarginal and first posterior cells at vertical level of end of second vein each about 432 microns; superior apical angle of discal cell prac- tically a right angle; apex of third posterior cell (angle between fifth vein and lower margin of wing) very acute. 22 Annals Entomological Society of America | [Vol. X, Wilson Ranch, Miocene shales of Florissant, Colorado (Wickham). Readily known from the two previously described Florissant Anth- omyiids by the anterior cross-vein being practically at the middle of the discal cell. These fossils cannot be definitely referred to modern genera, many of the essential characters being invisible. There is no doubt that the present insect is generically distinct from the other two, as genera in this family are now understood. Electrocyrtoma new genus (Empididz). Minute flies resembling the modern genus Cyrtoma Meigen, but the rather large antenne have a long terminal bristle; hind tibie and basitarsi not at all thickened; abdomen short, not extending much beyond hind femora; no detached vein in middle of wing below fourth; a considerable interval between separation of third vein from second and anterior cross-vein. Thorax greatly elevated, finely hairy; scutellum prominent, hairy; humeral cross-vein straight (not oblique); discal cell entirely open, but a slight bend in fourth vein at a point where apex of cell probably existed in an ancestor; end of anal cell and of second basal nearly in the same line; legs long and slender, but anterior femora thickened basally, the base about twice as-broad as the apex. Electrocyrtoma burmanica n. sp. (Fig. 5, wing, antenna and dorsal profile of head and thorax). Male. Black, with perfectly clear wings; length about 1280 microns. The following measurements are in microns: length of antenne, 256; width of anterior femora near base, 80; length of anterior tibia, 3523. length of abdomen (approx.) 640; length of hind femora, 464; of hind tibiz, 416; of hind basitarsi, 208; of wing (approx.), 1040. In Burmese amber, received from Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe. The loss of the outer side of the discal cell in the Empidide appears to be a specialization. It is surprising to find in Burmese amber, the fauna of which seems on the whole to possess rather primitive characters, an insect more specialized than the ordinary Empididz of modern times. There is no affinity with any of the species described from Baltic amber. COLEOPTERA. Myodites burmiticus n. sp. (Rhipiphoridez). (Fig. 6). Length about 3.5 mm.; head, antenna, prothorax and elytra black, but thorax behind level of elytra and dorsum of abdomen (except toward apex) pallid, probably ferruginous; antenne flabellate, with at least five or six long processes; elytra short, scarcely reaching beyond base of abdomen; wings ample, hyaline, the costa pale ferruginous; legs slender, ordinary. In Burmese amber (Burmite), received from Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe. I cannot distinguish this from the modern genus Myodites, but -it is so placed in the amber that it is impossible to get a good view of the details of structure under the microscope. A species of Myodites has been recorded from the Oligocene of Rott, in Germany. The fossil seems to belong to Myodites rather than to Emenadia, which occurs today in the India region. CAMPTOPELTA, A NEW GENUS OF STRATIOMYID. S. W. WILLISTON. During a vacation the past season in New Mexico I found relief from monotony and much pleasure in renewing my acquaintance with the Diptera, a study to which I have given many years of my life, but which, perforce, has been inter- rupted during the past eight years. During the months of April and May I collected, almost daily, in the vicinity of Socorro for my friend, Dr. Aldrich. The collecting region was, for the most part, on the mesa near the foot of Mt. Socorro, and occasionally along the ‘‘bosque”’ of the Rio Grande. The mesa is a dry upland plain, with an altitude of about five thousand feet, covered with mesquite, with numerous dry arroyas trav- ersing it and leading into the mountains. As would be sus- pected, its dipterous fauna consists chiefly of bombylids and asilids, with some dexiids and mydaids. Of the first of these families I collected nearly forty species, and saw others that I did not have the opportunity to capture. Syrphids, empids and dolicopodids were few in number, as were the nematocerous flies, with the exception of the Culicide, which, after the summer rains, occur in extraordinary numbers. Most of my specimens came from the dry arroyas, very few indeed from the level plains. The only stratiomyid I saw during the season was a single specimen of a small species that I referred in the field to an unknown genus. I searched for it afterward without success. Rather curiously I took at the same time and place two spec- imens of Epacmus willistoni O. S. that I never saw afterward. On a recent visit to Dr. Aldrich at La Fayette, my interest in the stratiomyid was renewed. I can find no account of it in recent literature, and venture to Hee oe it as having some features of peculiar interest. Camptopelta, genus new. Female. Bare. Front smooth, broad, convex, not narrowed above. Ocelli equidistant. Antenne situated below middle of head, short. First two joints short, the second broader than long; third joint (flagel- lum) oval, composed of six segments; first segment longest, a little 23 24 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, shorter than the next two together; fourth segment tapering to the slender style; style slender, about as long as the third and fourth seg- ments together; fifth, or basal segment of style, minute, about as broad as long; sixth segment three or four times as long as the fifth, tapering to an obtuse point and ending in a short, slender hair. Face below the antenne a little shorter than the first six segments of the antennze combined; nearly straight, directed downward and forward, somewhat compressed at tip from side to side. Cheeks and posterior orbits of nearly equal width, only moderately broad. Eyes bare, subcircular. Scutellum strongly convex, somewhat thinned, but not furrowed before its margin; unarmed. Abdomen smooth, convex, tapering from the broad second segment; fourth segment but little more than twice as broad as long; seventh segment minutely visible at the end of the ovipositor. Wings with veins complete; four posterior veins, the fourth separated from discal -cell by a distinct crossvein; the second vein arises about opposite the proximal end of the discal cell, and a little before the short anterior cross-vein; no anterior branch to the third vein; anal cell rather broad, terminating some distance — the wing margin, the sixth vein convex. Legs simple. Camptopelta aldrichi, species new. Female. Shining black, bare. A large, light yellow spot on each side of the front below, narrowly separated, their upper borders in the same straight line, extending down along the orbits to about the middle of the face, convex on their inner sides. Antenne black. Cheeks black below the eyes. Orbits on the inferior half light yellow. A light yellow stripe from the humeri to the root*of the wings. The narrow lateral margin of the first three abdominal segments yellow. Legs yellow, the femora broadly black; knees and tarsi light yellow, the tibize in the mid- dle more luteous or brownish. Wings pure hyaline, the veins light- colored. Length 4-5 mm. One specimen, near Mt. Socorro, New Mexico. The position of the genus is a little doubtful. The minute seventh segment of the abdomen, together with the scutellum and neuration will at once separate the form from the Beridine. From the known Pachygastrine (not Pachygasterine, as Enderlein and Malloch spell it—gasteric, gasteritis!) it differs in the neuration; from the Clitellarine by the origin of the fourth posterior vein; from the Geosargine by the absence of a distinct arista. Upon the whole its position seems to be among the Stratiomyinz, some forms of which, at least, have the second vein arising before the cross vein. From the known American genera it will be distinguished by the unarmed scutellum and the absence of the branch of the third vein. ee ee RS ce 1917] Camptopelta 25 However, it is a question how much reliance can be placed in this family upon the absence of this branch. This vein is disappearing in this family, and it is a well known fact that disappearing organs are more or less inconstant in the individual, just as the wisdom teeth often are not erupted in the human individual. . In Odontomyia, Oxycera, and other genera of the family its presence or absence is disregarded as a generic or even specific character; I am very skeptical of any genus that is based upon its absence exclusively, and that seems to be the condition in some of the more recently described genera of the Pachygastrine. So also, the origin of the fourth vein is not absolutely fixed in all genera. In the latter part of May I found a species of Geron (Bom-_ byliide) very abundant on several kinds of flowers in the canons of Mt. Socorro, and a little ways out on the plains. I could have collected hundreds of specimens had I chosen. I did capture enough, however, to show that about one in every twenty had a perfectly formed third submarginal cell. I could discover no other constant differences. Whence it follows that, in the definition of this and some other genera of the Bombyliide, as in several genera of the Stratiomyide, the number of submar- ginal cells does not have even a specific value. This species of Geron is a ‘“‘sport”’ or ‘‘mutation’’ that has not yet been fixed by heredity, a developing character, apparently. Rhabdop- selaphus Bigot was based upon a difference of the third antennal joint (Geron trochilides W. probably belongs with it) and with -“submarginalibus tribus’’ cells. One of its type specimens in Mr. Verrall’s cabinet has but two submarginal cells, but it is not at all sure that this genus also is not variable, and that Bigot made a mistake in his description. Mr. Malloch, though he has never seen a specimen of Lophoteles, has expressed a doubt of the correctness of my generic determination of L. pallidipennis W.* Perhaps it is presumption on my part, in view of Mr. Malloch’s knowledge of the family, to adhere to my opinion. Indeed, I long had a suspicion that not only was my species congeneric with Loew’s type but that both species were identical! And this suspicion has been increased by Enderlein’s discoveryt of L. plumula Loew in Costa Rica! About the only difference he finds *Annals Ent. Soc. Amr. 1915, p. 335. {Zool. Anz. 1914, p. 311. 26 Annals Entomological Society of America [Wel 0, between the two is the lighter color of the knees. I may add that the figures made by v. d. Wulp for the Biologia, although himself an eminent dipterist, were not always strictly accurate in details, and it may be the differences Enderlein points out do not really exist, and that L. pallidipennis Williston is in reality a synonym of L. plumula Loew. I fear that Mr. Malloch overlooked Enderlein’s paper, or he would also have discovered that his genus Eucynipimorpha is a synonym of. Psephiocera Enderlein. ——— a a a SR eR w- - A EOE AE MLE BOE EE OE RE ~~ Petrone wes “ag taes-ametewen ay «eas & THE WING VENATION OF THE CERCOPID£.* Z. P. METCALF. INTRODUCTION. The present paper is the third and last of a series of papers on the wing venation of the Homoptera by the writer. The other papers have been published in the ANNALS OF THE ENTO- MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, Volume VI (Metcalf 1913a and 1913b). These two papers together with one by Funk- houser (1913), one by Miss Patch (1909) and the present paper complete the studies of the wing venation of the families of the Order Homoptera, Comstock and Needham (1898-1899) having discussed the wing venation of the Cicadide in their original paper on the wings of insects. In my studies of the wing venation of the Cercopide I have used about the same technique that was used in studying the wing venation of the Jasside and Fulgoride. That is, the nymphal wing pads were removed from specimens that had been killed in weak formaldehyde and mounted on a slide under a cover glass. These preparations were drawn by the aid of the Edinger drawing apparatus, various combinations of objective and oculars being used. Afterwards these drawings were care- fully compared with fresh mounts of wings from other specimens and if it was found to be incorrect in anyway the original draw- ing was discarded and a new drawing made. As noted below, material was limited in certain genera but it is believed that most errors have been eliminated. The adult wings from which the drawings were made were dissected out and mounted in balsam. From wings thus mounted drawings have been made by means of the Edinger drawing apparatus. The drawings of the adult wings are not intended to give a picture of the wing in any sense of the word but are supposed to show the course of the veins. No attempt has been made to represent the width of the veins, the lines drawn simply showing the main axes of the veins. *Contributions from the Department of Zoology and Entomology of the North Carolina Agricultural College and Experiment Station No. 6. 27 28 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, MATERIAL. In all, five of the six North American genera have been studied. The only genus of which I could not secure nymphal material is Philaronia Ball which, however, is quite close to certain other genera and its venational characters seem quite evident on comparing it with closely related genera. In the course of these investigations which have covered odd moments for the past eight years I have had abundant material of the following genera: Monecphora A. & S. (Tomaspis Stal), Lepyronia A. & S., Clastoptera Germ. In the genus Aphrophora Germ, I have had a fair amount of material but in the genus Philzenus Stal, my material has been rather limited owing to the fact that the genus does not occur in eastern North Carolina at all and only to a very limited extent in the mountains. So that for material in this genus I have had to depend on material kindly sent me from Maine by Professor C. L. Metcalf. THE FORE WING. The fore wing of the Cercopide, at least of our North American genera, is rather thick and opaque, and the venation as a rule is not very distinct or if it is plainly visible it is broken up in fine reticulations so that the main venation is badly obscured. However, an examination of the nymphal wing pads shows a condition found among certain genera of the Cicadel- lidee (Jasside) to which family the Cercopide are otherwise closely related. In reviewing the trachea of the fore wing we find that costa is typically present in all genera studied lying as a single unbranched trachea parallel to the costal border. In the adult wing this makes the vein that thickens the costal border of the wing. A subcostal trachea has been found in all the genera of the subfamily Aphrophorine. It has not been found in the single genus of the subfamily Cercopine that has been available for study, hence it may be presumed that it is absent in this sub- family. In the adult wings of the genera closely related to Aphrophora the subcostal vein is closely united with radius both basally and distally but throughout the center of its course it is rather widely separated from radius so that it cuts off an. — ene — ee ee ee ee 1917] The Wing Venation of the Cercopide 29 oval cell that is rather characteristic of the venation of these genera. (Figs. 13, 15, 17, 19.) In Lepyronia (Figs. 5, 15) sub- costa is so closely joined to the radius that a part of the branches of radius appear to belong really to subcosta. In the genus Clastoptera (Figs. 9 and 21) subcosta is free and runs from the base of the wing ending in the costal border about half way from the base to the apex of the wing. Radius is typically three branched in the Cercopide. These branches represent in my opinion radius one, radius two plus three and radius four plus five. This relationship seems to be perfectly clear in Monecphora (Fig. 1) where radius one branches from the main stem and runs parallel with it for some distance and then turns toward the costal border. In the adult wing (Fig. 11) this basal part is all united in the same vein so that radius one appears as a branch of radius two plus three. In the genera closely related to Aphrophora there is a strong recurved trachea running from radius two plus three to the costal border (Figs. 3, 5, 7), this I believe represents radius one whose attach- ment has simply been shifted further and further distally. No nymphs of any of these genera, however, show a typical radius one, 2. e., as a branch from the main stem of the radius. The adult wings of these genera also show a strong vein running from radius two plus three to the costal border. In the genus Clastoptera (Figs. 9 and 21) there is no evi- dence of a radius one, unless we call certain fine branches which occur near the apical angle of the wing this trachea and con- sider the small dark colored cell at the apical angle, cell radius one. However, it is more likely that this represents radius two. Radius two plus three usually shows some fine lateral branches towards the tip but none of these are very constant and are not worthy of being named. The medial trachea in all our genera that I have examined is unbranched. Thus it resembles very closely the condition that has been found in certain genera of the Jasside. The medial trachea lies very close to the radial trachea but the medial vein is in all of our genera closely connected with cubitus, so closely joined as to appear as a mere branch of cubitus. In the three genera Aphrophora (Fig. 3), Lepyronia (Fig. 5) and Philenus (Fig. 7) cubitus is typically two-branched as it is in many other genera of the Homoptera that I have examined. 30 Annals Entomological Society of America Vole; In Monecphora (Fig. 1), however, it breaks up into a number of fine branches toward the tip, and in Clastoptera (Fig. 9) it appears to be unbranched. The three anals are always present and the third is usually two branched. I believe that it is always two branched and that in those genera in which two branches do not show the results are due to the fact that it is quite impossible to always get the anal angle of the wing pad removed carefully. This is especially evident in our prepara- tions of Philenus but our preparations of Monecphora have usually been good in this respect. Whether the trachea is present in this latter genus or not cannot be decided now but the forming vein is usually quite distinct in good preparations (Fig. 1). THE HIND WING. The hind wing of the Cercopide bears a striking resemblance to the hind wing of the Jassida. Although there are certain constant differences that are worthy of being pointed out. Radius is typically two branched in all the genera of the Subfamily Aphrophorine. In the Monecphora, however, it seems to be typically three branched (Figs. 2 and 4). The first of these branches which I believe to represent radius one is very variable in its relationships. In some cases (Fig. 2) it is attached to radius two plus three and in other cases (Fig. 4) it is plainly a branch of the main stem of radius. In either case it is very weak and the only remnant of it in the adult wing (Fig. 12) is a short spur attached to radius two plus three. Medius of the hind wing is unbranched in all of our genera thus it differs decidedly from medius of the Jassid hind wing which is typically two branched. As if to compensate for this difference cubitus is two branched in all of our genera excepting Clastoptera where it is unbranched, whereas in the Jassids cubitus is typically unbranched. The three anals are typically present. The third anal is two branched and the first anal is usually very closely related to cubitus. SUMMARY. The present paper homologizes the wing veins of the Cer- copidz with the veins of the other Homoptera. The venation of the Cercopide is quite similar in general facies to the venation of the Jasside although there are constant “S St oe Ee ee — + —— es Sie ee oe & ee eee a eee ee SO ee a et eS 1917] The Wing Venation of the Cercopide oa differences. The costal and subcostal trachea are universally present in the fore wings of the Cercopidez, whereas they are of very irregular occurrence in the Jasside. In the Cercopidz medius is usually unbranched and cubitus two branched, whereas in the Jassidz medius as a general rule is two branched with one branch very weak and cubitus is for the most part unbranched. In the hind wing radius is mostly two branched in the Cercopide just as it is in the Jasside. Medius, however, is unbranched in Cercopide but usually two branched in the Jasside. Cubitus is, on the other hand, usually two branched in the Cercopide but unbranched in the Jasside. REFERENCES. Ball, E. D. 1896. A Study of the genus Clastoptera. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sc. III:182-194. Ball, E.D. 1898. A Review of the Cercopide of North America North of Mexico. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sc. VI:204-226. Comstock, J. H. and Needham, J. G. 1898-1899. The Wings of Insects. Amer. Nat. Chapter II1:243-249. Funkhouser, W. D. 1913. Homologies of the Wing Veins of the Membracide. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. V1I:74-95. Metcalf, Z. P. 1913a. The Wing Venation of the Jasside. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. V1:103-115. Metcalf, Z. P. 1913b. The Wing Venation of the Fulgoride. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. V1I:341-352. Patch, Edith M. 1909. Homologies of the Wing Veins of the Aphidide, Psyllide, Aleurodide and Coccide. Ann. Ent. Soc. otf Am. I[:101-129. Van Duzee, E. P. 1916. Check List of the Hemiptera of America North of Mexico. New York. 32 Fig. Big: Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. ‘Fig. Annals Entomological Society of America EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE I. Fore Wing pad of Monecphora bicincta Say. Hind Wing pad of Monecphora bicincta Say. Fore Wing pad of Aphrophora quadrinotata Say. Hind Wing pad of Monecphora bicincta Say. Fore Wing pad of Lepyronia quadrangularis Say. Hind Wing pad of Lepyronia quadrangularis Say. Fore Wing pad of Philaenus sp. Hind Wing pad of Philaenus sp. Fore Wing pad of Clastoptera sp. Hind Wing pad of Clastoptera sp. PLATE. II. Fore Wing of Monecphora bicincta Say. Hind Wing of Monecphora bicincta Say. Fore Wing of Aphrophora quadrinotata Say. Hind Wing of Aphrophora quadrinotata Say. Fore Wing of Lepyronia quadrangularis Say. Hind Wing of Lepyronia quadrangularis Say. Fore Wing of Philaenus sp. Hind Wing of Philaenus sp. Fore Wing of Philaronia sp. Hind Wing of Philaronia sp. Fore Wing of Clastoptera sp. Hind Wing of Clastoptera sp. [Vol. X, ANNALS E.S. A. VOL. X, PLATE I. Z. P. Metcalf. Z. P. Metcalf. FURTHER STUDIES ON HYDROMYZA CONFLUENS LOEW, (DIPTERA).* By Pau S. WELcH INTRODUCTION In a previous paper (’14), the writer reported the results of some observations on Hydromyza confluens, an aquatic dipterous insect which occurs abundantly about Douglas Lake, Northern Michigan. Parts of two seasons have since been spent in the same region and additional data, as well as confirmation of previously recorded observations, have been secured. The new material incorporated in this paper not only aids in completing our knowledge of the life history of this form but also throws new light on the interesting adaptations already described. THE EGG Description—-When first laid, the eggs (Figs. 1-2) are uniformly white, with a very slight tint of yellow. In clear, quiet water, they are usually more easily seen when submerged on the yellow water-lily petiole than when the latter is lifted from the water. They are elliptical in lateral view and subcylindrical (Fig. 3) in transverse section. A large number of eggs, removed from the petioles and measured, had an average length of 1.69 mm., the extremes being 1.54 and 1.76 mm. respectively. The maximum diameter, which is in a region well towards the more acute end, has an average length of 0.35 mm., the extremes being 0.30 and 0.40 mm. The ends differ distinctly in shape, one being bluntly pointed while the other is more rounded and 1s characterized by a depression in the apex. A straight, longitudinal, acute carina extends from end to end, occupying the mid-position in a deep, broad, longitu- dinal fossa, dividing it into two similar parts. This divided fossa com- prises almost one-third of the periphery and is bounded laterad by two other longitudinal carinze which extend almost parallel to the median carina, converging and uniting at the ends of the egg. The effect of this fossa is to give the egg a flat appearance on one side. Superficially, the chorion is smooth except in the region of the longitudinal fossa. The mid-longitudinal carina bears on its sides numerous minute, conical spines (Fig. 5). Similar minute projections occur on and near the vertex of each lateral, longitudinal carina. These minute processes are pro- duced by an extra development of some of the columnar exochorionic units. The chorion is approximately uniform in thickness in all parts of *Contribution from the University of Michigan Biological Station, No. 40, and the Entomological Laboratory, Kansas State Agricultural College, No. 20. 35 36 Annals Entomological Society of America Voli, the egg-capsule except at the carinze and in the depressions between them where it is distinctly thicker. The average thickness is about 0.0048 mm. The exochorion and endochorion are distinct, all variations in thickness being confined to the former which is composed in part of very minute, closely set, columnar units. For the greater part of its length, the median carina has an acute crest (Fig. 3) but near the ends it gradually merges into a lower ridge whose crest is broad and slightly rounded. Under magnification, the surface of the chorion, except the region including the longitudinal carinzee and fossa, appears faintly but def- initely reticulate, being composed of polygonal units (Fig. 4) which vary somewhat in shape and size but are usually hexagonal and more elongated in the direction of the long axis of the egg. Their average surface dimensions are about 0.112 and 0.056 mm. They contain numerous, minute, circular, uniformly distributed structures which give to the surface a granular appearance. These structures are of uniform size and appearance and are never contiguous. Structurally, they seem to be the ends of the columnar units which compose a great part of the chorion. Exclusive of the fossa and carine, they are present over the entire surface of the egg, being absent only on the narrow, homogeneous zones which separate the hexagonal areas. Oviposition has not’been observed and the writer has failed to secure eggs from females placed in the aquaria with food plants for that pur- pose. The identification of the egg has been made from a comparison with fully developed eggs dissected from females. The characteristic size, shape, and external structures, such as the carinz, fossa, and hex- agonal areas, and a microscopical comparison of transverse sections of the eggs leave no doubt as to their identity. In addition, the writer secured a large number of eggs in various stages of development on the petioles of the water-lily and demonstrated the fact that the resulting larve develop the characteristic effect on the petiole, ultimately pro- ducing adults of H. confluens. In connection with the dissection of females for developing eggs, it was noticed that, as in many other insects, there is a definite relation between the position of the egg in the ovariole and the shape of the completely formed egg. The larger, more pointed end is nearer the ovi- duct while the smaller, blunter end, which is characterized by a small terminal concavity, is nearer the terminal filament. It is then possible to determine accurately in the egg already deposited what was the previous relation to the reproductive organ. Place and Method of Deposition—The eggs are deposited singly at irregular intervals on the surface of the floating leaf petioles of the yellow water-lily (Nymphea americana (Pro- vancher) Miller & Standley). No eggs were found on the petioles of the submerged leaves and none were observed on other aquatic plants occurring in the vicinity of the yellow 1917] Studies on Hydromyza Confiuens Loew oO” water-lily beds. None were found on the petioles or other parts of the white water-lily (Castalia odorata) although both species of water-lily intermingle in the same beds. This restric- tion of the eggs to N. americana accounts for the constant relation of the larval and pupal stages to the same plant which - is discussed in the earlier paper (Welch, ’14, p. 136). Appar- ently, the female has the ability to recognize the food-plant even in the presence of numerous other aquatic plants, some of which present conditions similar to those of N. americana and are closely related to it. Oviposition is constant with respect to the following fea- tures: (1) The long axis of the egg is parallel to the long axis of the petiole. (2) The surface of the egg in contact with the petiole is always opposite the carinze and fossa. (3) The blunt end of the egg is directed towards the rootstalk and the acute end towards the leaf. Eggs may occur anywhere from the leaf attachment to the rootstalk, even on petioles almost six feet long. As many as seventeen were found on a single petiole, scattered over a length of only one and one-half feet. An examination of a large number of petioles showed that while eggs are deposited on both the plane and convex surfaces, by far the greater number occur on the latter. The significance of this decided preference of the female in selecting the position of the egg is not known. The egg is rather firmly fixed to the surface of the petiole, apparently by a small amount of sealing fluid which accompanies the egg at oviposition. As will be shown later, the position of the egg determines the future position of the larva and pupa in the petiole. As stated above, oviposition has not been observed and it is not known whether the eggs which occur on a single petiole are deposited by a single female or by several females. In the earlier paper, the writer (’14, pp. 138-139) called attention to the small variation in the maturity of the larve and pupz and suggested that possibly the eggs on a given petiole were depos- ited at the same time by a single female. While this is still an ' open question, counter-evidence was apparently secured when, in the dissection of the ovaries of a considerable number of females, collected during the time when eggs were appearing in the field, it was found that no individual contained more than 38 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. X, nine approximately mature eggs at a time, the other eggs in the ovaries being distinctly undeveloped. It thus seems impossible for a female to deposit more than nine eggs during a single trip below the surface of the water, assuming that she could with- stand submergence long enough to deposit the already mature or almost mature eggs, and it scarcely seems possible that the sojourn below could be so long that undeveloped eggs would have time to mature and be deposited also. Therefore, it seems improbable that, in instances where as many as seventeen eggs were found on a single petiole, all of them could have been deposited at one time by the same female. It is true, as pointed out, that the difference in the maturity among the larve or pupz on a single petiole is often not marked but it may be that such a condition is due to the coincidence of the egg-laying period of a large number of females in that particular locality, a possibility which is borne out by the observation that in the region studied during the past five summers it often happened that many adjacent petioles contained larve of a the same degree of development. Development of Eggs.—Owing to the fact that the writer was not able to secure the deposition of eggs in the laboratory, the egg period is not definitely known. Collections of eggs showing the least development were secured in the field, brought to the laboratory, kept under approximately natural conditions, and the last hatching dates recorded. This imperfect evidence points to an egg period of about six to eight days. The only noticeable external change which accompanies the development of the egg is a darkening of the color which begins to appear only a few hours before hatching. Not only does a definite and constant relation exist in the position of the ends of the egg in the ovariole, but a similar relation exists in the orientation and development of the larva within the egg. The anterior end of the larva is invariably developed in the rounded, blunt, concave end, i. e., the one which is nearest the terminal filament while still within the ovariole. Furthermore, in all of the specimens examined, the ventral part of the larva is developed on the side opposite the carine and the dark, conspicuous mouth armature is curved in the same direction. Loa Studies on Hydromyza Confluens Loew 39 THE LARVA Process of Hatching.—rThe place of emergence of the larva from the egg is a constant feature. The larva makes an exit hole through the egg capsule near the blunt, concave end, on the side next to the petiole. The position of the exit hole is determined by the position of the larva and is directly in front of the chitinous mouth armature, which, no doubt, is the instrument by means of which the opening through the shell is made. The exit hole is usually more or less circular in outline and somewhat larger than is necessary for the passage of the body of the larva. Occasionally, hatched eggs show a more extensive breaking down of the chorion next to the petiole. The larva bores directly into the petiole and there passes its entire existence. No evidence whatsoever was observed of any preliminary wandering of the larva after emergence from the egg. The latter always marks the position of the future abode of the resulting larva and pupa. Recently Hatched Larva.—On emergence from the egg, the larva is milk-white in color, with the exception of the black mouth armature and the blackish caudal projections. The body (Fig. 6) is cylindrical, elongate, slender, and smooth. Measure- ments, made on living, recently hatched specimens, show a rather constant length of from 2.33 to 2.5mm. The maximum diameter, in the region of the future thoracic segments, is approximately 0.29 mm. Intersegmental grooves are distinct but shallow. The anterior end of the body is rather bluntly rounded and shows no special structures, except the emergent teeth of the mouth armature. Posteriorly, the body is distinctly tapering and terminates in a pair of acute chitinous projections which bear the terminal spiracles. The integument is covered with very fine, pointed, conical projections. They are uniform in size and shape over the body except on the anterior margin of the first thoracic segment where they are a little more dis- tinct. In most specimens, the translucency of the body allows the principal trunks of the tracheal system to stand out clearly. Two main, longitudinal tracheze extend, one on each side, from the above-mentioned caudal, pointed, chitinized projections to the anterior region of the body, near:the internal end of the mouth armature, where each divides into three branches. The finer details of this system have not been worked out. 40 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. X, Development of the Larva.—No striking external changes accompany the development of the larva. It increases in length and becomes somewhat more robust in proportion to the length. The yellowish tint in the color of the body becomes a little more apparent, the general body-surface smoother, and the intersegmental grooves less broad and deep, although they continue to be distinct. The larval period has not been accu- rately determined and no statement can be made at this time as to the rate of development. The Relation to the Petiole——Needham (’08), in describing the relation of the immature stages of H. confluens to the food- plant, designated the ultimate effect on the petiole as a gall. This same form of designation was followed by the writer (’14) in his first paper on this insect. However, subsequent work led to the investigation of the problem of whether the action of the larva on the petiole results in the production of a true gall or whether the superficial appearance of the infested petiole is merely a case of gall resemblance. Attention was called in the writer’s earlier paper (’14, p. 137) to the observation that not all infested portions of the petioles showed swellings and often the diameter was not increased at all. Specimens of the so-called galls were secured in all stages of development and sections of the same were made with the view of determining whether the growing larva produced any change in the character of the plant tissue in its immediate vicinity. An examination of these sections and a careful comparison with similar sections of the normal petiole showed that no change in - the surrounding tissue occurs, that the relation of the larva to the petiole is merely one of simple interior excavation of the latter by the former and that the increase in diameter which sometimes appears is due to foreign accumulations within. The only change which was detected in the tissues was a brownish discoloration of the cells which bound the cavity made by the larva. Since the term gall is properly restricted to an abnor- mality in plants in which the causative factor leads to the development of tissues that differ from the normal ones, it becomes evident that the immature stage of H. confluens does not produce a true gall and that the occasional ovoid swelling of the petiole is not the result of an excrescence. 1917] Studies on Hydromyza Confluens Loew 41 THE ADULT In the writer’s earlier paper (14), a number of observations on the habits and activities of the adults were presented, and subsequent studies have yielded data which are confirmatory of the same. In addition, a few new data were secured which seem worthy of record. Food Habits—The relation of these flies to the yellow water- lily has been discussed somewhat in detail in the above-men- tioned paper (pp. 145-147) and the possibility of nectar being pro- duced by the flowers of N. americana and serving as a food for these insects was pointed out. This matter is still in doubt but the behavior of the flies in the flowers offers circumstantial evidence in favor of such a conclusion. However, it appears that the flies have other means of solving the food problem. Adults were repeatedly observed feeding on the exposed tips of the stamens. In most cases, this behavior was too long continued to be interpreted as a mere random inspection or testing of the stamen surface. The character of the food secured from the tips of stamens is not known. Possibly the pollen serves as food. Occasionally, flower stalks were, by different mechanical agents, broken off above water and partly stripped down, exposirig a broken end on which an exudation of the liquid substances of the plant occurred. Flies often gathered in considerable numbers on such broken stalks and fed there for long intervals. It also appears that these flies do not confine their feeding activities wholly to the yellow water-lily. Occasionally, adults of Chironomus sp. were found dead on the water-lily leaves and many of them, in the process of rapid disintegration, were dis- covered by these flies, the latter clustering about the dead insects and performing feeding movements. The evidence seemed conclusive that the flies were feeding on the juices of the dead insect. A number of experiments were tried by securing the bodies of Chironomus sp. and, after allowing them to lie in water for several hours, they were placed on the water-lily leaves where the adults of H. confluens were abundant. It was shown in this way that the dead insects had a distinct attraction for the flies, the latter seeking them rather quickly and def- initely when not too remote from them. This response was so definite that the writer used the dead insects as a trap for the flies, thtis facilitating the collection of the latter. 42 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Light Relations—No attempt has been made to carry on refined experiments on the behavior of these flies. However, observations and some rough field experiments were made on the relation of H. confluens to light, the results of which will be given in brief form. A study of the habits of these flies in the field has shown that they are active during the day and are found in large numbers on the upper surfaces of the floating water-lily leaves. Very few were observed in any other situation. It thus appears that since the water-lilies grow in maximum exposure to sun- light and are never shaded, the flies prefer well-lighted condi- tions and positive phototaxis is suggested. A number of experiments were made by placing various lots of flies in a glass tube, closed at both ends and equipped with a close-fitting cover of heavy, black paper which enveloped about one-half of the length of the tube, other conditions remaining unchanged. By placing this tube in various positions with reference to the light and reversing it after certain intervals of time, the reactions of the insects could be noted. Irrespective of the position of the tube, the flies reacted positively to the light by seeking actively the uncovered end of the tube. These tests were repeated many times with the same results. The migration from one end of the tube to the other as the latter was reversed was continued over and over again without any appreciable change in the character of the response. Frequent use was made of this response in the collection of flies for other purposes and in the transference of individuals from one vial to another or from one breeding jar to another. While no experiments were carried on in order to determine whether any difference exists in the reaction by the different sexes, collections ef flies from the top surfaces of the water-lily leaves, taken at random, showed no noteworthy difference in the number of males and females. In the earlier paper, the writer (14, p. 144) pointed out the probable method of oviposition by the female, namely, passage into the water on the under surface of the leaf and down the petiole to the places where the eggs occur. The discovery of the eggs makes this assumption all the safer. It thus appears that although the female is distinctly positive in reaction to light, this positive phototaxis is overcome by the stimuli inducing oviposition since the passage into the water is accompanied by a reduction of the light. Furthermore, the positive reaction to LOLS Studies on Hydromyza Confluens Loew 43 light seems also to be overcome by the attraction to food since large numbers of the flies have been found on numerous occa- sions crowded into but slightly opened flowers of the yellow water-lily, the interiors of which were dark. Distribution.—Attention has already been called (Welch, 14, p. 140) to the peculiar local distribution which was so marked in the Douglas Lake region. The observations of two additional seasons show that such a distribution is practically the same from year to year. Observations in other localities where H. confluens occurs would be of interest in this connection. Thus far, H. confluens seems to have been reported only from Canada, Michigan, and New Jersey. However, there is reason to believe that it is more widely distributed than these meager data would indicate. While making a very hasty examination (June 27, 1915) of the life of the protected bays of Cedar Point, near Sandusky, Ohio, the writer found this fly, in the adult stage, in some abundance on the leaves and in the flowers of the yellow water-lily. None of the immature stages were found but this failure was due, no doubt, to the very superficial examina- tion, lack of time preventing a thorough survey of the situation. Both sexes were present and several pairs were observed in copulation. Individuals collected at that time were bearing the pollen of the yellow water-lily and a few specimens almost completely covered with pollen were taken from the flowers. Evidently they were playing an active part in the cross pollina- tion of these plants. Fulton (11, p. 300) states that he found a number of flies visiting the yellow water-lilies, ““Nymphea advena,” about Cedar Point but the particular species are not designated and his paper contains only a list of the Stratiomyide. Bembower (’11) studied the insect-pollinated plants of the Cedar Point region and while it was found that Diptera were collected in connection with N. advena, the different species are not indicated. SUMMARY 1. Further studies on Hydromyza confluens in the vicinity of Douglas Lake, Michigan, confirm observations previously reported and yield new data on life history and behavior. 2. Eggs are deposited singly and irregularly along the sub- merged petioles of the floating leaves of the yellow water-lily (Nymphea americana). Oviposition apparently does not occur on other plants. 44 Annals Entomological Society of America _ [Vol. X, 3. The egg has certain definite and invariable external characters which facilitate identification, viz., the dissimilarity of the two ends, and the large, longitudinal fossa divided by the longitudinal carina. 4. Certain constant features with respect to the orientation and oviposition were noted: (a) In the ovariole, the blunt, con- cave end of the developing egg is nearest the terminal filament. (b) On the petiole, the blunt end is directed towards the root- stalk. (c) The long axis is parallel to the long axis of the petiole. (d) The side of the egg opposite the fossa and carina is in con- tact with the petiole. (e) The anterior end of the larva is devel- oped in the blunt, concave end of the egg. (f) The ventral part of the larva appears to invariably develop on the side opposite the carina. 5. Incomplete evidence indicates that the occurrence of more than 7-9 eggs on a single petiole is due to oviposition by two or more females. 6. The position of the egg invariably marks the future position of the so-called “‘gall.”’ 7. Microscopic examination of infested portions of the petioles shows that a true gall is not formed, the result being due to meré interior excavation. 8. In addition to the possible production of nectar by N. americana and its use as food, the adults were observed feed- ing: (a) on the exposed tips of stamens, possibly consuming the pollen; (b) on the exudation of broken, emergent flower stalks; and (c) on the dead bodies of certain insects (Chironomus sp.). 9. Field observations and experiments indicate that the adults exhibit a distinct, positive reaction to sunlight. It appears, however, that this positive phototaxis is overcome by the stimuli inducing oviposition and by the stimuli inducing the search for food. 10. Adults of H. confluens were collected about the yellow water-lily beds at Cedar Point, near Sandusky, Ohio, and evidence pointed to them as active agents in the cross pollination of these plants in that locality. 1917] Studies on Hydromyza Confluens Loew 45 LITERATURE CITED Bembower, W. 1911. Pollination Notes from the Cedar Point Region. The Ohio Naturalist, 11:378-3883. Fulton, B. B. 1911. The Stratiomyide of Cedar Point, Sandusky. The Ohio Naturalist, 11:299-301. Needham, J. G. 1908. Notes on the Aquatic Insects of Walnut Lake. Appendix III. A Biological Survey of Walnut Lake, Michigan, by T. L. Hankinson. A Report of the Biological Survey of the State of Michigan, published by the State Board of Geological Survey as a part of the Report for 1907, pp. 252-271. Welch, P. S. 1914. Observations on the Life History and Habits of Hydromyza confluens Loew, (Diptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 7:135-147. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III Fig. Outline of egg showing surface which bears fossa and carine. Fig. 2. Outline of egg showing shape when viewed ninety degrees from position indicated in Fig. 1. Fig. 3. Egg capsule as it appears in transverse section. Fig. 4. Camera lucida drawing of reticulation which appears on surface of egg capsule. Fig. 5. Transverse section of median carina of egg. Fig. 6. Recently hatched larva. noe ANNALS E. S. A. VoL. X, PLATE Illi. ~ P..S.. Welch. STUDIES ON COCCOBACILLUS ACRIDIORUM D’HERELLE, AND ON CERTAIN INTESTINAL ORGANISMS OF LOCUSTS. By E. MeEtvitLtE DuPortTE AND J. VANDERLECK, Macdonald College (McGill University). PART I. EXPERIMENTS ON THE CONTROL OF LOCUSTS BY THE USE OF COCCOBACILLUS ACRIDIORUM D’H. A. Historical Resume. Coccobacillus acridiorum, the causal organism of an epi- zootic disease of locusts, was isolated in the State of Yucatan, Mexico, in 1910, by Dr. F. d’Herelle from the South American migratory locust Schistocerca americana Drury. He had observed that during the previous year the swarms migrating northward into Mexico from the confines of Guatemala showed evidence of the presence of an epizootic. The mortality in the swarms increased each year until 1912, when the disease had destroyed the locusts to such an extent that no swarms migrated into Mexico. D’Herelle was able to produce disease and death by inoculating healthy locusts with a culture of the organism which he isolated from the diseased locusts. The results of his exper- iments led him to believe that the use of this organism would have successful results in the control of locusts. In 1911-12 he was given an opportunity to test the effective- ness of his cultures against Schistocerca paranensis Burm. in the province of Santa Fe, Argentina, where his attempts met with a decided success. Results obtained by Sergent and Lheritier in Algeria during 1913 were not conclusive. They found that Doctostaurus maroccanus Thunberg was susceptible to the disease, but the epizootic did not spread with sufficient rapidity to cause appreciable diminution in the size of the swarms. They attrib- uted their failure to three contingencies, either the infection did not spread through the greater portion of the migrating swarm, or many of the locusts possessed a natural immunity, or else they easily acquired an active immunity against the organism. Lounsbury in 1913 conducted experiments in South Africa to determine whether C. acridiorum could be effectively used in combating the non-migratory Zonocerus elegans. His exper- 47 48 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, iments were unsuccessful as the disease did not spread in the field, and he came to the conclusion that under South African conditions the biological method of d’Herelle can be used only as a supplementary measure and cannot supersede the use of poison baits in the control of locusts. Oedaleus nigrofasciatus De Geer and Locusta migratoroides R. and F., two injurious locusts in the Philippines, were exper- imented’on by Barber and Jones in 19138. An absolute failure in the field experiments was reported. The Entomological Branch of Canada attempted without success to introduce the disease in parts of Quebec during the seasons of 1913 and 1914. Owing to the fact that the culture had to be sent a considerable distance from the laboratory in which it was prepared, which would probably affect the vir- ulence of the organism, no definite conclusions were reached. In 1914-15 Beguet, Musso and Sergent conducted a cam- paign in Algeria against an invasion of Schistocerca peregrina Ol. using both the biological and the mechanical methods of control. The combination of the two methods proved very successful. The biological method could not be used to protect fields that were directly menaced as the disease spread slowly. In the Sebdou region two indigenous coccabacilli were found which immunized the locusts against d’Herelle’s organism. Similar organisms were reported from Algiers. During 1915 a locust invasion of Tunisia threatened disaster over about 36,000 square miles of territory. D’Herelle succeeded in completely controlling the outbreak by means of a combina- tion of the biological and mechanical methods. In Morocco during 1915 Velu and Bouin conducted extensive experiments on the control of S. peregrina. They concluded that ‘d’Herelle’s method gives encouraging results. Starting with a sufficiently virulent culture of the coccobacillus it is possible to create, either by spraying with bouillon or by contamination from diseased nymphs, an epizootic which is very contagious and sometimes extremely deadly, but the progress of which is by no means overwhelming.” They advise its judicious com- bination with other methods. The experiments described below were conducted at the request of Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt, Dominion Entomologist, during the summer of 1916. The original culture used was obtained by Dr. Hewitt from the Pasteur Institute at Paris. 1917} Studies on Coccobacillus Acridiorum D’ Herelle 49 B. Symptoms of the Disease. The time elapsing between infection and the manifestation of the symptoms characteristic of the disease depends on the virulence of the organism, and may vary from a few hours to several days. Diseased locusts become sluggish and more or less paralyzed, losing to some extent the power of leaping. The excrement is black and fluid, and when the insect is dissected it is found that the contents of the digestive tract are black and more or less slimy. After death putrefaction proceeds rapidly and the integument becomes blackened. Bacteriological or microscopical examination reveals the presence of the coccobacillus in the intestinal tract, the blood and faeces in practically pure culture. C. Increasing the Virulence of the Organism. It was the experience of d’Herelle and subsequent workers that the coccobacillus when grown in artificial culture media becomes: very much weakened, but that the virulence could be progressively increased by passing the organism through a succession of locusts. In order then to obtain a culture sufficiently strong for our experiments it was necessary thus to increase the virulence. The first lot of locusts was inoculated with a suspension of the original culture. On analyzing the contents of the intestines of locusts killed by this injection we obtained a pure culture of the coccobacillus. We decided then to use a suspension of the intestinal contents of the dead locusts in our further injections. Parallel with this we ran what we termed “‘a pure culture series,”’ that is, a series in which the intestinal contents of the dead locusts were plated out on 1% beef peptone agar, incubated at 30° C. for eighteen hours, and then from the plates a typical colony selected and this pure culture used for inoculating the next lot. By the first method we obtained a virulent culture much sooner than by the second. : Our method of procedure was as follows: The dead locust was placed for a few minutes in alcohol. Upon removal from the alcohol its body was split along the back with a sterile pair of scissors and a portion of the digestive canal severed. The cut portion was removed with sterile forceps, dropped in a test tube containing 10 cc. of sterilized water and triturated. The suspension thus obtained was used in inocluating the healthy locusts. 50 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, The locust to be inoculated was held between the thumb and forefinger of the left hand and a drop of the suspension was injected between the first and second abdominal sternites by means of a very fine hypodermic needle. The first lot inoculated were all dead in five days, owing doubtless to the fact that a rather strong suspension of the original pure culture was used. The second, third and fourth lots did not all die, some remaining alive for upwards of twenty- three days. After the fourth inoculation no injected locusts survived. Some of the locusts of the second, third and fourth lots which were apparently healthy after twenty-three days were killed and the intestinal contents examined, and we found that the coccobacillus was present. The remainder of the survivors were injected with a virulent culture and all died within a few hours. The following table shows the increase of the virulence of the organism. The first lot in the series was inoculated with Dr. d’Herelle’s culture, the others were each inoculated with a suspension of the intestinal contents of the preceding lot. TABLE I. SHOWING THE INCREASE IN THE VIRULENCE OF C. acridiorum, TEMPERATURE ABOUT 85°F ae v Till o 3 ® ue) co) io) ® ue) ® uo) Re 216i Bi oie o) oiler Bo) SAE V6 |B set) Cee ienas SO Dan =e fe 22 i ee | ek | A i | le 2 | Ne 2 (1 Nr 4 fies day| 4 ||2days] 6 ||3days| 8 |/4days| 9 |/5days|12 | eee nl || ae Bis 2 | 12||\8hrs.| 2 |16hrs.| 5 |27hrs.| 6 ||2days| 7 ||4days| 8 ||5days| 9 || * 3 | 14 |20hrs.| 6/27 hrs.| 7 ||8days| 9 83 da.j10||...... we || pe eH oe 4 | 15 |22hrs.| 3 |46hrs.| 4 |[7lhrs.| 5 ||\6days| 6 |...... Behe eueccaateee ee ee 5 | 15 |i21hrs.| 9 |23hrs.}11 28 hrs.|14 |/34hrs.15 ||...... Sevan teak Sepitel |e oes sel eu tS 6 | 20 || 5hrs.| 1 || Ohrs.} 4 |21 hrs.J16 |27 hrs./20 ||...... eee al eres ee 3 Se 2iebrss 7 | 12 || 6hrs.| 1 || Shrs.| 6 |96hrs.| 9 |1Ohrs.}10 |/11 hrs.|12 ||...... ||) aelstorss (A UPAR MISS atresia Pal mae “sie | age Aca Bd | Meare pict (sic | bach deg sac ponte | kale ae ell ear 9 | 15 || 5hrs.| 3 || 7hrs.| 5 || Shrs./12 |1Ohrs.|14 |/l1 hrs./15 ||...... jae |p ll airs: 10 | 15 || 3hrs.| 2 || Shrs./10 |LOhrs./14 |fll hrs.|15 |)...... + pay | Peon | between 11 | 12 || 4hrs.| 1 || 6hrs.| 4 || Shrs.| 5 |[LOhrs.| 8 [13 hrs./10 ||19 hrs.|12; || 13&19hr t 12 | 14 || 2hrs.| 2 ae Drew oor hy A ae Sell eaesous: 202 || eOears® *Did not all die. +No observation made until 15 hours after injection. tNo observation made between the 10th and 19th hours after inoculation. The temperature on the day this lot was inoculated fell nearly 10°F., which accounts for the longer time required for death to occur. 1917} Studies on Coccobacillus Acridiorum D’ Herelle 51 After the twelfth lot there was little increase in virulence. Quite often several locusts would die within a very short while after being injected. This was probably due to a pre- viously weakened condition of the locusts which rendered them less resistant to the septicasmic action of the coccobacillus. The intestinal contents of those which died thus early were not as virulent as those of the ones which died later. The following table brings out this point: TABLE II. COMPARISON BETWEEN THE VIRULENCE OF THE INTESTINAL CONTENTS OF LOCUSTS WHICH DIE VERY EARLY AND OF THOSE FROM THE SAME LOT WHICH DIE LATER. No. in- ee ae Time x ee Time se) Time poe Remarks e Early killed TOCUSES. 5 oe. 12) || sy iatasy 1 |{ll hrs. Pe NiPHE owes ill 1 alive after 24 ’ hours. Later killed lOCUStSHe oe 12 srs 2 F{losesel) 10) |i) Qiskes yy ae! All dead in 9 ; hours. D. Insects Susceptible to the Disease. The pathogenicity of Coccobacillus acridiorum was tested for all species of locusts and grasshoppers commonly occurring in large numbers in this region. These were Melanoplus femur- rubrum, M. bivittatus, M. atlanis, Dissosteira carolina, Camnula pellucida, Stenobothrus curtipennis and Xiphidium sp. All of these insects proved to be susceptible. Gryllus pennsylvanicus, one of the common field crickets, also died as a result of injection with the coccobacillus, and several dead specimens of Nemobius spp. were found dead in the field, doubtless as a result of eating the infected bran mash. Of insects other than the Orthoptera only two were tested, the yellow bear caterpillar (Spzlosoma virginica) and the potato beetle (Leptinotarsa decemlineata) larve and adults. The caterpillars were all dead in less than forty-eight hours. The number of inoculated potato beetles and their grubs which died did not exceed the number dead in the check injected with dis- tilled water, so we must conclude that this beetle was not susceptible to the disease. 52 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Apparently the activities of the insect and other animal parasites of the diseased locusts were not affected. We were able to rear several sarcophagid flies from diseased locusts and a very large number of living Gordioidea emerged from the dis- eased or dead insects. Other workers have tested the pathogenicity of Coccobac- illus acridiorum for various other insects and have found that not all insects are susceptible to the disease. D’Herelle found that chickens, guinea pigs and rabbits were not susceptible and that man apparently suffered no ill effects even when the cultures were carelessly handled. E. Experiments in the Laboratory. Experiments were performed in the laboratory in order that we might become acquainted with the nature and action of the disease before trying it out in the field. These experiments were all carried out in breeding cages which were sterilized before each experiment. The number of animal parasites, chiefly nematodes, and Diptera, was exceedingly high, so it must be borne in mind that several of the deaths recorded in these experiments may have been due entirely to the parasite or to the fact that the resist- ance of the locusts was lowered owing to the weakening action of the animal parasites. Deaths which did not occur within a week to ten days were considered doubtful because the percentage of deaths among the checks confined for so long a time was fairly high. Experiment 1. Effect of Spraying the Insect with a Culture of Coccobacillus. : Ten locusts were sprayed thoroughly. One died at the end of thirty hours, a second in two days, a third in three days, and at the end of eight days there were only five dead. The others remained alive for some time showing no symptoms of disease. Experiment 2. Effect of Contaminating the Soil. a. Twelve locusts were placed in a breeding cage containing sand sprayed with a culture of C. acridiorum. One died at the end of the first day. The others remained alive for several days and showed no symptoms of disease. b. Several locusts were placed in an unsterilized cage from which dead locusts had-just been removed. No mortality was produced. 1917] Studies on Coccobacillus Acridtorum D’ Herelle 53 Experiment 3. Effect of Contaminating the Food of the Locusts. a. Seventeen nymphs were placed in a cage containing green food sprayed with a culture of the organism. The food was renewed daily and for several days it was sprayed either with a pure culture of the coccobacillus or with a suspension of the intestines of dead locusts. There were no deaths until the fifth day, when one nymph died. After this there were a few deaths at intervals. The experiment was discontinued at the end of three weeks. The intestines of some of the living locusts were then examined and C. acridiorum was found. b. Twenty locusts were fed with sweetened bran mash to which a culture of the coccobacillus had been added. Two died during the next day. By the seventh there were altogether twelve dead and on the eleventh day fifteen. The others sur- vived for eight days after being removed to a clean cage. Experiment 4. Infection from Dead or Diseased Locusts. Experiments were tried to determine whether the disease would spread readily from dead or diseased locusts to healthy ones. To this end a number of healthy locusts were placed in a cage with others that had just: died. The locusts used were largely M. femur-rubrum with a few individuals of other species. Nearly all the locusts failed to show symptoms of the disease. It was observed that occasionally a bzvittatus would feed on the dead insects. In order to determine the effect of this can- nibalistic tendency on the spread of infection.we placed femur- rubrum and bivittatus in equal numbers in a cage with dead locusts. At the end of eight days 80% .bivittatus were dead and only 20% femur-rubrum. We have never in our experiments observed any manifestation of cannibalism in any of the forms of locusts and grasshoppers experimented on except M. bivitiatus, and in this case the tendency to prey on the a individuals is not very marked. Experiment 5. Relative Resistance of Male and Female Locusts. We were unable to observe any difference in the resistance of male and female locusts. The following is an example which shows how similar the two sexes are in the degree of susceptibility : 54 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. X, TABLE III. NUMBER DEAD IN | 12ers. 9) 4 brs. aloe bse |) Onsale bee No. in- Sex oculated OPiS ip 8 9 10 10 Or ~I oo © Experiment 6. Relative Resistance of Adult and Nymph. It was observed during the various experiments that the nymphs apparently were more resistant than the adults. Two experiments to definitely prove this gave the results shown in the following table: TABLE IV. NUMBER DEAD IN Alive at Stage No. end of 13 3 hrs.| 6 hrs.| 8 hrs.} 9 hrs.|1lhrs.|12hrs.|18hrs.| hrs. Aeeteos) 2) 10 1 3 ert 5 a 1 Niyimpbiecesc: 10 1 2 3 t 5 5 TABLE V. NUMBER DEAD IN St No. ae lo hrs.|11‘hrs.|12brs.{13 hrs. 14 hrs. |16hrs.|18 ars. \23 hrs, Redes ee ON ie i Bae gel) die | oA eres aaa Nomplivc.o.iesshe call abr. Sao Hes SER CA O7 a Experiment 6. Relative Susceptibility of Different Species. Experiments were tried to ascertain whether there was any difference in the susceptibility of M. femur-rubrum, M. bivitiatus, D. carolina and S. curtipennis. In no two experiments did the results accord, so we concluded that, as far as these four species are concerned, differences in susceptibility are individual rather than specific. Similar results were obtained when we tried to ascertain whether any one species was more susceptible to a culture obtained from the same species or from a different species. ° ———- 1917] Studies on Coccobacillus Acridiorum D’ Herelle 58 From the results of the foregoing experiments it is clear that Coccobacillus acridiorum is pathogenic to all the common injurious locusts and grasshoppers of Eastern Canada, and that these insects are equally susceptible. The immature stages of the insects are more resistant than the adult stage. Infection does not spread readily to healthy insects by mere contact with diseased locusts or other:contaminated material. The chief, if not the only method of spreading the disease, is by ingestion of infected material. While many individuals are tolerant of a mild infection they are not totally immune because all the locusts which survived in the various experiments succumbed when re-inoculated with a strong virulent culture. Their tolerance is probably due to the presence of certain closely allied bacilli in the intestines. F. Experiments in the Field. Experiments in an Enclosed Area: In order to be definitely certain of our results a small area of a lawn was enclosed with screen-wire and numerous locusts included in the enclosure. Expervment 1.—The grass of the enclosed area was sprayed with a bouillon culture of C. acridiorum and daily observations made for a week. During this time not a single death was recorded. The failure of this attempt was probably due to the death of the organism as a result of its exposure to bright sunlight. As it remained very bright for some time after this the experiment was not repeated. Experiment 2.—A new portion of the lawn was enclosed and sown with sweetened bran mash to which a bouillon culture of the organism had been added. On the second day we found 21 dead locusts, and several others showing symptoms of the dis- ease. At the end of five days we had collected altogether 108 dead locusts. Many of the survivors were then placed in insect cages and the majority died within five days of their capture. Experiment 3.—Twenty locusts inoculated with a virulent culture of C. acridiorum were introduced among the healthy locusts in another enclosed area. At the end of the fifth day only 39 dead locusts, including the inoculated ones, were found. The experiment was continued for several days but no further deaths were recorded. 56 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Experiments in the Open Field: Two unsuccessful attempts were made to create an epizootic centre in the open field. Experiment 1. The first attempt was made in a clover field badly infested with M. femur-rubrum. A small area of this field was treated with the infected bran mash. The field was exam- ined daily but comparatively few dead locusts and no evidences of an epizootic were found. Numbers of locusts were collected from this field and placed in insect cages but the disease did not develop among them. Experiment 2. A similar experiment was conducted on a badly infested lawn with the same results. G. Conclusions. The results of our work indicate that d’Herelle’s biological method for the control of locusts cannot take the place of the methods now in use under the conditions which obtain in Eastern Canada. Should the disease become established, its spread would be extremely slow owing to the non-migratory and non-cannibalistic habits of the native species. The ideal con- ditions for the effective use of this method are those such as d’Herelle and others found in South America and North Africa where the locusts were in quickly moving swarms and were markedly cannibalistic in their habits. Indeed, most of these writers have emphasized the fact that ‘‘acridiophagy”’ is the chief factor in the spread of the disease. Another hindrance to the effective use of this method lies in the presence of several native strains of a coccobacillus identical with or closely related to d’Herelle’s. These organisms are undoubtedly responsible for the immunity of the locusts to a mild infection of Coccoba- cillus acridiorum. PART II. DESCRIPTIVE STUDIES ON COCCOBACILLUS ACRIDIQRUM D’HERELLE, AND SIXTEEN RELATED NATIVE ORGANISMS. During the early part of our work we made plates daily from the intestinal contents of dead locusts. In every case we got a pure culture of the organism. The culture medium used was 1% beef peptone agar and the plates were kept at room temperature (about 30° C.). The growth under these condi- tions is rapid. The colonies are spreading and filmy and not 1917] Studies on Coccobacillus Acridiorum D’ Herelle Sit as sharply defined and compact as they appear in a more con- centrated agar. The typical colonies appeared within ten hours and the culture was always ready for use within 18 hours. An attempt was made to estimate the number of viable organisms found in the digestive tract of insects which had died from the disease and also of those which survived infection. As one would expect, the number of coccobacilli in the intestines of dead locusts varied between very wide limits, depending probably on the length of time elapsing between infection and death, and on the number of organisms originally injected. The number usually exceeded 100,000 and our experiments showed that this number continued to increase after the death of the host. 4 hours after inoculation, just dead, 100,000 organisms. 10 hours after inoculation, 6 hours dead, 400,000 organisms. 24 hours after inoculation, 20 hrs. dead, 5,000,000 organisms. Locusts which survived infection gave a much lower count, as the following table shows: TABLE VI. NUMBER OF COCCOBACILLI IN INTESTINAL TRACT OF LOCUSTS SURVIVING INFECTION. NUMBER OF COCCOBACILLT SOURCE OF INFECTION Wiealseultire Cacconacnis. 2. ooo gs 22 PP oo as cabs nn Se | 150 Sinonocemeulliune (COGCOUGCUTUS se os. noe lace le Seleycs ele oe wes | 1,600 ihe ete dsioodaimvlaboratony. hc. sewye oe) i See Seeeee 1 < (parasitized by maggot) . 200 60 180 1917] Studies on Coccobacillus Acridiorum D’ Herelle 59 We include below d’Herelle’s original description as well as a fuller description by ourselves of the culture received from the Pasteur Institute. For convenience the organisms are divided into four groups. The first group includes C. acri- diorum and those native coccobacilli which are practically identical with it; the second and third groups include strains which differ in several details, and the fourth group includes two organisms which differ chiefly in the fact that they are able to liquefy gelatine. Coccobacillus Acridiorum d’ Herelle. Original Description by d’Herelle. Morphology. Short bacillus, slightly oval, polymorphous. Cocci 0.6u, bacilli 0.4u-0.64 by 0.9u4-1.5u. Very motile. Flagella peritrichiate. Stains easily. Gram negative. Agar Stroke. Not mentioned. Potato. Growth abundant, creamy. Condensation water, syrupy and strongly alkaline. Gelatine Stab. Not mentioned. Nutrient Broth. Turbidity apparent after 4 hours, no sediment, clearing after 3 weeks with slight sediment, odor of beef extract. Milk. Coagulated, strong alkaline reaction. Litmus Milk. Not mentioned. Gelatine colonies. No liquefaction. Agar colonies. Circular in shape, waxy, visible after 12 hours, 18 hours, 3 mm. diameter. Below surface small, spherical, whitish opaque. Aesculin agar. Not mentioned. Fermentation of Sugars. -+glucose, levulose, galactose, maltose. No other sugars mentioned. Indol. Not mentioned. Neutral red bilesalt Agar. Not mentioned. Pathogenicity. Pathogenic to various Acridide, ants and caterpillars. GROUP I. Culture of C. acridiorum from Pasteur Institute, and Cultures 6, 7, 13 and 14. Morphology. From agar slope 20 hours old, short rods or cocci, some oval, poly- morphous. 0.7u-1.0u. In milk culture they appear often as diplococci. Motile. Gram—. Amylgram+. Stain readily. Agar stroke. Abundant growth, spreading, flat, glistening, smooth, dirty white to bluish white, opaque, butyrous, medium unchanged. On 1% agar the cultures are arborescent and transparent. Potato. Abundant growth, spreading, flat, glistening, smooth, butyrous; color from dirty white to yellow. Gelatine Stab. Uniform growth, line of puncture filiform. No liquefaction, medium unchanged. Stab brownish yellow. Nutrient Broth. Pellicle or ring, turbidity, slight sediment, no clearing after 14 days, odor of beef extract. Milk. At first gas production without coagulation. Delayed coagulation in 2-8 days, acid reaction after 8 days, no peptonisation, medium unchanged, no extrusion of whey. Litmus Milk. Gas production, weak acidity, no reduction. After 4 days partial to complete coagulation, acid. Gelatine Colonies. Growth slow, round, raised, edge entire, yellow. 3 weeks, 2mm. diameter, yellow white. No liquefaction. 60 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Agar colonies. Rapid growth, irregular, round, smooth, flat, edge entire, amor- phous, dirty white to blue transparent. Growth more restricted on 14% than on 1% agar. . Aesculin bilesalt agar. C. acridiorum weak field after 24 to 48 hrs. Cultures 6, 7 and 13 typical black field after 24 hrs., greatly increased in intensity after 48 hrs. Culture, 14, no field after 24 hrs., very intense black field after 48 hrs. Fermentation of sugars. -+glucose, galactose, muscle sugar, lactose (weak). —adonit, dulcit. Differences are observed in the following sugars: : C. Acrid. Cult.6 7 13 14 Saceharose see on rater ces + -e + + — Ra hiOSsetan.k eee Ss er aes ste Bf + + + = Ac olIMOSC ap ev eiend ort Gaeta oh + — — + + Indol reaction. Negative. Neutral red CC. acridiorum strong fluorescence, red, spreading. bilesalt agar. Culture 6, strong fluorescence, canary yellow, spreading. Culture 7, strong fluorescence, canary yellow. Culture 13, strong fluorescence, canary yellow, red ring, spreading. Culture 14, strong fluorescence, canary yellow, red ring, spreading. Pathogenicity. Pathogenic to locusts and grasshoppers. Injection fatal within 24 hours. : ; GROUP II. Cultures 4, 10, 12, 20. Morphology. From agar slope 20 hrs. old. Short rods or cocci, polymorphous. 0.7u-1.0u. In milk culture they appear as micrococci or diplococci. Decidedly motile. Gram—. Amylgram-+, except Culture 12, which is negative. Stain easily. Agar stroke. Abundant growth, spreading, flat, glistening, smooth, dirty white to bluish white, opaque, butyrous, medium unchanged. On 1% agar the cul- tures are arborescent and transparent. Potato. Growth abundant, spreading, flat, glistening, smooth, butyrous, color from dirty white to deep yellow. Culture 12 has a drier growth than the other cultures. Gelatine Stab. Growth uniform, line of puncture filiform, of a yellow brown color, no liquefaction, medium unchanged. Culture 20 started to branch after 14 days, the stab was white in color. Nutrient broth. Culture 4, Pellicle, turbidity, sediment, no clearing after 14 days. Culture 10, Ring, turbidity, sediment. Clearing after 48 hrs., odor of beef extract. Culture 12, Ring, turbidity, no sediment, no clearing, after 14 days but slight sediment. Culture 20, Turbidity, sediment, no clearing. Milk. Gas production without coagulation. Delayed coagulation in 3 days, except in case of Culture 10, which did not coagulate at all, acid reaction, no peptonisation, medium unchanged, no extrusion of whey. Litmus Milk. Gas production with weak acidity, no reduction. After 4 days acid and complete coagulation except Culture 10, which remained neutral to slightly alkaline and liquid. Gelatine colonies. Culture 4, growth moderate, brownish white, round, convex, entire, no liquefaction, size 1 mm. Culture 10, heavy growth, bright yellow, round, convex, entire, no lique- faction, 1 mm. Culture 12, very slow growth, white punctiform, no liquefaction. Culture 20, slow growth, bluish white, punctiform, no liquefaction: Agar colonies. Rapid growth, round, flat, edge entire, internal structure amorphous, blue transparent. Aesculin agar. Culture 4, decided black field after 24 hours; very strong after 48 hours. Culture 10, no growth 24 hours, slight growth, weak field 48 hours. Culture 12, decided field after 24 hours, very strong after 48 hours. Culture 20, no field after 48 hours, good growth. ee ie eee ee ee li ees Cee eee DS ie, ties, ee ee ee Bie wtb a ee eh i in ~ a 1917} Studies on Coccobacillus Acridiorum D’ Herelle 61 Fermentation of sugars. —dulcit, raffinose. +saccharose, glucose, lactose, muscle sugar, galactose. Culture 10 in general causes very little fermentation, only traces in saccharose and glucose. Differences are shown— 4 10 12 20 JG 6) 00 ig A ae ate 3 _ a= — — VN PATNITIO SE eee Nee Spe Rr Le os _- _ + Indol reaction. Negative. Neutral red Culture 4, fluorescence, canary yellow, slightly spreading. bilesalt agar. Culture 10, slight fluorescence, canary yellow. Culture 12, strong fluorescence, canary yellow. Culture 20, canary yellow, red ring. Pathogenicity. Pathogenic to locusts. Death by injection occurs within 24 hours. GROUP Tir Cultures 2, 3, 5, 15, 16, 17. Morphology. From agar slope 20 hrs. old. Short rods or cocci, polymorphous. 1.5u-0.94. In Milk culture they appear as small or large micrococci. Very motile. Gram—. Amyl gram, cultures 2, 5, 15,-17 negative, cultures 3, 16+. Stain easily. Agar stroke. Abundant growth, spreading, flat, glistening, smooth, dirty white, opaque, butyrous, medium unchanged. On 1% agar cultures are aborescent and transparent. Potato. Cultures 2 and 17 growth abundant, spreading, flat, glistening, smooth, dry and brittle, yellow color. Cultures 3, 5, 15 and 16 abundant growth, spreading, flat, glistening, smocth, butyrous, dirty white to yellow. Gelatine stab. Growth uniform, line of puncture filiform, of a yellow brown color, no liquefaction; medium unchanged. Nutrient Broth. Pellicle or ring, turbidity, no clearing after “4 days, slight sedi- ment, strong odor of beef extract. Milk. Gas production without coagulation. Delayed coagulation except Culture 17, liquid and acid after 8 days. Litmus Milk. Gas production with weak acidity. Cultures 5, 16 and 17 complete reduction; Cultures 2, 3, 15 no reduction. Cultures 2, 5, 16, 17 coagulation within 4 days: Cultures 3 and 15 no coagulation, acidity in Culture 3, neutral reaction in Culture 15. Gelatine Colonies. Cultures 2, 3 and 5 slight growth, punctiform,- white, no lique- faction. Cultures 15, 16 and 17 good growth, size 2 mm., bright yellow, round, convex, entire, no liquefaction. Agar colonies. Rapid growth, round, flat, edge entire, internal structure amorphous, blue transparent, below surface small, spherical. whitish, opaque. Aesculin agar. Culture 2 negative, Culture 15 no growth, Cultures 3, 16 and 17 positive, Culture 5 very weak. Fermentation of sugars. -+galactose. Adonit Dulcit Raffi- Arab- Muscle Sacch. Lac- Glu- nose inose sugar arose tose cose MAb anes 2 orcs — + — ae va i 3 Caltare B56). 5° + + _ + au = of ? Caister. .25i = — -- + = + ae us Culture'15......\. — a — = a a3 i ? Culture 16. ..°0.. — — ? + ef ae ae 4 Colter] or — ? _— =p as es at 2+ Indol reaction. Cultures 2 and 3 very strong. Cultures 5, 15, 16, 17 negative. Neutral red Cultures 2 and 3, red. bilesalt agar. Culture 5, fluorescence, canary yellow, spreading. Cultures 15 and 17, fluorescence, canary yellow. Culture 16, canary yellow, red ring. Pathogenicity. Pathogenic to locusts and Bae Death by injection within 24 hours. 62 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, GROUP IV. Cultures 8 and 11. This group shows much resemblance to Group III, but its ability to liquefy gelatine made it necessary to separate the two groups. Morphology. From agar slope 20 hrs. old, short bacillus, slightly oval, poly- morphous, 0.5u-1.0u. Very motile. Gram—. Amyl gram+. Stain easily. Agar stroke. Abundant growth, spreading, flat, glistening, smooth, dirty white, opaque, butyrous, medium unchanged. Arborescent on 1% agar. Potato. Growth abundant, spreading, flat, dull, smooth, butyrous, white. Gelatine Stab. Growth rapid, liquefaction along puncture, on top saucer shape after 24 hours, completely liquefied in 7 days. Nutrient broth. Culture 8"pellicle, turbidity, sediment, strong odor of beef extract. Culture 11, ring, turbidity, strong odor of beef extract. No clearing after 14 days. Milk. Coagulation prompt, strong acid and gas, no extrusion of whey, medium unchanged. Litmus Milk. Acid coagulation, no reduction, slow peptonisation. Gelatine colonies. Complete liquefaction within 24 hours. Agar colonies. Rapid growth, round, smooth, flat, edge entire, amorphous. Aesculin agar. Negative. Fermentation of Sugars. Negative. —Adonit, dulcite, galactose, arabinose, muscle sugar, lactose, raffinose. Weak, saccharose, glucose. Indol reaction. Weak. Neutral red bilesalt agar. Strong fluorescence, canary yellow. Pathogenicity. Pathogenic to locusts. Death occurs within 24 hours of injection. BIBLIOGRAPHY. D’Herelle, F. 1911. Sur une epizootie de Nature Bacterienne sevissant sur les Sauterelles au Mexique. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc. t. CLII, p. 1418, Paris. D’Herelle, F. 1912. Sur la Propagation dans la Republique Argentine de 1’epi- zootie des Sauterelles du Mexique. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc. t. CLIV, p. 622, Paris. : D’Herelle, F. 1914. Le coccobacille’ des Sauterelles.: Ann. Inst. Pasteur, XXVIII, pp. 281-328 et 387-407. D’Herelle, F. 1915. La Campagne contre les Sauterelles en Tunisie en 1915. Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. Paris, VIII, pp. 629-633. Lounsbury, C. P. 1918. Locust Bacterial Disease. Agr. Journ. Un. S. Africa, V, pp. 607-611. Sergent, E., and Lheritier, A. 1914. Essai de Destruction des Sauterelles en Algerie par le Coccobacillus acridiorum de d’Herelle. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, XXVIII, pp. 408-419. eee C. “ 1915. Report Ont. Ent. Soc. 45. (Discussion on Paper by A. ibson). Barber, M. A. and Jones, O. R. 1915. A Test of Coccobacillus acridiorum d’ Herelle on Locusts in the Philippines. Phil JI. Sc. X, Ser. B, 1915. Sergent, Et. 1916. Campagne d’Experimentation de la Methode Biologique kes contre les Schistocerca peregrina dans la Vallee de la Haute Tafna, Commune mixte de Sebdou (department d’Oran). Existence d’une epizootie autochtone vaccinante (Mai, Juin, Juliett, 1915). Ann. Inst. Pasteur, XXX, pp. 209-224. Beguet, M. 1916. Campagne d’experimentation de la Methode biologique contre iy sles Schistocerca peregrina en Algerie et en particular dans la region de Barika (department de Constantine). Ann. Inst. Pasteur, XXX, pp. 225-242. Beguet, M., Musso, L. and Sergent, Et. 1915. Troisieme campagne contre les Acridiens (Schistocerca peregrina Ol.) en Algerie au moyen du Coccobacillus acridiorum d’Herelle. Bull, Soc. Path Exot. Par. VIII, pp. 634-637. (Rev. App. Ent. Ser. A, iv, p. 45). Velu, H. and Bouin, A. 1916. Essai de destruction du Schistocerca peregrina au Maroc par le Coccobacillus acridiorum du Dr. d’Herelle. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, XXX, pp. 389-421. THE CHORDOTONAL ORGANS AND PLEURAL DISCS OF CERAMBYCID LARVAE.* WALTER N. Hess. INTRODUCTION. For years systematists who have attempted the classification of certain coleopterous larve, have been perplexed by the peculiar and varied structures on the abdominal pleural region. These often take the form of a ray-like disc in the larger species, while in the smaller species, a small elliptical enlargement is present in this region. Many larve, even among the Coleop- tera, do not possess the characters in question, but they seem to be universally present among the Cerambycids. Moreover, they are often much modified in the different genera. During the summer of 1914, Dr. W. A. Riley, of this depart- ment, found these peculiar pleural structures on various larve. About the same time Mr. F. C. Craighead, of the Department of Entomology at Washington, wrote Dr. Riley asking about their functions. It was at this time that the writer undertook a study of their structure. The writer is sincerely indebted to Mr. Craighead for mounts of these structures which. he had turned over to Dr. Riley, also to Dr. Riley himself for much valuable advice and assistance. In some larve, especially the larger species of Prionids, these structures are very pronounced, and instances have been known of students mistaking them for spiracles. References in the literature are practically limited to a brief mention by Perris (1877). This writer spoke of them in the Cerambycids as ‘‘accessory locomotor organs.’’ However, this interpretation was not accepted by Craighead ( 1915), who refers to them by the non-committal name of “pleural discs.” It will be shown in this paper that these external characters are not constant in all genera of the Cerambycids, that in spite of an external variation, the internal condition is usually con- stant, and finally, that the pleural discs are the points of attach- ment of abdominal chordotonal organs. The detailed structure of the latter will be described. *Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of Cornell University. 63 64 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol.2G, MATERIALS AND METHODS. Although the histological investigation of this problem was limited to two species, Ergates spiculatus Lec. and Monohammus confusor Kirby, larvee of other genera were examined to deter- mine the presence and arrangement of the organs. Among these larvee were specimens of Saperda candida Fabr., Rhagium lineatum Oliv., Desmocerus palliatus Forst., and Mallodon dasystomus Say. In dissecting out the structure for toto preparations, best results were obtained by opening the larvze on the mid dorsal line, and pinning them open in a watch crystal which had been half filled with paraffin. As a dissecting medium, picric alcohol was very satisfactory. In addition, Delafield’s. hamatoxylin was frequently used to aid in differentiating the tissues for gross dissection. For mounts of the entire organ, staining with borax carmine was very satisfactory. Portions for sectioning were obtained from the fresh larvee by cutting out the parts in each segment which contained the organs, and placing these directly into fixing fluids. The parts for histological study were fixed in strong Flem- ming’s solution for twenty-four hours, washed thoroughly, and dehydrated by the usual process. However, formol-chromic acid, as used by Schwabe, was found very satisfactory for fixing these organs. The material was infiltered in 54° paraffin for three hours, then in 58° paraffin for one hour, and imbedded. Sections were cut two, three, four, and five microns thick. For the study of cross sections, those cut two and three microns thick were more satisfactory, but for longitudinal sections, those cut at five microns were best, as it was very difficult to obtain thinner sections that showed the internal structures. For staining, Heidenhain’s iron haematoxylin was found the most satisfactory. LITERATURE. Before taking up the description of these structures, we shall discuss briefly the more important work that has been done upon the chordotonal organs in insects. It is very probable that more has been written on these structures in the adult Orthoptera than in all the other insects together. Although many authors have described these organs in the insects of other orders, very little attention has been given to their condition in the larve. 1917] Chordotonal Organs of Cerambycid Larve 65 According to Graber, details of the auditory organ of insects were first described by John Miller (1826). Muller discovered a structure in the tympanum of the Acridide, which he described as an elongated bubble filled with water, one end fastened to the tympanic membrane, the other end extending in the opposite direction. Siebold (1844) found in the fore tibia of the Locustide, a ganglion-like body which ended in the form of a band at the side of a large trachea, and which was composed of rod-shaped little bodies. Some later writers attribute the discovery of the auditory nerve end-organ, or scolopophore, to this worker. Leydig (1851) found in the larva of Corethra plumicornis, nerve endings which were located in the segments of the abdomen. They were attached at each end to the skin, and stretched lengthwise across the clear space located between the body wall and the muscles. In 1860 Leydig farther investigated the adults and larve of Diptera and Coleoptera, and demon- strated the peculiar nerve end apparatus. He described these structures in the antenne, halteres, and wings, but did no farther work on the abdominal organs. His is the first clear description we find of these nerve end bodies, and as a result Leydig is given credit for discovering them. Weismann (1866) found in Corethra plumicornts, little nerve endings which he called ‘‘cords of hearing.’’ He maintained that this hearing cord was very suitable to be set into vibration by sound waves. Hensen (1866) showed that in the eapanides the nerve fibers of the auditory nerve join the auditory rod or scolopale. Schmidt (1875) largely confirmed the work of Hensen, but discovered that the nerve fiber extended from a basal ganglion cell into the scolopale. Although the workers mentioned above contributed con- siderable to our knowledge of these sense organs, the work of Graber (1881-82) laid the foundation for all future work. This worker called chordotonal, all organs that had nerve endings similar to those of the previously described auditory rods of the Orthoptera, and maintained that such organs serve an auditory function. He supported this view by showing that chordotonal organs in the various orders of insects all contain peg-like bodies or scolopalez, such as are found in the tympanal organs of the Orthoptera. . 66 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Graber discovered that chordotonal organs are seldom, if ever, found singly, but usually in groups of two to two hundred or more to a system. He discovered that they are located between two immovable points, usually near the body-wall, free from the movements of the inner organs. He found them in various species of Orthoptera, Neuoptera, Hemiptera, Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera and Hymenoptera. They were not always in the same region of the body, but rather often variously located in the different groups. He observed them in the segments of the abdomen, in the antenne of larve, in the legs and tarsi, in the halteres, in fore wings and the subcostal veins of hind wings. His extended observations led him to believe that the whole integument of insects, like the tympanum of vertebrates, is especially suited to be set into vibration by sounds, and that the nervous structures united to them can react to different sound waves. Of the larve in which Graber reported Ee these struc- tures were: Dytiscus among the Coleoptera; Tabanus, Chiron- omus, Tanypus, and Syrphus among the Diptera; and Nematus among the Hymenoptera. His descriptions of these larval structures are very suggestive of what I have found in the abdomen of the Cerambycids. From his rather extensive study of widely separated forms, Graber concluded that these organs, though often different in shape, were all alike in essential details. He noticed that the nerve end-organ had three nuclei, but it remained for a later worker to discover the exact relation between the parts = the structure itself. Schwabe (1906) in his work on the Locustide, first showed that the nerve end-organ or scolopophore is composed of three cells with definite cell boundaries. These are: a cap cell, which is often elongated and attached to the body wall; a central portion or enveloping cell; and the sense cell which bears the nerve. Schwabe’s results have been largely confirmed by Schon (1910), Vogel (1912), and Lehr (1914). 1917] Chordotonal Organs of Cerambycid Larve 67 THE PLEURAL DISCS OF CERAMBYCID LARV. We have already seen that the pleural discs of cerambycid larve are the outward expression of chordotonal organs. Since these external structures of various larve are being used as systematic characters, we will consider briefly their arrangement and relation in the different genera. In many species of the Prionids, such as Mallodon dasystomus, we find a condition such as is shown in Fig. 1, in which there is a pair of definite ray-like structures on the pleural region of each of the first six abdominal segments. These constitute the pleural discs (pl. disc) strictly speaking. On the seventh and eighth abdominal segments they are present, though somewhat modified. Instead of a simple ray-like structure, we find here an elliptical enlargement which iSraighead~ calls.the “Pleural tubercle’’ *(Pl. Tu.). At the posterio-dorsal side of this tubercle, the pleural disc can be faintly seen (pl. disc). This ray-like structure or pleural disc, has a small median depression, at the central point of which a chitinous cap usually projects for a short distance. From this median depression, there radiate folds in the body wall, pro- ducing the previously described ray-like appearance. In addi- tion to these ray-like folds, one often finds at the edge of the disc, folds which run perpendicularly to the rays. Some of the smaller species of Prionids show the pleural discs only faintly, and then usually best on the first three abdominal segments. However, if one looks carefully, the others may also be found. Outside of the sub-family Prionine, all the species which the writer was able to observe, possessed the elliptical or pleural tubercle. In Saperda candida, Rhagium lineatum, and Desmo- cerus palliatus, the elliptical enlargements were found on each of the first eight abdominal segments, with a faint evidence of a disc at the posterio-dorsal portion of each tubercle. In many species a slight indication of a disc was also found at the anterio- ventral end of the tubercle. In. Monohammus confusor a very peculiar condition was observed. The elliptical enlargement or pleural tubercle was present, but instead of a ray-like structure, or pleural disc, at either end there was found a depression in the form of a chit- 68 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, inous invagination, at both the posterio-dorsal and anterio- ventral ends, as shown in Figs. 2 and 4 (C. Inv.). Instead of opening directly laterally, the pockets open at an angle of about 45 degrees directed away from the pleural tubercle. THE CHORDOTONAL ORGAN. On examining the larve internally, one finds in the case of the Prionids with the pleural discs, that a peculiar structure in the form of a chordotonal ligament is attached at the central point of the disc, and stretched in an anterio-ventral direction across an irregularly shaped enlargement on the pleural zone, and attached at the other end to a fold in the body wall, as is shown in Fig. 5 (Ch. L.). This ligament is very slender for its posterior two-thirds, but soon thickens towards its anterior third, to two or three times the size of the posterior portion. At about one-half the distance between the beginning of this swelling and the anterior attachment, a branch of the first nerve of the corresponding segment enters the structure from the side. This is the chordotonal nerve (Ch. N.). Anterior to the entrance of the nerve, the structure narrows slightly until it attaches. In the case of the organs in the seventh and eighth abdominal segments, the condition is slightly different in that the anterior attachment is at the anterio-ventral end of the pleural tubercle, instead of on an anterior body fold as in the other six pairs. This latter condition exists in all eight of the abdominal segments of such species as Saperda candida, Rha- gium lineatum, and Desmocerus palliatus. The fact that the ligament attaches anteriorly at the anterio-ventral portion of the pleural tubercle often causes a faint external evidence of a pleural disc in this region. In Monohammus confusor, the condition is much the same except that at each end of the pleural tubercle, there is a large chitinous invagination (Figs. 2 and 4, C. Inv.) which projects into the body for a short distance. A chordotonal ligament similar to the one described above, is stretched across the ends of these chitinous structures (Fig. 6, Ch. L.). 1917] Chordotonal Organs of Cerambycid Larve 69 STRUCTURE OF THE NERVE END ORGAN OR SCOLOPOPHORE. In the two species, Ergates spiculatus Lec. and Monohammus confusor Kirby, which were studied for their histological struc- ture, there was found a pair of chordotonal ligaments in each of the first eight abdominal segments. Since these organs were alike structurally, a description of one will suffice for both species. Sections were cut of these ligaments in the different abdominal segments of these two species, and also of Mallodon dasystomus Say, and it was found in every case, that each of the eight pairs of cords contained four nerve end organs or scolopophores. The scolopophores of the cerambycid larve correspond in general to those of other orders of insects, and are especially similar to those described by Schwabe (1906). Each is a nerve end organ, composed of a ganglion cell, and two enveloping cells. The ganglion cell or, better, the sense cell, is elongated and covered on its distal end by two enveloping cells, forming a sack-like structure about the distal end of this cell. The distal one of these two enveloping cells serves to unite the end organ with the hypodermis, and is called the cap cell. (Figs. 7 and 8, C. C.). The other one of the two cells (E. C.) lies between the cap cell and the enlarged portion of the sense cell, while proximad to this cell is found the body of the sense cell (S. C.), with its continuation to the nerve (Ch. N.). The sense cell (Figs. 7, 8 and 9, S. C.), which contains the axis fiber (Fig. 9, A. F.), is of the bipolar nerve type, continuous proximad with the chordotonal nerve (Ch. N.). Its distal por- tion penetrates the center of the enveloping cell into the proximal end of the cap cell, where the nerve enlarges to form the peg-shaped body or scolopale (Sc.). The cell enlarges in its middle portion, in which region is found a large spherical shaped nucleus, containing large and fine chromatin parts. The cytoplasmic structure is similar to that of other nerve tissues. An axis fiber runs nearly straight through the sense cell, except where it bends around the large nucleus. As it enters the proximal end of the cell, it is very small, but as it approaches the distal end, it gradually becomes much enlarged. However, at the point where it enters the peg-shaped body, or scolopale, 70 Annals Entomological Society of America — [Vol. X, it again becomes very small, and continues as a fine cord until it joins a knob-shaped structure near the apex (the end knob Fig. 9, E. K.). In the larve under consideration, these peg-shaped bodies, or scolopale, were found located near together with their distal ends in the region where the thickened portion of the chordotonal ligament begins to taper posteriorly. In this rather narrow region is located the distal end of the posterior of the four scolopale, and the other three are arranged in a series anteriorly, so that no two of the four organs are the same distance from the posterior end. These scolopale are considered by most authors as the enlarged terminal portions of the axis fibers. However, Schwabe is not of this opinion but considers each as a cap-like enveloping apparatus itself. With this latter interpretation my results do not accord. In general, the scolopale in Ergates spiculatus are very much like the ones which Schwabe described for the Orthoptera. At the base of each is a vacuole (Fig. 9, V.) which connects with the hollow central portion and, according to Schwabe, is filled with a watery fluid. The number of outer strands or ribs (Fig. 10 B., R.) of which the scolopale is composed, is different from what Schwabe found, in that there are seven large basal strands which divide a little over one-third their distance distally, making a total of fourteen (Fig. 10 C., R.). The dark cap, or knob, located in the distal portion of the scolopale was found to be composed of seven large, opaque divisions, corresponding to the seven basal parts. (Fig. 10 D., E. K.). However, the exact relation between these and the fourteen ribs could not be determined, though it seems very probable that the ribs pass along the exterior portion of the knob, and form the terminal ligament (Fig. 10 A., T. L.), which extends into the cap cell for about one-fourth the length of this cell. The entire scolopale, except possibly the terminal ligament, is bathed in the watery liquid, and is free to vibrate. The enveloping cell is a rather ies elongated cell, which lies like a funnel over the greater part of the distal end of the sense cell (Fig. 9, E. C.). It is composed of a light, nearly transparent, alveolar, cytoplasmic structure, with an enlarged nucleus (E. C. N.) towards its proximal end. 1917} Chordotonal Organs of Cerambycid Larve 71 The cap cell is located distad of the enveloping cell, and connects it with the body wall (Figs. 7 and 8, C. C.). It contains at its base the distal end of the sense cell, with its scolopale. Structurally, the protoplasm of this cell is of a much denser nature than that of either of the other two cells, but about its proximal portion the protoplasm is not as dense as farther distad. The whole cell is more or less filled with dark staining strands, or fibrils (F.), which pass in a rather winding condition, somewhat as the strands of a rope, to the distal end, where they unite directly to the cuticula (C. C. A.). This cell is exception- ally long and spindle-shaped and, as Weismann suggested, it seems very capable of vibrating. Near its proximal end is a small elliptical nucleus (C. C. N.), containing dark areas of chromatin. The portion of the chordotonal ligament anterior to the enveloping cells, and at the sides of the sense cells, is composed of a substance which Schwabe called the ‘‘fibrillar binding substance.”’ (Figs. 7, and 8, B. S.). This structure begins to appear in the region of the proximal part of the enveloping cells, and continues along the sides of the sense cells to the anterior attachment. It contains many nuclei, but in no case were cell boundaries seen. These fibrillar strands with their nuclei finally occupy the entire cord at its anterior portion, and by means of these fibrils the cord is fastened directly to the cuticula, much in the same way as at the posterior end. Schwabe regards this fibrillar binding substance as a continuation of the covering of the nerve. This idea seems quite plausible from the appearance of this substance about the sense cells. However, when one considers the character of the fibrils, the nuclei, and the method of attachment, it may be interpreted as a separate modified hypodermal structure. All larve that were studied possessed eight pairs of ese abdominal organs. The ones at the anterior part of the abdomen were one-fourth to one-half a millimeter longer than those in the posterior segments, while the others formed a proportional gradation in between. Since the four nerve endings of each cord are so arranged that no two are the same distance from the posterior attach- ment, it seems very evident that there is a possibility that the larva is able to detect sounds of different wave lengths. 72 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. X, Authors disagree regarding the function of these organs. Graber (’82), Schwabe (’06), Schon ('10), and many others regard them as organs of hearing, but some of the more recent writers, such as Radl (’05) maintain that they have a static function. No muscles were found which appeared to function in regulating the length of the ligaments, and it seems, so far as could be discerned, that the length is constant. In the Corethra larva these ligaments have been observed to shorten and lengthen in the living animal, but from a study of the chordo- tonal ligaments in the wood-boring Cerambycid larve, it does not seem possible that their length is changeable. The external covering of the chordotonal ligament is rather thick, due largely to the fact that the basement membrane which covers the hypodermis internally, also forms a covering about this structure. What relation the tracheal system has to these organs is not certain. Schwabe (’06) found enlarged tracheal sacks in the region of the organs in the Orthoptera. Vogel (’12) found a corresponding relation between the chordotonal organs in the wings of butterflies and the trachea. Lehr ('14) found a similar condition in the wings of Dystiscus marginalis. In the abdomen of the forms here studied, a rather large trachea was always observed in close apposition to that part of the chordotonal ligaments which contained the peg-shaped bodies or scolopale. The cuticula at the posterior point of attachment of the chordotonal ligaments in all species studied, and at both ends in Monohammus confusor, was found modified into a very’ hard, dark-staining structure. This condition, together with the arrangement of the scolopale in the ligaments, seems to favor the idea that the organs are for hearing, rather than for bal- ancing, since sound waves could easily be transferred by this hardened cuticula to the ligament, which by its vibration, could carry the impulse to the nerve and organ. 1917] Chordotonal Organs of Cerambycid Larve 73 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Berlese, A. 1909. Gli insetti; loro organizzazione, sviluppo, abitudini e rapporti coll ’uomo. Milano. pp. 633-646. Craighead, F.C. 1915. Larve of the Prionine. Washington, D.C.,; U.S. Agric. Dept., Rept. 107. 24 pp., pl. 8. Graber, V. 1881. Uber die stiftefihrenden und chordotonalen Sinnesorgane bei den insecten. Zool. Anz. 1V:450-453. . 1882-3. Die chordotonalen Sinnesorgane und das Gehor der Insecten. Arch. fur Mikr. Anat. XX:506-643, 6 Taf. XX1:65-145. Hensen, V. 1866. Uber das Gehororgan von Locusta. Zeit. fir wiss. Zool. XV1I:190-207. 1 Taf. Lehr, R. 1914. Die Sinnesorgane der beiden Fltiigelpaare von Dytiscus marginalis. Zeit. fur wiss. Zool. CX : 87-150. Leydig, F. 1851. Anatomisches und Histologisches tiber die Larve von Corethra plumicornis. Zeit. fiir wiss. Zool. III : 435-451. 1 Taf. . 1860. Uber Geruchs—und Gehérorgane der Krebse und Insekten. Mullers Arch. fur Anat. Phys. und wiss. Med. pp. 265-314. 3 Taf. Muller, J. 1826. Zur vergleichenden Physiologie des Gesichtssinnes des Menschen und der Thiere. Leipzig. pp. 437-462. Packard, A. S. 1898. A text book of Entomology. New York, pp. 287-293. Perris, M. E. 1877. Larves des Coléoptéres. Paris, p. 419. as ae H. 1912. Die Halterender Dipteren. Zeit. far wiss. Zool. C:1-59. 4 Taf. Radl, E. 1905. Uber das Gehor der Insekten. Biol. Centralbl. XXV:1-5. Schmidt, O. 1875. Die Geh6rorgane der Heuschrecken. Arch. ftir Mikr. Anat. Al 2195-215. -3 Tat. Schon, A. 1911. Bau und Entwicklung des tibialen Chordotonalorgans bei der Honigbiene und bei Ameisen. Zool. Jahrb. XXXI : 439-472. 3 Taf. Schroeder, C. 1912. Handbuch der Entomologie. Jena. I : 160-177. Schwabe, J. 1906. Beitrage zur Morphologie und Histologie der tympanalen Sinnesapparate der Orthopteren. Zoologica. XX : 1-154. 5 Taf. von Siebold, C. T. 1844. Uber das Stimm—und Gehororgane der Orthopteren. Weigmanns Arch. far Naturg. X : 52-81. 1 Taf. Vogel, R. 1912. Uber die Chordotonalorgane in der Wurzel der Schmetter- lungsfligel. Zeit. fir wiss. Zool. C : 210-244. *2 Taf. Weismann, A. 1866. Die Metamorphose der Corethra plumicornis. Zeit. fur wiss. Zool. XVI : 45-127. 5 Taf. 74 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. ‘Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE IV. Lateral view of the larva of Mallodon dasystomus Say. Amb Amp, Ambul- atory ampulla; Hy P, hypopleurum; in seg, intersegmental area; pl disc, pleural disc; Pl Tu, pleural tubercle; Pl Z, pleural zone; Pnot, pronotum; _ P. Scl, postscutellum; S, spiracle; Sp A, spiracular area. Lateral view of the larva of Monohammus confusor Kirby. Amb Amp, Ambulatory ampulla; C Inv, chitinous ‘invagination; Hy P, hypo- pleurum; Pl Tu, pleural tubercle; Pnot, pronotum; S, spiracle. Enlarged pleural disc of the first abdominal segment of Mallodon dasysto- mus Say. C Pl, center of pleural disc, with chitinous cap; R Pl, ridge of pleural disc. Pleural tubercle of the sixth abdominal segment of Monohammus confusor Kirby. C Inv, chitinous invagination; Pl Tu, pleural tubercle; Se, seta. PrArE Ve Left side of the third abdominal segment of Ergates spiculatus opened from the dorsal side. A A , anterior attachment of chordotonal ligament; Ch L, chordotonal ligament; Ch N, chordotonal nerve; G Cn, ganglion of central nervous system; Hy P, hypopleurum; in seg, intersegmental area; N, nerve; P A, posterior attachment of chordotonal ligament; Pl Z, pleural zone; S, spiracle. Left side of the sixth abdominal segment of Monohammus confusor Kirby, opened from the dorsal side. A A, anterior attachment of chordotonal ligament; Ch L, chordotonal ligament; Ch N, chordotonal nerve; C Inv, chitinous invagination; G Cn, ganglion of central nervous system; Hy P, hypopleurum; in seg, intersegmental area; N, nerve; P A, posterior attachment of chordotonal ligament; Pl Tu, pleural tubercle; Pl Z, pleural zone; S, spiracle. . PLaTE VI. Longitudinal vertical section of the pleural tubercle and chordotonal ligament of Monohammus confusor showing two scolopophores. A B S, attachment of binding substance, at anterior end; B S, binding sub- stance; B S N, binding substance nucleus; C C, cap cell; C C A, cap sell attachment, at anterior end; C CN, cap cell nucleus; Ch N, chordotonal nerve; C Inv, chitinous invagination; E C, enveloping cell; E C N, enveloping cell nucleus; E K, end knob; F, fibrils of cap cell; Hyp, hypodermis; M C, modified cuticula; P C, primary cuticula; S Ci, secondary cuticula; S C, sense cell; Sc, scolopale; S. C. N, sense cell nucleus; T L, terminal ligament; V, vacuole. Longitudinal vertical section of the pleural zone and chordotonal ligament of Ergates spiculatus showing two scolopophores; A B S, attachment of binding substance, at anterior end; B S, binding substance; B S N, binding substance nucleus; C C, cap cell; C, chitinous cap; C C N, cap cell nucleus; Ch N, chordotonal nerve; E C, enveloping cell; E C N, enveloping cell nucleus; E K, end knob; F, fibrils of cap cell; Hyp, hypodermis; M C, modified cuticula; P C, primary cuticula; S Ci, secondary cuticula; S C, sense cell; Sc, scolopale; S C N, sense cell nucleus; T L, terminal ligament; V, vacuole. PLaTE VII. Fig. 9. Enlarged portion of scolopophore. A F, axis fiber; C C, cap cell; C CN, ’ cap cell nucleus; E C, enveloping cell; E C N, enveloping cell nucleus; E K, end knob; F, fibrils of cap cell; Sc, scolopale; S C, sense cell; SC N, sense cell nucleus; T L, terminal ligament; V, vacuole. Fig. 10. A is an enlarged peg shaped body or scolopale with portions of the three cells of the scolopophore. B is a cross-section in the region of the proximal portion of the scolopale. C is a cross section in the region of the center of the scolopale. D is a cross-section in the region of the end knob. A F, axis fiber; C C, cap cell; D S C, distal portion of sense cell; E C, enveloping cell; E K, end knob; F, fibrils of cap cell; Sc, scolopale; R, rib of scolopale; T L, terminal ligament; V, vacuole. VoL. X, PLATE IV. ANNALS E. S. A. A\mb Amp D Amp Amp ies : GRY GIB ' al 5 a "ob Si AT Wi \s > Kags Ke ae —-{ oa Pl Tun ae ee W. N. Hess. ANNALS E.S. A. VOL. X, PLATE V. pelt, - s° x s--ft- US ee i: a a Or ee Py W.N. Hess. VOL. X, PLATE VI. ANNALS E. S. A. Se eee SS — ee ee W. N. Hess. ANNALS E. S. A. VoL. X, PLATE VII. eS ieee W. N. Hess. THE CICADELLIDZ (JASSOIDEA-FAM. HOMOPTERA) OF WISCONSIN, WITH DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES. (With Two Plates). By J. G. SANDERS, Harrisburg, Pa. and D. M. DELonge, O. S. U., Columbus, Ohio. Interesting facts are always brought forth, when com- parisons are made of faunal groups of several states. The insect fauna of Wisconsin has received but little attention in the past, because of a lack of entomological work of any con- siderable range in that state. For this reason it was not sur- prising that thirteen distinct species new to science were found in the limited group formerly known as the superfamily Jassoidea, but lately changed by Mr. E. P. Van Duzee in his list* to Cicadellide. The Cicadellid faunas of four states east of the Mississippi river have been fairly well determined, viz.: Maine, New York, Tennessee and Wisconsin, and the following table shows at a glance the relative abundance of species of several genera in these regions. | WIS. MAINE N. Y. TENN. GICACEIIN Gee eee hares cae Sos bist 20 i PAI 27 vdinestopiien. Aeasices thik. fiver d «eke 26 ih gl 31 13 ID Yel NoyGeioh aval ee eS a eee 26 15 14 25 TE RECSOPSIS, a, cay ON ent otter Fa ae 14 ie | 11 i Bi ergatnice t i P as 2 Hh Bk ios oe BA ik 14 oer 10 19 sienna nebtixndery oo. hors) ach oe adhe 17 Gis 12 11 Chiorotetuic wt So ee en aetna 6 4 6 15 The collection of material in this group has been carried on since 1910 by the senior author, but the larger part of the material was collected during the summer of 1916 by both authors, while traveling over the state in nursery inspection *Check List of Hemiptera of Amer. N. of Mexico, New York Ent. Soc., 1916. aS, 80 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. X, work. The list as determined numbers 206 species and varieties, representing 38 genera, and is second in number of species to the Tennessee list containing 212 species, which was published last year by the junior author. In Maine, a state with a similar location and having a flora similar to that of Wisconsin, it is interesting to note that of 151 species collected by Professor Herbert Osborn, only 33 species of that list were not taken in Wisconsin, while 108 were found there. In the Tennessee list we find 99 species occurring which have not been taken in Wisconsin, while 113 species are common to both states. The Wisconsin list has extended the known range of a number of species which were supposed to be restricted to more southern areas. The southern fauna seems to extend up the Mississippi River Valley as far north as St. Paul, and apparently works northward through the deep valleys adjoining this valley. As an instance, Deltocephalus vinnulus Crumb, described from Tennessee a year ago, was found in central Wisconsin, while Acinopterus acuminatus, a typical southern form, was found well up in Wisconsin, although it is rarely found north of the Ohio River. The northern portion of Wisconsin, which produces many Canadian forms of vegetation, and is dotted with many lakes and swamps, contains a rather limited number of peculiar species found only under such conditions. The best collecting for the species of this group is in localities where the vegetation is in its most primitive condition—not having been disturbed by farm practices or any form of cul- tivation, and in the absence of forest or prairie fires. From these facts we can readily observe that usual farm practices of cultivation and rotation of crops, as well as the burning-over of infested land, are factors in checking the multiplication of these species and their resulting damage to crops. Leaf hoppers are more or less restricted to certain food plants, although some species seem to have but slight preference. In order to carry on satisfactory economic controls it is neces- sary to know where and under what conditions these forms occur naturally, and to determine their habits, including egg deposition, the methods of feeding and the form in which the species hibernates. 1917] The Cicadellide of Wisconsin 81 In the collection of leaf hoppers some interesting points have been determined, including the fact that when the temperature is very high in midsummer at midday, these forms seem to retire to the base of the plant, and are collected with difficulty, but earlier or later in the day they may be found in abundance on the same forms of vegetation. It is, therefore, advisable in collecting in midday to take advantage of open woodlands, or such conditions where the vegetation affords a reasonable amount of protection from the sun. Cloudy days are always advantageous for general collecting for these reasons. Some species, however, always feed very close to the ground, and can, therefore, be taken only by intensive ie close to the base of the plant. It is to be hoped that these interesting forms will be collected more generally in the several states, than they have in the past, and that our economic entomologists will realize more fully the extent of damage which is caused by the millions of tiny sucking individuals occurring frequently in a few acres of pasture. This list of species is numbered according to the “‘Check List of Hemiptera,’’ prepared by Mr. E. P. Van Duzee, and published by the New York Entomological Society, 1916. The writers desire to express their appreciation of the kindly assistance and suggestions of Professor Herbert Osborn, in the preparation of this list, and also for the privilege of com- paring the specimens with Professor Osborn’s valuable col- lection. We wish also to express our appreciation to Mr. Joseph Knull, Harrisburg, Pa., for assisting in the preparation of the drawings. Family—CICADELLID (Latr.) 1825. Subfamily—ByYTHOSCOPIN (Dohrn.) 1762. Agallia novella (Say)—Generally distributed. 1764. A. 4-punctata (Prov.)—Common. 1767. A. sanguinolenta (Prov.)—Common. 1777. Idiocerus nervatus VD. 1778. I. pallidus Fh. 1779. I. suturalis Fh. A fairly common species. 1779a. I. suturalis var lunaris Ball. 1781. I. alternatus Fh. 1782. I. verticis (Say). 1795. I. lachrymalis Fh. CO bo Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Idiocerus subnitens n. sp. (Figs. 1, 2, 3.) Resembling J. lachrymalis in shape, slightly smaller and shiny, with a distinct brown median transverse band. Length 6 mm. Vertex broad and very short;. longer fext eye than at middle, anterior margin slightly produced. Pronotum two and one-half times as wide as long; humeral angles broadly rounded and posterior margin slightly excavated. Elytra rather long, greatly overlapping at apex and well rounded; venation strong. Face broad, front almost as broad as long, margins angled at antenne, gradually and evenly narrowed to clypeus. Lore long, outer margins slightly rounded. Antennal pits unusually deep. * Color: Vertex pale yellow; two round spots in pits, a broad band just beneath with a spot extending back next either eye, and two extending back and diverging on the margin, black. A transverse row of four rather large white spots include the antenna. Front, upper half pale; lower portion, clypeus and inner portions of lore, dark brown. Pronotum pale, irregularly marked with dark brown forming four rather distinct blotches, one in either humeral angle and one either side of middle on the disc. Scutellum yellow, basal angles, two round spots on disc and a median line between them dividing just back of middle and extending to apex, dark brown. Elytra dark brown, iridescent; inner margin of clavus, and a transverse band just back of clavus milky white, subhyaline, apex smoky hyaline. Beneath light brown. Genitalia: Female last ventral segment almost twice as long as preceding; rather evenly rounded from base to produced apex. Pygo- fers broad and stout, much exceeded by ovipositor. Described from one female specimen swept from poplar at Tomah, Wis., August 2, 1916. This mature specimen differed so considerably from any known species by several well marked characters that it was thought advisable to describe it specifically. 1797. I. snowi G. & B. 1800. I. crategi VD.—One specimen St. Croix Falls, Aug. 16, 1916. 1801. I. provancheri VD. 1807. Macropsis gleditschie (O. & B.)—Madison, Milwaukee. 1808a. M. virescens var graminea (Fabr.).—Southern part of state. 1809. M. viridis (Fh.). 1810. M. occidentalis VD.—Southern part of state. 1815. M. basalis (VD.)—Southern area. 1818. M. bifasciata (VD.)—Southern. 1824. Oncopsis variabilis (Fh.). 1825. O.sobrius (Walk)—Southern points. 1828. O. fitchi VD.—Southwestern points. 1917] 1829. 1831. 1832. 1835. 1847. 1847a. 1854. 1855. 1859. 1863. 1864. 1875. 1874. 1875. 1879. 1884. 1894. 1896. 1897. 1898. 1904. 1910. 1917. 1923. 1936. 1940. 1941. 1945. 1956. 1957. 1972. 1975.. 1983. 1984. 1988. 1989. The Cicadellide of Wisconsin 83 O. pruni (Prov.)—One spec., Pembine, June 21, 1913. O. nigrinasi (Fh.)One spec., St. Croix Falls, Aug. 15, 1916. O. fagi (Fh.)—Southern. O. distinctus (VD.)—Southern. Subt . CICADELLINZ VD. Oncometopia lateralis (Fabr.)—General. O. lateralis var. limbata (Say)—St. Croix Falls, Aug. 16, 1916. Cicadella hieroglyphica (Say.)—Gay’s Mills, June 29, 1916. C. gothica (Sign.)—Abundant throughout state. Kolla bifida (Say.)—Sparingly in western areas of state. Helochara communis Fh.—Generally distributed. Graphocephala coccinea (Forst).—Common. Draeculacephala angulifera (Walk.) D. mollipes (Say)—Common. D. minor (Walk).—Common. D. noveboracensis (Fh.) Eucanthus acuminatus (Fabr.)—St. Croix Falls, Aug. 15, 1916. In damp undergrowth. Subf. GYPONINZ. Penthimia americana Fh.—3 spec. Lk. Geneva, Grand Rapids, Tomah. Gypona rugosa Spangb.—% specimens, Merrillan. G. 8-lineata (Say).—Generally distributed. G. cana Burm. G. striata Burm.—4 spec. Camp Douglass, Sturgeon Bay; Tay- lors Falls, Minn. ; G. bipunctulata Woodw.—One specimen, Colfax, Aug. 9, 1916. G. pectoralis Spangh.—2 spec., Blue River, Lk. Geneva. G. scarlatina Fh.—3 spec., Madison, Camp Douglas. Subf. JASSINZE. Acucephalus albifrons (Linn.)—Two spec., Monroe, July 25, 1916. Xestocephalus pulicarius VD.—General. X. superbus (Prov.)—Central and northern. X. coronatus O. & B.—2 spec., Amery, Aug. 11, 1916; Woodruff, Sept. 8, 1916. Parabolocratus major Osb.—General. P. flavidus Sign.—Two specimens, Madison, July 9, 1916. Mesamia nigridorsum Ball.—One spec., Grand Rapids, Aug. 2 NOLO: M. vitellina (Fh.)—A northern species. Scaphoideus auronitens Prov.—General. S. jucundus Uhl.—Northern. S. scalaris VD.—Fairly common. S. lobatus VD.—Three spec., Woodman, July 27, 1916; Marsh- field, Aug. 20, 1916. 84 Annals Entomological Society of America _|Vol. X, 1990. S. ochraceus Osb.—Three spec., Woodman, July 27, 1916; Amery, Aug. 10, 1916. 1991. S. productus Osb.—Generally northern. 1994. S. intricatus Uhl. 1996. S.immistus (Say).—Common. 1996. S. immistus var. minor Osb.—Common. 2014. Platymetopius acutus (Say). 2014a. P. acutus var. dubius VD.—Sixteen specimens, Ladysmith, Aug. 9, 1916. 2017. P. cuprescens Osb.—Northern. 9019. BP. cinereus O. & B.—Madison & Woodman (July, Aug.). 2020. P. augustatus Osb.—Two spec., Camp Douglas, Aug.1, 1916. 2023. P. frontalis VD.—Common at southern points. 2029. P. magdalensis Prov. 2033. Deltocephalus bilineatus G. & B.—Amery, Aug, 13, 1916; Marshfield, Aug. 20, 1916. Deltocephalus luteocephalus n. sp. (Figs. 19, 20, 21, 22.) This beautiful species is readily distinguished by the ivory yellow head and orange red ocelli; elytra and general coloration resembling D. bilineatus. Length 3.5-4 mm. Vertex convexly produced, pointed, twice as long in middle as next the eye, slightly wider than long. Pronotum equal to vertex in length, humeral angles evenly rounded to the almost truncate posterior margin. Elytra long and rather narrow, apex evenly rounded; nervures distinct. Face rather broad; front convex, evenly narrowed to the clypeus which is broader at apex than base. Antennal pits deep. Color: Vertex white to ivory yellow; ocelli orange red and a median black suture on basal two thirds. Anterior margin of pronotum ivory white, darker posteriorly. Scutellum yellow. Face immaculate, ivory yellow, antennal pits black. Elytra smoky subhyaline; claval, discal and apical cells darker. Costal and apical cells darker brown distally. Nervures white margined with brown. Beneath pale. Genitalia: Female last ventral segment rather long, broadly and slightly emarginate, with a shallow rounded notch at middle between two black spots. Pygofers beset with long brown hairs at apex. Male valve very short, broadly rounded. Plates large, convexly narrowed to bluntly rounded apices, each with a large brown spot near tip. Pygofers densely clothed with brown hairs. A pair from Madison, (Lake Wingra), July 1, 1916. 2034. D. imputans O. & B—Grand Rapids, Aug. 21, 1916. 9039. D. inflatus O. & B—Tomah and Grand Rapids (Aug.). 2044. D. reflexus O. & B.—Grand Rapids and Taylors Falls, Minn., (Aug.) 2045. D. pectinatus O. & B.—One spec., Madison, July 9, 1916. 1917] The Cicadellide of Wisconsin 85 2048. D. abbreviatus O. & B.—Two spec., St. Croix Falls, Aug. 16, 1916; Grand Rapids, Aug. 21, 1916. 2049. D. stylatus Ball.—One spec., Grand Rapids, Aug. 21, 1916. 2051. D. configuratus Uhl.—One spec., Pembine, Sept., 4, 1916. 2053. D. sayii (Fh.)\—Common. July and August. 2054. D. missellus Ball—Common. 2055. D. weedi VD.—One specimen, Blue River, July 28, 1916. ‘2059. D. compactus O. & B.—Not common, generally distributed. Deltocephalus nigriventer n. sp. (Figs. 23,024,025, 26). Resembles D. compactus in size and form, but with unique genitalia. 2.50-2.75 mm. long. Vertex obtusely angled, two thirds as long as width between the eyes. Pronotum slightly longer than vertex, anterior margin strongly convex to humeral angles, truncated posteriorly. Elytra short and broad, exceeding the abdomen; venation indistinct. Face broad, convexly rounded to a quadrangular clypeus; lorze semi-circular. Color: Two apical spots just anterior to a broad sinuate band, interrupted at middle, connecting the eyes, and ocelli, black. Pronotum milky gray, anterior half vaguely mottled with brown. Scutellum with basal angles and median stripe black. Elytra milky gray, sub- hyaline; clavus irregularly mottled with brown; a large spot each on discal cell, third anteapical cell and midway on costal margin, black. Nervures milky white. Face black with several pairs of pale lateral arcs. Clypeus with median black stripe forming a spot at apex; lore margined with black. Venter black, segments pale margined. Genitalia: Female last ventral segment twice as long as preceding, produced, broadly truncate, incised nearly to base; margins of incision almost overlapping, roundingly angled. Ovipositors and pygofers dull black, the latter beset with many short paler bristles posteriorly. Male valve scarcely longer than preceding segment, obtusely pointed. Plates large, broadly convex, tapering to rounded, upturned points; margin and dorsal surface with pale hairs. Six females and two males from Merrillan, August 5, 1916, and one female from Tomah, August 2, 1916, were swept from small grasses. The female genitalia are decidedly unique for the genus. 2060. D. vinnulus Crumb.—Four specimens, Grand Rapids, Aug. 21, 1916. These specimens agree exactly with cotypes from Tennessee. 2062. D. apicatus Osb.—One specimen Merrillan Jt., Aug. 5, 1916. 2063. D. inimicus (Say)—Generally distributed. 86 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Deltocephalus fumidus n. sp. (Figs. 11, 12, 13, 14). Uniform smoky brown iridescent, with black ocelli. Length . 4.5: tO-o. maim. Vertex similar to D. inimicus, about as long as width between the eyes, flat. Pronotum twice as wide as long, and one-half longer than - vertex, strongly convex anteriorly; humeral angles sloping sharply to truncate posterior margin. Elytra long, strongly curved on costal margin, rounded at apex. Front convex, triangular, evenly narrowed to the rectangular clypeus. Lore small, narrow and distant from margin. Color: Vertex pale, shading to smoky brown at apex; ocelli con- spicuously black, encircled with white. Pronotum, scutellum and elytra vitreous pale brown. Nervures paler, narrowly margined with brown. Face smoky shading to lighter on clypeus and genae. Abdomen above black, beneath pale grey. Genitalia: Female last ventral segment longer than preceding; posterior margin truncated and slightly sinuated and infuscated either side or middle. Ovipositor black, pygofers long and thickly clothed with dark hairs on apical third. Male valve short, triangular, inserted in the concavity of preceding segment; plates long, broad at base, and concavely narrowed to pointed apices. A single row of hairs on outer margin. Base of each plate with a median brown spot. Pygofers densely clothed with brown hairs. One female and thirteen males at Woodman, July 27, 1916. 2071. D. debilis Uhl.—One specimen, Colfax, Aug. 9, 1916. 2075. D. melsheimerii Fh— Common in northern localities. 2079. D. affinis G. & B.—Common. Deltocephalus concinnus n. sp. (Figs. 4, 5, 6). Form and size of D. affinis, with two parallel brownish stripes on vertex, pronotum and scutellum. Length 3.25- 3.50 mm. Vertex flat, as long as wide, bluntly angled. Pronotum equaling vertex in length, strongly convex to the broadly rounded humeral angles, posterior margin truncate. Elytta rather long, just exceeding abdomen, tips broadly rounded and slightly flaring. Face about as broad as long, sutures of front and clypeus forming a straight line. Color: Testaceous; ocelli black; vertex, pronotum and scutellum with two broad parallel brownish stripes; pronotum with an additional stripe behind either eye. Nervures white. Abdomen pale orange above. Venter yellow. Face dusky; a median line and traces of several pairs of arcs, dull yellow. 1917] The Cicadellide of Wisconsin 87 Genitalia: Female last ventral segment slightly longer than preceding; almost truncate with median brown spot. Pygofers robust; posterior two thirds with many pale hairs. Two females collected at Ladysmith, August 9, 1916. 2081. D. oculatus O. & B.—General in northwestern localities. 2083. D. sylvestris O. & B.—Generally distributed. 2090. D. osborni VD.—Rather generally distributed in central and northern areas. 2097. D. balli VD.—Madison, July 21, 1916: Amery, Aug. 14, 1916. 2126. Driotura gammaroides (VD). —One spec., Merrillan, Aug. 3,1916. 2131. Euscelis exitiosus (Uhl.)—Southern portion of state. 2132. E. striolus (Fall.)—Generally distributed. 2133. E. parallelus (VD.)—Generally distributed. 2134. E. extrusus (VD.)—Lake Geneva, June 21, 1916; Pine Lake, July 16, 1916. 2138. E. uhleri (Ball)—One spec., St. Croix Falls, we 16, 1916. 2142. E. arctostaphyli (Ball)—1 spec., Madison, July 22, 1916. 2143. E.humidus (Osb.)—In bog at Ladysmith, Aug. 9, 1916. 2144. E. striatulus (Fall.)—Pembine, Trout Lk., ‘Amery (Aug. and Sept., 1916). 2145. E. vaceini (VD.)—Pembine, Merrillan, Amery (Aug. and Sept., 1916). 2146. E. instabilis (VD.)—Trout Lake, Aug. 6, 1913; Ladysmith, Aug. 9, 1916. Euscelis deceptus n. sp. (Figs. 40, 41, 42). Coloration and general appearance of D. osbornt, but lacking the venation of Deltocephalus and definite markings. Dull testaceous. Length 5.5-6 mm. Vertex short and broad, rounding to front, almost twice as long on middle as next the eye; two and one-half times as broad as long. Width of pronotum more than twice the length; lateral margins distinct, humeral angles broadly rounded to shallow emargination posteriorly. Elytra broad, subhyaline, exceeding the abdomen in length; apices well rounded. Front equal in length and breadth, well rounded to the quadrangular clypeus. Color: Vertex testaceous, with an idictant brown transverse band, sometimes interrupted in middle, on center of disk. Ocelli bright red. Pronotum dull testaceous, with a row of four to six very indistinct spots just behind anterior margin. Scutellum with two discal spots and apical angle brownish. Elytra a dirty yellow, with intermediate brown markings. Venation usually indistinct. Venter pale bordered with brown. Face pale testaceous, several pairs of arcs on front, sutures, and margins of lore, brown. 88 Annals Entomological Society of America = [Vol. X, Genitalia: Female last ventral segment, twice as long as preceding, broadly excavated with a black spot and a small tooth at the middle. Lateral margins of segment and ovipositor black. Pygofers bright yellow, posterior half evenly clothed with brown hairs. Male valve narrow, triangular, apex rounded; plates short and broad, convexly rounding to blunt apex with a marginal row of hairs. Discs of valve and plates with a brown spot. Females collected: One each, Milwaukee, July 18, 1916; Madison, July 1, 1916, and July 21, 1916; Chicago, Ill., June 24, 1910. Males: One at Chicago, June 24, 1910, and one short- winged male from Fryeburg, Me., September 5, 1913. 2148. E. elongatus (Osb.)—Milwaukee, Madison, Pembine (July). 2156. E. curtisii (Fh.)—General. 2160. Eutettix luridus (VD.)—Eleven spec., Trout Lake, Sept. 7, 1916. 2161. E. marmoratus VD.—Four specimens, St. Croix Falls, Aug. 16, 1916. 2163. E. subaeneus (VD.)—One specimen from Madison referred to this species. 2179. E. seminudus (Say). 2180. E. cintus O. & B.—One spec., Grand Rapids, Aug. 21, 1916. 2181. E. strobi (Fh.)—One specimen, Milton Jct., Sept. 12, 1911. 2195. Phlepsius majestus O. & B.—One spec., Woodruff, Sept. 8, 1916. 2201. Ph. decorus O. & B.—Four spec., Grand Rapids, Aug. 21, 1916; Trout Lake, Sept. 7, 1916. 2204a. Ph. cumulatus var arctostaphylae Ball—Abundant at Taylors Falls, Minn., just across the St. Croix river from St. Croix Falls, Wis., Aug. 16, 1916; from Partridge berry (Michella repens). 2221. Ph. altus O. & B.—One specimen, Woodman, July 27, 1916. 2223. Ph. incisus VD.—Three specimens, Blue River, July 28, 1916. Phelpsius umbrosus n. sp. (Figs. 15, 16, 17, 18). A dark brown robust species resembling P. incisus in form and size. Head scarcely narrower than pronotum. Length 6—6.5 mm. Vertex obtusely angled, almost twice as long in middle as next the eye; breadth three times the length. Pronotum very strongly convex, twice the length of vertex, and two and a half times as wide as long. Elytra broad, well rounded at tips. Face slightly longer than broad; frontal sutures straight to clypeus, which is broadest at apex; lore broad, evenly rounded and approximating the margin. Color: Vertex: evenly irrorate, with pale spot at the base next each eye; ocelli pale. Pronotum evenly irrorate and punctulate. Elytra milky white, rather densely and evenly inscribed with dark brown. Face dark brown, evenly irrorate with testaceous. 1917] The Cicadellide of Wisconsin 89 Genitalia: Female last ventral segment twice the preceding in length; lateral angles produced and sharply rounded to an arcuate posterior margin incised at middle, forming two produced broadly rounded lobes, margined by a large semicircular brown spot extending half way to the base. Male valve almost equaling last ventral segment in length, slightly concave to an obtuse point. Plates long, evenly narrowed to small blunt points; each outer margin with a few stout bristles. : One female and two males, Grand Rapids, August 21, 1916. 2228. Ph. irroratus (Say)—Common. 2230. Ph. collitus Ball—Amery and Tomah, Aug. 13, 1916. 2234. Ph. lobatus Osb.—Grand Rapids, Aug. 21, 1916; Taylors Falls, Aug. 16, 1916. 2236. Ph. apertus VD.—Two specimens, Trout Lake, Aug. 6, 1913; Pembine, Sept. 4, 1916. 2237. Ph. fulvidorsum (Fh.)—One spec., St. Croix Falls, Aug. 15, 1916. 2246. Ph. solidaginis (Walk.)—Common in western central areas. Phelpsius bifidus n. sp. (Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10). Resembling P. solidaginis in general appéarance, but smaller and with distinct genitalia. Length 6-6.5 mm. Vertex sharp margined, slightly produced and upturned; disc concave, almost twice as long on middle as next the eye; width between the eyes two and one half times the length. Pronotum almost twice as long as vertex, humeral angles well rounded, disc with coarse punctures. Elytra broad, well rounded and flaring at the tips. Face almost as broad as long; front concave below margin, strongly narrowed from antennal pits to clypeus. Color: Vertex pale, rather heavily irrorate with brown; a spot on upturned apex and one near each eye at either side of base, pale. Narrow anterior margin of pronotum pale, posteriorly dark with light punctures. Elytra milky white, sparsely irrorate except on discal cell and apex.of clavus. Veins, a dark spot on base of inner apical cell and four spots on costa, each one at termination of apical costal veins, brown. Face heavily irrorate with brown above, causing it to appear dark in color. Below showing traces of a median line and five pairs of pale arcs. Beneath dark brown, differing greatly from other species. Genitalia: Female last ventral segment twice as long as preceding, strongly produced, angularly rounded to a deep ‘“‘V”’ shaped incision, extending more than half way to base. Incision margined with brown. Male valve as long as preceding segment, obtusely triangular, plates three tirnes as long as valve, broad and convex at base, then. narrowing concavely to blunt points. Margins only beset with short heavy bristles and marked with black points. 90 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Four specimens, two females from Trout Lake, August 6, 1913, and September 7, 1916, and two males from Amery, August 13, 1916, and Woodruff, September 8, 1916. 2247. Ph. ramosus (Baker). 2249. Acinopterus acuminatus VD.—One specimen from brake ferns(?) at Camp Douglas, Aug. 1, 1916. 2262. Thamnotettix cockerelli Ball—One specimen, Woodruff in extreme northern portion of state, Sept. 8, 1916. 2263. Th. morsei Osb.—Three specimens, Trout Lake in northern part of state, Sept. 7, 1916. 2265. Th. clitellarius (Say).—Generally distributed. 2286. Th. atridrosum VD.—Six specimens from northern localities. 2292. Th. chlamidatus (Prov.)—Pembine, July 26, 1916. 2305. Th. melanogaster (Prov.)—Generally distributed. Thamnotettix stramineus n. sp. (Figs. 27, 28, 29, 30, 31.) Bright shining straw yellow with two narrow black dashes on margin of vertex. Length 6.5-7 mm. Vertex very bluntly angled, one-half as long as broad, and half longer in middle than next the eye. Pronotum one-half longer than the vertex, with hutneral angles broadly rounded, posterior margin nearly truncate. Elytra one-third longer than the abdomen, clavus extending to tip of abdomen. Face broad, roundingly convex and suddenly narrowed to the quadrangular clypeus. Color: Vertex yellow, margin with two short transverse dashes and a point on either side, black. Anterior margin of pronotum with yellow band, remainder shiny greenish yellow or darker, scutellum dull yellow. Elytra greenish yellow, subhyaline, shiny; nervures yellow. Beneath yellow in female; black margined with yellow in male; legs yellow. Face yellow, lateral sutures and antennal pits sometimes black. Genitalia: Female last ventral segment as long as preceding, strongly produced with broad, shallow posterior emargination; a black raised disk on each side, embossed with deep converging striz. These disks joined by a brown or black band in dumb-bell fashion. Pygofers pale with long yellow hairs on posterior two-thirds. Ovipositor slightly darker. Male valve large and strongly convex, apex broadly rounded; plates as long as valve, divergent, convexly produced to a sharp black point; pygofers long, black at extreme tips and bearing an unusual number of long white hairs. Specimens collected as follows: Ladysmith, Aug. 9, 1916, seven females and four males; Amery, Aug. 13, 1916, two females; Madison, July 22, 1916, one female and two males; Blair, Aug. 8, 1916, one female; Marshfield, Aug. 20, 1916, six females. 1917] The Cicadellide of Wisconsin 91 2306. Th. ciliatus Osb.—At Madison on sedges, Aug. 30, 1916. 2307. Th. decipiens Prov.—In extreme north of state on sedges. 2308. Th. smithi VD.—General. 2312. Th. fitchii VD.—Common. 2314. Th. nigrifrons (Forbes)—Common in southern part of state. 2318. Th. inornatus VD.—Northern localities on wild rye. Thamnotettix mellus n. sp. (Figs. 46, 47, 48, 49.) A small, shiny, yellow, unmarked species, 4.5-5 mm. in length. Vertex short, obtusely angled, less than one-half longer on middle than next the eye, and nearly twice as long as broad. Pronotum nearly twice as long as vertex, humeral angles broadly rounded, and posterior margin nearly truncate. Elytra relatively long, much exceeding abdomen. Nervures distinct. Face short, broad and suddenly nar- rowed to the clypeus which is broadened and well rounded at the apex. Genitalia: Female last ventral segment long, lateral angles broadly concave emargination enclosed by a lunular brown area. Ovipositor and pygofers long, the latter with many long pale hairs on posterior two-thirds. Male valve very short, evenly rounded, one-half length of previous segment; plates long triangular, gradually tapered to blunt points, outer margin clothed with pale hairs. Color: Vertex and face smoky yellow, unmarked. Anterior margin of pronotum and scutellum, pale yellow; posterior margin darker. Elytra dull pale yellow, clavus washed with brighter yellow. Venter and legs yellow; tarsal claws black. A pair from Trout Lake, Vilas Co., August 6, 1913. 2319. Th. placidus Osb.—At northern points. 2320. Th. cyperaceus Osb.—General on sedges. Thamnotettix vittipennis n. sp. (Figs. 36, 37, 38, 39.) Resembling Th. cyperaceus in general appearance. Vertex - more rounded and with black marginal line as in Th. smitht. Length 5.5-6 mm. Vertex one-half longer on middle than next the eye, evenly rounded, half as long as width between the eyes. Front evenly rounded to clypeus which is widened and almost truncate at apex. Pronotum about one-half longer than vertex, slightly emarginate behind; humeral angles broadly rounded. Elytral nervures distinct. Color: Vertex with broad tawny band covering disc and extending to eyes; posterior central portion pale with a median suture; ocelli red; stripe on margin connecting eyes black. Face light, sutural lines of front black. Pronotum tawny to testaceous, anterior margin lighter. 92 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Elytra tawny, subhyaline, nervures white margined with brown, appearing striped. An indistinct brown band extends from humeral angles to the tips of elytra, interrupted by the pale nervures. Venter black, margined with yellow; ovipositor and tips of male plates black. Genitalia: Female last ventral segment as long as preceding, longitudinally striated; posterior border slightly emarginate and nar- rowly notched either side of middle; pygofers long beset with long brownish bristles. Male valve broad, long, apex roundingly angled. Plates short, broadly and convexly rounded, posterior half diverging to a black rugose blunt point. Posterior half beset with many long white bristles. Four specimens, a pair from Trout Lake, Sept. 7, 1916, and two males from Ladysmith, Aug. 9, 1916, were ewepe from sedges in low swampy ground. 2324. Chlorotettix unicolor (Fh.)—Common and generally distributed. 2326. Ch. spatulatus O. & B.—In northwestern localities. 2327. Ch. tergatus (Fh.)—Throughout the State. 2331. Ch. galbanatus VD.—At northwestern points. Chlorotettex borealis n. sp. (Figs. 32, 33, 34, 35.) Resembling C. vividus in shape, but slightly smaller and with distinct genitalia. Length 5 mm. Much smaller than any other known northern species. Vertex obtusely angled, slightly more than one-half longer on the middle than next the eye, twice as broad as long. Anterior margin of pronotum strongly convex; posterior margin slightly concave; lateral angles broadly rounded. Elytra smoky hyaline. Color: Resembling C. vividus in color, more of grass green than found in most species of the genus. Last ventral segment of female with a dark median stripe from the apex of the incision to the base of the segment. Ovipositor dark. Tibia and tarsi of front legs brownish. Genitalia: Female last ventral segment twice as long as preceding, -lateral angles well rounded. A rather broad median notch extending half way to the base; sides convexly angled posteriorly. Male valve twice as long, triangular with rounded apex. ‘Plates rather long, convexly rounded to rather blunt tips. Hairs mostly on margin and dorsal surface. A pair were swept from grass in a clearing at Trout Lake, sept. 7, 1916. 2336. Ch. lusorius O. & B.—At central and northern points. 2340. Jassus olitorius Say.—Two specimens, Woodman, July 27, 1916; Tomah, Aug. 2, 1916. 2348. Neocoelidia tumidifrons G. & B.—One spec., Tomah, Aug. 2, 1916. 1917] The Cicadellide of Wisconsin 93 2356a. Cicadula punctifrons var. repleta Fieb.—Two specimens from Augusta, Aug. 4, 1916. 2358. C. variata (Fall.)—Common. 2359. C. lepida VD.—Common. 2362. C. 6-notata (Fall.)—Common. 2368. C.slossoni VD.—Merrillan & Tomah, Aug. 2, 1916. 2370. Balclutha punctatus (Thunbg.)—Common. 2371. B. osborni VD.—General. 2373. B.impictus (VD.)—General. 2377. Eugnathodus abdominalis (VD.) 2380. Alebra albostriella (Fall.)—Southern points. 2384. Dicraneura cruentata Gill—St. Croix Falls, Aug. 16, 1916. 2386. D. mali (Prov.)—Common. 2387. D.abnormis Walsh.—Two specimens, Blue River, Jaly 28, 1916. 2393. D. fieberi (Loew.)—Common. _ 2395. Empoasca smaragdula (Fall.)—Three spec., Madison, Mer- rillan and Gay’s Mills. 2396. E. aureoviridis (Uhl.)—Three spec., Madison, June 10, 1912; Greenwood, Aug. 19, 1916. _ 2397. E. unicolor Gill—One specimen, La Crosse, Aug. 7, 1916. 2398. E. obtusa Walsh. 2401. E. atrolabes Gill. 2403. E. denticula Gill—One spec., Pembine, July 26, 1910. 2416. E. snowi Gill.—Southern. 2421. E. mali (LeB.)—Common. 2422. E. flavescens (Fabr.) 2423. E. viridescens Walsh.—One spec., Amery, Aug. 11, 1916. 2424. E. birdii Goding—Three spec., Marshfield, Aug. 20, 1916; Amery, Aug. 16, 1916. 2428. Typhlocyba nigra (Osb.)—One spec., Amery, Aug. 14, 1916. 2429. T. flavoscuta (Gill.)—Common at Marshfield, Aug. 20, 1916, on ferns in dark woods. Also at Greenwood and Amery. 2430. Empoa querci Fh.—Common at Madison. 2430a. E. querci var. bifasciata (G. & B.)—Common. Empoa aureotecta n. sp. (Figs. 48, 44, 45). Size and form of E. querct; basal two thirds of elytra uniform orange yellow without pattern. Length 3.75 to 4 mm. Head produced, scarcely angled, almost a third longer on the middle than next the eye. Pronotum twice as long as the vertex. Elytra rather long, nervures indistinct. Color: Vertex pronotum and scutellum bright yellow unmarked. Elytra uniform orange yellow from base to tip of clavus, whitish hyaline beyond, apex faintly smoky. Face, legs and venter pale yellow. Pygofers and ovipositor bright yellow, the apex of the latter, black. 94 | Annals Entomological Society of America _ [Vol. X, Genitalia: Female last ventral segment twice as long as preceding, much produced, gradually rounding from lateral angles to a keeled, blunt apex. Pygofers stout, a row of short hairs either side of ovipositor. Three female specimens swept from oak at Madison, July 9, 1916. 2434. E. commissuralis (Stal.) 2435. E. tenerrima (H. S.)—One spec., Bayfield (in extreme north), Sept. 10, 1916. . 2437. E. rosae (Linn.)—Generally distributed. 2440. Erythroneura trifasciata (Say)—Generally distributed. 2441. E. tricincta Fh.—Madison and Lk. Geneva. 2443. E. hartii (Gill.)—Four specimens from Taylor’s Falls, Aug. 16, 1916. ; 2445. E. comes (Say).—Common. 2445a. E. comes var. vitifex Fh. 2445b. E. comes var. ziczac Walsh. 2445c. E. comes var. vitis (Harr.)—Common. 2445d. E. comes var. basilaris (Say)—Amery, Aug. 11, 1916. 2445f. E. comes var. rubra Gill. 2445¢,. E. comes var. maculata Gill—Madison. 2446. E. illinoiensis (Gill.)—Baraboo and Marshfield. 2447. E. obliqua (Say). 2447b. E. obliqua var. noevus (Gill.)—Lk. Geneva and Madison, June a. LOLS: 2447c. E. obliqua var. fumida (Gill.)—St. Croix Falls, Aug. 15, 1916. 2448. E. vulnerata Fh. 2448a. E. vulnerata var. niger (Gill.)—Amery, Aug. 11, 1916. A total of 206 species and varieties, including 13 new species, are listed above. Additional species common to Iowa and Illinois should be found by collecting in the southwestern counties of Wisconsin near the Mississippi river. 1917] The Cicadellide of Wisconsin 95 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. The figures of the vertex and face of species illustrated have been drawn to the same scale, while the genitalia have been drawn to the same scale, although more highly magnified. PLATE VIII. Idiocerus subnitens........... Figs. 1, 2 and 3. Deltocephalus luteocephalus....Figs. 19, 20, 21 and 22. Deltocephalus nigriventer...... Figs. 23, 24, 25 and 26. Deltocephalus fumidus........ Figs. 11, 12, 13 and 14. Deltocephalus concinnus....... Figs. 4, 5 and 6. Fuscelis deceptus.............- Figs. 40, 41 and 42. Phlepsius umbrosus........... Figs. 15, 16, 17 and 18. Phiepsius bafidus.............. Figs. 7, 8, 9 and 10. PLATE IX. Thamnotettix stramineus...... Figs. 27, 28, 29, 30 and 31. Thamnotettix mellus.......... Figs. 46, 47, 48 and 49. Thamnotettix vittipennis....... Figs. 36, 37, 38 and 39. Chlorotettix borealis...........Figs. 32, 33, 34 and 35. Empoa aureotecta............. Figs. 43, 44 and 45. VoL. X, PLATE VIII. ANNALS E. S. A. SCS ESN J.G. Sanders and D. M. DeLong. ANNALS E S.A. VOL. X, PLATE IX. SCSAINA PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA. New York Meeting. The Eleventh Annual Meeting of the Entomological Society of America was called to order by First Vice-President E. P. Felt, in Room 411 of Teachers’ College, Columbia University, New York City, at 2 Pp. M., December 26, 1916. After alluding to the death of the Society’s President, F. M. Webster, which occurred on January 3, 1916, Dr. Felt appointed the usual committees, as follows: Auditing—C. W. JoHnson, Ws. A. RILEY. Resolutions—P. P. CALVERT, JAS. 5S. HINE. Nominations—HENRY SKINNER, A. P. Morse, J. C. BRADLEY. The following papers were then read: Life-histories and Habits of Gerride....... J. R. pE LA TorRE BUENO Notes on the Habits and Immature Stages of Cyrtide...J. L. Kinc Distribution of the Ohio Broods of Periodical Cicada with Reference OPE eto ce xc 5 Md I SoG eons Ras Lc eee H. A. Gossarp Insect Collecting in Cameroon, West Africa........ Rev. A. I. Goop Recent Observations and Theories Concerning the Origin of Social Habits ariond Vespidmre 1... oo 6 si. ceased es Dr. J. BECQUAERT The Phyletic Value of Ontogenetic Characters in the Elateride, J. A. HysLop Biological Notes on Miris dolobrata............... HERBERT OSBORN The Malpighian Vessels of the Alder Flea-beetle, WitiiAm Cotcorp Woops At 5:15 the Society adjourned until the next morning, about 90 members having been in attendance. December 27, 1916. The morning session was called to order at 9:30 by A. P. Morse, in the temporary absence of the First Vice-President. The following papers were read: Some Recent Advances in Mosquito Work in New Jersey, Tuos. J. HEADLEE Studies on Coccobacillus acridiorum d’Herelle, and on Certain Intestinal Organisms of Locusts, E. MELVILLE DU PoRTE AND J. VANDERLECK Studies of Hypoderma lineatum and bovis....... SEYMOUR HADWEN 98 1917] Proceedings of New York Meeting - 99 The time having arrived for the annual business session, the Executive Committee presented the reports of the Secretary, the Treasurer, the Managing Editor of the ANNALS, and of the Thomas Say Foundation, as follows: REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. The followirg members have been elected since the last annual meeting: On July 17, 1916: Frederick McMahon Gaige Walter Allen Price Shirley Lowell Mason Lewis G. Gentner On August 20, 1916: Gonzalo Martinez Fortun Walter Norton Hess Ernest Melville Du Porte Emerson Liscum Diven On December 26, 1916: H. B. Parks Paul Hugo Isidor Kahl Maurice E. Hays Kirby Lee Cockerham C. W. Collins W. B. Williams Ray T. Webber Chester Ittner Bliss Rudolf William Glaser Albert I. Good Howard L. Clark Frank R. Cole Ralph Robinson Parker Seymour Hadwen Herbert B. Hungerford Christian E. Olsen Phares H. Hertzog William Bernard Donohue Wallace Larkin Chandler George Felix Arnold Dettmar Wentworth Jones Max Kisliuk Edward Riley King J. A. Corcoran Everett Elmer Wehr ; Total, 33. The following members have resigned: H. H. Brehme W. A. Hooker Geo. Franck R. N. Wilson Total, 4. The following have died: Francis Marion Webster, President A. J. Cook J. B. Williams Ignaz Matausch R. M. Moore Total, 5. Dropped for non-payment of dues, 11 members. Net gain, 14. No Fellows or Honorary Fellows: were elected in the year. On December 14, 1916, the total membership of the Society was 578. Some idea of the interest of the members may be gained from the following figures regarding the payment of dues. Disregarding for the moment the foreign members, life members, and hon- orary fellows, there were 10 members who were paid in advance at least for 1917; 414 were paid up for 1916; 54 were paid up for 1915; while 37 were owing for more than two years. These last are liable to suspension, but it costs the Society nothing to carry them, as they do not receive the ANNALS while in arrears, and the Secretary is endeavoring to revive their interest. The year just closing has been a trying one for many of our foreign members, and yet their interest has been manifested in a gratifying manner. Out of 54 classed as foreign members (and in this classification the Secretary has rather arbitrarily included Cuba, Porto Rico, and Hawaii with continental North America, and not as foreign territory), the number who have paid dues during the year is just one-half, or 27. Several of these are in the war, and one sent his communication from the trenches. Regarding the other foreign members, obvi- 00 : Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, ously our wisest policy is to continue to carry them on the books until peace returns and they have an opportunity to resume the payment of dues. We all ‘hope that they will then rejoin us in active membership. The membership on December 14, 1916, was in the following classes: Honorary Fellowssacct4: 2% is. eRe esta eee 7 RGM OWS Sse oe JUNE, 1917 | EDITORIAL BOARD. | HERBERT OSBORN, lanes Rditor, f _ COLUMBUS, OuIO. IES eee east 2 H. EMERTON, ie j Boston, Mass. ‘ 7 c ‘GORDON HEWITT, De Une OAT Ke CANADA. th LAWRENCE. BRUNER, ~.. Lincoty, Nup. . i “WM. A. RILEY, ; URBANA, ins. tr Ee SE ITHACA, N. ye ¥ op Bon y.¥ COCKERELL, ¢ y | BOULDERS: iO ‘ rite sx "PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE Es _ COLUMBUS, OHIO - tates i matter Apa M1, 1908, at the Post Office at tea Ohio, meek The Entomological Society of menericn » Founded 1906. OFFICERS 1917. President LAWRENCE BRUNER, LORI SERS aS unm RB as Lincoln, Neb. First Vice-President BE. M. WALKER, . , : . . Toronto, Ontario Sogn Vice-President WC, FALE) yA 6 2 Pasadena, California | Managing Editor Annals HERBERT OSBORN, 1h. 6. .k ae le eae (see Columbus, Ohio Secretary-Treasurer _J.M. Atpricn, ©. 9... >... 1... West Lafayette, Indiana Executive Committee THE OFFICERS : AND E. B.. WILLIAMSON, A. D. Hopxtns, _ W. J. HoLtanp, E. D. BALL, C. W. JOHNSON. Committee on Nomenclature BP: PEevry 'T. D. A. CocKERELL, NATHAN BANKS. Price List of Publications. Annals, Vols. I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII and IX complete, each....... $3.00 Annals, Separate Parts except as below, each... . ce ete e eee teen eee 1,00 Annals,Vols. Tand II, Part 3, eachi. 6 ae ele te eee ed tea ec alee's 50 Annals)’Vol. TV, Part/4, Gach fs re oie eile Le Uk bine ag be ele alee wie eee biee 1.50 BACK VOLUMES Of the ANNALS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SoOcIETY OF AMERICA may be secured from the office of the Managing Editor and new members of the Society who may wish to complete a set are advised to secure the earlier volumes while there is still a supply on hand and the price is kept at the original subscription rate. Address HERBERT Osporn, Managing Editor, ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, - State University, Columbus, Ohio. ee ‘ ae A conan (ngs; sans i Sty wy, cane mali 18 1917 MN, OF The Entomological Society of America Volume X POI 19.17 Number 2 A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF BEETLE MITES WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE NORTH AMERICAN FAUNA By H. E. Ewine, Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa. The beetle mites constitute, it is believed, a natural group of the order Acarina which, because of its close affinities with some of the other groups of mites, is rather hard to limit or define properly. As considered here, the group includes only those mites which possess, in addition to a hard, chitinous exo- skeleton, a pair of modified setz on the posterior dorsal aspect of the cephalothorax, known to specialists as the pseudostig- matic organs. Thus limited, the beetle mites have been recognized by some workers only as a family, by others as a superfamily, ind by several of our foremost authorities as a sub-order. Michael in his treatise on the group! con- sidered it as a family, the Oribatide, which he divided into seven subfamilies. Banks has considered the group as a superfamily, Oribatoidea, which formerly he divided into two families, Hoplodermide and Oribatide. Recently he has included the family Labidostommatide? also in the super- family, but this family would not be included in the group as just defined by the writer. Oudemans regards’ the group as one of the twelve of his subdivisions of the whole order, and gives to it the name of Octostigmata. ‘The present writer in 1913, gave a classification of the Acarina‘ in which the tarso- 1 Michael, A. D. Oribatide. Das Tierreich, Lieferung 3, 1898. 2 Banks, N. The Acarina, or Mites. Report No. 108, U.S. Dept. Agric., 1915. 3’ Oudemans, A. C. A Short Survey of the More Important Families of Acari. Bul. Entom. Research, Vol. I, pp. 105-119, 1910. 4 Ewing, H. E. New Acarina, Part I. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXXII, Art. V, pp. 93-121, 1913. 117 tonal Mus®%s v © ° a 118 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, nemid mites were included with the beetle mites in a suborder called Heterotracheata. The beetle mites were divided into two sections under this suborder, Ginglymosoma and Scleroderma. The former section included the family Hoplodermide and the latter the families Hypochthonide, Nothride, and Oribatide. Berlese has in the last few years described some interesting new species, which show both the characters of the family Hoplodermide and also those of the families Hypochthonide and Oribatide. ‘These should, I believe, be regarded as the direct descendents of the ‘‘connecting links’’ between these families, and their discovery must necessarily cause us to regard the Hoplodermide as being more closely bound to the other ‘families than was formerly believed. Considering the beetle mites as a phylogenetic unit, dis- regarding for the present their place in the order to which they belong, we find that they can be easily divided into four families already recognized by others. These four families I have divided into fourteen subfamilies, which are given with the families in the following key: A KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND SUBFAMILIES OF THE BEETLE MITES. A. Cephalothorax immovably united to abdomen; trachez usually present. Abdomen without dorsal grooves or sutures dividing it into parts; integu- ment well chitinized. C. Abdomen provided with chitinous, wing-like expansions known as ptero- morphe, which usually are large and conspicuous, but which may be Sinalip and) “Sheltie ieee mye Aen Rete Ree caer wena eee Oribatide D. Chelicere swollen at their bases, styliform beyond, and ending in monte Chelle. Oe. AAs seal cane rs ic eter cles os SRM rei cracle PELOPINZE DD. Chelicerz stout in the middle and with large chele....ORIBATINE CC. Abdomen without wing-like expansions known as pteromorphe, even of the; rudimentary, “shelf-like type. secu. 5 nies aroha Nothridez D. Chelicerz rod-like, serrate toward their tips............ SERRARIIN DD. Chelicere not rod-like, chelate. E. Fourth pair of legs fitted for jumping............... ZETORCHESTIN EE. Fourth pair of legs not fitted for jumping. F. Lamelle present, being either blade-like or in the form of straight chitinous ridges. G. Integument of dorsal surface of abdomen smooth, and without markings Ob any, kinGa¢ persia ce eerie ce oh Creeks cee NOTASPIDIN= GG. Integument with markings in the form of reticulations, tubercles, Pits, Ssculpturingsy On MaseS lene aa eet eee aes TEGEOCRANINE FF. True lamelle absent, but crooked or irregular ridges may be present. G. Some of the segments of the legs other than the femora swollen ; toward their distal ends and pedicellate proximally; legs Seri Cte ued sway stoma ea Pee retaicue ke icihy euskal ce tine pear en DAMAEIN GG. None of the segments of the legs swollen and pedicellate except the femora. H. Ventral plate present, and usually containing the genital and ania SADELRUMEES. tein deka From ylyyAvpos, hinge joint + Acarus. 132 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vole ee Genus Euphthiracarus*® n. gen. With the characters of the subfamily Hoplodermatine. Ungues tridactyle; anal and genital covers fused. Integument rough, pitted or sculptured. (See Fig. 6). Type species: E. flavus (Ewing). Fig. 6. Euphthiracarus flavus (Ewing). Side view of a section of the arched part of the abdomen to show nature of pitting. This genus is suggested for the rough or pitted species of the old genus Phthiracarus. In this country I know of only one such species, the type. We have, however, about a dozen described species of the old genus Phthiracarus. Acknowledgment. Dr. J. W. Folsom, of the University of Illinois, aided the writer very materially in the preparation of this synopsis by offering him a laboratory in which to work and by helping secure some of the much needed literature. 36Prom ed, good, well + Phthiracarus. SOME COLORADO SPECIES OF THE GENUS LACHNUS. ; ByiGereGini ern: Lachnus coloradensis, n. sp. Adult Stem Mother—General color black, with more or less rufous upon the head, thorax and legs; the anterior and nearly all of middle femora, the proximal portion of hind femora, and the basal portions of all tibize rusty brown, the hind tibiz being black nearly to the base; all tibie black at extreme base; antennz pale with distal ends of joints 3, 4 and 5 black. The black of the dorsum is mostly dull, but with polished lines running across between each two segments, and a larger polished area on joints 7 and 8. In some specimens there is somewhat of a rufous tinge over most of the dorsum; cornicles black, mammiform, terminating in a slightly projecting nipple; cauda scarcely apparent; vertex prominent and convex. Length of body 4.25; antenna 1.90. Joints-ef antenna’: TI], 50; EV; -.26.°V, .20., Vii, 23° hind: tibis: 30: beak attaining hind margin of third abdominal segment; sternum and first two abdominal segments rusty brown; head small, convex in front; one sensorium near distal ends of joints 3, 4 and 5, besides the permanent one on joint 5, and sometimes there are two on joint 4. (See Plate X, figures 1-3). The young of the second generation are pale gray with dusky green upon dorsum of head and in the region of the cornicles, the thoracic segments being nearly white, and the abdomen dusky to brownish. (See figure 4.) A pterous Viviparous Female—General color black or blackish, somewhat shining, especially below; head, thorax, coxe and_ basal portions of femora and tibiz more or less rufous; antennez pale with distal ends of joints black; terminal joint all black; shape of abdomen varying from broad oval to rather elongate. Length of antenna 2; joints proportioned as follows: 7 :6 :48 : 22 : 25 : 14; sensoria as in stem mother, except that there are usually two sensoria on joint 4; rostrum nearly attaining tip of abdomen; cornicles mammiform, small, about 40 across mammiform base; hind tibiz very long and curved. This form resembles the fundatrix so closely it was not thought necessary to draw it. Antenna shown in figure 5. ; Winged Female of Second Generation—Color rusty yellow to yel- lowish brown; cornicles, genital plates, mesosternum, cox, distal half of beak, joint 6 and distal ends of joints 3, 4 and 5 of antennz, all of the tarsi, distal ends and very short proximal ends of all tibie (fully four-fifths of hind tibize), distal ends of all the femora, eyes and stigmas, black or blackish. The distal ends of middle.and front femora may be only dusky; beak attaining 8th abdominal segment; dorsal surface slightly pulverulent; upon the pronotum there is a diagonal lateral line upon either side; there is a V-shaped white mark near the middle of the anterior margin and one near the posterior margin of the meso- thorax and a white line near insertion of either front wing. The scutellum is more or less powdered, as is the metathorax, and transverse white dashes and lateral spots upon 3rd and 4th abdominal segments. See Plate X, figures 6 to 10. 133 134 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, A pterous Oviparous Female.—Prevailing color cinnamon brown to brownish black, shining, with head and pro- and meso-thorax a sordid pale yellowish green to light brown; beneath, pale greenish yellow, darker posteriorly and at lateral margins of abdomen; a heavy covering of white secretion upon the tergum and pleuree of the abdomen back of the cornicles to the terminal segment, which is exposed; cornicles black, moderate in size of basal enlargement; antennee with tips of joints 3, 4 and 5 and all of 6 black; beak nearly attaining the tip of the abdomen; form rather elongate; legs colored as in apterous viviparous female; hind tibiz, with many small sensoria; hind legs very short; tibiz but little swollen; length of body 3; antenna, 1.50; joints: III, .51; IV, .28; V, .29; VI, .20; hind tibiz, 2.50. See figures 11-13. Eggs—They are deposited in single rows on the upper surface of the needles and are covered with a rather coarse, waxy material from the abdomen of the oviparous female. As soon as an egg is deposited, the female rubs her hind tarsi in the waxy secretion on her abdomen and then rubs them over the egg and continues this process till the latter is well covered with the short, broken bits of wax as shown in figure 14. Alate Male—Described from alcoholic material taken by Mr. L. C. Bragg from Engelmann spruce at Fort Collins, Colorado, Novem- ber 9, 1906, along with the oviparous 2 9. Black parts, proportions of antennal segments, and cornicles as in alate viviparous 9; length of body about 2.70; wing, 3.90; antenna, 1.45; hind tibia, 2.12; sensoria of antennze numerous on joints 3 to 6, circular in form and varying much in size. The numbers upon the segments run about as follows: III, 18; IV, 14; V, 18; VI, aside from the rather scattered cluster of small sensoria about the permanent one, there is 1 or 2 on the basal half. See figure 15. This is a common species upon Engelmann and blue spruces in Northern Colorado, which we have been taking for the past eight years. It is a bark feeder and has always been found by us attacking small limbs where the lice insert their beaks in the crevices of the bark. As in other species treated in this paper, the color markings of the young lice are very distinctive. Our accessions records for this species are as follows: Ft. Collins, Colo., April 20, 08, C. P. Gillette, Picea parryana S ‘ April 20, ’08, L. C. Bragg, . . “ “ April 21, ’08, C.P. Gillette, « £ . Sap Pe os 700).G. P* Gillette, ns 2 P. Gillette, “ $ Pp. Haba (ach web. pean Gillette 3 a “ “ —_ CG AG: Alate and eee “ May 23, ’08, Miriam A. Palmer ‘ apterous vivi- * 4 May 25, ’08, C. P. Gillette, . s parous females S ‘ June 6,711, L. C. Bragg, € « Ward, . July 17, 09, L. C. Bragg “ ‘ Tolland, : July 25, '13, Ellsworth Bethel, englemanni L. Bi Collins’ se. Sept. 1, 06, C. Bragg, Oviparous ‘ - . Nov. 10, 14, L. C. Bragg “s Female < : Nov. 14, ’10, L. C. Bragg, :) \e 5 _ Nov. 9, ’06, L. C. Bragg, “4 f % Nov. 9, ’06, L. C. Bragg, Picea parryana 1917] Colorado Species of Lachnus 135 *Lachnus palmere, n. sp. Stem Mother, First Instar—General color ashy gray, due to a fine white powder which covers the body; eyes, tips of antennz and beak, and the cornicles, black or blackish; a dusky to blackish transverse band, usually interrupted for some distance in the middle, upon the first abdominal segments; upon either side of the prothorax, an oblique, impressed dark line; and extending over the abdomen. about six rows of small impressed dark spots. A very narrow median dorsal dark line is usually quite distinct and is due to the absence of the white powder. Antenne, legs and body rather hairy; antennz with four joints, the third being more than half of the antenna in length; fourth joint termi- nated by a short conical spur. As the lice grow in this instar the white powder increases in amount. At base of the spur is a single prominent sensorium. Length about 1.35. The young lice, upon hatching, cluster on the bark of the twigs to insert their beaks and feed. See figure 16. Described from specimens taken on a small Engelmann spruce on the college campus, March 17, 1910. Adult Stem Mother——The general color is a dark sordid brown, in some examples almost black; all of the lice conspicuously marked with gray or whitish lines and spots; a black transverse band, which is broken at the middle, extends across the first segment of the abdomen to the lateral margins; in front of this are black or dusky splashes upon the segments of the thorax, making two broken black bands extending to the head; the first and last joints of the antennz, the distal ends of joints 4 and 5, the eyes, all of the tarsi, the coxz, the knees, the distal ends of the tibiz and their extreme bases, the cornicles and beak and the genital plates, black or blackish. From the head to the tip of the abdomen upon the dorsum is a narrow gray line on either side of which are broken transverse gray lines about one to each segment, and all about the same width as the median line, and in most instances, in two pieces, on either side of the median line. The head is light rusty brown, more or less covered with white powder; the antenna and the greater portion of the femora and tibiz, are pale yellowish or sordid white in color. The cornicles are large, broad at the base, moderately elevated and mammiform in’shape, and the beak reaches to the hind margin of the third segment of the abdomen; legs, antennz and entire body, rather thickly set with slender hairs; head small, quite convex in front and usually distinctly bi-lobed; cauda not apparent. Length of body, 3.75 to 4 (balsam spec. 3 to 3.50) by 2.40 wide; length of antenna 1.30; joints: III, .45; IV,..20; V, .23; VI; (with spur) .17, with little variation. See figures 16a to 19. A pterous Viviparous Female—In general appearance and markings like the stem mother. No figures. *I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Miss Miriam A. Palmer, not merely because she made the drawings for this and other aphid papers, but because she takes a keen and intelligent interest in everything scientific, and especially in the Aphides, and our friends, their enemies, the Coccinellide. 136 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Young—About one-third grown. Taken by the writer April 25, 1908. The meso- and meta-thorax are quite light and somewhat pinkish or flesh colored; the abdomen is dusky brown, but spotted with white pulverulence much after the pattern of the adult, and especially is this true of specimens about half grown; the head and abdomen are conspicuously darker than the thorax, usually almost black, with four conspicuous white blotches, two lateral, about midway of the abdomen, and two on the median line, one at the meta-thorax and the other at the extreme tip. The posterior half of the prothorax is also black except upon the middle portion. See figure 20. The beak of very young lice is nearly twice the length of the body. See figure 16. Winged Female of Second Generation—Described from specimens bred in the laboratory on sprigs of blue spruce, May 11, 1908. General color of body, blackish; a rather conspicuous median white stripe begins on the vertex of the head and extends to the middle of the mesothorax. A continuation of this stripe appears as a white dash upon the middle of the scutellum and as white spots upon the median dorsal line of the abdomen. Upon either side of this row of dots upon the abdomen is another similar row, making three rows of white spots or dashes extending to the region of the cornicles. Back of the cornicles there is also more or less of a white powdery secretion appearing either as spots or transverse lines. On the scutellum the white may extend laterally so as to almost entirely cover this part. There is also some of this white powder along the lateral margins of the thorax beneath the wings, and upon the sides of the abdomen in front of the cornicles, and also behind and beneath these organs. The whole ventral surface is more or less spotted with white. Joints 1, 2 and 6 and the distal ends of joints 3, 4 and 5 of the antenne, are black; all of the tarsi, the distal ends of all the femora and tibia, and the coxe are black; the remaining parts of the legs and the antennz are very pale yellow. The cornicles are very large and black; genital plates and eyes black; beak whitish to the middle, the distal one-half being black or blackish, and reaching to the eighth abdominal segment; wings of medium length, stigma long, black, narrow and parallel sided; stigmal vein straight; the whole surface of the body, including legs and antenne, thickly set with fine hair; eyes very prominent; ocular tubercles very small; hind tibiz black for fully one-half their length, and all of the tibiz having a short black portion at the proximal end; beak surpassing cornicles. Sensoria rather indistinct and variable in number and distributed about as follows: On distal one-half of third joint, 3 to 5; fourth joint, 1 to 3; fifth joint, 2 to 38; cornicles about .30 high by .40 broad at base, mammiform. Length of antennz about 1.30; joints I and II of antennez together .24; III, .54; IV, .26; V, .27; VI, .18; length of body, 3.50; wing, 4.50; hind tibiz, 2.50. The general color when placed in alcohol is a light yellowish brown. The third trans- verse vein with its branches is much more slender than the first and second stigmal veins. See figures 21-23. Figure 22, Plate I, was drawn from an antenna plainly showing seven sensoria on Joint III, but 3 to 5 were all that could be seen in other examples. 1917} Colorado Species of Lachnus 137 Oviparous Female——Differs from the stem @ in general appearance in being more slender in form, having the white markings much heavier, and especially in having the head and all the abdomen back of the cornicles, except the anal plate, white. The hind tibiz are thickly set with sensoria throughout their length. Length of body 4; antenna, 1.15; ratio of joints beyond the second—380 : 14 : 16: 18 (with spur). See figures 24 to 27. The eggs are yellowish brown when laid and measure 1.380 milli- meters in length. They soon turn black in the daylight and are deposited mostly on the bark of the twigs at the bases of the needles, but sometimes are placed upon the needles also. See figures 24 to 28. Alate Male—The males resembles the alate viviparous 2, but are much smaller, about 2.30 long, and more slender; the white markings are lighter and the black markings upon the antennal segments are absent, or nearly so. Joints 3, 4 and 5 of the antenna have many tuberculate sensoria irregularly distributed throughout their lengths; about 50 may be counted on joint III, about 15 on IV, and about 6 on V. Ratio of joints beyond second about as follows: 20 : 10:12 :7 (with spur). Described from examples taken on blue spruce, Ft. Collins, Colo, October 14, 1910, by LC... Brage, and trom scea Engelmannt, Fort Collins, 10-6, ’09, by O. G. Babcock. See figures 29 and 30. This is a very common species on the blue spruce in the vicinity of Fort Collins, Colorado, and is altogether a bark feeder attacking the small limbs. Our Collection records are as follows: Young ae Collins, Colo., Mar. 16, 10, M. A. Palmer, Picea engelmanni Fundatrix : . Aprili214708. Cees Gillette; 3 parryana . ve April 20, 08, L. C. Bragg, $ “ Adult y . April 21, 08, C. P. Gillette, “ . Fundatrix i : April 24,08, M. A. Palmer, “ ts ie April25 "08. CepaGallettes ¢ ‘ é May. 4;08,.C. PoGillette:, 7 $ 5 . May "5:08 sC. Py Gillette, . i s May’ 115708;C:. P27 Gillette, .“ & . g May 12, 08, C. P. Gillette, “ . Apterous and ms 3 May 12, 10, L. C. Bragg, iY * Alate « ¢ May 16, 10, L. C. Bragg, - Viviparous a s May 18, ’12,-L. C. Bragg, e - Females * .: May 20, 712, L. C. Bragg, s . s June 2, ’06, L. C. Bragg, Oviparous f ¢ ft Oct. 6,09, O.G. Babcock, “ englemanni Female S i Nov. 11, '11, L. C. Bragg, “ parryana i Oct. 14, 10, L. C. Bragg, : ¢ Maletivre. ota: . : Octo 10 Ls CaBrago: = & ; + OctanZihy09 Vac. Brags “ engelmanni < : Oct. 22; 09; L. CC. Brage, ie S 138 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Lachnus braggii, n. sp. Taken feeding upon the bark of the twigs of Colorado blue spruce, Picea parryana, only. Stem Mother —Almost completely covered with a white pulverluence, but over the dorsum there are many spots and transverse broken bands where the white powder is not present and where the dusky brown to black color of the body can be seen. The cornicles are dark brown or blackish in color, quite small, and not very much elevated above the surface. The legs except the tips of the tibiz and the tarsi; and the antenne, except the extreme tips, are light amber in color. The eyes and genital plates are black, and the ventral surface of the body is covered with a light gray pulverulence. Joint 6 and distal end of 5 of the antenna, black or blackish; length of body from 3.20 to 3.70; width 2.40 to 2.50; length of antennal joints: III, .40; IV, .17; V, .21; VI, .17; whole length, 1.10; joints 4, 5 and 6 usually with one sensorium each besides the permanent ones on 5 and 6. When placed in balsam, there is a broken line of black extending from the prothorax to the first seg- ment of the abdomen on either side of the median line.. The two lines are made by a pair of black blotches upon the dorsum of each thoracic segment; a row of small black dots lies outside of these near each margin. The body is covered with a very fine, but rather long, pubescence which occurs also upon the joints of the antennee and upon the legs. The. length of the hind tibie is 1.60 to 1.70; beak short, but little surpassing the hind coxee. See Plate XI, figures 1 to 4. A pterous Viviparous Female, Second Generation —Body covered with white pulverulence as in case of the stem mother; color also the same throughout. Length of body 3.75; width 2.40; antennal joints: ITI, .46; IV, .18; V, .28; VI, .17; length of antenna, 1.17; cauda appearing as a short broad lobe, convex on the posterior margin, and slightly up- turned; beak just surpassing the 2d coxee; head very small, quite convex on the frontal margin, not bi-lobed; sensoria of antenna rather indistinct and about as follows: III, 0; IV, .1 or .2; V, .2; VI, with terminal cluster. See figure 5. Young of Third Generation, before first moult, pale amber in color, with a light covering of white pulverulence, and the head rather con- spicuously dark dusky brown. Down the dorsum is a double row of | small naked spots that appear a little darker than the general surface. The cornicles appear as little black dots and the genital plates and tarsi are dusky brown. See figure 6. Winged Female, Third Generation—Reared in the laboratory from the same colony from which the stem mother was described. The ground color is pale to dark yellowish brown, or, in light examples, a sordid white. Head and thorax above, blackish or dark chocolate brown, rather heavily powdered with white; eyes and cornicles black, as are also the tarsi, and distal ends of all the tibiz, the genital plates, the stigma of the wings, the last joint of the antenne and very short distal rings upon joints 3, 4and 5. The abdomen may be almost entirely white, due to the white powder which covers the body, or there may be very distinct white transverse bands separated by a somewhat 1917] Colorado Species of Lachnus 139 darker portion which exposes the yellowish color of the abdomen beneath. On the under surface, the color is pale yellowish, more or less heavily powdered everywhere with white. The distal ends of the femora are dusky brown, or, in some specimens, almost black, especially the hind pair. The cornicles are very small as in the apterous stem mother; hind tibiz short, stigma of wing long and narrow and almost parallel sided; length of body, 2.75; length of wing, 3.70; cauda short and very broad and oval on the posterior margin, which is black; antenna, 1.14; hind tibia, 1.60; beak, 1.54; cornicles mammiform, smaller than in palmere, about .11 high by .14 broad at the base; joints of antennze about as follows: III, .44; IV, .19; V, .23; VI, .17; sensoria of the antenne about as follows: III, 1; IV, 1; V, 2; VI, usually 1 or 2 small ones a little below the large terminal one; entire surface of the body, including antenne, thickly set with long delicate hairs. See figures 7 to 10. In alcohol, the general color is pale yellow and the dorsum of the abdomen is sprinkled with black specks and dashes. Oviparous Female—General body color pale yellow, covered every- where with white powder; form rather robust; thorax and segments 3 and 4 of the abdomen with broken transverse bands or dashes, anda rather distinct transverse blackish band upon the fifth segment of the abdomen between the cornicles; upon the other segments black patches only are to be found. The cornicles are black, as are the eyes, distal 2 or 3 joints of the antenne,.the tarsi, the extreme tip of the abdomen above, the hind tibize and the distal ends of all the femora and the middle and anterior tibiz and cox; cornicles rather small. When the white powder is removed, the head and two anterior segments of the thorax are dark brown in color; length of body, 3.45; width, 2; length of antenna, 1.57; joints of antenna: HI, .37; IV, .17; V, .20; VI, including unguis, .17; sensoria as follows: III, none or 1 near distal end; IV, 1 or 2; V, 1 or 2; hind tibia with numerous sensoria distributed throughout their length. See figures 11 to 13. Egg.—1.25 long and .55 in diameter. See figure 14. Alate Male —General body color black or blackish; the body more or less covered with white pulverulence, and, on the ventral surface, green when the powder is removed; eyes, antennz, cornicles, tarsi, distal ends of tibiz and the greater pcrtion of the femora black; beak reaching the tip of the abdomen; wings with costal margin and stigma blackish, the. latter being rather long and bread; stigmal vein heavier than the cross veins of the wings; first and secord transverse nerves moderately strong; the cubital vein with its forks very slender and scarcely visible in places; length of body, 2.20; antenna, 1.34; hind tibia, 1.46; wing, 4; antennal joints 3, 4 and 5 with many tuberculate sensoria; III about 30; IV, about 14; V, about 8. The hairs upon the legs and antenne are rather long, thickly set and very slender. See figures 15 and 16. This species was first discovered by Mr. Bragg upon Colorado blue spruce in Fort Collins. We have not been able to find it upon other trees. Its rather close ally seems to be L. palmere, but that species is very common and in no instance 140 Annals Entomological Soctety of America [Vol. X, have we found it heavily covered with the white secretion. It appears Jike a rusty brown or black louse on the twigs, while this one appears like a very light gray or white louse. Our collection records are as follows: Ft. Collins, Colo., April 18, 08, L. C. Bragg, Picea parryana Bundathaix es... 4 Y < April 21, '08, ©. BP. Gillette, “ “ if . April 28, 08, L. C. Bragg, C . Ms ¢ Aprl22. 08) Cpa Galletter sts e y 7 April 25, "085°C. PB. Gillette, -=* % Alate and § : May 14, ’08, C. P. Gillette, “ « apterous vivi- ¢ May 19, ’10, L. C. Bragg, es ¢ parous females ¢ f May 21, ’15, L. C. Bragg, 2 e Yi os June 12, ’14, L. C. Bragg, . ‘ OWip (Pen. oan ry “ Oct. 155410 Lay Gy Braga. : s | Boulder, . Oct. 23, ’09, L. C. Bragg, 5 NY EW IR a or tl Bibs Collins. es Oct. 15, 10 Pus Ce Brage- aS i Lachnus tomentosus (De Geer). Examples of what seems to be this species were taken by the writer from needles of Pinus radiata, standing on the campus of the University of California, August 8, 1915, where they were very abundant. The examples taken agree in nearly every respect with the excellent descrip- tion and figures of this species given by G. Del Guercio in “ Contribuzione Alla Conoscenza dei Lacnidi Italiani, ” 1909, p. 283. Examples taken on Pinus scopulorum in Colorado and listed below, agree so closely with the European form I refrain from giving it even a varietal name. I give below descriptions and figures made from freshly collected Colorado material. The sexual forms of this louse were found by the writer in very great abundance upon the trees of Pinus scopulorum in the City Park of Denver, during the month of October, 1916. Young Stem Mother—Specimen taken at Horsetooth Mountain, west of Fort Collins, as early as March 13, 1910. The lice were still hatching and had the habit of arranging themselves in single file, so close that they touched each other, along the needles. When first hatched, the color is dark olive-green with pale yellow legs and antennz. After a few hours a slight grayish bloom covers the body, the legs and antennz become considerably darker in color and the cornicles are each in a small dusky circular spot. One or two rows of small dark spots a little inside the lateral margin on either side, extend longitudinally over the abdomen. Beak not attaining tip of abdomen; length of body, 1 millimeter. See figure 17. . Adult Stem Mother—Entirely cinereous in general color on account of a heavy flocculent secretion covering the body, legs and antenne. The eyes, ends of the antennz, cornicles and naked tarsi are deep black; body color, beneath the secretion, dark olive-green, legs dusky with tibize black tipped. Length of body 2.10; antenneze, 1; hind tibiz, 1.30; beak but little surpassing hind coxee; joints of antennze: III, iongest; IV and V, sub-equal; VI, with very short spur, a little shorter than V; permanent sensoria on joints V and VI only; body antennz and legs rather sparsely set with long slender hairs. See figures 18 to 20. 1917] Colorado Species of Lachnus 141 Alate Viviparous Female.—Slender and powdery in appearance; length 2; antenna, 1.12; joints of antenna, III, .45; 1V, .20; V, .18; VI (with. Sti ), ok hoe sensoria on joint IIT usually very faint or appearing to be entirely absent, but as many as 3 weak sensoria found in some examples; hind tibia 1.40; beak barely Pauniee third coxe. See figures 21 and 21b. A pterous Oviparous Female—Described from specimens taken upon the leaves of Pinus scopulorum, Boulder, Colorado, October 23, 1909. The general color varies from a yellowish brown to a brownish black; the head and terminal joints of the abdomen and the small cornicles black, or blackish; the ventral surface of the abdomen and also the last two segments above, as well as below, covered with pulverulent secretion; antenne dusky in proximal portion and becoming black towards the distal ends; eyes black; legs black except the basal portion of the middle tibize, and in some specimens the anterior tibie also; coxee black; beak reaching the middle pair of coxze; cornicles quite small, hardly broader than high; length of body, 2.71; length of antennz, 1.14; joints of antenne: III, .46; IV, .20; V, .25; VI, .17. The joints are rather slender and set with long slender hairs. Hind tibie, 1.75 and considerably swollen in the basal half, where there are numerous circular sensoria. Genital plates black, permanent sensoria only upon joints 5 and 6 of the antennz. See figures 25 to 28. Taken depositing eggs in longitudinal rows upon the pine needles. The eggs are covered with the cottony secretion from the bodies of the lice which is rubbed on by means of their hind feet. Figures 23 to 30. Winged Male—Body almost black in color, but rather heavily covered with pulverulent secretion, both above and below. The antennz, legs, costal margin of wings, stigma, stigmatic vein and eyes black. The first and second cross veins are also rather conspicuously black. Second fork of cubital vein, at least in some wings, entirely wanting. Length of body, 2; antenna, 1.57; wing, 3.43; hind tibiz, 1.60; beak surpassing the hind coxe; joints of antenne: III, .60; IV, .29; V, .31; VI, .2. Numerous tuberculate sensoria occur upon joints 3, 4 and 5; upon III, about 28; IV, 14; V, 6; second fork of cubital vein absent on all the wings of the five specimens examined. The tarsi are very long in this species, the hind tarsus being nearly as long as joint 3 of the antenna. See figure 31. This species seems very close to L. pini-radiatae Davidson. Collection data as follows: Rundatrixesse aie Collins, Colo., April 7, 710, M:..A. Palmer, Pinus scopulorum i i. May 28, 08, iG. Brags: ‘ Alate and ie S\osup) bow June 22, ‘99, L. C. Bragg, s . apterous vivi-;Ft. Collins, “ June 30, 15, CePAGiINetter as 4 parousfemales |Livermore, “ July 18, 16, M.A. Palmer, “ i: Ouray, Y sept. 27, 14. C) Pe Gillette: “ c Ft. Collins.) S Och mish 0 la, Brage, . . Oviparous @...{ Boulder, Oct. 23, '09, L. C. Bragg, ie “ Bis Collins ya: INove! -75).09) MLA, Palmer, 9.“ 5 . < Nov. 25,709, M.A. Palmer, “ ef Ouray, . Sept: 27, 14; C: P..Gillette, “ s Maier Se = Sycte race Eis Collins i. Oct.) 13, 10; L: C. Bragg, > 2 Boulder, . Oct 23.10, CG. Braces, 7 “ tw Collinsis = Nov. 7,09, M.A. Palmer, “ 142 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, *Lachnus ponderose Williams. Stem Mother—Described from two specimens taken among many second generation individuals on the bark of the smaller twigs of Pinus ponderosa. Specimens taken by Miss Miriam A. Palmer in the foothills west of Ft. Collins. Ground color of adults golden brown, cornicles black with very large mammiform bases of the same color; powdery above and below; the markings not well defined as the specimens have been rubbed; distal ends of femora and proximal and distal ends of tibiz black; hind tibia with only a small portion near the proximal end pale; beak attaining the tip of the abdomen; anal plates black; length of body 3; width 1.90; hind tibiae 2. A rather robust species. No figures. A pterous Female, Second Generation—Taken April 30, 1910, along with the winged examples described below. Ground color dark, golden brown; cornicles, tips of antenne, distal ends of femora and tibie, tarsi, transverse patches on joints 1, 2, 7, 8 and 9 of the abdomen; joints 1, 2 and 6 and distal ends of joints 3, 4 and 5 of the antenne black; lateral margins of the thorax, an irregular median patch on the first three joints of the abdomen and on either lateral one-third of joint 4 of the abdomen powdery white; also small white spots posterior to the cornicles on lateral margins of joints 6, 7 and 8. Length, 2.75; width, 1.50 to 1.75; antenna, ‘ Bhs hind roe oy joints of antenna in about the following ratios: 13 : pubyils a 17, gonopophyses of fundatrix, X 40; 18, cornicle of fundatrix, X 27; 19, antenna of fundatrix, X 40; 20, young of second generation, one-half grown, X 7; 21, alate viviparous, second generation, X 7; 2la, cauda of alate viviparous, X 33; 21b, cauda of alate viviparous, side view; 22, antenna of alate viviparous, X 40; 23, terminal three joints of beak of alate viviparous, X 40; 24, oviparous female, X 7; 25, antenna of oviparous, X 40; 26, hind tibia of oviparous, X 28; 27, twig of Picea engelmanni with eggs and oviparous female, X 3; 28, egg, X 7; 29, male, X 7; 30, antenna of male, X 40. Original; Miriam A. Palmer, Delineator. PLATE XI. Lachnus braggii, n. sp. 1, fundatrix, X 7; 2, cornicle of fundatrix, x 40; 3, terminal three joints of beak of apterous viviparous, X 40; 4, antenna of fundatrix, < 40; 5, antenna of apterous viviparous, X 40; 6 young of third generation, one- third grown, X 10; 7 alate viviparous, third generation, X 7; 8, antenna of alate viviparous, third generation, X 40; 9, cauda of apterous viviparous, X 40; 9a, cauda of apterous viviparous, side view, X 33;'9b, gonopophyses of apterous viviparous, X 40; 10, tarsal joints of alate viviparous, X 40; 11, oviparous female, >< 7:12, antenna of oviparous female, X 40; 13, tibia of same, X 40; 14, egg of same, < 7; 15, male, X 7; 16, antenna of same, X 40. Lachnus tomentosus. 17, young fundatrix, X 13; 18, adult fundatrix (with cot- ton removed), X 8; 19, same with cottony covering on pine needle, X 4; 20, antenna of same, X 40; 21, alate viviparous with cottony covering, X 8; 2la, gonopophyses of same, X 100; 22, cornicle of apterous viviparous, X 40; 23, terminal three joints of beak of oviparous, X 40; 24, alate viviparous antenna, X 40; 25, oviparous female, X 8; 26, antenna of same, X 40; 27, hind tibia of same, X 40; 28, cauda of apterous viviparous, X 40; 29, egg, freshly laid, not yet covered with waxy secretion, X 8; 30, eggs on needle covered with waxy secretion; 31, antenna of male, X.40. . Lachnus ponderose Williams. 82, apterous viviparous second generation, X 8; 33, antenna of same, X 40; 34, cornicle of same, X 33; 35, terminal three joints of beak of same, X 40; 36, young of third generation, X 10; 37, alate viviparous, second generation, X 8; 38, tarsus of same, X 40; 39, gonopophyses of same, X 66; 40, cornicle of same, X 33; 41, antenna of same, X 40; 42, cauda of same, X 40; 43, tibia of oviparous, X 40; 44, antenna of male, X 40. Original; Miriam A. Palmer, Delineator. ANNALS FE S.A. Vou. X, PLATE X. Lachnus es is 5 ye eee a. eee fondatrix ovip, @ x40 aimee Bee a 21la* Mi 21 a young fonder m C. P. Gillette. ANNALS E S. A. VOLUEX, PLATE Xt. ALLL Eo a fundatrix : Ht, apt viv. Gj x40 L.tomentosus 19 young x13 fundat rix 33 os Z apt. viv x40 C. P. Gillette. THE PACIFIC COAST SPECIES OF XYLOCOCCUS. (SCALE INSECTS). LAURA FLORENCE. In 1882, at the December meeting of the Société Entomol- ogique de France, M. Victor Signoret (12) read a note from Dr. Franz Low, calling attention to a recent publication by the Société Zoologique et Botanique de Vienne, of the description of a new Coccid for which he had created a new Genus Xylococcus. The paper was published in 1882, under the title of “‘ Eine neue Cocciden Art (Xylococcus filiferus)’’ (10). The insect was first discovered and sent to Dr. LOw in 1878, and he had it under observation from that time until the publication of his paper. He described in detail the first larval stage and the adult female, giving only a brief general description of an indefi- nite number of intervening stages. The remainder of the paper was occupied with notes on the life history, the position of the insects on the tree, and their method of penetrating into the lower layers of the bark. There is no further reference to Xylococcus to be found until 1890, when in a paper entitled ‘‘ How do Coccids Produce Cavities an Plants?’’ the author, Mr. W. M. Maskell (11), cited it as an example of a cavity-producing Coccid. In 1898 a paper was published by H. G. Hubbard and Th. Pergande (6) on a new Coccid found on birch trees. Thus a second species of X ylococcus was recorded, the first to be found in America. This, having been found on birch trees in Lake Superior region, was named X ylococcus betule by Mr. Pergande. The paper was in two parts, the first by Mr. Hubbard was biological, the second by Mr. Pergande structural. In this paper were well pointed out the extremely interesting peculiar- ities, both structural and physiological, of these curious Coccids. Both the above-mentioned species were listed by Professor T. D. A. Cockerell (1) in his ‘‘ Tables for the Determination of the Genera of Coccide.’’ He divided the sub-family Margarodine into two tribes, Margarodini and Xylococcint. In the latter he placed Xvylococcus and two allied Genera Coleostoma and Callipappus. 147 148 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, In the following year, 1900, Mr. E. M. Ehrhorn (5) pub- lished a short description of a third Xvylococcus, which he found on a species of live oak in Stevens Creek Canyon, Santa Clara County, California, and named Xylococcus quercus. In 1902 Professor Cockerell (2) included a brief description of the Genus in ‘‘A Contribution to the Classification of the Coccide.’’ Reference was made to the work of Low and of Hubbard and Pergande, and the three known species listed. In 1905, Mr. S. I. Kuwana (7) presented a description of a fourth species, Xylococcus matsumure. Three years later a second Californian species was found on the Monterey Cypress trees near Pacific Grove, Monterey County, by Mr. G. A. Coleman (4). He made some short notes on the species, naming it X ylococcus macrocarpe. In the following year, 1909, Professor Cockerell (3) referred Xylococcus matsumure to a new Genus Matsucoccus on the basis of the anal tube and the character of the last joint of the antenna. Dr. Leonhard Lindinger (9) in-his textbook on Scale Insects, published in 1912, gives a brief description of Xylococcus filiferus Low. This has been taken from the original paper. In 1914, Mr. S. I. Kuwana (8) described a scale insect from oak trees (Quercus serata) at Nishigahara, Tokyo, and other places in Japan. He named it Xylococcus napifornuis n. sp., acknowledging Professor Cockerell’s assistance in the determi- nation of the species. Of the two Californian species, Xylococcus macrocarpe Cole, and Xvylococcus quercus Ehrh., each stage in the life history of the female and five stages in that of the male are described in detail in this paper. A new species from alder trees is described and I have called it Xylococcus alni n. sp. It was collected at Wenatchee, in the State of Washington, by Mr. E. J. Newcomer, of the Bureau of Entomology, who sent it to the Entomological Laboratory of Stanford University. The distribution of this small group of Coccids presents some interesting features. They have been found on three continents, Europe, America, and Asia, and up to the present time each species has been recorded from one host plant only, Xylococcus filiferus Low, infesting linden trees in Lower Austria, Xylococcus betule Perg., infesting birch trees on the shores of Lake Superior, Xylococcus quercus Ehrh., and Xylococcus napiformis Kuw., infesting different species of oak trees, the 1917] Pacific Coast Species of Xylococcus 149 former in Cahfornia and the latter in Japan, X ylococcus macro- carpe Cole. infesting the Monterey Cypress, and X ylococcus alni n. sp., infesting alder trees. From this list it is seen that not only are those insects widely distributed geographically, but they are found on widely separated species of host plant. Nothing is known as to how the trees have become infested, or how the insects penetrate into the lower layers of the bark, where they are found surrounded by secretions of wax. It is of peculiar interest that the Monterey Cypress, the host of Xylococcus macrocarpe Cole. (Pl. XII, Fig. 1), is indigenous to a single area in California known as Del Monte Forest and extending for a few miles along the Pacific Coast in Monterey County. While collecting my specimens I found the insects on old and young trees alike. The infestation is not evenly distributed in the forest and the most heavily infested trees are easily distinguishable even at a distance by their black colour, due to the growth of a sooty mould fungus in the honey dew exuded by the insects. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh. (Pi. XII, Fig. 2) I have collected from oak trees (Quercus chrysolepis Liebmann) in Permenente Creek Canyon, Santa Clara County. There is a slight growth of sooty mould fungus on these infested trees also. These insects infest the trunk and older branches of the trees, and their presence is indicated by numerous filaments of wax protruding from crevices in the bark and bearing drops of honey dew. There is great variety in the length and appearance of these filaments, some being straight, others wavy and almost spiral. This filament is a capillary tube issuing from the posterior end of the body from a chitinous organ called the anal tube, and formed by an extension of the outer walls of circles of chitinous spinnerets, that open into and surround the posterior end of the alimentary canal. Gross dissection shows the insects imbedded between the layers of the bark with their mouth-parts penetrating more deeply. They are surrounded by a homogeneous layer of wax that is given off from pores scattered over the body (Pl. XIII, Fig. 1). The apodous stages of the insect are found in greatest number and in the case of X ylococcus macrocarpe Cole. the characteristic position is in groups varying in number (Pl. XII, Fig. 3). Xvylococcus quercus Ehrh. (Pl. XI, Fig. 2) and Xylococcus. alnt n. sp. (P1\. XIII, Fig. 3), are seldom found in groups and their pits are more or less 150 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, circular. In the case of the latter the presence of a pit seems to be indicated by a small swelling on the bark. Alongside the insects are found fragments of the wax covering and of the exuviae of previous instars. The life histories seem to be identical with that of X ylococcus betule Perg. as previously described. I have not succeeded, however, in finding a stage in the development of the male insect of macrocarpe, or quercus, or alni, corresponding to Pergande’s second stage of betule. The mouth-parts are very long, and when the larve first hatch can be seen coiled inside the insect (Pl. XIII, Fig. 4). The young insects have well developed legs and move about actively before settling down. The male and the female are apparently not distinguishable in the first stage. After the first moult the female loses its legs and antennae and for three successive stages is apodous. Size, difference in number of the wax pores, and structural differences in the stigmatal tubes and anal tube serve to distinguish these stages. After the fourth moult the adult female issues. The insect has now regained the legs and antenne, but lost the mouth parts (Pl. XIII, Fig. 5). The insect may, without escaping from the exuvia of the fourth stage, rupture the end of the exuvia and present the posterior end of the body at the crevice in the bark for impregnation by the male, or she may escape from the pit and move about freely over the tree. In this case she finally settles under some projection of the bark and spins a cushion of flocculent wax beneath and a covering of powdery wax above her (Pl. XII, Fig. 4). When the eggs are laid the abdomen becomes concave on the lower surface with the lateral margins revolute, so forming a pocket in which the eggs lie buried’ in™ wax” until (they ‘hatch (Pl. XPM, is’ 6)! Acer egg-laying the female dies, the anterior part of the body shrivelling up. At the second moult the male insect becomes apodous, closely resembling the female of the third stage. In the fourth stage the legs and antenna reappear and the mouth-parts and the chitinized anal tube are lost. The insect now emerges and wanders freely over the bark, finally settling under some raised part of the bark. It immediately begins to spin a long slender cylindrical cocoon of flocculent wax and within this the trans- formation to the pupal stage takes place. The pupe have well 1917] Pacific Coast Species of Xylococcus ioe developed free legs and antenne (Pl. XIII, Fig. 7), and the adult male (Pl. XIII, Fig. 8) issues from the anterior end, escaping from the cocoon through a small circular aperture. The male is a beautiful insect with two abdominal brushes composed of brittle wax rods produced from groups of pores on the dorsal surface of the sixth and seventh abdominal segments. These brushes are longer than the insect. The observations on the life history have been made from the trees where the material was collected and from branches brought into the laboratory and kept alive in water. The different stages were collected throughout the year. The males appear to issue during autumn and early winter and females with eggs are found during winter and spring. The larve from the eggs of one adult hatch over a considerable period of time. In the laboratory I have had them hatching successively from the same mass of eggs for over six weeks and in the field I found similar conditions. The biology of these insects was admirably written up by Mr. H. G. Hubbard (6) in 1898, but a few more facts can now be added. In the adopous stages no external traces of the legs remain, but the antenne are represented by microscopic chitinous discs bearing a few long and a few short hairs. The pigmented eye spots that disappear on boiling the specimens in KOH, are situated near, but not contiguous to these antennal discs. The insects have ten pairs of spiracles, two pairs on the thorax and eight pairs on the abdomen. Those on the abdomen have large simple openings, and within the body form stigmatal tubes with an anterior constriction in which there are one or two rings of pores according to the instar. The thoracic spiracles have no stigmatal tubes. In the active stages their openings are marked by a small group of pores, and in the apodous stages these pores are wanting. In the successive apodous instars an increasing development of the anal tube is visible and this is one of the means of' distinguishing them. Mr. Hubbard laid stress on the unusual life history of X ylococcus betule Perg. and pointed out many peculiarities of structure, showing parallels to them in several species of Coelostoma Mask. (Coelostomidia Chil.) and of Margarodes Guilding. He sug- gested that these belonged to a hitherto unrecognized sub- family of the Coccide. Since that time Xylococcus and five other genera, Margarodes, Coelostoma, Callipappus, Kuwania 152 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, and Matsucoccus have been placed in a new sub-family Mar- garodine. The common characters of the sub-family are, in the female, the absence of legs and antenne in the intermediate stages and of mouth-parts in the adult, in the adult male, the presence of compound eyes. The following table will assist in the identification of the North American species of Xylococcus. I. In first larval stage one median ventral pore. In apodous stages anal tube without median circles of spinnerets. macrocarpeé Cole. II. In first larval stage more than one median ventral pore. In apodous stages anal tube with median circles of spinnerets. a. Anal tube with one median circle of spinnerets. Five median ventral PIOTES F269 verde kw hus om ee REO AAS RE ee eh We en er betule Perg. b. Anal tube with two median circles of spinnerets. Median pores varying haRONaaN Pa ROWE: yl at ack eg Ga etAVN esdcas del adie Obra} n Beadle oESnrd Shins quercus Ehrh. c. Anal tube with three median circles of spinnerets. Median pores Vayin our OmeOsvOwim cere mii ener pC MARE PRE See alni n. sp. | Xylococcus macrocarpe Cole. Eggs —Length, .55 mm., diameter, .275 mm.; oval, highly polished; colour pale lemon yellow. Larva, first stage—Length about .7 mm., diameter about .3 mm. Color on hatching very pale yellow, later becoming tinged with red. Shape oblong-oval, sides sub-parallel narrowing a little posteriorly. Segments all well defined. Eyes black, situated on prominences lateral and posterior to antenne (Pl. XIV, fig. le). Antennz six-jointed, short, stout; formula 6, 1, 2, 5, (8, 4); joint one stoutest, joints two to five approximately equal in diameter, last joint slender; all joints except three and four bearing hairs that increase in length towards apex; on joint five at base of exterior lateral edge a stout spine; on joint six a ring of four stout spines and a single spine on apex; a very long bristle at apex; a single pore on joint two (Pl. XIV, fig. 1). Legs long and stout; tarsus longer than tibia; a ring of pores, one long hair and one short one on trochanter; digitules on tarsus fine unknobbed hairs, on claw knobbed hairs (Pl. XIV, fig. 2). Rostrum large, situated about middle of body; sucking bristles very long. Anal tube rather short and broad, formed by an extension of the outer walls of a circle of chitinous spinnerets which surround and open into the posterior end of the alimentary canal. Spiracles, two pairs on thorax, eight pairs on abdomen; the former inconspicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes (Pl. XIV, fig. 8). Body with hairs sparsely scattered over cephalic and thoracic areas, and on dorsal and ventral surfaces of abdomen in transverse rows, one on each segment; a pair of backward directed short lateral spines on each abdominal segment; on ventral surface of segment eight single long lateral bristles; pores of three types; a simple median ventral pore anterior to anal tube; compound lateral pores on each thoracic and first seven abdominal segments dorsally and ventrally; small pores as follows—a pair on cephalic area anterior to prothorax, a pair on the mesothorax, a pair on the metathorax, a pair 1917] Pacific Coast Species of Xylococcus 153 on the eighth abdominal segment ventrally; dorsally two pairs on the last two abdominal segments; a single pore adjacent to each abdominal spiracle; in lateral view pores are short chitinous tubes (Pl. XIV, figs. 4a and 4b). Female, second, third and fourth stages —Length from about 1.50 mm. to about 4 mm., breadth from about .75 mm. to about 2mm. Color dark red, posterior end of body brown owing to chitinous nature of last abdominal segments. Shape oblong-oval, bluntly rounded anteriorly; abdominal segments well marked, posterior segments being more compressed than in stage one. Eyes represented by small black pigment spots (disappearing on boiling in KOH), situated near but not contiguous to antennal discs. Antennz represented by microscopic chitinous discs bearing a few hairs varying in length and number. Legs wanting. Rostrum large, situated about middle of body. Anal tube in second stage with an increased number of spinnerets opening into it anteriorly, in third stage with two anterior circles of spinnerets, and in fourth stage with three anterior circles of spinnerets (Pl. XIV, fig. 5). Two pairs of thoracic and eight pairs of abdominal spiracles; the former inconspicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes differing from those of first stage as illustrated (Pl. XIV, figs. 3 and 6), and increas- ing in length in the successive instars; one row of pores in constriction in second and third and two rows in fourth stage. Integument smooth and shining, bearing a few microscopic hairs, and a few lateral abdominal spines. Pores of two types, (Pl. XIV, fig. 7), compound type pre- dominating, distributed irregularly on cephalic and lateral areas and arranged in transverse rows on segments two to seven of abdomen, simple type of pore interspersed among compound type. In successive stages hairs and spines increase in size and pores in number. Pores much more numerous in fourth than in preceding stages, arranged in bands on abdomen, and in all stages increasing in number posteriorly. Female, fifth stage, adult—The adult varies in length from 6 mm. to 3 mm. and in breadth from 3 mm. to 1.50 mm.; measurements of largest and smallest specimens found when moulting were respectively 5 mm. x 2.50 mm. and 3 mm. x 1.50 mm., specimens found with eggs 6 mm. x 3 mm. and 4 mm. x 2 mm. Color when living dark olive brown, with an indistinctly spotted appearance due to dark particles in the body fluid; on ventral surface revolute edges yellow; antennz and legs yellow. Shape oblong-oval, broadest in thoracic region; segments all well defined. Eyes small, black, situated laterad to antenne. Antenne stout, nine-jointed; formula 1, 3, 2, (4, 8, 9), 5, (6, 7); joint one longest and stoutest; joint three longer and more slender than two (division between joints two and three not always clearly defined); joints four, five, eight, and nine sub-equal in length and diameter; segments four to eight widening anteriorly where they bear a fringe of hairs; hairs increasing in length towards apex of antenna; last joint flattened at apex, longer at outer side, bearing a few spines as well as hairs; on joint two a small group of pores varying in number, sometimes absent (Pl. XIV, fig. 8). Legs stout and rather short; tibia twice as long as tarsus; trochanter bearing two long hairs and a group of pores varying 154 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, in number; digitules on tarsus and on claw fine unknobbed hairs (Pl. XIV fig. 9). Rostrum wanting. Anal tube represented by an infolding of the body wall, not strongly chitinized. Two pairs of spiracles on thorax, eight pairs on abdomen; the former inconspicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes with two irregular rows of pores in constriction. Integument covered with short stiff hairs stoutest and most numerous anteriorly; a few short spines at posterior end; pores of two types scattered over body (PI. XIV, fig. 10); on abdomen arranged in indefinite bands; around vaginal opening, which is situated on ventral surface of seventh abdominal segment, they form a dense ring; smaller type of pore predominates. Male, second stage—Not found. Male, third stage—Length about 2.5 mm., breadth about 1 mm. Similar to stage three of female, but pores on body less numerous. Three posterior abdominal segments chitinised. Male, fourth stage—Length about 2.5 mm., breadth about .75 mm. Color dark brownish red; legs light yellow, antenne dark yellow. Shape oblong with sides sub-parallel; posterior end bluntly rounded; segments all well defined. Eyes large, black; situated laterad to antenne. Antenne rather short and stout; formula 1, (2, 3, 9), 8, (4, 5, 7), 6; joint one stoutest, the others gradually diminishing in diameter; joints six to eight broadest anteriorly; nine longer at one side than the other; each joint bearing hairs increasing in length towards apex, terminal joint bearing a few spines as well as hairs; second joint bearing a group of pores varying in number (Pl. XIV, fig. 11). Legs well developed, bearing many stout hairs especially on tibia; tibia almost two and a half times as long as tarsus; trochanter bearing two long hairs and a group of pores varying in number; digitules on tarsus and on claw fine unknobbed hairs (Pl. XIV, fig. 12). Rostrum wanting. Anal tube wanting. Two pairs of spiracles on thorax, eight pairs on abdomen; the former inconspicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes with one row of pores in constriction. Integument covered with microscopic short, sharp hairs, stouter and more numerous on posterior segments; long, stout hairs and pores of one type (Pl. XIV, fig. 13) thickly scattered aver cephalic area; on thorax and abdomen pores arranged in bands segmentally; hairs increasing in number and size posteriorly. Male, fifth stage—Cast skin. Length about 1.75 mm., breadth about .7 mm. Color pinkish red; antenne dusky; legs dark yellow. shape oblong, sides sub-parallel, tapering slightly towards the posterior end; segments all well defined; wing pads reaching end of third abdom- inal segment. Antenne long, nine-jointed; formula 9, 2, 3,.(1, 8), 6, 5, (4, 7); all jomts sub-equal in diameter; without hairs (occasionally a few short hairs present on first joint) (Pl. XIV, fig. 14). Legs long and stout; tarsus about one-third length of tibia with vestigial claw; short hairs present on all joints except tarsus; a group of pores varying in number on trochanter (Pl. XIV, fig. 15). Integument with hairs scattered over cephalic and thoracic areas; on abdomen arranged in 1917] Pacific Coast Species of X ylococcus 155 transverse rows corresponding to segments; a few pores of same type as in stage four (Pl. XIV, fig. 13) interspersed among abdominal hairs; a polygonal protuberance at end of body. Male, sixth stage, adult —‘‘ Length; body 2 mm., width across thorax .8 mm., wings 3 mm. long by 1 mm. broad, expanse about 7 mm.; color of head and thorax dark brown, abdomen yellow, with bands of brown above and below, wings cinereous; veins blackish; only one distinct branch to discoidal vein.’’ (Coleman). Eyes large, prominent and coarsely facetted. Antenne ten-jointed, reaching middle of abdomen; joints one and two short and stout; joint three longest; remaining joints diminishing in length and diameter towards apex; all bearing numerous irregularly distributed fine hairs. Two pairs of wings; front pair cinereous with irregularly reticulate surface; discoidal vein with one distinct branch (tending to disappear in mounted specimens); hind wings very small, bearing three stout hooks at apex (PI. XIV, fig. 16). Legs long, bearing numerous hairs particularly on tibia; tibia nearly twice as long as femur and nearly four times as long as tarsus; tarsus two-jointed, first joint short; digitules fine unknobbed hairs (Pl. XIV, fig. 17). Short fine hairs scattered over integument; on dorsal surface of sixth abdominal segment two groups, each of fifteen pores, on the seventh segment two groups, each of twelve pores (it is from these pores that. the abdominal brush issues); style short and conical, with a broad base; sexual organ as long as abdomen and finely annulated (annulations showing under high power of micro- scope) (Pl. XIV, fig. 18). Xylococcus quercus Ehrh. Eggs—Length .65 mm., diameter .34 mm.; oval, highly polished; color varying from pale orange yellow to light red. Larva, first stage—Length varying from .65 mm. to .75 mm., diameter from .35 mm. to 40mm. Color orange red. Shape broadly oval; segments all well defined. Eyes black, situated on prominences posterior and laterad to antenne (Pl. XIV, fig. 19e). Antenne short, stout; six-jointed; formula 6, 1, 5, 2, 4, 3; joint one stoutest; remaining joints approximately equal in diameter; joints three and four without hairs; hairs on joints one, two, five and six increasing in length towards apex; on joint five at base of exterior lateral edge a stout spine; on joint six a ring of four stout spines near the base and a single spine on the apex, a very long bristle at apex; a single pore, on joint two (Pl. XIV, fig. 19). Legs long and stout; tarsus longer than tibia; a ring of pores and one long hair on trochanter; a few hairs on tibia and tarsus; digitules on tarsus fine unknobbed hairs, on claw knobbed hairs (Pl. XV, fig. 1). Rostrum large, situated about middle of body; sucking bristles very long. Anal tube protruding from body, being an extension of the outer walls of two groups of chitinous spinnerets that open into the posterior end of the alimentary canal. Two pairs of spiracles on thorax, eight pairs on abdomen; the former inconspicuous; the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes (Pl. XIV, fig. 3). Integument smooth and 156 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vobwtay shining, after clearing in KOH seen to be covered with microscopic pits, increasing in size posteriorly; hairs scattered over cephalic and thoracic areas, and on dorsal and ventral surfaces of abdomen in trans- verse rows, one on each segment; a pair of backward directed lateral spines increasing in size posteriorly on each abdominal segment; on ventral surface of segment eight single long lateral bristles; pores of three types—a median ventral row of large pores anterior to anal tube and varying in number from two to four; medium-sized lateral pores on each abdominal segment dorsally and ventrally; small pores as follows: a pair on the mesothorax, a pair on the metathorax, two pairs on each segment of the abdomen ventrally; dorsally a pair on the metathorax, two pairs on the first seven abdominal segments and three pairs on the eighth; in lateral view pores resemble short chitinous tubes (Pl. XIV, figs. 20a and 20b). Female, second, third and fourth stages Length from about 1 mm. to 4 mm., breadth from about 1.75 mm. to about 3 mm. Color deep red, posterior end of body brown owing to chitinous nature of last abdominal segments. Shape sub-spherical; segments not clearly defined; posterior segments more compressed than in stage one. Eyes represented by small black pigment spots (disappearing on boiling in KOH), situated near, but not contiguous to antennal discs. Antenne represented by microscopic chitinous discs bearing a few hairs varying in length and number. Legs wanting. Rostrum large, situated about middle of body. Anal tube in second stage with an increased number of spinnerets opening into it anteriorly and a sparse median transverse circle of spinnerets, in third stage with three anterior circles of spin- nerets and one median transverse circle, in fourth stage with five anterior circles of spinnerets and two median transverse circles (Pl. XIV, fig. 21). Two pairs of thoracic and eight pairs of abdominal spiracles; the former inconspicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes differing from those of first stage as illustrated (Pl. XIV, figs. 3 and 6), and increasing in length in the successive instars; one row of pores in constriction in second and third stages and two rows in fourth stage. Integument smooth and shining; after clearing in KOH seen to be covered with microscopic pits, increasing in size posteriorly; lateral abdominal spines increasing in size posteriorly; a few hairs scattered over body. Pores of two types (Pl. XV, fig. 2)—large pores scattered on anterior cephalic area; a few small lateral pores on thorax, large and small pores arranged in transverse rows on segments one to seven of abdomen. In the successive stages hairs and spines increase in size and pores in number. Pores much more numerous in fourth than in preceding stages, and in all stages increasing in number posteriorly. Female, fifth stage, adult—Length varying from 5.5 mm. to 4 mm., breadth from 4 mm. to 8 mm. Color when living dull brownish red; antenne and legs brighter. Shape oval, broadest in thoracic region, broadly rounded at posterior end; segments all well defined. Eyes small, black; situated laterad to antennae. Antenne long, stout, nine- jointed; formula 1, 9, 2, 3, 6, 4, 7, (5, 8); joints one to four stoutest; 1917] Pacific Coast Species of Xylococcus 135g joints five to eight sub-equal; joint nine slender; on joints one and two hairs scattered, on joints three to eight arranged in a fringe at anterior edge and increasing in length towards apex of antenna; terminal joint bearing a ring of four stout spines, two long hairs and a number of shorter hairs; on joint two a group of pores varying in number (PI. XV, fig. 3). Legs very stout; tibia twice as long as tarsus; trochanter bearing two long, a number of shorter hairs and a group of pores varying in number; digitules on tarsus and on claw fine unknobbed hairs (Pl. XV, fig. 4). Rostrum wanting. Anal tube represented by an infolding of body wall, not strongly chitinised. Two pairs of spiracles on thorax and eight pairs on abdomen; the former inconspicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes bearing two rows of pores in constriction. Integument covered with short hairs, most numerous on dorsal and lateral areas, and on ventral surface of abdomen arranged in transverse rows segmentally; pores of two types (Pl. XV, fig. 5) thickly scattered over cephalic and thoracic areas, and on abdomen arranged in trans- verse bands segmentally, the bands on dorsal surface being broader and more dense than those on ventral surface; around vaginal opening pores become more numerous; smaller type of pore predominates. Male, second stage—Not found. Male, third stage—Similar to stage three of female, but longer and more slender. Pores on body less numerous than on stage three of female; six posterior abdominal segments strongly chitinised. Male, fourth stage—Length 2 mm., breadth 1.3 mm. ‘Color deep red; legs and antenne yellow. Shape oblong, broadest in thoracic region; head and thorax together longer than abdomen; segments all well defined. Eyes small, black, situated laterad to antennze. Antennz rather short and stout; nine-jointed; formula 1, 2, 9, 3, 7, (4, 8), 6, 5; joints one to three stoutest; joints four to eight sub-equal; joint nine slender; hairs on each joint increasing in length towards apex, on joints three to eight forming a fringe at anterior extremity; a few spines as well as hairs borne on terminal segment; on joint two a group of pores varying in number (Pl. XV, fig. 6). Legs well developed, bearing many stout hairs; tibia twice as long as tarsus; trochanter with one long hair and a group of pores varying in number; digitules on tarsus and on claw fine unknobbed hairs (Pl. XV, fig. 7). ‘Rostrum wanting. Anal tube wanting. Two pairs of spiracles on thorax and eight pairs on abdomen; the former inconspicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes with one row of pores in constriction. Integument covered with microscopic short, sharp hairs, stouter and more numerous on posterior segments; long stout hairs and pores of one type (Pl. XV, fig. 8) thickly scattered over cephalic area; on thorax and abdomen these are less numerous and are arranged in bands segmentally; hairs increasing in number and size posteriorly. Male, fifth stage, pupa—Cast skin. Length about 2 mm., breadth about 1 mm. Color of abdomen deep red; thcrax, legs and antenne yellow; in dried specimens pigment is broken up, causing a spotted appearance (Pl. XIII, fig. 7). Shape rather broad and short; head and 158 Annals Entomological Society of America [Walk yee thorax together longer than abdomen; wing pads broad, reaching beyond hind coxe. Antennz long, nine-jointed; formula 1, 3, (4, 5), 9, 6, 2, 7, 8; all joints sub-equal in diameter and distally annulated with white; without hairs (occasionally a few short ones on joint one) (Pl. XV, fig. 9). Legs long and stout, tarsus little more than one-third length of tibia with . vestigial claw; short hairs present on all joints except tarsus; trochanter bearing a group of pores varying in number (Pl. XV, fig. 10). Integu- ment with hairs scattered over cephalic and thoracic areas; on abdomen arranged segmentally in transverse rows; a few pores of same type as in stage four (Pl. XV, fig. 8) interspersed among abdominal hairs; a poly- gonal protuberance at end of body. Male, sixth stage, adult—‘‘About 3 mm. long and 1.5 mm. broad, slightly pubescent. Color of abdomen reddish brown. Mesothorax black, with four raised knobs. Front part of head black, eyes very prominent, strongly facetted, black. Legs and antenne black and very hairy. Ventral surface of abdomen dark brown, segmentation distinct.. Mesosternum black, a small black line on prosternum, and an irregular black patch on metasternum. Abdominal brushes with long stout glassy bristles about 6 mm. long. Style short, stout and conical. Antenne ten-jointed, very hairy, reaching beyond end of abdomen. Joint two shortest, joints three and ten a little longer, and the other joints sub-equal. Each joint with numerous hairs. Wings large, about 3 mm. long and 1 mm. broad, expanse about 7 mm., smoky, slightly pubescent, with the costal space blackish-brown. Halteres resembling small wings with several] hooks. Legs long and very hairy. Femur much shorter than tibia. Tibia about four times as long as tarsus. Digitules fine hairs. Claw long and slender and well curved. Digitules short club-shaped hairs.”’ (Ehrhorn). Xylococcus alni n. sp. No measurements of this insect were taken, because only dried specimens were at hand. Eggs —Color deep lemon yellow. Larva, first stage —Color orange red. Shape broadly oval, segments all well defined. Eyes black; situated on prominences lateral and posterior to antenne (Pl. XV, fig. lle). Antennz short, stout, six- jointed; formula 6, 2, 1, (4, 5), 3; joints one and two stoutest; remaining joints approximately equal in diameter; joints three and four without hairs; hairs on joints one, two, five, and six increasing in length towards apex of antenna; on joint five at base of exterior lateral edge a stout spine; on joint six a ring of four stout spines near the base and a single spine on apex; a very long bristle at apex; a single pore on joint two (Pl. XV, fig. 11). Legs long and stout; tarsus longer than tibia; a ring of pores and one long hair on trochanter; a few hairs on tibia and tarsus; digitules on tarsus fine unknobbed hairs, on claw knobbed hairs (Pl. XV, fig. 12). Rostrum large; situated about middle of body; sucking bristles very long. Anal tube large; formed by an extension of the outer walls of a circle of chitinous spinnerets which surround and open 1917] Pacific Coast Species of X ylococcus 159 into the posterior end of the alimentary canal. Two pairs of spiracles ~ on thorax and eight pairs on abdomen; the former inconspicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes (Pl. XIV, fig. 3). Integument smooth, after clearing in KOH seen to be covered with microscopic pits increasing in size posteriorly; hairs sparsely scattered over cephalic , and thoracic areas, arranged in transverse rows segmentally on dofsal and ventral surfaces of abdomen; a pair of backward directed lateral spines increasing in size posteriorly on each abdominal segment; on ventral surface of segment eight single lateral long bristles; pores of four types—type I, a median ventral row of large pores anterior to anal tube and varying in number from six to seven; type II, medium-sized lateral pores on each abdominal segment dorsally and ventrally; type III, small pores as follows, a pair on the mesothorax and a pair on the metathorax ventrally, dorsally a pair on the metathorax, a pair on first abdominal segment, and two pairs on the succeeding segments; type IV, very small pores on dorsal surface of segments two to eight of abdomen (Pl. XV, figs. 18a and 18b). Female, second, third and fourth stages—Color red, posterior end of body brown, owing to chitinous nature of last abdominal segments. Shape ovoid, broadest in thoracic region, bluntly rounded anteriorly; abdominal segments well marked, posterior segments more compressed than in stage one. Eyes represented by small black pigment spots (disappearing on boiling in KOH), situated near, but not contiguous to antennal discs. Antennze represented by microscopic chitinous discs bearing a few hairs varying in length and number. Legs wanting. Rostrum large, situated about middle of body. Anal tube in second stage with additional anterior spinnerets and a few median spinnerets, in third stage with an increased number of spinnerets, in fourth stage with two anterior circles of spinnerets and three median transverse circles of spinnerets (Pl. XV, fig. 14). Two pairs of thoracic and eight pairs of abdominal spiracles, the former inconspicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes, differing from those of first stage as illustrated (Pl. XIV, figs. 3 and 6), and increasing in length in the suc- cessive instars, one row of pores in constriction in second and third stages and two irregular rows in fourth stage. Integument smooth, after clearing in KOH seen to be covered with microscopic pits increasing in size posteriorly; a few microscopic hairs on lateral areas; a few small lateral spines posteriorly. Pores of two types (Pl. XV, fig. 15); large pores scattered sparsely on cephalic and thoracic areas; on abdomen large and small pores arranged in transverse rows segmentally; small lateral pores scattered on abdomen. In the successive stages hairs and spines increase in size and pores in number. Pores much more numerous in fourth than in preceding stages and arranged in bands segmentally on abdomen. In all stages pores increase in number posteriorly. Female, fifth stage, adult—Color dark red. Shape oblong-oval; segments all well defined. Eyes small, black, laterad to antenne. Antenne long and stout; nine-jointed; formula 1, 9, 2, (8, 7), 5, (4, 6, 8); joints one to three stoutest; joints four to eight sub-equal; joint nine 160 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, slender; hairs on joints one and two irregular, on joints three to eight distributed in a fringe on widest anterior part of segment; on terminal joint hairs and spines; hairs increasing in length towards apex of antenna; on joint two a group of six pores (Pl. XV, fig. 16). Legs stout and short; tibia more than twice as long as tarsus; trochanter, with two long hairs and a group of pores varying in number; hairs on all parts, most numer- ous on tibia; digitules on tarsus and on claw fine unknobbed hairs (Pl. XV, fig. 17). Rostrum wanting. Anal tube represented by an infolding of the body wall and not strongly chitinised. Two pairs of spiracles on thorax and eight pairs on abdomen; the former incon- spicuous, the latter with well developed stigmatal tubes with’ two rows of pores in constriction. Integument covered with hairs, becoming more numerous posteriorly; pores of two types (Pl. XV, fig. 18) densely scattered over cephalic region and less densely over thorax and abdomen; smaller type of pore predominating. Male, second stage—Not found. Male, third stage—Similar to stage three of female; pores less numer- ous than in stage three of female; six posterior abdominal segments strongly chitinised. The fourth, fifth and six stages of the male of this species have not yet been found. This study has been made in the Entomological Laboratory of Stanford University, and there, are preserved the type specimens of Xylococcus alni n. sp. The drawings on Plate XIII and figures three and six on Plate XIV are the work of Mr. W. S. Atkinson. The other drawings were made with a camera lucida, and an oil immersion was used in studying the structure of the wax pores. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1. Cockerell, T. D. A. ‘‘Tables for the Determination of Coccide.’’ Can. Ent., XX XI, p. 275 (1899). 2. Cockerell T. D. A. ‘‘A Contribution to the Classification of the Coccide.”’ The Entom., XXXV, p. 259 (1902). 3. Cockerell, T.D.A. ‘‘The Japanese Coccide.’’ Can. Ent., XLI, p. 55 (1909). 4. Coleman, George A. ‘‘Coccide of the Coniferee. Supplement No. 1, Descrip- tion of two new species.’’ Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XVI, p. 198 (1908). 5. Ehrhorn, Edw. M. ‘‘New Coccide from California.’’ Can. Ent., XXXII, p. 311 (1900). 6. Hubbard, H. G., and Pergande, Th. ‘‘A new Coccid on Birch.’’ Bull. 18, n. s., Dep. Ag., p. 18 (1898). 7. Kuwana, S. I. ‘‘Xylococcus matsumure n. sp.’’. Insect World, IX, 3, March, (1905). 8. Kuwana, S.I. ‘‘Coccide of Japan.’’ Pomona Journ. Ent. & Zoo., VI, p. 1, (1914). 9. Lindinger, Leonhard. ‘‘Die Schildlause (Coccidae).’’ Hamburg, (1912). 0. Loew, Franz. ‘‘Eine neue Cocciden-Art (Xylococcus filiferus).’’ Verh. z.b. Ges., Wien, p. 271, (1882). 11. Maskell, W. M. ‘‘How do Coccids produce Cavities in Plants?’’ Ent. Mon. Mag., XXVI, p. 278, (1890). 12. Signoret, Victor. ‘‘Xylococcus filiferus n. sp.’’ Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6), I, p. CLXXXV (1882). 1917] Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. ye oe bol REN aeond 3 Mae SO OO ee eee, peer NO Pacific Coast Species of Xylococcus 161 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XII. . Xylococcus macrocarpe Cole. on Monterey Cypress, showing filaments. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh. on Quercus chrysolepis, showing filaments. Position of Xylococcus macrocarpe Cole. under bark. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh., adult females. PLATE CL. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh., fourth stage of female. Position of Xylococcus quercus Ehrh., bark removed. Pits of Xylococcus alnin. sp., insects removed. a, dorsal; b, ventral. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh., first larval stage. X ylococcus macrocarpe Cole., adult female, a dorsal; b, ventral. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh., adult female showing egg-mass. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh., pupa of male insect. X ylococcus macrocarpe Cole., adult male. ’ PLATE XIV. Xylococcus macrocarpe Cole. Antenna of first larval stage; e, eye. Leg of first larval stage. Abdominal stigmatal tube of first larval stage. Posterior segments of abdomen of first larval stage, showing spines, pores, anal tube, and stigmatal tubes; a, dorsal; b, ventral. Anal tube of fourth stage of female; a, alimentary canal; b, anterior spinnerets; dd, posterior stigmatal tubes. Abdominal stigmatal tube of fourth stage of female, showing two rows of pores in constriction. Body pores of apodous stages of female. Antenna of adult female. Leg of adult female. Body pores of adult female. Antenna of fourth stage male. Leg of fourth stage male. © Body pore of fourth and fifth stages of male. Antenna of pupa of male. Leg of pupa of male. Hind wing of adult male. Leg of adult male. ? Posterior end of body of adult male; al, groups of pores; a2, pore enlarged; b, sexual organ. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh. Antenna of first larval stage; e, eye. Posterior segments of abdomen of first larval stage, showing spines, pores, anal tube, and stigmatal tubes; a, dorsal; b, ventral. Anal tube of fourth stage of female; a, alimentary canal; b, anterior spinnerets; c, median spinnerets; dd, posterior stigmatal tubes. 162 Fig. — Se Oe eek resem RoE Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, PLATE XV. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh. Leg of first larval stage. Body pores of apodous stages of female. Antenna of adult female. Leg of adult female. Body pores of adult female. Antenna of fourth stage male. Leg of fourth stage male. Body pore of fourth and fifth stages of male. Antenna of pupa of male. Leg of pupa of male. Xylococcus alni n. sp. Antenna of first larval stage; e, eye. Leg of first larval stage. Posterior segments of abdomen of first larval stage, showing spines, pores, anal tube, and stigmatal tubes; a dorsal; b, ventral. Anal tube of fourth stage of female; a, alimentary canal; b, anterior spinnerets; c, median spinnerets; dd, posterior stigmatal tubes. Body pores of apodous stages of female. Antenna of adult female. Leg of adult female. : Body pores of adult female. ANNALS E.S. A. VOL. X, PLATE XII. Laura Florence. ANNALS E. S.A. VOL. X, PEATE XSI: Laura Florence. ANNALS E. S. A. VoL. X, PLATE XIV. If | fo; af \ lu ii nt i 2 i TS ¢ = KS = nS ~ — = =—8 Laura Florence. VOL. X, PLATE XV. ANNALS E.S. A. Laura Florence. SIX NEW SPECIES OF MALLOPHAGA FROM NORTH AMERICAN MAMMALS. By E. A. McGrecor, Bureau of Entomology. Trichodectes kingi n. sp. Two females (Bishopp No. 2464) from weasel, Putorius sp., (Florence, Mont., June 16, 1910, coll. W. V. King), female and immature specimens (Bishopp No. 3181) from weasel (Florence, Mont., April 21, 1914, coll. H. P. Wood), and five females (Bishopp No. 3219) from weasel (Florence, Mont., April 18, 1914, coll. H. P. Wood). This species is nearest T. retusus N. and T. minutus Paine. The former is from Mustela vulgaris and M. erminea, and the latter from Putorius noveboracensis. It differs materially from T. retusus in the entire absence of spines on the dorsal portion of the abdominal segments. It differs from 7. minutus in the more elongate head, in the absence of dorsal abdominal spines, and in the rather distinct transverse, abdominal blotches. Description of Female—Total length, 1.139 mm.; length of head, .305 mm.; length of prothorax, .0S mm.; length of metathorax, .059 mm.; length of abdomen, .694 mm.; width of head across temples, .82 mm.; width of prothorax, .29 mm.; width of metathorax, .36 mm.; width of abdomen, .48 mm. Head slightly wider than long, rather abruptly narrowed anteriorly, with a very distinct median emargination, and produced into a prominent trabecula-like process just before each antenna. Antennal sinuses of considerable longitudinal span, but very shallow. Ocular projections not prominent. Temple margins diverge slightly posteriorly and meet the occipital margin without an angle. Occipital margin of one even, rotundate curve from temple to temple. Antennal bands not decidedly distinct, separated from each other anteriorly by a rather wide, clear area, continued faintly across the antennal bases to the ocular blotch which is very distinct. A small triangular, posterior-pointing flap projects dorsally at the hind end of the distinct portion of the antennal bands. Occipital bands broad and distinct at their bases, continued narrower and fainter tb the ocular blotches. Underlying bands are visible, extending from the bases of the occipital bands to the mandibles. Four short hairs occur on each anterior margin between the median emargination and the trabecule, one weak hair arises from the eye and one immediately behind this, two long hairs at the temporal prominence, and three weak hairs between the latter and the prothorax. Antenne of average size, about reaching the posterior margin of the head; the three segments of about equal length. 167 168 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Thorax about three times as broad as long. Prothorax lenticular in outline, with the posterior margin very slightly convex. Four weak spines distributed along the lateral margin. Metathorax at first abruptly diverging, than as abruptly converging, with a wide, angulated emargination medially. A very short spine at each posterior lateral angle, a long hair just behind this, and a similar hair midway on the converging margins. Legs normal. Abdomen subquadrate in outline, widest on the third segment. Segments 1 to 6 with rather well defined plates at the lateral borders. Each of the twelve plates with a hair near the posterior angle. First segment devoid of spines. Second segment with a spine at each lateral border. ‘Third to fifth segments each with a lateral group of three spines. Sixth and seventh segments each with a lateral group of four spines. Eighth segment with a transverse row of six spines, and with six spines on the posterior margin—three on either side of the center. Segment eight slightly, and segment nine deeply emarginate medially. Segments two to seven each with a spiracle at the lateral margins. Transverse spines lacking on segments one to seven, inclusive. Trichodectes floridanus n. sp. Four females (McGregor, No. 9878) from dog, Monticello, Fla., November 26, 1913, coll. H. B. Scammell. This species is nearest T. latus N., also of the dog, but is clearly distinct through the nature of the antenne, the female appendages, the shape and markings of head, the shape of the thorax, and in the presence of the prominent spiracles on the prothorax. Description of Female—Total length, 1.5 mm.; length of head, 37 mm.; length of prothorax, .1385 mm.; length of metathorax, .083 mm. ; length of abdomen, .915 mm.; width of head between eyes, .551 mm.; width of prothorax, .405 mm.; width of metathorax, .488 mm.; width of abdomen, .811 mm. Head just half again as wide as long, with a wide, shallow emargi- nation anteriorly, and with the usual trabecula-like process just before each antenna. Antennal sinuses distinct, but not deep. Octlar projections distinct, but not prominent. Temporal margins commence to converge immediately behind the eyes, and meet the occipital margin with an obtuse curvature. Occipital margin rather concave for nearly the entire width of the prothorax. Antennal bands scarcely dis- cernible, reduced to faint, linear spots at the posterior ends of’ the clypeal margins which are the darkest portions of the head. A crescent- shaped spot of about the color of the antennal bands occurs just inside each of the antennal sinuses. Occipital bands entirely lacking. Five short hairs occur on each of the clypeal margins, a similar hair occurs at the base of each trabecula just over which a longer hair arises, one short hair arises from each eye and one immediately behind this, two longish hairs near the temporal angle, three weak spines on each side 1917] New Species of Mallophaga 169 near the junction of the head and prothorax, and a long hair just mediad of these. Antennz joints of nearly equal thickness, but with the third nearly equal in length to the other two. Thorax about two and one-third times as wide as long. Prothorax rather lenticular in outline, with the median portion of the hind margin decidedly convex. A weak spine on each side at the outer ends of the anterior margin, and a stronger hair on each lateral margin just over the conspicuous, protruding spiracles, and a long hair on each side near the hind margin midway between the median line and the lateral border. Metathorax with rather abruptly converging sides, the conspicuously concave posterior margin forming nearly right angles with the lateral borders. A very short spine at each anterior lateral angle, three long hairs arising behind these so that bases form curves bending backward and inward from the spines at the angles. About eight hairs arise along the median part of the concave margin. , Legs conventional. Abdomen widely oval in outline, broadest on the second and third segments. First segment with a series of eight or nine hairs at the anterior margin medially, and with four or five spines along the lateral margin. Segments one to six, inclusive, with a stiff hair near each posterior lateral angle, and segments one to seven, inclusive, each with a transverse series of from sixteen to twenty four dorsal spines. Segments two to seven, inclusive, with a rather distinct spiracle on each lateral margin. Terminal segment rather deeply emarginate medially, with a central cluster of four dorsal spines, a transverse series of four weak spines, and a longer spine at the middle of each lateral border. Trichodectes thomomyus n. sp. Two females and one male (Bishopp No. 2604) from Thomomys sp., Jefferson, Colo., May 7, 1912, C. Birdseye, coll., and one immature specimen (Bishopp No. 2606) from the same host and locality, May 12, 1912. This species is most nearly allied with 7. geomydis Osb., from which it is easily distinguished by the absence of a process on the second joint of the female antennze which are inserted before the middle of head; the straight, truncate hind margin of head; and by the shape of the metathorax. Description of Female—Total length, 1.111 mm.; length of head, 314 mm.; length of prothorax, .0887 mm.; length of metathorax, .0418 mm.; length of abdomen, .68 mm.; width of head across temples, .898 mm.; width of prothorax, .298 mm.; width of metathorax, .387 mm.; width of abdomen, .586 mm. Head nearly a third again as wide as long, with a distinct, some- what V-shaped median emargination, produced into stout, trabecula- like processes just before each antenna. Antennal sinuses only fairly deep, but of considerable longitudinal span. Ocular projections lacking. Temple margins at first are nearly parallel, but at their midpoints bend abruptly inward and meet the occipital margin at an obtuse angle. 170 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Occipital margin almost a straight line. Antennal bands distinct, of moderate width, separated from each other at the front of head by the rather wide clear area coincident with the ample emargination at the borders of which they bend sharply backward for a short distance. Antennal bands continue clearly across the bases of the antennz to the very distinct ocular blotches at which points they are continuous with the clearly defined occipital bands. Faint underlying bands extend from the bases of the occipital bands convergingly toward the mandibles. A broad band borders the occiput between the occipital bands. Five short hairs on each margin between the anterior emargination and trabecule, two on each side at the anterior border of the antennal sinus, one just within the posterior angle of antennal sinus, three longer hairs along the posterior half of temples, and eight weak spines on the dorsal surface of head. Antenne rather stout, of three subequal joints, none of which possess a projecting process. Thorax about three times as broad as long. Prothorax very short as compared to breadth. Sides divergent to posterior margin, which is somewhat 3-faceted. A strong spine at the posterior lateral angles and one near each end of the middle facet. Metathorax shorter than the prothorax and broader, the latera] border projecting on each side as a sharply rounding prominence, and with a wide, deep posterior median emargination. Three hairs set closely near the lateralmost portions and a transverse row of four stronger spines. Legs relatively short and stout. Abdomen oval in outline, one-fifth longer than wide, widest on second segment. Segments one to three with pointed lateral plates which are directed inward and backward. Each lateral plate with a series of about five longish spines. First segment with two spines within the thoracic emargination, four or five short spines along the lateral margin, and a transverse series of about eighteen spines. Second segment with a series on each side—just inside the lateral plates—of about four weak spines, and a transverse row of about eighteen longer spines. Segment three with a transverse row of about seventeen long spines. Segment four with a transverse row of about thirteen spines, and on each side a series of about five spines. Segment five with about twenty-one spines in a transverse series. Segment six with a trans- verse series of about thirty spines. Seventh segment with three long spines at each posterior lateral angle, and a series of four placed medially. Segment eight with a transverse series of six long spines. Terminal segment subconical, sharply emarginate, and with four slender hairs subterminally. Seventh segment with a pair of chitinized, lateral female appendages. Head of male a trifle wider relatively than that of female; anterior emargination deeper and more acute; antennal sinuses deeper; anterior angle of temple much more rounded; occipital margin somewhat concave. 1917] New Species of Mallophaga 171 Trichodectes monticolus n. sp. Six females and two males (Bishopp No. 6837) from skunk, Topaz, Calif., September 15, 1916, coll. J. L. Webb. This species, from the California Sierras, is nearest T. mephitidis Osb. from which it differs as follows: FEMALE.— A fairly well-developed angle at point of junction of temples with occiput; hairs on front of head; lateral borders of meta- thorax strongly converging, posterior border widely and deeply excavated. MALE.—Frontal emargination represented merely by a transparent spot; antenne with basal joint not greatly longer than third, a pair of angulated processes on the basal and second joints at the dividing suture which are opposed to one another, terminal joint with a blunt spur on posterior margin near base; antennal sinuses more deeply excavated; temporal lobes more prominent. . Description of Female—Total length, 1.07 mm.; length of head, .313 mm.; length of prothorax, .062 mm.; length of metathorax, .038 mm; length of abdomen, .665 mm.; width of head across temples, .380 mm.; width of prothorax, .280 mm.; width of metathorax, .313 mm.; width of abdomen, .541 mm. Head about one-fifth wider than long, rather generally rounded anteriorly, with a small but distinct median emargination, and with the usual trabecula-like flaps before each antenna. Antennal sinuses rather shallow. Ocular projections prominent. Temporal margins parallel one another for a short distance behind eyes, but soon converge to meet the occipital margin at an obtuse angle. Starting at these angles the occipital margin on either side first curves inward and then bends back again to form a strong median convexity. Antennal bands rather broad and very distinct, anteriorly bending abruptly at an acute angle to form expanded, backward-pointing bars which inclose a clear area behind the emargination, and continued distinctly across the antennal bases to the well-defined ocular blotch. A semicircular, hyaline flap projects backward, dorsally, just within that portion of the antennal bands lying abreast of the trabecule. Occipital bands at their bases broad and distinct, continued narrower and fainter about half way to the ocular blotches. Underlying bands are visible extending from the bases of the occipital bands to the mandibles. Five weak hairs occur on each anterior margin between the frontal emargination and the trabeculz, one weak hair arises from the rear of the eye, five short hairs occur along the temporal margin, and one long hair arises on each side at the temporal-occipital angle. Antenne of average size, the last joint the longest, but with no marked difference between them. Thorax three and one-third times as wide as long. Prothorax sub-rectangular, with posterior margin slightly convex. A weak spine 172 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, at the posterior lateral angle, another just within the anterior angle, and a long spine arises on each side midway to the center. Metathorax at first abruptly diverging for a very short distance, and then as abruptly converging with a concave-bordered excavation medially. A short spine at the lateralmost points, three long spines along the converging sides, and eight longish spines along the border of the emargination. Legs normal. Abdomen oval in outline, widest on the third and fourth segments. First segment with six short spines along each lateral margin, a series of eight across that part within the metathoracic excavation, and about twenty-two in a transverse series along the hind margin. Segments two to seven, inclusive, with transverse rows of spines as follows: Segment two, twenty-six spines; segment three, twenty-seven spines; segment four, twenty-two spines; segment five, eighteen spines; segment six, twenty spines (of very uneven length); segment seven, fourteen spines. Segment eight with a long hair within each of the chitinized appendages (arising from the seventh segment), and two weak hairs near the posterior tip. Male—Head one-third again as wide as long; antennal sinuses much deeper than those of female, and are nearly filled by the ample trabecula-like processes; temples narrower but more prominent; anterior median emargination represented merely by a transparent V-shaped spot. Antenne with basal joint swollen; a pair of pincer-like processes on the basal and second joints opposed to one another across the dividing suture; last joint with an obtuse-angled spur on inner margin near base. Trichodectes scleritus n. sp. Numerous females and immature individuals (McGregor No. 4321) from gopher, Florida. This species is somewhat intermediate between T. geomydis Osb. and T. californicus Chapm., probably nearest the former as figured by Kellogg and Ferris. Very distinct through the following characters: Hooked trabecule; presence of posterior prominence on second and third antennal joints; conspicuous lateral sclerites on first to fifth abdominal segments, inclusive. Description of Female—Total length, 1.04 mm.; length of head, .284 mm.; length of prothorax, .092 mm.; length of metathorax, .042 mm; length of abdomen, .625 mm.; width of head across temples, .412 mm. ; width of prothorax, .298 mm.; width of metathorax, .341 mm.; width of abdomen, .575 mm. Head almost half again as wide as long, generally rounded anteriorly with a conspicuous, semicircular median emargination, and produced into a hooked trabecula-like appendage at the base of the antenne. Antennal sinuses moderately deep and wide. . Ocular projections not very prominent. Temple margins diverge little, and soon curve convergingly to meet the occipital margin, forming with it rather 1917] New Species of Mallophaga 173 prominent lobes. Occiput very slightly convex. Antennal bands not very distinct, separated from one another anteriorly by the ample emargination at the sides of which they bend abruptly backward as darker bars; continued faintly across the antennal bases to the fairly distinct ocular blotch. Occipital bands barely discernible, paling to invisibility half way to the ocular blotches. Underlying bands are seen extending from the bases of the occipital bands to the base of mandibles at which point occurs on each side a small dark blotch. Three hairs arise from the front margin on each side of the median emargination, two arise midway to the trabecule, three just before the antennz, two on each side from clear areas just within the clypeal margin, a hair arises from the eye, four occur along the temple, one at each lateral end of the occipital margin, and six weak hairs occur near the central portion of the dorsal aspect. Antenne of generous dimensions, the second and third joints with posterior prominences. Thorax two and two-thirds as broad as long. Prothorax trape- zoidal, the sides diverging posteriorly, with slightly convex posterior margin. A short spine at the posterior lateral angle, and four weak hairs near the middle. Metathorax with conspicuous lateral extensions, then abruptly converging to the evenly concave posterior margin. Two shortish spines on the lateral wings, a long hair just behind these, and a transverse series of six long hairs. Legs about as usual. Abdomen oval in outline, widest on the third segment. Segments one to five inclusive with conspicuous lateral plates. Plates I with three marginal spines and one dorsal spine; plates II with two marginal and three dorsal spines; plates III with three marginal and two dorsal spines; plates IV with three marginal and one dorsal spine; plates V with three long submarginal hairs. Segment one with two median spines just behind the thoracic border, and with a transverse series of about eleven spines. Segment two with a transverse series of about fourteen spines. Segment three with a transverse series of about eighteen spines. Segment four with a transverse series of about seven- teen spines. Segment five with about fifteen spines in a transverse series. Segment six with a transverse row of about seventeen spines. Segment seven with four long hairs near the posterior lateral angle and two near the middle. Segment eight with a lateral series at each side of three spines each just within the female appendages, and with six weaker ones near the notched tip. Trichodectes odocoilei n. sp. Three females (Bishopp No. 2468) from White-tailed deer (Odocotileus virginianus macrourus), Lolo Hot Springs, Mont., June 23, 1910, coll. W. V. King. This species agrees fairly well with 7. tibialis Piag. as figured by Morse and by Osborn, but it is very distinct from the original description and figure of Piaget, especially in the following characters: Point of insertion of antenne; front of 174 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, head not with ‘‘multitude”’ of hairs as Piaget states for tibialis; shape of thorax (especially metathorax); general outline of abdomen; character of abdominal blotches; the distribution of dorsal spines; and in the markings on the eighth and ninth abdominal segments. Description of Female-——Total length, 1.72 mm.; length of head, 492 mm.; length of prothorax, .102 mm.; length of metathorax, .102 mm.; length of abdomen, 1.025 mm.; width of head across temples, .471 mm.; width of prothorax, .869 mm.; width of metathorax, .480 mm.; width of abdomen, .5383 mm. Head slightly longer than wide, unusually elongate, truncate anter- iorly by a wide, shallow emargination, and-produced into the trabecula points just before the antenne. Antennal sinuses shallow. Ocular projections quite noticeable. Temple margins at first parallel one another, then curve abruptly inward to the occipital margin with which they do not form angles. The occiput is nearly straight, but slight emarginations occur just mediad of the bases of the occipital bands. Antennal bands broad and distinct, bending abruptly inward just before the bases of the antennee and not continued to the inconspicuous ocular blotch, bent directly backward at the lateral angles of the anterior emargination, forming bars which reach to the mandible bases. A backward-pointing triangular plate which is narrowly cleft to the apex fills the space between the truncated front and the mandibles. Occipital bands narrow and faint, paling before reaching the antennal bands. Between the bases of the occipital bands are a pair of sharply recurved blotches. Two short hairs occur on the truncate front, two at each of the frontal angles, seven along the outer margin of the antennal bands, five on the temples, eight in a curving row in front of the man- dibles, and a dozen disposed dorsally on the posterior half of the head. Antenne long, slender, the second joint the longest, the third slightly curving. ; Thorax twice as broad as long. Prothorax roughly rectangular, with posterior margin slightly convex with a weak median concavity. A conspicuous spiracle at each lateral border. A weak spine just before each spiracle, a similar one at each posterior lateral angle, and a pair near the middle of the segment. Metathorax with sides first diverging and ten parallel, posterior margin running slightly forward to form an obtuse-angled emargination. A short spine at each posterior lateral angle, and ten along the posterior border of which four are long and six short. Legs conventional. Abdomen with sides sub-parallel, widest on third segment. Seg- ments two to seven, inclusive, with conspicuous lateral spiracles. Segments one to seven, inclusive, with dusky, transparent blotches which are separated from the lateral bands of similar color by narrow, clear spaces. Segment eight with a pair of smoky, elliptical blotches. Segments one to six, inclusive, with a short hair in front of the posterior lateral angles; segment seven with a longer hair at the angles. Seg- 1917] New Species of Mallophaga LD ments one to seven, inclusive, each with a transverse series of short spines as follows: Segment one, seventeen spines; segment two, twenty-one spines; segment three, seventeen spines; segment four, sixteen spines; segment five, sixteen spines; segment six, eighteen spines (two at each side longer); segment seven, ten spines (one at each side longer). The eighth segment with a transverse series of six spines, the outer two of which are long, and with four arising at the tip which is sharply notched. All of the abdominal spines arising from clear pustulations. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XVI. Fig. 1. Female of Trichodectes monticolus n. sp. Fig. 2. Head of male of Trichodectes monticolus n. sp. Fig. 3. Left leg III of female of Trichodectes floridanus n. sp. (viewed ventrally). Fig. 4. Left leg III of female of Trichodectes monticolus n. sp. (viewed ventrally). Fig. 5. Female of Trichodectes floridanus n. sp. Fig. 6. Antenna of male of Trichodectes monticolus n. sp. PuaTeE XVII. Fig. 1. Female of Trichodectes kingi n. sp. Fig. la. Antenna of female of Trichodectes kingi n. sp. Fig. 2. Female of Trichodectes thomomyus n. sp. Fig. 3. Head of male of Trichodectes thomomyus n. sp. Fig. 4. Right leg III of female of Trichodectes thomomyus n. sp. (viewed ventrally). Fig. 5. Female of Trichodectes scleritus n. sp. Fig. 6. Right leg II of female of Trichodectes kingi n. sp. Fig. 7. Female of Trichodectes odocoileis n. sp. The drawings have been made through the employment of the camera lucida with little attempt to restore symmetry. ANNALS E.S. A. VoL. X, PLATE XVI. 2 srs ot Mi) eel A E. A. McGregor. ANNALS E. S.A. Vou. X, PLATE XVII. ca UMN IN MM, E. A. McGregor. HIBERNATION: A PERIODICAL PHENOMENON. By J. P. BAUMBERGER, Bussey Institution. Hibernation may be defined as the quiescent condition characteristic of many organisms during winter. A number of investigators have studied the phenomenon for the plant and animal kingdoms and have assembled a large mass of facts as to the physiological conditions and the habits of hibernating organisms. The studies have also included the causes of this quiescence and a number of hypotheses have been proposed. Confining ourselves to insects the most commonly proposed hypothesis is that low temperature or low mean temperature is conducive to hibernation. In a previous paper! the author analysed an amount of temperature data with reference to the date of hibernation of the Codling Moth and showed that in the cases studied a marked lowering of average temperature or a very low temperature did not immediately precede the date of hibernation. The author has during the past two years carried on some experiments with the banana fly (Drosophila melano- gaster Meigen) with the object of determining whether or not a hibernating period could be established by the stimulus of low temperatures. In this experiment eggs, larvae, pupe and adults of the same parents were kept in the ice box and in the greenhouse. TABLE I. PupaL PERIOD. | Numb : | Number D i | ae Number Days in Ice Box| Temp. | ee ee hte oe Temp. 370 10 41-43° F. | 8.43 | 58-86° F 340 0 41-43° F. | 9.09 | 58-86° F | | The proceedure was as follows: pupz were placed in the ice box for ten days and then removed to the green house. At the date of removal pupz which had just formed were also placed in the greenhouse. The periods of time that elapsed before emergence of the adults was then compared. The results show 179 180 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, that a persistent quiescent condition was in no case brought about by this treatment. Larve and adults after twenty days in ice box were immediately activated by high temperature. Formula for Caleulating Solutions. Me —— a«wl desired b =(spgt Hs5d4)-/0 c + Sp.gr desired. ‘ x = vot. HaSby SOLUTION of HaSOy i ic = SS i> GRAVITY SPECIFIC E ae a a ee J 5 & ? VAPOR TENSION FIGURE 1 In order to avoid confusion it would be well to state, at this point, that in general hibernation in insects is characterized by. quiescence which persists for sometime after the temperature has risen or continues through periods of high temperature. In many cases the phenomenon manifests itself before the temper- 1917] Hibernation: A Periodical Phenomenon 181 ature falls. In this case the condition can be recognized by a pause in feeding and in growth. The Codling Moth has already been cited as an example of this peculiarity. It might also be said that the food of the insect has not become less available at this period. Other common insects which hibernate as larve at a definite date irrespective of low temperatures are the Woolly Bear (Isia isabella) and an Arctiid (Apantesis nais). This “‘habit’’ was studied in 1915, especially with reference to its independence of stimulii from relative humidity. The proceedure was as follows: Different relative humidities were maintained by solutions of H2SO; of various sp. gr. as suggested by Woodworth? and which I calculated from figures given by Richards.* I have plotted the curve below from Richard's figures and used the formula accompanying it in the Volume calculations. (Figure 1). The solutions (200 cc.) were placed in battery jars (capacity 2000 cc.) with broad ground edges, which were vasalened and covered with a glass plate. Inside these battery jars, supported over the H:SO, by square glass dishes, were placed glass jars with a covering of cloth net in which the caterpillars were kept. Food was introduced daily into the jar and the sulphuric acid solution was changed every two weeks. The effects of different humidities was very apparent on the food introduced. In this work, due to the variation in temperature the humidity of any bottle also varied, but this change being equal in each - bottle, the difference between bottles remained uniform. The moisture absorbed from food and insects by the H.SOx, is a source of error but not a great one. The data derived from these experiments are shown in tables II and ITI. x1/20—x1/27 x1/27—x1/29 x1 /29-x11/2 x11/2—x11/7 x11/7-x11/9 x11/9-x11/11 182 Annals Entomological Society of America [Volt at5 TABLE II. APANTESIS NAIs. No. of Experiment..| 9 11 12 | 13 14 15 16 17 27 IDE gs (ahi Spee ais x/7 Kile | exe | Kf UA SKC PRE | ee I eM Bhs. 4 / Number Specimens..| 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Vapor tention.......| 9. 15. BG 13.5 | 11. 5 | 13.8 S| ales (15. =saturation) No. molted skins....| 13 15 12 10 eRe 10 14 me ee Date stopped feeding} x1/1 | x1/4 | x1/4 | *x1/29) x1/16| x/18 | x1/4 | x/16 | x/16 Date of first death..| x1/1 | x1/1 | x/14 | x11/2| x1/4 | x/14| x/4 | x/14 | x/14 2nd Humidity...... 13.8 | 5.6) 15. 15. 15. 15. 5, 64" los) dnckan (vapor tention) Daterce scope ee x1/11} x1/11| x1/11| x11/4| x1/27| x/18 | x1/11] x/18 hare PS AEE UP ce ne elheie eee at ab ieeah oe aay aL eee cal emeteeee Fa fltsse lesa aye x/18 Ke Dol pote want. See rcemne es eee Date Death ee x1/20| xi/til s1/iél......\ 2. wot | et/iel xyet| oe Wate not atime. .c)|ak t= toon ae pea Ptr, oP | EE oe: x1/4 ges TABLE III. III-88. Sixteen specimens of Isis isabella caterpillars. DATE VAPOR TENTION BEHAVIOR not eating, 1 molt. “ “ “ Table III shows a great regularity in the date at which the caterpillars at the different humidities ceased feeding. This date can be considered as the beginning of hibernation, as no feeding took place later than this and all molting and meta- morphosis ceased. Since these larve were exposed to a high temperature and had abundant fresh food present it is apparent that high temperature, abundant food and any relative humidity is not sufficient stimulus to overcome the ‘‘tendency”’ of the 1917] Eibernation: A Periodical Phenomenon 183 insects to hibernate. Table IV gives further support to this conclusion and also indicates that various successive treatments with different humidities are also of no avail. Death was not due to poisoning of the larve by fumes given off from H2SOu,, for Noctua unipuncta moths were reared from first stage larvee ati vapor tentions’ 3.4, 9.0,;L4:, 13.5, 15.0. Since larvee before experiencing winter go into a hibernating condition from which various combinations of the three stimulii high temperature humidity and food cannot ‘‘arouse’’ them, we must conclude that this quiescence is predetermined. The practice of collectors and the experiments of Weissmann,' have shown that a period of low temperature makes it possible to activate hibernating insects by high temperature. Kirby and Spence’ have suggested that this predetermination is instinctive as they observed that before winter insects suddenly at a definite date, independent of weather conditions, start an excited search for winter shelters. This ‘‘instinct’”’ has probably been noticed by every collector of insects. However, this ‘“‘instinct,’’ if not directed by any external stimulus is rather hard to explain in cases where a summer and a winter generation occur. Pictet® studied the Lasiocampa quercus and Dendrolimus larve which hibernate before the temperature has lowered. In the case of Lasiocampa quercus, the adult emerges in July, but larve appear in August and hibernate, beginning again to develop in Spring and pupating in June-July. By keeping the larve on ice it was possible to cause them to pupate in May. Continued selection of precocious larve for six gen- erations decreased the length of larval life from 245 to 112 days. The pupal period was lengthened sufficiently to make up for the difference. Similar experiments with Dendrolimus pini gave a second generation and no persistence of the normal cycle. Pictet believes that this difference is due to the fact that Lasciocampa quercus feeds on the leaves of deciduous trees, while Dendrolimus pint feeds on the leaves of evergreen trees. We have seen that certain insects have a definite periodical hibernation which is hereditary. This quiescence can only be _ overcome by a certain period of low temperature and the organisms then by a compensatory lengthening of the next stage regains its normal rhythm. Other insects are more plastic and instead of showing a definite period of hibernation, merely remain quiescent during periods of low temperature and 184 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, are active immediately after the temperature is raised. Such insects can be reared all the year round in the greenhouse and may be exemplified by Drosophila, Noctua unipuncta, the cockroaches, Musca domestica and others. In fact, we have every degree of development of this periodicity. The factors which have determined the variability of this characteristic may be seen from a survey of some insect life histories. These factors are of three kinds: ah 1. Climate—As there is no cold period in the tropics, insects do not hibernate there. This lack of periodicity persists in insects introduced into the temperate regions. This is probably the case with Drosophila which cannot be induced to hibernate. 2. Food—lInsects which feed upon materials constantly available do not show a definite periodicity. Thus the house fly female will oviposit at any time of the year when the temperature is appropriate. Pictet has pointed out that insects which feed on evergreen trees are not as rhythmical in their hibernation as those which feed on deciduous trees. 3. Exposures—The degree to which insects are each year exposed to the conditions of winter may also determine the elasticity of their periodicity. Thus the Woolly Bear, which hibernates under stones in rather an exposed condition, has a definitely established period of hibernation, whereas the Army Worm, which hibernates deep in the earth, is less exposed to the effects of winter and hence hibernates only upon direct stimulus. These three factors may also determine the stage or stages in which different species of insects hibernate. The data on life histories contained in Judeich and Nitsche? are more available than any others, because the life cycles of different species are tabulated in a system of which I show a modification below. This method makes it possible to record scattered observations on different stages of the life cycle of an insect and finally to read the whole history at a glance. It would be a great advance if a repository for such data could be established at some university or other institution. LEPIDOPTERA : Phycis tumidella Zk. Jan. | Feb. Oct. | Nov. May |.June | July | Aug. | Sept. Dec. FS LLL | PPP | AAA | EEE BEE | BEE PEE. EEE Mar. | April EEE | EEE | EEL | LLL Dist.—Mid. Europe, S. France. Larve—Skeletonize oak leaves, from one side only, working in a tunnel under roof of pes. of leaves. Pupze—In cocoon under ground. Judeich u. Nitsche, 1895, p. 1060. Symbols A, E, L, P stands for adult, egg, larva and pupa respectively. 1917] _ Hibernation: A Periodical Phenomenon 185 HYMENOPTERA Lophyrus pint L. Jan. | Feb. | Mar. April) May | June July | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov.| Dec. | PPP | Ppp | ppP | PAA) | ppp | ppp | ppP | PAA| 1 ppp | ppp | ppP | PAA| 2’ | Symbols as above with addition of ‘‘p’’ for prepupa and numbers for alternating generations and ttalicized to indicate injurious period. This method of tabulation is more easily read and used than the system some- times employed by the U. S. Bureau in which a circle represents the whole year and different stages occupy sectors or are shown by spiral lines. Ina life cycle that extended over several years, such a method would lead to endless complications. For the Tortricids of European forests we find by compilation that those species which feed on the outside of the tree hibernate in a resistant stage that is, as eggs or pupa—whereas those which feed on the inside (protected places) of the tree hibernate as larve. TABLE IV. SPECIES FEEDING HABIT HIBERNATING STAGE Tortrix pinicolana Zl. Outside on needles of Larch Egg murinana Hbn. Outside on needles of White Fir Egg rufimitrana H.Sch.| Outside on needles of White Fir Egg viridana L. Outside on leaves of Oak Egg buoliana Schiff. | Inside bud of Pine Larva nigricana H. Sch. | Inside bud of Fir Larva tedella Cl. Inside needles of Pine . Larva duplicana Zett. Inside twigs of Pine Larva pactolana Z11. Inside twigs of Pine Larva turionana Hbn. Inside buds of Scotch Fir Larva strobilella L. Inside cones of Pine hE ielarnva resinella L. Inside bud gall of Pine Larva, two years zebeana Ratz. Inside resinous gall of Larch Larva, two years duplana Hbn. Outside on shoots of Fir Pupa Again compiling the data on the Noctuide from the same source similar results are obtained and it is also shown that food supply is a factor in the determination of the hibernating stage. 186 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, TABLE V. Noctuide. HIBERNATING STAGE LARVAL FOOD HABIT Any stage Egg Larva Pupa Imago 1 | 1 2 Polyphagus 3 4 | 1 Desciduous trees | 1 Evergreen trees | | 1 ASP Borer 2 Underground Compiled from life-histories of the following species: Noctua satellitia L. Noctua vetusta Hbn. Noctua exolitia L. Noctua pisi L. Noctua piniperda Panz. Noctua gamma L. Noctua aprilina L. Noctua trapezina L. Noctua ochracea Hbn. Noctua caeruleocephala L. Noctua segetum Schiff. Noctua vestigealis Rott. Noctua coryli L. Noctua aceris L. Noctua incerta Hfn. Noctua pulverulenta Esp. In general, we may conclude that insects hibernate as (1) adults, when their food habits are such that -oviposition can take place on the proper food at the earliest warm weather (2) as larva, when protected from the cold and thus able to continue feeding to the latest date possible, (8) as pupa or eggs, because they are nonfeeding resistant stages. There is no evidence available as to whether or not these adaptations were established by selection, mutation, or inheri- tance of acquired characters. The evidence does, however, show that hibernation has resulted from the repeated effect of winter upon the species and that the degree to which this phenomenon has become rhythmical has been determined by the habits of the insect. LITERATURE CITED. Baumberger, J. P. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 7, 1914 (323-353). Woodworth, C. W. Rept. College Agr. & Agr. Expt. St., Univ. Cal., June, 1914. Richards, T. W. Proc. Amer. Ac. Arts & Sc., 33, 1897 (23-27). Weissmann, A. ‘Essays on Heredity,’’ 1889. Kirby, W. and Spence, W. ‘‘An Introduction to Entomology,’’ 3d Ed., Vol. II, 1823, London. Pictet, A. IXe. Congr. Internat. Zool. Monaco, 1918 (774-778). Judeich, J. F., and Nitsche, H. ‘‘Lehrbuch der Mitteleuropaeischen Forstin- secktenkunde,’’ Wein, 1895, Vol. I, II. i Oe 9 No “10 THE NATURE OF THE VERACERVIX OR NECK REGION IN INSECTS.* By G. C. Crampton, Ph. D. Occasional references to the neck as the “labial or micro- thoracic segment’’ in recent entomological literature indicate a tendency to revive the old mistaken conception of the neck region of insects as representing the labial segment, or a vesti- gial segment of the thorax (‘‘microthorax’’)—a view which dates from the time of Strauss-Duerkheim, 1828, and Huxley, 1885, but for which no real evidence has ever been adduced. It is a simple matter to demonstrate (1) that the neck region is in every way homologous with the other intersegmental regions between the true thoracic segments, and therefore cannot represent a segment at all; (2) that lke the other intersegmetal regions with which it is homologous, it has no ganglia or any other segmental structures, either in the adult or embryonic stages; (3) that the labium is not its appendage; and (4) that there is already present in the head capsule a labial segment forming that portion of the head region to which the labium is articulated, while the labium is not articulated to the neck plates at all, the latter being formed behind the true labial segment. If these facts were known, there could be no excuse for arbitrarily designating the neck plates as ‘“‘the labial or microthoracic segment,’’ without giving any reason for justifying such a course of procedure, in the face of the overwhelming evidence that the neck region does not represent such a segment at all; so that it may perhaps be worth while to present the evidence which completely disproves the view that the neck region is a segment either labial or ‘‘ microthoracic.”’ The evidence to be adduced from comparative anatomy in regard to the intersegmental nature of the neck plates, is most convincing and conclusive. In Fig. 1 the intersegmental plates located in the intersegmental regions designated as “‘Int’’ (i. e. regions I, III and V) are shaded so as to enable one to compare them more readily in the different seg-. ments, the entire figure being a composite of the conditions found in the most primitive of the Apterygotan and Pterygotan *Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Massachusetts Agricultural College, Amherst, Mass. 187 188 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, insects. It is at once apparent from a glance at Fig. 1, that the two ventral prothoracic intersegmental plates designated as ‘ps’ in intersegmental region I (i. e. “Int. I’’) are in every way homologous with the two ventral metathoracic intersegmental plates designated as ‘“‘ps’’ in intersegmental region V (i. e. “Int. V’’). In the Plecopteron Capmia (Fig. 1) there are two ventral prothoracic intersegmental plates “‘ps’’ in interseg- mental region I, but in the closely related Plecopteron Leuctra (Fig. 3) the anterior one of the two ventral prothoracic inter- segmental plates ‘‘ps’’ has almost disappeared in region I, while Mes ‘ ' ‘ ‘ ' ‘ ‘ - ‘ S05 aH Fig. 1. Lateral and ventral region of the prothorax of Capnia, the mesothorax of Eosentomon, and the metathorax of Japyx drawn as though spread out in one plane. Based, in part, upon figures by Prell, 1913, and Verhoeff, 1904. Fig. 2. Head of an embryo of Eutermes, stage ‘‘F,’’ taken from Fig. 28, Plate 3, of paper by Holmgren, 1909. (Figure slightly modified). Fig. 3. Lateral and ventral regions of prothorax of Leuctra, drawn as though spread out in one plane. Fig. 4. Dorsal view of prothorax and mesothorax of Japyx, based on figures from various sources. 1917} Veracervix or Neck Region In Insects 189 the posterior one, ‘‘ps,’’ is still large, and is connected with the sternal plate ‘“‘st’’ behind it, as is the case with the ventral mesothoracic intersegmental plate “‘ps’’ of intersegmental region III, in Fig. 1. It is thus a very simple matter to homol- ogize the ventral prothoracic intersegmental plates ‘‘ps”’ (1. e. the neck plates) of intersegmental region I of Figs. 3 and 1, with the ventral mesothoracic and metathoracic interseg- mental plates “‘ps’’ of intersegmental regions III and V, (Fig. 1). In the same way, the lateral prothoracic interseg- mental plates ‘‘zp’’ of region I are homologous with the lateral mesothoracic and metathoracic intersegmental plates ‘‘7zp”’ of regions III and V (Fig. 1). Similarly, the tergal prothoracic intersegmental plates ‘‘zt’’ of intersegmental region I (Fig. 4) are homologous with the tergal mesothoracic (and also with the tergal metathoracic) intersegmental plates ‘‘zt’’ of inter- segmental region III, etc. (Fig. 4). It is thus a very simple matter even for the veriest tyro in the study of comparative anatomy to homologize interseg- mental region I (i. e. the neck region) with intersegmental regions III and V (Figs. 1, 3 and 4), and if comparative morpho- logy has any meaning at all, intersegmental regions III and V ABBREVIATIONS. Int—Intersegmental regions between labial segment and prothorax; between prothorax and mesothorax; and between mesothorax and metathorax. ip—Interpleurites, or lateral intersegmental plates. it—Intertergites, or dorsal intersegmental plates. L—Labium. ls—Laterosternite, or lateral plate of sternum. Mes—Mesothorax. Met—Metathorax. Mx—Maxillae. n—Notum or tergum. Pro—Prothorax. pl—Pleural plate (Eupleuron). po—Post-coxal plate (Postcoxale). ps—Intersternites or sternal intersegmental plates, the posterior one being the presternite. f st—Sternum. t—Eutrochantin. Tf—Trophifer, or sclerite to which labium and maxillae are articulated. I—Veracervix, or prointersegment, the first intersegmental region which is largely prothoracic. II—Remainder of prothorax. I1I—Mesointersegment, or second intersegmental region which is largely meso- thoracic. IV—Remainder of mesothorax. V—Metaintersegment. VI—Remainder of metathorax. 190 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, must also be considered as representing entire segments, if their homologue, intersegmental region I, is taken to represent a distinct segment. Verhoeff, 1902-1903, clearly realized that it was impossible to consider intersegmental region I (i. e. the neck) as a distinct segment, without hkewise regarding its hom- ologues, intersegmental regions III and V, as representing entire segments also, since all three regions are in every way exactly homologous. Verhoeff, 1904, therefore boldly accepted the consequences of his assumption, and claimed that the thorax actually consists of six segments, terming the intersegmental regions the ‘‘microthorax, stenothorax and cryptothorax,’’ and making them the equivalents of the prothorax, mesothorax and metathorax. Embryology, however, affords no evidence of more than three segments in the thorax, nor does the evidence of comparative anatomy give any grounds for considering that these intersegmental regions represent distinct segments, since none of them contains any ganglia or other segmental struc- tures—as was pointed out by Silvestri, 1902, Boerner, 1903, Desguin, 1908, and others—and no recent entomologist has had the courage to claim that the thorax is composed of more than three segments. Some entomologists, however, ignoring the fact that inter- segmental region I (Figs. 1, etc.) is in every way homologous with intersegmental regions III and V, would maintain that intersegmental region I (i. e. the neck region) alone represents a distinct segment, claiming that it is the real labial segment. Since the labium (“‘L”’ of Fig. 1) does not articulate with the plates of intersegmental region I, but articulates with the sclerite designated as ‘‘7f’’ (which contains the real labial segment) in the head capsule, these entomologists are forced to the astonishing conclusion that the labium has become detached from its own segment, and, taking along with it the labial neuromere (or labial ganglion) and other characteristic segmental structures, has migrated ‘“‘bag and baggage’’ into the head region, leaving behind it the mere shell of the labial segment in the neck region I! Such a disruption and migration of both internal segmental structures and external appendages, which have in some way become detached from their proper segment, and have grafted themselves onto another region, is wholly without precedent in the entire realm of Zoology, for never did such an occurrence take place other than in a labora- 1917] Veracervix or Neck Region In Insects 191 tory grafting experiment, and the mechanism for its accomplish- ment in nature is utterly incomprehensible. What advantage can there possibly be in rejecting the perfectly obvious, simple and logical explanation of the neck plates as an intersegmental region, similar in every way to the other intersegmental regions of the thorax, and in the place of such a simple explanation, proposing that an unparalleled and unprecedented disruption and grafting experiment has taken place in the labial region alone in all nature, when we know of absolutely no mechanism by which such an operation could be carried out? Always, in the cephalization process, both segment and appendage enter into the composition of the head region, although the appendage may subsequently degenerate, and the segment may become indistinguishably fused with the other segments forming the head capsule. Since the labium articulates with the head capsule, it is but natural to suppose that the segment which originally bore the labial appendage is included in that region of the head capsule with which the labium articulates, and embryology fully justifies this assumption. As is shown in Fig. 2, which I have adapted from a figure of the embryological development of the head of a Termite by Holmgren, 1909, the entire labial segment of these insects actually enters into the composition of the head capsule of the developing Termite, and does not remain behind to form the neck plates, while its appendages become disrupted and graft themselves upon the head capsule. Furthermore, the neck plates are unusually well developed in the Termites (which are quite closely related to the Blattids), and if these neck plates really represent the labial segment, the fact would be clearly indicated in the development of these insects; whereas, on the contrary, the researches of Holmgren, 1909, and Heymons, 1895-1905, carried out upon a great range of embryos of very primitive insects, conclusively demonstrate that the labial segment enters into the composition of that portion of the head capsule to which the labium is articulated, and which one would naturally expect, from the manner in which all other appendages are articulated to the segment which originally bore them, instead of unnaturally grafting themselves upon some other region! On this account, I am inclined to regard as a “lapsus calamtz”’ the including of the neck plates in the labial segment 192 Annals Entomological Society of America Vole by Riley, 1904, in his table of the parts of the head of a Blattid embryo. Riley offers absolutely no proof whatsoever, either in his text or figures, for such an assumption, and it is the more inexplicable from the fact that he definitely states that the ‘“‘pleurite’’ (i. e. the embryologists’ term for pleuron) of the labial segment is in the posterior portion of the embryo’s head capsule. The only explanation which suggests itself, is that he must have been unaware of the existence of intersegmental regions III and V (Fig. 1), homologous with the neck plates, and situated between the true segments, in the lower insects, and was thus: unable otherwise to account for the presence of the intersegmental plates forming the neck region, unless they were to be regarded as representing the labial segment. Since I have not examined Dr. Riley’s material, I do not know what evidence it offered for assuming that the neck plates represent the embryonic labial segment, but, while studying in Berlin, Prof. Heymons allowed me to look over his embryological material, in which I was unable to find any indications what- soever that the neck plates represent the embryological labial segment; and in view of the direct embryological evidence that the labial segment is included in that portion of the head capsule to which the labium is articulated, I am forced to consider that the including of the neck plates in the labial segment in Dr. Riley's paper, is a minor error in an otherwise extremely carefully conducted and valuable embryological investigation. I have perhaps laid too great emphasis upon a “‘side issue”’ of Dr. Riley’s paper simply because, in searching through the appended list of reference works, his is the only recent article I could find, containing original embryological data, in which the neck plates are referred to as the labial segment; and on this account, I have inferred that recent investigators have reference to his work, when they state that there is embryolog- ical ‘‘proof’’ that the neck plates are to be regarded as the “labial or microthoracic segment.’’ It seems incredible that any one can seriously put forth as ‘‘proof’’ the mere fact that some investigator has arbitrarily designated the neck plates as the labial segment in his table of the parts of the head, without giving any reasons for so doing, but such seems to be the case, unless these entomologists have reference to some other work which I have not seen. 1917] Veracervix or Neck Region In Insects 193 Now the neck region of an insect is no more a part of the head capsule than the seven cervical vertebrae of mammals are a part of the skull, and it would therefore be wholly incorrect to say that the head of an insect is composed of six segments, if the sixth, or labial segment, remains behind to form the neck region, which is situated back of the head region. It is thus rather surprising to have these entomologists refer to the head of an insect as composed of six segments (including the labial segment) and in the same breath assert that the neck plates behind the head of such an insect are the labial segment. This is assuredly not in conformity with the laws of physics, which assert that a single body cannot occupy two different positions at one and the same time! If the labial segment is in the head region, it simply cannot be in the neck region behind the head region; and when such embryologists as Heymons, Holmgren, Hirschler, Hoffman, Philiptschenko, Strindberg, and every other recent embryologist, with the exception of Riley, are unanimous in asserting that the labial segment is in the head capsule, it would appear that there is some reason for con- sidering that the labial segment is really in the head capsule and not in the neck region behind the head! Heymons and Holmgren have very carefully traced out the portions of the head which are formed by the embryonic labial segment, and I can see no reason for regarding their work as wholly false, especially since it is borne out by the facts of comparative anatomy and is in accordance with the known zoological phenomena. We are thus justified in stating that the only actual embryological proof thus far brought forward, con- clusively demonstrates that the labial segment enters into the composition of the head capsule, and consequently the neck plates must be interpreted as intersegmental plates between the real labial segment and the prothoracic segment, homol- ogous with the other intersegmental plates between the other thoracic segments. Those who maintain’that the neck plates are the labial or microthoracic segment, must bring forward some actual proof for their claim. They must prove the falsity of the embryo- logical evidence brought forward by such embryologists as Holmgren, 1909, who have shown that the embryonic segment depicted in Fig. 2 is the labial segment, or they must explain in some other way the presence in the head capsule of an 194 Annals Entomological Society of America [Volo embryonic segment to which the labium is articulated. They must explain why there are six segments in the head, if the sixth or labial segment remains in the neck region behind the head, to form the cervical sclerites. They must explain the presence in the head region of the labial neuromere. They must explain the lack of segmental structures in the neck region if itis really a “‘labial or microthoracic segment.’” ~ They. must explain why in the neck region alone in the whole realm of Zoology, a pair of appendages have detached themselves from the supposed segment which originally bore them, and have grafted themselves upon another region; and the descrip- tion of the hitherto unknown mechanism by which this unique event was brought to pass, will be a distinct contribution to science! Unless they are prepared to admit that the other intersegmental regions (III and V of Fig. 1) were made to appear to be homologous with the neck plates (region I) merely for the purpose of deceiving the unwary, they must grant that these other intersegmental regions between the thoracic seg- ments are also distinct segments, if they claim that the neck region (with which they are in every way homologous) is a distinct segment, either labial or ‘‘microthoracic.’’ They must then explain why these new ‘‘segments’’ have no segmental structures, ahd why embryology offers no indication of their segmental nature. Indeed, the difficulties in the way of accepting the view that the neck plates represent a ‘‘labial or microthoracic segment’’ are so numerous and insuperable, that it is astonishing that any one would deliberately adopt such an utterly unfounded hypothesis and disregard the obvious explanation of the neck plates as an intersegmental region between the true labial segment and the prothorax, just like the other intersegmental region between the thoracic segments— a view which, unlike the ‘‘labial or microthoracic segment’”’ hypothesis, postulates the occurrence of no hitherto unparalleled phenomenon, involves the operation of no inexplicable mechan- ism, is in complete accord with all of the observed facts of embryology and anatomy, and is the simplest and most logical explanation thus far advanced to account for the occurrence of the neck plates. On this account we are justified in assuming that the neck plates do not represent a segment either labial or ‘“microthoracic,’’ and it is consequently incorrect to designate them as such. 1917] Veracervix or Neck Region In Insects 195 The term collum is applied to the narrow posterior portion of the head region or to the entire prothorax, by Coleoptero- logists, and the designation jugulum is applied to the gular region of the head, or to the sides and sternum of the prothorax, so that neither of these terms is available for the true neck region. Since the neck plates are universally designated as the cervical sclerites, the term cervix would be singularly appropri- ate for the region in question. Dipterologists, however, have very inconsiderately applied the term cervix to the upper portion of the hinder head region in certain flies, and the same term is applied to the posterior constricted neck-like region of the head in other insects, in which the true neck region is also present, so that it would merely create confusion to apply the designation cervix to the true neck region. In order to preserve some form of the term cervix, which is implied in the universally accepted designation cervical sclerites, the neck region was referred to as the veracervix or ‘‘cervicum’”’ (Cramp- ton, 1908-1914, Snodgrass, 1910, Martin, 1916) and the former term has been retained in the present paper. The intersegmental plates between the other thoracic segments are not preserved in many Pterygotan insects. Traces of them occur between the prothorax and mesothorax of _ Corydalis cornutus, between the prothorax and mesothorax of the earwig Doru lutetpennis (the unknown Forficulid shown in Plate 3, Fig. 19, by Crampton and Hasey, 1915), and in certain Plecoptera and Homoptera. It is in the Apterygotan forms, however, such as Japyx and Eosentomon (Fig. 1) that the intersegmental plates are best preserved between the thoracic segments, and since these are among the most primitive of living insects, we are justified in assuming that the conditions which they present approximate the original one, in many respects. . In Japyx and Eosentomon (Fig. 1) the eutrochantin ‘‘t”’ intervenes between the coxa and the pleural plate “pl.”’ This condition is preserved in the prothoracic region (i. e. in the non- wing-bearing segment, which is consequently the least modified and the most like the segments of the Apterygotan forms) of many of the most primitive Pterygotan forms such as the Plecoptera, Embiids, certain Forficulids (Allostethus) Gryllo- blattids, Termites, etc., so that I would now consider this condition as representing the original one, and have therefore 196 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, designated the plate ‘‘t’’ (Fig. 1) as the eutrochantin, or true trochantin, instead of the ‘‘ pseudotrochantin,’’ which I formerly considered it to be (Crampton and Hasey, 1915). This point, however, will be discussed more at length in a subsequent paper. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1893. Banks—Notes on the Mouth Parts and Thorax of Insects, in: Amer. Nat., Vol. 27. 1904. Banks—Notes on the Structure of the Thorax and Maxillae of Insects, in: Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, Vol. 6, p. 149. 1865. Basch—Untersuch. u. d. Skelet u. d. Muskeln des Kopfes von Termes, in: Zeit. Wiss. Zool., Bd. 15, p. 56. 1905. -Bengtsson—Z. Morphologie des Insektenkopfes, in: Zool. Anz. Bd. 29, p.457. 1903. Boerner—Kritische Bemerkungen ueber einige vergl. morphologische Untersuchungen K. W. Verhoeff’s, in: Zool. Anz., 26, p. 290. 1904. Boerner—Z. Systematik der Hexapoden, in: Zool. Anz., Bd. 28. 1897. Carriere & Buerger—D. Entwicklungsgeschichte der Mauerbiene, in: Nova Acta Akad. Leop. Carol. Naturf., Bd. 69, p. 255. 1902. Comstock & Kochi—The Skeleton of the Head of Insects, in: Amer. Nat., 26; ip. 13: 1908. Crampton—Ein Beitrag z. Homologie d. Thorakal-Skerlite der insekten, Diss. Berlin. 1909. Crampton—A Contribution to the Comparative Morphology of the Thoracic Sclerites of Insects, in: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila., 1909, p. 3. 1914. Crampton—The Ground Plan of a Typical Thoracic Segment in Winged Insects, in: Zool. Anz., 44, p. 56. : 1914. Crampton—Notes on the Thoracic Sclerites of Winged Insects, in: Ent. News, 25, p. 5. . 1915. Crampton & Hasey—The Basal Segments of the Leg in Insects, in: Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., Bd. 39, Heft 1, p. 1. 1908. Desguin—La composition segmentaire du thorax des Insectes, in: Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 52, (8), p. 118. 1907. Enderlein—U. d. Segmental-apotome der Insekten, etc., in: Zool. Anz., Bd., 31. 1899. Folsom—The Segmentation of the Insect Head, in: Psyche, 8, p. 391. 1899. Folsom—The Anat. & Physiology of the Mouth Parts of the Collembolan Orchesella, in: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 36, p. 87. 1900. Folsom—The Development of the Mouth Parts of Anurida, in: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, Vol. 36. 1904. Haller—U. d. allgemeinen Bauplan des Trachaetensycerebrums, in: Arch. Mikr. Anat., 65, p. 181. 1895. Heymons—D. Segmentirung des Insektenkoerpers, in: Kgl. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin Anhang. 1895. Heymons—Embryonalentwicklung von Dermapteren u Orthopteren, Jena. 1896. Heymons—B. z. Entwicklungsgeschichte der Insekten Apterygota, in: Sitzb. Akad. Berlin, Bd. 51. 1896. Heymons—G. d. Entwicklung u. d. Koerperbaues von Odonaten u. Ephe- meriden, in: Abh. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Anhang. 1897. Heymons—U. d. Zusammensetzung des Insektenkopfes, in: Sitzb. Gesell. Naturf. Fr. Berlin. ' 1905. Heymons—D. Entwicklungsgeschicte von Machilis, in: Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Gesell. Leipzig, 15, p. 123. 1905. Heymons—Review of paper by Verhoeff, 1905, on head of insects, in: Zool. Centralbl., 12, p. 539. 1909. Hirschler—D. Embryonalentwicklung von Donacia, in: Zeit. Wiss. Zool., XCII, p. 627. 1911. .Hoffmann—Z. K. d. Entwicklungsgeschichte der Collembolen, in: Zool. Anz., 37, p. 353. 1917] _ Veracervix or Neck Region In Insects 197 1904. 1904. 1907. 1909. 1913. 1878. 1906. 1899. 1893. 1893. 1830. 1916. 1880. 1880. 1898 Holmgren—Z. Morphologie des Insektenkopfes, I, in: Zeit. wiss. Zool., 76, p. 439. Holmgren—Z. Morphologie des Insektenkopfes, II, in: Zool. Anz., Bd. 27. Holmgren—Z. Morphologie des Insektenkopfes, III, in: Zool. Anz., 32, p. 73. Holmgren—Termitenstidien I, Anatomische Untersuchungen. Hosford—Segmentation of Head of Insects, in: Kans. Univ. Bull., Vol. 8. Huxley—Manual of the Anatomy of Invertebrate Animals. Imms—Anatomy and Development of Anurida, in: L. M. B. C. Memoir 13. Janet—Essai s. 1. constitution morphologie de la tete de l’insecte, Paris. Kolbe—Einfuehrung i. d. Kenntnisse d. Insekten. Korschelt & Heider—Lehrbuch. Macleay—Explanation o. t. Comparative Anatomy o. t. Thorax in Winged Insects, in: Zool. Jour., Vol. 5, No. 18. Martin—T. Thoracic and Cervical Sclerites of Insects, in: Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 9, p. 35. Meinert—S. 1. conformation de la tete etc. chez les insectes, etc., in Ent. Tidsls. arg. les. 147: Packard—T Number of Segments in the Head of Winged Insects, in: 3d. Rpt. U. S. Ent. Comm. Packard—Textbook of Entomology. 1907-1912. Philiptschenko—B. z. K. der Apterygoten in: Zeit. Wiss. Zool., 1913. 1904. 1863. 1902. 1909. 1910. 1910. - 1828 1902. 1902. 1903. 1903. 1904. 1904. 1886. 1904. 1900. 1893. LXXXVIII, p. 99-; XCL, p. 98-; CII, p. 519. Prell—D. Chitinskelett von Eosentomon, in: Zoologica, Heft 64. Riley—T. Embryological Development of t. Skeleton o. t. Head of Blatta, in: Amer. Nat., 38, p. 776. Schaum—U. d. Zusammensetzung d. Kopfes, etc., bei den Insekten, in: Arch. Naturg. Jg. 29, Bd. 1, p. 247. Silvestri—Einige Bemerkungen u. d. sogenannten mikrothorax d. Insekten, in: Zool. Anz. Bd. 25. Snodgrass—The Thorax of Insects, etc., in: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 36. Snodgrass—The Thorax of the Hymenoptera, in: Ibid. Vol. 39. Snodgrass—The Anatomy of the Honey-bee, in: U. S. D. A. Bur. Ent. Tech. Ser. No. 18. Strauss-Duerkheim—Consid. gen. l’anatomie comparee des animaux articules. Verhoeff—Ueber Dermapteren. u. ueber den Mikrothorax der Insekten, in: Zool. Anz. Bd. 25. Verhoeff—U. d. Nerven d. Metacephalsegmentes, etc., in Zool. Anz. Bd. 25. Verhoeff—B. z. vergl. Morphologie des Thorax der Insekten, etc., in: Nova Acta K. L. C. deuts. Akad. Nat., Bd. LXXXTI. Verhoeff—Intercalarsegmente der Chilopoden, in: Arch. Naturg., Bd. LXLX: Verhoeff—U. vergl. Morphologie des Kopfes niederer Insekten, in: Nova Acta Kais Leop. Carol. Deutsch. Akad. Naturf. Bd. LXX XIV. Verhoeff—Z. vergl. Morphologie u. Systematik der Japygiden, in: Ibid, Bd. LXX. Viallanes—La morphologie du squelette des Insectes, in: Bull. Soc. Phil., Vol. 10. Voss—U. d. Thorax von Gryllus, in: Zeit. Wiss. Zool., LX VIII. Walton—The Basal Segments of the Hexapod Leg, in: Amer. Nat., Vol. 34. Wheeler—Contribution to Insect Embryology, in Jour. Morphol., Vol. 7. THE ECOLOGY OF BUBONIC PLAGUE. JAMES ZETEK, Ancon, C. Z. When I entered for the first time the office of the Chief Sanitary Officer of the Isthmian Canal Commission, I saw a large wall chart, the curve of which told exactly how much malaria there was each month on the Canal Zone, expressed as a percentage of the entire working force. This was six years ago. This chart registered the splendid results obtained by the sanitation corps of the I. C. C.; it showed how, although the working force was increased yearly, the malaria rate kept declining yearly. Today malaria is practically exterminated. This curve showed me more than merely the results of anti-Anopheles measures. It showed a definite, seasonal rise and fall in the rate. Malaria was at its lowest from about November or December until April or May, and reached its crest in July. It was the lowest during the dry season, and highest during the wet. Malaria began to shoot upward just after the first heavy rains had fallen. When the dry season approached, the rate fell rapidly. If the dry season was late in coming, then malaria behaved accordingly. = critical factor here is moisture. The bulk of this es is ee ie) by Anopheles albimanus Wiede., and its racial variety tarsimaculata Goeldi. They breed extensively during the wet season. Field inspec- tions show rapid increase in the number of breeding places just as soon as the rains start in. During the dry season it is very difficult to find larve of these species. Instead of them, we find plenty of A. pseudopunctipennis Theob., a species apparently unimportant in the transmission of malaria on the Isthmus. Albimanus is a wet season species; pseudopunctipennts is a dry season species. Maximum humidity, maximum malaria and maximum numbers of transmitors of malaria coincide as to time. In addition to this, it must be noted that the advent of the first heavy rains means also that the workmen get wet, either going to or from their work, or even while working. This means a lowering of their bodily resistance, a factor which is extremely important for the early rise of human malaria. 198 1917] The Ecology of Bubonic Plague 199 It appeared to me desirable to learn if such ecological relations could be traced with any of the other diseases directly transmitted by arthropods, especially bubonic plague. World's commerce is becoming so extensive that very soon it will become imperative to open up territories now almost closed to us on account of the presence in them of plague. Quarantine measures are efficacious, but they are also quite expensive because much time is lost. We must fight the plague wherever it occurs. We must get rid of it. This can be done and the cost is relatively low. The study of the ecological relation in plague should reveal to the sanitary officer not merely the kinds of measures he must adopt in order to obtain quick and telling results, but also when to employ these measures, and just where they must be used in order to obtain maximum efficiency. I found very valuable data on bubonic plague in the many ‘Reports on Plague Investigations in India,’’ published in the Journal of Hygiene. During twelve years plague claimed five million victims in India. A trifle over two a minute died during the year 1907! The chart appended to my notes is taken from one of these reports. Other regions where plague is endemic may have a different set of conditions from those in India. These conditions must be well known before the inter-relation- ships between rat, flea and plague are properly understood and correlated. A. PLAGUE AND. CLIMATE. 1. Bombay City.—Its climate is hot and dry, the daily mean temperature being from 70° to 80° F. The average diurnal range in only 12.5° F. The S.W. monsoons appear from May to October, and they bring the rains. These rains are heaviest from June to August. The N-E monsoons, which blow from November till April, bring very little or no rain. ; The plague epidemic begins in January, rises gradually until it reaches its maximum in March, then declines to a ‘“normal’’ about the middle of May. Charts which were kept for ten consecutive years show plague mortality lowest when humidity was highest, (June to September), and that an almost automatic recession from the maximum takes place as soon as the humidity begins to rise. The mean temperature at the beginning of the rise is from 72° to 75° F., but as soon as it 200 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, reaches 78°-80° F., mortality drops off. Slight recrudescence may occur during May to October, 1. e., when a fall in the mean temperature occurs. It should be borne in mind, however, that the single factor temperature is not the critical one; it is rather the resultant humidity which counts. 2. Poona City and Cantonments.—It is 80 miles from Bombay, 2,000 ft. above sea level, and has a daily mean tem- perature of from 70° to 80° F., with an average diurnal range of 22.5° F. From May to October it is subjected to the S-W monsoons, but the rainfall (March to June) is less than that of Bombay. June is the hottest and dryest month, its daily mean .temperature being from 83° to 90° F. In July the daily mean is from 75° to 80° F., with S-W breezes. The winter months have a daily mean of about 70° F., and an average diurnal range of about 30° F. The plague epidemics occur between August and March. The charts show that mortality increases rapidly as the humidity recedes from its maximum crest. The period of high plague mortality is relatively short, dropping off as soon as the humidity rises. 3. Nagpur City.—It is in the Central Province and resem- bles much Poona, excepting that its mean temperature is slightly higher. Its hot season is from March to June, the mean temperature being from 85° to 95° F. During July to September the temperature is a little over 80° F., while during the cold months (November to February) it is from 70° to 75° F. The rainfall occurs from June to September, and ranges from 40 to 60 inches. Plague epidemics were most favorable from November to March, and the charts again show plague mortality lowest when humidity was highest. 4. Belgaun City.—This is in the extreme south of Bombay Province, 2,500 ft. above sea level, and 75 miles inland from the West coast of India. The mean temperature from June to February is from 70° to 75° F., with an average diurnal range of 20° F. March to May is the hot period, the daily mean being about 80° F. The rains occur mostly from June to Octo- ber, and amount to about 40 inches. Epidemics begin in July or August and reach their maximum in October. The charts show plague rising rapidly as soon as the humidity retreats from its maximum. 1917] The Ecology of Bubonic Plague 201 5. Lahore City—It is 700 ft. above sea level. It is not within the hot mansoon belt. The rainfall is slight, amounting to about 20-25 inches, and occurs chiefly from July to September. Some rain falls at times during January and February. From November till March the daily mean temperature is below 70° F., in January as low as 54° F. The remainder of the year is above 70° F., from May to August as high as 85° F. to 95° F. The average diurnal range is 27.5° F. (April to May it is 32.5°, and October to November it is 35°.) ' Plague epidemics occur from March to May. . There is a tendency to recrudescence during the winter months. Plague mortality rises rapidly as the humidity recedes, but as soon as the humidity begins to rise, the epidemic 1s quickly terminated. 6. Rawalpindi City and Cantonments.—Situated at the base of the Himalayas, 1,700 ft. above sea level, it has an average diurnal range of from 20° to 30° F. Its hot weather comes from May to August, with a mean temperature of from 80° to 92° F. The rainfall, mostly from July to September, amounts to but 30 or 40 inches. About eight inches of rain falls during the winter season, January to April. The plague epidemic is from September to November, with slight recrudescence practically throughout the year. The major epidemics rise rapidly as the humidity recedes. 7. Summary: ‘The authors of the several articles from which these notes were taken, draw certain conclusions, which in brief are: That a temperature of 85° to 90° F., or one of 50° or less, are very unfavorable to plague. This holds true for Bombay City, but does not for Poona and other cities. The truth of the matter is that no one factor alone may exert such wide influences, but that it is rather a resultant of several factors—in this case it is humidity. When plague mortality and humidity are placed on the same chart, it becomes at once evident that there is a direct relation between the two. We shall see a little later on, that the severity of an epidemic of bubonic plague bears a direct ratio to (a) flea prevalence and (b) to humidity. B. FLEAs. The investigators in India report that a temperature above 80° F. affected the conditions to which the bacillus was subjected in the flea’s stomach. At high temperatures the bacillus 202 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, disappears from the stomach more quickly than at lower temperatures, 1. e., 70° to 80° F. They found fleas remained infective for longer periods at lower temperatures. A tem- perature of 50° or less, may directly influence plague prevalence. Fewer rats were found with developed septicaemia at low temperatures than at higher ones. From an explanatory standpoint these facts mean that due to heat, frequent evacuations take place in the flea, and as a result of this, the bacillus in the digestive tract of the flea is filtered out with greater frequency. Another excellent observation was that high temperatures retarded both egg deposition and development, and that low temperatures prolonged the life cycle. This should be humidity because high temperatures in India were associated always with high humidity. Humidity, then, is inimical to the flea. The chart shows fleas at their greatest abundance from February to May, their numbers dropping off rather sharply after May, and the cause of this is the humidity which is on the increase from June to August. | Nearly all reports on. plague show that its maximum coin- cides with the period of maximum numbers of fleas. Kitasato (1909) finds that the absolute and relative abundance of X. cheopis is much increased during the autumn, 1. e., during the plague season. Tidswell (1910) gives a table of the flea popula- tion per month per one thousand rats, the average mean monthly temperature, and the average mean monthly humidity; the flea abundance corresponds with the plague season. The chart for Bombay shows the fleas on M. decumanus increase in numbers from June to August, outnumbering those on the black rat. This period is one of heavy rains, and these drive the brown rat from its subterranean burrows, cellars, etc., and force them into dwellings, i. e., into drier situations. Rat breeding increased at this time, due to the ravages of plague among them during the previous months. This influx of rats into a drier habitat is most favorable to the rapid development of fleas. Quite naturally, the houses in the barrios which are near wharves, etc., may show slight recrudescences of plague at a time when plague in general had declined. 1917} The Ecology of Bubonic Plague 203 Cee ievirs.. During November to February, the winter season at Punjab, rat breeding was at its lowest; this is a pre-epizootic period. During the rest of the year the portion of pregnant females to non-pregnant ones was always at or above the mean. Breeding was most vigorous during April, September and October. The plague season was from February to June. At Bombay, the brown rat, M. decumanus, breeds the year round, least from December to February, a pre-epizootic period. During March, July, August and October, breeding was most vigorous. The plague epizootic among the rats begins in January, rages during February and March and rapidly declines in April. The same held true with the black rat, M. rattus. The effects of plague are very evident at first among the large numbers of the rats that die; this means there is a super- abundance of rats non-immune to plague. But later on in the stage, there appear quite a number of immune rats, and these furnish the start for the next increase, plenty of young, susceptible rats for the next plague rise. The influence of plague in the rat association is in the nature of a radical dis- turbance of equilibrium. The reports show very nicely how, after a large percentage of the rats had succumbed to plague, there came a vigorous breeding spell. This sudden breeding-fit is but a natural effort to re-establish again a relative equilibrium. The habitat remained favorable throughout. Jennings (1910) found 2.20 fleas per each norway rat (Mus norvegicus) he examined, and 3.61 fleas per each black rat (M. rattus). The difference is not due to the texture of the fur in the two species, but rather to the nesting habits of the two species. The norway rat is more ferocious and its bur- rowing habit is more pronounced. It constructs its tunnels anywhere it can, mostly where it is moist. The black rat, on the other hand, builds its nests above the ground, in the walls of buildings, etc., consequently in a drier habitat. Moisture is inimical to the flea larva and adult, and therefore the greater number of fleas on the black rat. Heavy rains affect rats and fleas. They drive them from the wet or submerged burrows into drier situations, and this means closer contact with people as well as increased flea breeding. 204 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, + 10 “OPC PECTS Aa ARREREELY UPPER HALF LOWER HALF PREVALENCE « PLAGUE | PREVALENCE & FLEAS = Ta reties One Mirattus __. ” M.decumanus __. » M,decumanus See Human oa eee LLU hae FROM "REPORTS ON PLAGUE INVESTIGATIONS IN INDIA.” 1917] The Ecology of Bubonic Plague 205 Gauthier and Raybaud (1903) find that the Indian Plague flea, X. cheopis, constituted 25% of the flea population upon ship rats at Marseilles, and that the numbers rapidly became fewer as the distance of a locality from the docks increases. Jennings (1910) found that 97.9% of the fleas on rats examined by him at Panama were the Indian plague flea. We have no plague endemic in the Canal Zone (thanks to efficient quaran- tine), but we have everything favorable to plague. epidemics— the right fleas, plenty of rats, and a wet and dry season. D. THE PLAGUE ASSOCIATION. The severity of an epidemic of bubonic plague was shown to depend upon flea abundance and upon humidity. Fleas are abundant if rats are abundant, and humidity is the critical factor determining at what time of the year fleas are most abundant. The reports of the plague commission show that at Bombay City rat breeding was at its minimum when humidity was lowest, and vice versa, it was most vigorous when humidity was highest. Plague was highest when humidity was lowest, and large numbers of rats were killed off, leaving only a few immune ones with which to start the next progeny. As plague dropped off, and to readjust the loss of equilibrium in the rat world, there followed a vigorous breeding spell. This is with humidity high. A new colony of non-immune rats resulted. The rat epizootic began in January and declined in April. During this period fleas reached their maximum: Referring to the chart fora moment: Fleas on all rats were at a maximum in March and April. Plague mortality in rats reached its culmination in March. The fleas which left their dead hosts increased plague among human beings from about plus 20 to plus 360 within one month! From May on, plague recedes; this is the period of the S-W monsoons, the rain winds. The chart shows more fleas on the black rat, M. ratius, than on the-brown rat. This was found true on the Canal Zone by Jennings. It places the black rat into greater importance with respect to the transmission of human plague. This rat is the common Canal Zone rat; so is X. cheopis the common flea, whose natural host is the black rat. 206 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. x; These notes show that the severity of an epidemic of bubonic plague bears a direct ratio to (a) flea abundance and to (b) humidity. This holds true for India. No doubt it holds true for other places where bubonic plague is endemic. The same set of conditions may not be duplicated elsewhere, but the ecological relations will in the main part correspond to those of India. I am indebted to Dr. S. T. Darling, formerly Chief of the Board of Health Laboratory of Ancon Hospital, for the use of his library. 1903. Gauthier & Raybaud. Revue d’ Hygiene, XXV, p. 426. 1908. Indian Plague Commission. Journ. of Hygiene, Vol. VIII and IX. 1909. Kitasato. Trans. Bombay Med. Congress, p. 93. 1910. Tidswell. Rpt. of the Gov. Bur. of Microbiology for 1909 (Sydney) p. 20. 1910. Jennings. Rats and Fleas in Relation to Bubonic Plague, with Special Reference to Panama and the Canal Zone. Mt. Hope, C. Z. THE INTRODUCTION OF SCOLIA MANILAE ASHM. INTO THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. By F. Murr, Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, In July, 1912, the presence of Anomala orientalis (Water- house) was first recognized in the Hawaiian Islands, where it was found injuring the roots of sugar-cane. There are reasons to believe that it was introduced into the archipelago, probably in the soil of potted plants from Japan, more than four years before its presence was discovered. Although in 1912 it was confined to a comparatively small area, yet it was too widely spread to hope to exterminate it by drastic measures. As the use of insecticides did not prove any more successful here than elsewhere, it was decided to try and introduce insect enemies known to attack Scarabaeide in other parts of the world. In judging of the probable utility of such enemies, it must be borne in mind that the biological environments of the Hawaiian Islands are very unique. Although the native insect fauna is rich in species of several groups, there are several large groups totally unrepresented. The whole of the great complex of the Lamellicornia is only represented by a single genus of Lucanide (A plerocychus) with a few allied species confined to Kauai, the most isolated and north westerly Island of the group. Of the enormous family of Scarabaeide not a single species is native, and there are good reasons to believe that the few species that are present have been introduced since the advent of the white man. Adoretus tenuimaculatus Waterhouse (known locally as the Japanese or rose beetle) was introduced from the Orient about 1896 and is one of the worst garden pests in the Islands, making the growing of roses in the lower and dryer districts very difficult, and spoiling the looks of many of the ornamental shrubs, on account of the ravages of the adult insect. The nattral corollary of these conditions is the total absence of all the natural specific enemies of the Scarabaeide, such as Scolia, Tiphia, Presena, etc., which play an important part in keeping these beetles in check in other parts of the world; also the absence of those Mutilids, Bombyltids, Rhipiphorids, etc., which are known to attack the above parasites. It is this simplicity of biological environments 207 208 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, that has, above everything else, made the controlling of certain insect pests by introduced insect parasites the success that if is. Early in 1913 one of the members of the H. S. P. A. Experti- ment Station proceeded to Japan and eventually to Formosa, Java and the Philippines, to study the death factors of Anomala, Adoretus and allied ‘‘ white grubs.’’ The work is still in progress but as this is the first record of the successful introduction and establishment of a Scolia in a new region a brief statement of the establishment of Scolia manile Ashm. in Hawaii may be of interest to others working on similar problems. This insect was described by Ashmead from specimens collected by Father Brown in the Observatory Gardens in Manila. It is very common in the grounds of the College of Agriculture at Los Banos, some forty miles from Manila, and it was here that most of our work was done. The Dean of the College very kindly placed the college insectary at our disposal and assisted us in every possible way. After experimenting with different methods of handling the parasite we eventually adopted the following methods: A small quantity of soil was placed in the bottom of a small jelly jar with a tin cover, two Anomala or Adoretus grubs were placed in the soil, a twig of Alternanthera versicolor sprinkled with water and a few drops of honey was stuck in the soil and a female Scolia, caught in the field, was placed in the jar. After twenty- four hours the jars were turned out and each grub which bore an egg was placed in an artificial mud cell and the entrance closed with mud; the cells were packed in moist soil in tins with tight-fitting lids, and the tins in wicker baskets or boxes were shipped from Manila to Honolulu. By the time that they reached Honolulu the Scolias had pupated, and the cocoons were then placed in damp moss and the adults, when hatched, mated in captivity; a certain proportion were turned out in the field and a proportion retained for breeding. The mating was easily accomplished by confining a female in a sleeve-cage with a number of males and placing the cage in the sun. When shipping by direct or fast boats no Scolia hatched out during the voyage, but by more circuitous routes or by slow boats, a larger or smaller percentage would hatch out and die. Onan average, sixty per cent. of the eggs placed in cells went through 1917} Scolia Manile Ashm. In Hawaiian Islands 209 to pupe. For a time we tried placing the cocoons in glass tubes packed in moss, but this method of shipment was not so successful. The length of the life cycle varied considerably. In Los Banos the average was about 40 days, shortening by a week or ten days under favorable conditions in the summer and lengthening to two months or more in the dry winter months. A similar variation takes place in Honolulu, some specimens having been three months in the cocoon. Small differences of temperature and moisture appear to effect them, especially in the resting larval or early pupal stages. On one occasion a consignment of adult Scolias and Tiphias was brought over in a cage with growing Alternanthera, but this method could only be used successfully when the cage was accompanied by some qualified person, as the insects require proper attention as to moisture and food. Between December, 1915 and January, 1917, 6,578 eggs, pup and adult Scolias were shipped from Manila and 1191 living females and 973 living males arrived or hatched in Honolulu. Of 1691 cocoons shipped in glass tubes or moss 101 females and 54 males hatched in Honolulu; of 3884 eggs sent in mud cells, 1057 females and 908 males hatched out in Honolulu. These figures do not include those that issued during the voyage and died. On March 13, 1916, one hundred and fifty cocoons received from Manila were buried in a field where Anomala larve were abundant. Subsequently those were dug up and it was found that thirteen adults had issued. August 2, 1916, one female and six males and on September 9 sixteen females and twenty-two males were liberated in the same locality. On September 16, the insects were found flying about in numbers that clearly indicated that they had become well established and were increasing rapidly. In January, 1917, they were so numerous in this locality that it was possible to catch as many as 175 females in one morning, and as many as 1606 females were caught during seventeen visits of a couple of hours each, and no diminution was observed, as more were caught on the last day than on the first. These were used to colonize other localities. If males had also been taken, six or seven times this number could have been caught. In other localities where colonies were liberated the Scolia is now known to be established. 210 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, It will not be possible to estimate the ultimate effect of this parasite upon the Anomala problem before the end of the present year, but the prospects are good. As Scolia manile attacks Adoretus as well as Anomala, we hope that it will be beneficial in our gardens as well as in our cane fields. During the course of this work we have experimented with several species of 7z7phias, two species of Prosena, a Dexia, and a Campylotheca, also with several predators. Up to the present we have not succeeded in establishing any of these in Hawaii. In Japan there is a species of Asilid fly which is very active in the larval stage, attacking the larve of Anomala, and in the adult stage attacking the adult beetle, but we have had to eliminate this from our work as it is also very active against bees. Bacteria acting upon the grubs have been found in all the countries in which we have carried on our work and it plays an important part in keeping a check upon Lamellicorn grubs. In Hawaii it has been noticed, and I have similar experience elsewhere, that a field badly infected with Anomala grubs will recover and be comparatively free for a period, and the writer has reasons to suspect that in some cases this is due to the accumulated bacteria in the soil making it too unhealthy for the grubs. Fungus is also very effective in wet districts, and in dry~ districts during the wetter season. | Efforts were made to find an egg parasite and many thousand of eggs were placed in various situations, but without results. Ants and terminates attacked the eggs as well as the usual coleopterous predators. After three years study of the death factors acting upon these beetles in Japan, Formosa, Java and the Philippine Islands the writer concludes that the problem is a complex one. The death rate is far highest among the eggs and larve and natural selection has been a small percentage to act upon in the adult stage, and the specific characters of these beetles show little or no effect of natural selection. SOME RECENT ADVANCES IN MOSQUITO WORK. THoMAS J. HEADLEE, Ph. D., Entomologist of the N. J. Agric. Experiment Stations. CHARLES S. BEcKwiTH, B. Sc., Assistant Entomologist of the N. J. State Experiment Station. At the outset the writers wish to state the present status of mosquito work in New Jersey. Approximately 95,000 acres of the salt marsh has been rendered reasonably free from mosquito breeding. This has involved the cutting of about 111% million feet of ditches 10 inches wide and thirty inches deep or their equivalent, the building of 17.2 miles of dike, the installation of 76 sluices and tide gates (representing 842 sq. ft. of cross section outlet opening), the installation of one four and one twelve inch centrifugal pump and the connection of 100 acres of marsh with a large sewage pumping plant. Approximately 50 per cent of the reasonably permanent fresh water mosquito breeding pools scattered over 315,000 acres of upland has been permanently eliminated. During the past year 3,289,120 linear feet of narrow 10 x 30 inch trenching or its equivalent has been installed in the salt marsh, 8,200 lineal feet of dike have been built, and 30 sluices and tide gates have been constructed and placed, affording 371 sq. ft. of cross section outlet. Approximately 95,000 acres of salt marsh have been patrolled throughout the mosquito season and the mosquito breeding thereon, which drainage systems did not prevent, destroyed in so far as possible. Approximately 315,000 acres of upland have been likewise patrolled, a large amount of draining and filling completed, and as nearly as possible all residual breeding destroyed. As a direct result a very considerable measure of protection has been given to 134 millions of people. The cost of the whole operation has been less than $210,000, or about 12 cents per capita. Although a certain amount of drainage is yet to be done within the areas already covered, the great centers of population, which were formerly over run with mosquitoes, are now pretty well protected; and the present outlook is that the protection will grow better from year to year through the substitution of permanent for temporary elimination. 211 212 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, The great problem yet remaining is to free the sea shore and rural communities of southern New Jersey from the mosquito incubus by draining the remaining acreage of salt marsh. Until 1912 the sole official agencies at work were the boards of health and the New Jersey State Agricultural Experiment Station, and for various reasons little was accomplished by the former. Since that year the County Mosquito Extermina- tion Commissions and the New Jersey Experiment Station have worked on the problem in close co-operation. In 1916, under the able and effective leadership of Dr. Haven Emerson, Commissioner of Public Health of. the City of Greater New York, all salt marshes lying within its borders (except those on Staten Island, which were drained some years ago), have been drained or are now in the process of being drained. Under the authority of an act of 1916 a mosquito com- mission was organized in Nassau County, which les in Long Island just east’ of the Brooklyn and Queens Division of Greater New York, and the work of draining the salt marshes, which had already been begun on the south side by private subscription, was undertaken in a systematic manner. The amount of work involved in Greater New York and Nassau County is shown by the fact that more than 5,000,000 lineal feet of narrow trench- ing or its equivalent have been cut or contracted for cutting. In addition to this, a certain amount of upland control work has been done, but with its exact nature and extent the writers are not familiar. For the purpose of unifying the mosquito control work of the three states concerned, an Inter-State Anti-Mosquito Committee was formed under the leadership of Dr. Emerson. The committee consists of representatives of Connecticut, New York and New Jersey. Having laid this basis the writers will now turn attention to some of the striking changes that have been made in response to the practical needs of mosquito control work. CHANGES IN SALT MARSH DRAINAGE. In 1904 at the close of the preliminary investigations of the problem it was thought to be necessary to drain only the marsh where breeding was found in such a way as to cause the water to flow in and out with the tide and to afford the killifish ingress at all times to all parts of the salt marsh known to breed. In 1917] Some Recent Advances in Mosquito Work 213 fact, this continued to be the thought until 1913, when it became clear to the senior author and others that there were at least two fundamental weaknesses in the working out of this plan. The first was the assumption that the salt marsh has certain breeding areas which may be determined in the course of “one or two inspections and which if drained will free the marsh from breeding. The second was the assumption that all salt marshes respond to drainage systems of the above sort. In 1913 the senior author was led to suspect and in 1914 to prove that certain areas in the salt marshes of the upper Hacken- sack Valley, which had been reported as in non-breeding ter- ritory, were really at times very prolific producers of salt marsh mosquitoes. This experience has since been repeated so fre- quently at different points of the supposedly drained salt marsh that the writers are convinced that every undrained area of grass, cattail or reed covered salt marsh is potentially dangerous unless it is swept with great frequency by the tide; and that even such tide swept areas may, in certain seasons be covered at such infrequent intervals as to permit breeding. In 1914 the drainage systems established in Essex and Union Counties on the original plan utterly failed to prevent the issue of an enormous brood of salt marsh mosquitoes between July 15th and 20th. The failure was directly traceable to’ an unusual combination of long continued, extremely high tide with a period of much rain and cloudy weather. Other parts of the coast served with the same system of ditching, in many instances in a less completed state, were adequately protected. The difference seemed to lie in the fact that the east wind banked the waters up in land-locked Newark Bay and created a condition which did not obtain along the more open parts of the coast. Although this failure was chargeable to an unusual condition of tide and weather, it was made possible.by peculiar geograph- ical location and might any year be repeated. It was, therefore, sufficient to condemn the system and to indicate that some radical change must be made. After carefully considering the matter it was decided that the most feasible plan was to keep the sea off the marshes by dikes, to outlet the water through sluices and tide gates, and thus create a reservoir capable of absorbing heavy rainfall 214 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, without covering the surface and initiating mosquito breeding over large areas. Accordingly, since 1913 new drainage has been planned to open not merely the places in which breeding has been found but all parts of the marsh, which are not swept at frequent intervals by the tide. Furthermore, since 1914 the areas on which the narrow trenching with its outlets failed to afford protection, have been placed under dike, sluice and tide gates as rapidly as possible. Some salt marsh areas in the Hackensack Valley lie so low that their drainage by gravity flow is impracticable and they have in some instances become so charged with sewage as to breed the house mosquitoes as well as the salt marsh forms. In such places low head centrifugal pumps are being installed as rapidly as possible. A twelve inch pump of this type seems to be able to protect from 800 to 1,000 acres of land. In the course of this diking, sluicing, and pumping work the problem of taking care of the sewage has presented itself. As a rule the open sewage streams have been arranged to open into tidal creeks, with a result that the ditches and creeks have soon become choked up and the raw sewage spread over large areas of the marsh. The plan adopted has been one of diking the borders of these sewage charged ditches and creeks, thereby causing the sewage to be carried out to sea by gravity, and to outlet the waters of the marsh either through sluices or by pumps into the sewage charged streams or other available outlets. Inasmuch as the city and borough engineers have usually planned to outlet their sewers into the best tidal streams of the areas in question it has been necessary as well as to deliver the marsh water through them. ADVANCES IN KNOWLEDGE OF MOSQUITO DISTRIBUTION. The method of determining the flight of salt marsh mosquitoes formerly practiced consisted in securing of reports from cooperating observers relative to the time when the mosquitoes arrive, and in efforts to follow their flights along trolley and railroad lines. With the advent of the automobile as a common means of transportation tracing the flight of salt marsh mosquitoes became a simple matter. In a day’s time a freshly emerged brood could be traced to its source, and the basis promptly laid for the prevention of further 1917] Some Recent Advances in Mosquito Work 215 trouble from that area. This method of tracing broods of salt marsh mosquitoes was first tried in 1913 and the results were so satisfactory that it has been used constantly since that time. In making a study of this sort, the usual plan is to drive toa point where the brood has been reported. From this point, collections are made outward along lines running to the north, west, south and east until no further specimens can be taken, or until the marsh from which the mosquitoes came has been reached. This will, without doubt reveal the direction of the source of the brood, unless the mosquitoes have been out long enough to lose their connection with the marsh from which they came. When the marsh from which the brood came, has been reached, some idea of the part from which it came can be had by running a collection line along the edges and discovering the point where the mosquitoes are most abundant. In most cases the place of breeding will be found nearest this point, but in others this process will offer little clue, for a heavy growth of trees may attract sufficient numbers to give a false impression or the direction of the wind may have produced concentration at a distant point. Nevertheless the determi- nation of density gives a point of departure and is worth while when dealing with the problem of finding the pupal skins on a large area of salt marsh. In running these collection lines the purpose is to determine the density of the mosquito fauna. It is, therefore, necessary to organize each collection on some sort of a unit basis, and in order to eliminate the serious interference of local conditions to make all collections in as nearly similar situations, especially as relates to cover, as possible. The whole series of collections is usually made within the limits of a single day. Starting in the morning about 8:00 A. M., collections along the first line are made. At each point the collector gets out of the machine, enters the type of growth selected and using two cyanide tubes catches as many specimens as possible in a limited period—say 15 minutes. He then reckons his catch in terms of so many specimens of the species concerned per minute. The distance between stations depends upon the area to be covered. When dealing with a small area the intervals are short, say, anywhere from 14 to 1 mile, but when dealing with an issue that covers a large area the distances range from 2 to 5 miles. 216 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, In 1913 the success in tracing the salt marsh species lead to an attempt to trace the house mosquito which exhibited marked concentration in certain areas within which and in the vicinity of which no serious breeding of the species could be found. Daylight collections promptly proved inadequate because the house species would not readily attack the collector. Resort was then had to evening collections, but the variations in time required for one collector to cover the whole area seemed to introduce a variable fatal to the result. To meet this difficulty a number of collectors were employed along two lines of col- lection running through the mosquito zone at right angles to each other. Enough men were employed that the entire collection could be secured within the limits of 11% hours. By this means the collections were found to bear an under- standable relation to each other, and by following the directions of increasing density the source of breeding has been found. In this way a zone of house mosquitoes originating in a sewage charged salt marsh has been found which extended a distance of 214 miles from the place of origin. The fact that nearly all species were taken in these evening collections led the senior author to wonder whether the process might not be used to determine the density of the mosquito fauna throughout the protected area and thereby check up the efficiency of the control work and point out the places where greater effort was needed. In 1914 he had an opportunity to try out the matter in Passaic County with the efficient assistance of Mr. David Young. He found that not only did the method seem to show up the efficiency of the control work, but served to demonstrate the inefficiencies in time to permit their correction before the householder was seriously troubled. The study seemed to show that there existed a mosquito fauna of such an attenuated character that the householder did not realize its existence and that variation in it could be determined in time to head off a really dangerous increase in number. In 1915 the evening collection became a part of the regular mosquito control work in Essex, Passaic and Union Counties and in 1916 it was employed in Bergen, Essex, Passaic, and Union and utilized to some extent in Hudson, Middlesex, Monmouth, and Atlantic Counties. It has enabled these counties to detect promptly invasions from extra-territorial limits as well as incipi- 1917] Some Recent Advances in Mosquito Work 217 ent outbreaks within their boundaries. In 1916 it served to demonstrate that the dominant species in Bergen, Essex, Middlesex, Passaic and Union was the fresh-water swamp mosquito (Aedes sylvestris Theob.) and to show that the next problem consisted in the elimination of the breeding places of that species. In 1914 Mr. Harold I. Eaton, Chief Inspector of the Atlantic County Commission, undertook the determination of the important factors governing the flight of the white marked salt marsh species (A. sollicitans WIk.), for the purpose of determin- ing where the limited amount of money available for the use of his commission could be spent with the prospect of affording the people of the county the largest measure of protection. Atlantic County has 50,000 acres of salt marsh and beyond its borders both to the north and the south lie many thousands of acres of undrained marsh. He found that this species took flight on winds of low velocity (10 miles an hour or less), high relative humidity, and high temperature. Under other con- ditions than these, migration proceeds with extreme slowness and covers only short distances. The studies of the writers before and after Mr. Eaton’s tests simply serve to confirm and extend the results as stated. In 1916, Dr. F. E. Chidester, working at the time under the senior author’s direction, determined that, during the mosquito season, the principal factor in the time and geographical dis- tribution of the brown salt marsh mosquito (Aedes contator Coq.) and the white marked salt marsh mosquito (Aedes sollicitans Wik.) is the degree of salinity of the water to which they are subjected. He found sea water of salinity 6 to 8 per cent. to be favorable to the former and injurious to the latter, while a salinity of 10 to 15 per cent. was favorable to the latter and injurious to the former. This discovery fitted well the observed distribution of the two species and seemed to offer an adequate explanation. Be that as it may, the brown salt marsh species is dominant in the spring and early summer throughout the area at a time when the water has been greatly diluted by melting snow and spring rains, and remains so throughout the season along the upper courses of the rivers where the salinity never rises much above the favorable per cent. The white marked salt marsh 218 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, species is dominant from early mid-summer on or during the period when the salinity rises to the degree favorable to it. In the beginning of a study of this sort the student may be confused by his findings, for he may discover the larve of both species in the same pool with salinity either high or low. He will soon find, however, that larve under these conditions are all well grown or that the extremely small larve are of the species favored by the salinity. This mix-up of large larve of the two species is due when the salinity is extreme in either direction, in the writers opinion, to larval distribution by high tides. SOME UNSOLVED PROBLEMS. Many problems of mosquito work which are important from the standpoint of the practical work of control are yet without solution. Ditching systems on the salt marsh are rapidly multiplying and some machinery especially adapted to the work of eae and repairing them should be devised. Until the late summer of 1915 and the season of 1916 the fresh water swamp mosquito had formed, except in the vicinity of great swamps, a minor portion of the problem of control. The fact that since that time it has been the dominant form over a large part of the protected area indicates clearly that a further study of its life economy must be undertaken. Collections of mosquitoes on the wings have failed to reveal the flight habits of Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say. It 1s rarely taken in collections except very near its place of breeding. The oils used for larvicides need to be standardized and a really practicable larvicide soluble or at least miscible with water should be found. A practicable way to reduce the mosquito fauna, which survives the faithful practice of the present methods, should be discovered, for the failure of the mosquito fighting machine in any particular way, during trying weather, all too promptly increases the ever present minimum to a troublesome number. NEW SPECIES OF COLORADO SYRPHID&. CHARLES R. JONEs. Microdon similis n. sp. Length 14mm. Head black, clothed with yellowish pile, front wide, sides nearly parallel throughout, a narrow, shining oblique transverse groove running from the base of the antenne to the eyes; antennz dark fuscus, the first joint linear, equal or sub-equal in length to the second and third together, arista black, tip slightly reddish. Thorax of a bronze black, clothed with yellow pile. Scutellum rounded, black, with the apex slightly emarginate, but plain, pile of the same color as the thorax, slightly longer and more abundant. Abdomen black, short, slightly shining, less than twice as long as wide, finely punctulate; dorsum with stout black pile, the lateral margins with yellowish pilose, pile of the first segment long, whitish, and forms a distinct uninterrupted trans- verse cross-band on the posterior portion of the segment. Legs black, pile of the tibia whitish, hind metatarsi slightly diolated and not quite as long as the remaining joints together, clothed with short, stout, reddish pile. Wings sub-hyaline, the veins narrowly blackish. Two specimens, Poudre Canon, Colorado., C. S. Mead, Coll. M. similis differs from M. tristis in that the thorax of the latter 1s obsolete cupreous lineate and the former is not; that the antenne of ¢tristis is testaceous at the base while the antenne of szmzlis is entirely black; that the length of tristis is from 7 to 10 mm., while szmilis is 14 mm.; and in that the emarginated scutellum of tristis is armed with a sharp, tooth- like projection on each side and similis is only slightly emargi- nate and plain. Melanostoma cherokeenensis n. sp. Length, o%, 7 mm., 9, 7.5mm. General color black, body linear, face bluish, yellow reflecting, white pollinose, pile black and white, tubercle rounded, not very prominent, shining black. Front of female slightly depressed, with whitish pollinose and black pile; vertex shining black, black pile, cheeks bluish black, white pollen and black pile near the eye, white pile along border. Occiput broad, whitish pollen and pile. Antennz brownish black, third joint rounded. Thorax shining metallic green, with black and white pile.~ Pleura with white pollen and pile. Scutellum yellowish, lightly dusted with light pollen, which gives it a bluish reflection, dorsum with long black, sparse pile, bordered with whitish pile. Abdomen velvety, bluish-black with short, white pile and three interrupted yellow cross-bands, all separated from the lateral margin. In the female, the spots of the second segment are orange, quadrate, and near the middle of the segment; the lateral portion lightly dusted with white pollen; spots of the third and fourth segments 219 220 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, similar to the first, but nearer the anterior margin of the segment, and considerably larger; segments four and five with a narrow, yellow, posterior border. Legs black, with white pile, knees fuscous, hind metatarsi only slightly or not at all thickened, tarsi with short, stiff, yellow pile. Wings hyaline, stigma yellow. Male differs from female in having the face with more of a bluish tinge; the cheeks are black and the oral margin has a yellow spot on it. The scutellum is darker and the pile is about twice the length of that of the female; the first abdominal spots are triangular and very small, and the fifth segment has no yellow posterior margin. Two males, one female. C. S. Mead, collector, Cherokee Park, 7600 ft., July 30, 1913. Melanostoma johnsoni n. sp. 2,8mm. Thorax blue or greenish metallic, head shining, bluish or green. Face prominent with whitish pile and lightly dusted on the sides with whitish pollen, tubercle and middle shining, a narrow trans- verse pollinose stripe below the antennz which projects upward in the middle between the antennz, front shining, lightly dusted on side with whitish pollen, a shining spot immediately above and surrounding the antennz, pile black. Vertex shining, black pile. Antenne elongate, third joint as long as the two preceding joints, sub-quadrate viewed from above, brownish, light-reddish underneath, arista brown, basal; occiput whitish pollinose, with whitish pile. Thorax metallic dark blue, or green, shining, with whitish pile. Scutellum of the same color as the thorax with marginal pile longer than the rest. Abdomen ovate, shining, brownish, with short white pile, which is longer on margin and near the base, and three pairs of yellowish abdominal spots. Second segment with two small oblique medial yellowish spots, segment three with two similar spots, but larger and more ovate. Spots on segment four similar in shape and size to the front pair. Legs testaceous, hind femora, except at the base and the tip, part of the tibize and the tarsus, fuscous, hind metatarsi slightly thickened. Wings hyaline, stigma yellow. ; Habitat: Two females. S. A. Johnson, collector, Denver, Colorado, April 4, 1902. Melanostoma monticola n. sp. Length, 2, 7to9 mm. Face projecting, slightly excavated below the antennz, whitish pollinose, with white pile, shining black; epistoma projecting downward, tubercle prominent, a smaller one on oral margin; from tubercle up to the base of the antennz a slight median depression; above the insertion of antenne two slightly raised, black, arcuate ridges, meeting on the median line. Front shining metallic green, whitish pollinose on sides, black pilose, and slightly depressed; vertex shining metallic green, black pile; eyes converging at apex. Cheeks black, white pilose. Antennz brownish, third joint reddish below, sub-ovate; arista bare. Thorax shining metallic green, white pile. Scutellum of the same color, pile short, a slight depression following 1917] New Species of Colorado Syrphide 221 contour of scutellum making a narrow border on its entire posterior portion; pleurze whitish pollinose, with white pile, abdomen shining black, narrowly ovate, pointed at tip; first segment sub-opaque, white pollinose, with white pile, second segment on the sides with a semi-quadrate yellow spot; third and fourth segments with larger yellow quadrate spots which touch the anterior margin of the segment, fifth segment with a pair of small triangular spots. The abdominal spots are lightly dusted with whitish pollen. Legs fuscous or brown, white pilose, hind metatarsi not thickened, hind femora black, or having base yellowish; cox black; wings hyaline; stigma yellowish. Habitat: Six females, Cherokee Park, Estes Park and Carbondale, Colorado. C. S. Mead and J. C. Bradley, col- lectors. July 12, 1908; July, 1913. Eupeodes braggii n. sp. Length, 8 to 10 mm. Eyes bare; face whitish yellow with a black median line which extends from oral margin but does not reach the antenne. Cheeks black. Front in male wholly yellow with black pile; front in female black, fading to light yellow towards the antenne; occiput silvery pollinose, with whitish pile; a brownish crescentic spot . above the antenne. Thorax bluish or dark metallic green with pale yellowish pile; scutellum in both sexes translucent, greenish reflection; posterior margin distinctly yellow. Abdomen sub-opaque, with light colored pile; first segment and posterior portion of all segments shining. The second segment bears two oblong yellowish, attenuated, spots which are contiguous with lateral margins of abdomen. Segment three and four, each with a pair of slightly arcuate yellowish spots, which are separated from the lateral margin of the abdomen, inner angles rounded, outer anterior angles acute. Posterior portion of segments four and five narrowly margined with yellow. Legs yellow, or brown; femora black at base; wings hyaline. Habitat: Seven specimens, 2 o', 5 9, Grand Junction, Fort Collins, Colorado. L. C. Bragg and G. P. Weldon, collectors, September 8, 1908. - Eupeodes weldoni n. sp. ‘Length, 10 mm. Eyes bare, face whitish, white pilose, with a black median line, extending from oral margin almost to the base of antenne; cheeks black, upper front in female black, lower part yellow, with or without brown crescent-shaped spots above the roots of the antenne. Vertex greenish, with light colored pile; occiput light with light pile. Antenne varying from reddish brown to black. Thorax blackish metallic green, with pale yellowish pile; scutellum in female more or less translucent with yellowish pile and distinctly margined with yellow; abdomen black, sub-opaque; thinly pilose with whitish and black pile. The first segment and posterior portion of the second and third shining black; posteriorly, the fourth and fifth marginate with yellow; the fifth also yellow laterally, giving a complete yellow bo bo bo Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, border. Abdominal spots distinctly yellowish-white, those on the second segments transverse, and reaching the lateral margin. The spots on segments three and four arcuate, attenuated at their tips, and reach the lateral margin anteriorly, venter very pale yellow. Legs yellowish, with white pile, bases of femora black; wings hyaline. Habitat: Three specimens (¢@), -Grand Junction, Fort Collins, Colorado. G. P. Weldon, Collector, August 14, 1909. Syrphus flukei n. sp. Length 8 mm. Face bluish yellow, only slightly pollinose, a bluish median stripe from roots of antennz to oral margin. Oral margin brownish, shining; cheeks black, opaque, front dusky yellowish with yellow pile; frontal triangle slightly prominent, whitish pollinose, with black pile. Antenne brownish red, a dash of wine red at roots of each, and light yellow lines running obliquely from them; third joint ovate, yellowish at base; arista brown, bare; eyes bare, contiguous; thorax shining metallic greenish yellow, with yellowish pile, dorsum with ramifying fern-like ferruginous markings, darker on margins, scutellum yellowish, clearer on margin, semi-translucent, covered with rather abundant long white pile. Abdomen black, chiefly opaque, with three pairs of yellowish arcuate cross-bands, all reaching the margin; first segment wholly shining. Posterior margins of segments three, four and five, shining; first pair of abdominal spots semi-ovate with attenuated tips which reach the lateral margin only at extreme apex of the first third of seg- ment, second and third pairs distinctly arcuate, with attenuated tips reaching lateral margin at junction of segments, inner angles extending forward and rounded, fourth segment with a narrow yellowish. hind margin. Segment five entirely yellow. Legs brownish yellow; femora with rather long yellowish pile, base black, tarsus and metatarsus brownish. Wings hyaline, sub-costal cell brownish, stigma distinctly yellowish. Habitat: One specimen, Fort Collins, Colorado, May 7, 1915. On plum blossom. Chas. Fluke, Collector. Syrphus marginatus n. sp. Length, male, 12 mm. Face yellow with a slight bluish tinge, shining, a brown median stripe from oral margin not reaching the antenne; cheeks bluish black, shining, the oral margin anteriorly, connecting under the oral opening with the color on the opposite side; frontal triangle yellow, with black pile, greyish pollinose; a slender black or brownish arch above the base of the antenne; vertical triangle small, metallic blue, with black pile; antennz brown, along the under- side more or less reddish, first two joints lighter than the third; third joint oval; eyes bare; thorax metallic green with moderately thick light pile; scutellum translucent yellowish, shining, with bluish opalescent reflection, chiefly light pile. Abdomen black, principally shining, with three pairs of yellow spots. The first pair transverse, 1917] New Species of Colorado Syrphide 223 elongate oval with attenuated tips anteriorly which reach the lateral margins of the abdomen, inner angles rounded; the second and third pairs arcuate, a little oblique, convex behind, concave in front; outer margins acute and directed forward, the inner angles rounded. The fourth and fifth segments with a narrow yellow hind margin, the fifth with two yellow basal marginal spots; legs yeblowish with base_ of femora black; hind femora with more black than the rest; hind tibiae and all tarsi brownish, lighter below. Wings hyaline, stigma brownish. Habitat: Two males, Fort Collins, Colorado. L. C. Bragg, Collector. . May.10, 1911. NotTe:—S. marginatus differs from S. arcuatus in that the abdomen of the former is velvety black and sub-opaque, while the latter is principally or wholly shining, and that the abdomi- nal spots are dull yellow and the first pair reach the lateral margin of marginatus, while the spots of the latter are bright yellow and are all separated from the margin. Syrphus meadii n. sp. Length, male and female, 10 to 12mm. _ Face pale yellowish, with a shining black median stripe extending from oral margin but not reaching the antennz; cheeks shining black, (from eye to oral margin); antennz reddish brown, lighter on under side; frontal triangle yellow, pollinose, black pile; in the female with a medial black line resembling an inverted Y, slightly convex. Immediately above the antennez are two large black spots; frontal triangle in the male yellow, silvery pollinose, and with black pile; vertical triangle black, black pile, eyes bare; occiput in the female rather broad, silvery pollinose, and with whitish pile; very narrow in the male. Abdomen black, principally shining black and yellow pilose, three pairs of yellow cross-bands; the first abdominal cross-band distinctly interrupted and separated from the lateral margin, semi-oval, the inner angles rounded, the latro-anterior angles slightly acute. Second and third abdominal cross-bands coarctate in the middle; a brownish medial mark in the middle of these bands giving them the appearance of being subinterrupted. These bands are concavo-sinuate anteriorly and con- vexo-sinuate posteriorly. They do not reach the lateral margin and are cut off obliquely forming a sharp angle anteriorly and are rounded posteriorly. The fourth and fifth segments have a narrow yellowish posterior border; fifth segment with two small yellowish triangular spots at its base. The four anterior femora brownish with a black base, the black extending about one-third the length of femora; hind femora black with exception of apices which are brownish; tibia brownish, tarsi brown on underside, darker on top. Wings hyaline, subcostal cell brownish, darker at stigma. Habitat: Eight specimens, seven females and one male. C. S. Mead, Fort Collins, Colorado, June 12, 1913. 224 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Syrphus medius n. sp. : Length, 10 mm. Face yellowish, yellowish pilose, with a distinct blackish brown stripe in the middle, which begins at the oral margin, but does not reach the antenne. Eyes bare. Antenne brown, third joint lighter on the under side. Cheeks brownish black, separated from oral margin by a yellowish border completely cutting off the connection between the black on both sides (as in S. americanus). Front brownish yellow, with a slight greenish reflection, a darker median furcate line running from the vertex to the base of the antenne, forming an inverted Y: lighter on sides, with black pile, a shining black spot above each antenna; vertex shining black, black pilose. Fhorax bronze, shining, with fine yellowish pile; scutellum lighter, with the same colored pile; abdomen black, with three uninterrupted yellow cross-bands. The first abdom- inal cross-band entire; anterior margin distinctly concave; posterior margin gently sinuate, having a medial diameter of about one-half of that of the distal ends. The anterior margin extends directly to lateral margin of the body, while the posterior is cut obliquely a short distance from the tip and reaches the lateral margin in half its width. The bands of the second and third segments are equal in width throughout; both have a median anterior and posterior projection; attenuated at the ends and reach the lateral margins in the same manner as the first cross-band; fourth segment with a narrow yellow hind margin; fifth segment yellow, with a narrow transverse blackish spot in its middle; legs yellow, coxze black, hind femora with a distinct brownish ring on the distal half, all tibia and tarsi yellow. Wings hyaline, stigma yellowish. Habitat: Fort Collins, Colorado, one specimen. L. C. Bragg, Collector, August 22, 1911. S. medius differs from S. abbreviatus in having the distinct brown stripe in the face; the brownish spots above the antenne, the cross-band on the second segment entire, the cross-band of the third and fourth segments not all convex, sinuate, and the black color of the cheeks separated on the under side of the face by the yellow margin round the mouth. S. medius differs from S. americanus chiefly in that the three principal yellow cross-bands attain the lateral margins of the abdomen. Syrphus similis n. sp. Length, 12.5 mm. Eyes globose bare, face yellowish, with bluish tinge, whitish pollinose and with sparse yellow pile; frontal triangle whitish pollinose, with two shining black spots above antenne; the pile, and that of the vertex, black; vertex shining, metallic greenish; a brown- ish median stripe from vertex to black spot above antenna; occiput broad, sides parallel, silvery pollinose, with rather abundant stubby, whitish pile; antennz brownish, third joint oval, blackish at tip, with brown base; cheeks broad, yellowish. Thorax a dull, slightly shining black, with abundant light colored pile, and a bluish dorso-median 1917] New Species of Colorado Syrphide Bop stripe; scutellum light yellow with chiefly black pile; pleura with a tuft of long yellow pile; halteres lemon yellow; abdomen black, opaque, principally black pile, first segment entirely shining, lateral margins of second, third and posterior portion of third and fourth shining. The three pairs of yellow stripes reach the lateral margins. The first pair, semi-ovate, attenuated laterally and rounded on inner angles; second and third pairs semi-rectangular, inner margins rounded, sides parallel, about two-thirds their length, thence slightly curved anteriorly and slightly attenuated, meeting the margins at the junction of pre- ceding segment. Posterior margin of fourth and fifth segments bordered with a yellow transverse line; legs slender, yellowish, with chiefly black pile; bases of all femora black, all tibize yellow, inner margins of meta- tarsi of the front legs yellow, middle and hind metatarsi and tarsi brownish black; wings hyaline, yellowish at base, sub-costal cell brownish, darker at stigma. Habitat: One specimen, female, Estes Park, 7600 ft., July 15, 1912, G. P. Weldon, Collector. S. similis differs from S. torvus in that the eyes are globose and completely bare; and from rzbesu, in that the femora are black at the base, while in the 92 of rzbesu they are yellow; and in that the abdominal bands are almost straight and attenuated, and that these spots show no convexity until they reach the point where the attenuation begins; from the rounded inner margins of the transverse bands up to the point of attenuation the abdominal spots are almost quadrate. Sphaerophoria interrupta n. sp. Length, 9, 8 mm. Front black, shining, with a black median dash from the vertex, gradually becoming constricted in the middle to a little more than one-half its width, thence gradually broadening to its extreme width, and then tapering to a point above the antennae; sides silvery pollinose, yellowish above the antennz, with black and yellow pile; face pale yellow, with white pile and silvery pollen, except on the tubercle; oral margin narrowly brownish; cheeks yellow, with a dark brown spot; antennz brownish, third joint rounded; arista slightly darker; occiput silvery pollinose, and with white pile; dorsum of thorax metallic greenish black, shining, with a distinct slightly interrupted spot at the base of the scutellum, the same shape and color of the scutellum, but slightly smaller; the anti-sutural stripe broad, yellowish, covered with whitish pollen, which gives it a bluish reflection; the post- sutural, slightly narrowed, entirely yellow, and terminating in an acute angle near the scutellum; pleurze black, with silvery pollen and white pile; scutellum yellow, translucent, with sparse whitish pile; abdomen black, shining, with four yellow, interrupted cross-bands which reach the lateral margins; the first segment black; with inconspicuous yellowish side spots; second segment with two, semi-triangular, arcuate spots, which reach the lateral margins near the anterior portion of the segment, 226 Annals Entomological Society of America | [Vol. X, inner angles acute; segments three, four and five each with a quadrate, interrupted transverse cross-band on the anterior portion, which reach the lateral margins in their full width, their inner angles slightly rounded; segments four and five narrowly margined, posteriorly, with yellow; legs brownish-yellow; four anterior femora with a brownish band near the middle; tibia and tarsi yellowish; hind tibiz, tarsi, and femora, except at the bases and extreme apices, brownish; wings hyaline, stigma yellowish. Habitat: One 9, Happy Hollow, Colorado. C. S. Mead, Collector. August 13, 1913. Brachyopa rufiabdominalis n. sp. Length, 7 mm. Face light reddish brown, prominently produced - forward, with light, silvery, glistening pollen and very fine white pubescence; slightly concave beneath the antennz; frontal triangle shining, prominent, with or without a median suture. Cheeks a little darker red than the face and with a shining stripe from the eye to the oral margin; sparsely covered with long white pile. Antenne situated on a semi-conical projection, of the same general color as the face but slightly darker; first joint about half as long as the second, of a slightly deeper red than the third, dorsally with a tuft of black hairs on each, | third joint light red, about as long as first and second together, ovate; arista bare, dorso-basal. Vertex black, frontal portion with or without silvery pollen, eyes narrowly separated. Dorsum of thorax brown with black pile, covered with grayish pollen, anteriorly with two approximate dorso-medial blackish stripes, laterally, with a broad interrupted stripe; the transverse suture deep, shining; humeri with a reddish spot; pleurze reddish brown; a reddish brown stripe extending from the scutellum to the base of the wing. Scutellum light reddish brown, beset with blackish and reddish pile, shining, with a very narrow median light stripe; abdomen slightly longer than the thorax, but little longer than wide, light reddish brown and entirely shining, with reddish pile; the posterior portion of segments one, two and three with a narrow, posterior, shining, brownish, transverse band, either entire or interrupted in the middle. Legs of the same color as the abdomen, principally with light colored pile; on the under side of the hind femora and the apex of the four middle femora with stout black pile; tarsi darker brown; light at apex; the hind metatarsi slightly thickened at base and thence gradually tapering to apex; wings hyaline with a reddish tinge, anterior cross-vein before the middle of the discal cell and almost rectangular. Habitat: Two male specimens. C. R. Jones, Collector. Rist Canon, Colorado, on wild plum. May 12, 1915. B. rufiabdominalis differs from B. cynops in that the scutellum and abdomen are entirely shining, in that, in the former, the circular abdominal and the triangular spots of segments two and three are wanting, and it has the narrow posterior cross- band, and the lengths are different; in that the hind femora and 1917] New Species of Colorado Syrphide 227, the apex of the anterior femora have stout black pile, and in that the posterior cross-vein is about two-thirds of the penultt- mate sections of the fourth vein, instead of being equal. B. rufiabdominalis differs from B. vacua in the color of the thorax and its markings. B. vacua has three brown stripes and B. rufiabdominalis has four, two entire and two interrupted. B. vacua is 8-9 mm. and B. rufiabdominalis 1s 7 mm. B. rufiabdominalis differs from B. bicolor Fallen, of Europe, in that the occiput of the latter is pale gray and with gray pile, the face is without pubescence, the eyes touch for about one- third of the distance from the ocelli to the antenne; the scutellum has eight long black marginal hairs and is covered with short black pile, while in the former the occiput is black, whitish- pollinose and has black and white pile; the face has fine whitish pubescence on it; the eyes are distinctly separated, the nearest point of contingency is immediately below the ocelli; the scutellum has black pile dorsally, and the remainder is covered with reddish pile and lacks the eight black marginal bristles. Volucella rufomaculata n. sp. Length, 9 14mm., & 15mm. Face yellowish chestnut, thickly clothed with a medium long, yellow pile; separated in both sexes by a narrow yellowish strip. Considerably excavated and bare below the antenne. Cheeks shining black, black pilose, in the female with a small yellow triangular spot near the eye; in the male this spot connects with the narrow yellow stripe next to the eye. Antenne reddish brown, lighter at tip, third joint elongate, widest at the base. Arista more than twice as long as the antenna, reddish, with long abundant feathery, black plume; front of the female distinctly yellow, rather narrow, converging at the apex with abundant long, yellow pile. Front of the male brown, shining, sparsely covered with whitish pile, frontal triangle of the male very small, yellow, with abundant long, yellow pile. Eyes of the female sparsely pilose throughout, in the male thickly pilose. Dorsum of thorax, bright shining blue with moderately long black pile. Anterior, lateral margins, posterior margin and pleura with abundant long, yellow pile. Scutellum light-yellow with abundant long, yellow pile. Abdomen shining black with yellow pile, more abundant on lateral margins of second and fourth segments. First segment black, shining, second segment with a pair of large, yellow lateral triangular spots connected on posterior margin with a reddish band, pile of the sides abundant, in the middle sparsely pilose. Third segment with a large red, dorso-medial spot, extending from the anterior margin about two-thirds of the length of the segment, narrowly interrupted in the female and slightly more interrupted in the male, with short erect reddish pile; laterally from this spot, in the female, with yellow pile, 228 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, in the male, black pilose, segment four with entirely yellow pile, in both a small black shining spot in the middle shows the ground color. Legs black, with stout black pile, tips of femora, bases of tibize and tarsi reddish brown. Wings with a brownish tinge, decidedly colored along the veins. Habitat: One male; 1 female, C. R. Jones and C. S. Fluke, Collectors, Estes Park and Poudre Canon, August, 1915. V. rufomaculata differs from V. evecta in the color of the thorax, the latter being black and the former being blue; the eyes of the female in V. rufomaculata are pilose throughout, and in V. evecta they are bare or at most pilose near the top; the abdomen, outside the second segment, in V. evecta, is entirely shining black, while in V. rufomaculata it has a large, red dorso-medial interrupted spot. Mallota flavoterminata n. sp. Length, oc 13 mm., 9 15.5mm. Eyes bare, narrowly separated in the male; frontal triangle of the male thickly covered with grayish pollen, whitish pile along the sides and top. Front of the female narrowed above, greenish black, shining, with yellowish pile and a narrow stripe of grayish pollen on each side below the ocelli. Face, deeply concave below the antennze to the tip of prominent tubercle; from tubercle to oral margin almost perpendicular; on the sides densely covered with grayish pollen. The broad, black median stripe is one-third the width of the face, wholly shining. Pile in the male, silvery, sparse, and rather long; in the female, short, whitish, mixed with golden yellow; the pollinose stripe in both sexes runs to the oral margin. Cheeks black, shining; antenne brownish-black, the third joint covered with grayish pollen, a little wider than long; arista reddish, dorsal. Dorsum of thorax, in ground color, black with slight gray pollen on humeri, moder- ately shining, covered with long, thick golden pile. The female more densely covered than the male with a patch of whitish pile at the base of the wings. Scutellum, light yellowish, with the same colored pile as the thorax, but more dense and longer. Pleura with grayish pollen and long, light yellow pile. Abdomen, obtusely conical, shining, first segment with yellow and black pile, second and third with short, stout, black pile; the posterior margin of segments with a transverse band of yellowish pile; fourth segment shining, in the male, reddish brown with wholly yellow pile, more dense laterally; fifth segment reddish brown, sparsely pilose, fourth and fifth segments of the female black, shining, with yellow pile. Legs of both sexes black with black and white pile, the tarsi dark reddish, last joints and base of tarsal claws fuscus; hind femora in both sexes much thickened; hind tibiz compressed arcuate. Wings hyaline with a distinct brown picture. Two specimens, one male, C. S. Mead, Poudre Canon, Fort Collins, Colorado, 1913; one female, A. Maxson, on beet blossoms, Longmont, Colorado. 1917] 7 New Species of Colorado Syrphide 229 M. flavoterminata differs from M. Sackeni in that the marginal cell of the former is open and in the latter it is closed. The pile of the fourth and fifth segments in the former is the same color as the thorax, and not blackish as in M. Sackeni. M. flavoterminata differs from M. cimbiciformis in that the males are dichoptic, the pile and color of the abdomen and the brown spot in the wing. Mallota palmere n. sp. Length, o’, 11-12 mm. Eyes bare, converging a short distance below the ocelli. Frontal triangle and vertex separated by a distinct transverse suture, frontal triangle with whitish pile, thickly covered with white pollen, a shining brown stripe above the antenne. Face deeply concave from the base of the antennz to the tip of the tubercle, slightly receding, thickly covered on the sides and below the antenne with whitish pollen, leaving a black bare, median, shining stripe, about one- fifth the width of the face, pile whitish, and rather long on the sides; vertical triangle slightly darker than the frontal, and with moderately thick long white pile. Cheeks shining black. Antenne brownish black, situated on a brownish truncated process; third joint lighter, rounded and covered with whitish pollen; arista reddish. Dorsum of thorax in ground color, black, moderately covered with whitish pollen which gives the appearance of two light colored abbreviated longitudinal lines. Pile abundant, short, and light yellow. Scutellum yellowish, shining, with fine yellowish and whitish pile. Abdomen long, narrow, obtusely conical, of a dark-brownish color, shining, and with light colored pile; first segment densely covered with white pollen and moderately long, whitish pile; second segment with a pair of brownish, rather indistinct, median transverse triangular spots which reach the lateral margins and are separated medially; the posterior portion narrowly margined with brown. The following segments similar to segment two, but the brownish portion less conspicuous. Legs blackish, with whitish pile, all tarsi apex of hind femora and hind tibize brownish, a tuft of stout brown- ish hair underneath the apex of hind tibie, hind femora considerably thickened in the male, arcuate, hind tibia arcuate. Wings hyaline, with a distinct brown spot from the base of the discal cell to beyond the anterior cross-vein. Habitat: Two males, one, C. S. Mead, collected on buck- wheat, Fort Collins, Colorado. C. R. Jones, Platteville, Colo- rado, taken on Dichrophyllum marginatum, June and August, 1915. Xylota nigromaculata n. sp. Length, 9, 10 mm.; o', 8 mm. Head black, front considerable excavated below the antenne, oral margin projecting; face blackish, light pollinose, pile whitish; cheeks black, shining, and white pile; front of female narrowed above, black, with two dashes of light pollen somewhat 230 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, remote from the eyes; front of the male black, with hight pollen; antennz short, fuscus, rounded; third joint scarcely longer than broad; arista bare, somewhat basal, reddish brown, lighter at tips; thorax metallic green, with short whitish pile, three dorso-medial cinerous stripes extend- ing the entire length of thorax, the medial one about one-half the width of the others, meta-thoracic portion with additional cinereous stripes; scutellum the same color as thorax, with white pile, thicker and heavier on margin; abdomen bluish black, shining with whitish pile; second segment with triangular, metallic, greenish, shining side spots; legs nearly black, hind femora much thickened, hind tibize arcuate, reddish at apex, base of all tibia somewhat lutescent; front tarsi cinereous, inner margin of middle tibiz with long whitish pile; wings blackish brown, stigma brown, anterior cross-vein oblique, wholly or partially surrounded by a black spot. X. nigromaculata differs from X. metallifera to which it is closely related, in that the abdomen of the former is steel blue, shining, and has triangular metallic, greenish, shining side spots on the second segment; while the latter is opaque black; and in that the abdomen of the former does not have the elongated oval spots that occur in the latter. The former has distinctly thickened hind femora and the hind tibie are arcuate. These characters do not appear in the description of X. metal- lifera. I do not know of any specimens of the latter besides the types and these were unobtainable, so the description was all that was consulted. . Three specimens, two females and one male, Fort Collins, Colorado. The male was taken by S. A. Johnson at apple blossoms and the two females were reared from pupz taken from an old decaying stump by E. C. Hotchkiss, April 21, 1903. The following syrphid could not be exactly placed. In the key, it came nearest to Xylota, but the generic description did not fit, so, for lack of a better name, I have called it Microxylota and the species, robiz. Two specimens, Fort Collins, Colorado. C. S. Mead, Collector. | Microxylota n. g. Small species, 6.5 to 7 mm., slender, metallic; head hemispherical, slightly broader than thorax; antennz situated on slight conical pro- jection, first two joints short, third more or less oval; arista dorsal, bare; face concave in profile, epistoma slightly projecting; eyes pubescent, contiguous in males; thorax rather large, metallic green; scutellum metallic green, thinned along border; abdomen slightly narrower than the thorax; metallic greenish black, shiny, flattened, sides nearly 1917} New Species of Colorado Syrphide 231 parallel. Third segment slightly contracted (viewed dorsally); legs short, rather stout, hind femora short, decidedly thickened, moderately pilose with long golden hairs; hind tibiz thickened, slightly arcuate, with a few stout spines at apex; metatarsi thickened. Marginal cell of wing open, third Jongitudinal vein gently curved, anterior cross-vein oblique, beyond middle of the discal cell. The fourth section of the fourth longitudinal vein zigzag with two stump veins projecting outward. Type of genus Microxylota Robit. Microxylota robii n. sp. Length, 6.5 to 7 mm., face black with moderately thick, pale, yellowish pile, front narrow above, black, with silvery pollinose and sericeous pile; cheeks shining black; vertex shining black, black pile; eyes contiguous for a short distance, sparsely pilose; occiput shining black, extending broadly backwards; antennz fuscus, pollinose, third joint rhomboid, somewhat pointed at tip; arista dorsal, bare, brownish. Dorsum of thorax shining, metallic greenish black, with two pollinose tapering stripes running from anterior portion to about middle of thorax, yellowish pilose; scutellum same color as thorax, thinned at the edge. Pile sparse, short, yellowish; abdomen approximately one-third longer than thorax; shining metallic greenish black, only four visible segments from above, sides nearly parallel, slightly tapering from anterior portion of second segment to the tip of abdomen; segments two, three and four with latro-medial, opaque, crescentic, whitish, pollinose depressions. Second segment broad, third slightly contracted; fourth rounding at tip, pile short, yellowish; legs strong, black, hind femora extremely thickened, shining black, with short, yellowish pile, tibiz gradually dilated from base to apex, arcuate, base reddish brown, tarsi reddish brown; hind metatarsi incrassated at base, gradually tapering to apex. Wings sub-hyaline, stigma brown. The apical bounding vein of the first posterior cell zigzag with two stumps of a vein projecting forward. Two specimens, males, collected by C. S. Mead, Fort Collins, Colorado, June and August, 1915. tN We bo Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, NOTICE. It is very important that I have a complete list of our members who are in the army and navy during the war. While we can hardly hope to reach them with the Annals, we may devise a way to keep in touch with them. As it will probably happen that many of them will not see this notice, I request their friends or former teachers to send me their names; it will be better for me to get a name two or three times than not at all. J. M. ALDRICH, Secretary-Tvreasurer. West Lafayette, Ind., June 1, 1917. —_ | NOTICE TO MEMBERS AND CONTRIBUTORS. The Annals of the Entomological Society of America, pub- lished by the Society quarterly, includes the Proceedings of the Annual meetings and such papers as may be selected by. the Editorial Board. Papers may be submitted to any member of the Editorial Board and should be as nearly as possible in the form desired as final; preferably typewritten, and illustrations must be finished complete ready for reproduction. Plates must not exceed 5 x7 inches unless intended to fold. -In general, papers to be accepted must be original, complete and previously unpublished and, except in connection with the proceedings, it will not be the policy to publish preliminary announcements or notes. Authors will be allowed fifty reprints gratis and additional copies at cost to. the Society. The Managing Editor is provided with the most recent address of all paid-up members on record in the Secretary’s office for mailing the numbers of the Annals and members failing to receive their numbers should present their complaint to the Managing Editor within four months from the date of the mail- ing of the issue. After that time the numbers will be furnished only at the regular published rate. Requests for information as to membership ahd the annual dues of members may be sent to the Secretary-Treasurer, J. M. Atpricu, West Lafayette, Ind. . Communications relating to the ANNALS, and all orders for separate copies or reprints should be addressed to © 3 HERBERT OsBorN, Managing Editor, ANNALS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, State University, Columbus, Ohio. CONTENTS OF THIS NUMBER. _. © Ewine, H. E.—A Synopsis of the Genera of Beetle a Mites With Special Reference to the North Ameri- ng Can Wh airid fice kN ek ioe Ca eh Veta eee ; «GILLETTE, C. P.—Some Colorado ‘Species. of the Genus gon OA CHMTS oie OR DAs Oe aa ee ek ee --.. Frorence, Laura—The Pacific Coast Species of Xylee < eGceus (Scale Insects) e080 yee ae ke ae 2 he o7 McGrecor, E. A.—Six New Species of Mallophage mi From North American Mammals: (nea ; BAUMBERGER, | ees ea Hibernation: A Periodical Phe- th | Eafe) AAT =) | gts MMO MEG ROA Lg a cKscuy US MnaAt pe G2 Mae UMP 6) eo | Crampton, G. C. —The Nature of the Veracervix or ‘Neck Région. In Tnsects.10 2 oo ee Ee | ZETEK, JAMES—The Ecology of Bubonic Pape satay Muir, F.—The Introduction of Scolia les ai Ashm. ‘Tito the Hawaitan Islands’. 2 5 oC on eee Saari THOMAS J., and BECKWITH, CHARLES “ae ‘hae Some Recent Advances In Mosquito Work ..... oh at So; - Jones, CHARLES R.—New Species of Colorado Syrphide ge m7 ooh ST vg TAL The regular annual Subscription price for the ANNALS is in if the United States, Cuba, Porto Rico, Hawaii and Mexico, $3. 00; : - Canada, $3.50; other countries, $4.00. Checks, drafts or money - . order should be drawn payable to ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL — SociETY oF AMERICA, and addressed to HERBERT OsBorN, State eabiccvath Columbus, Ohio, U.S. A. ‘SEPTEMBER, 1917 (F< paps OSBORN, 3 Managing Raitor, ae Evesunoeit go OHTO, se H. EMERTON, a j ts ie Boat pe, “Lancor, New. WM, A. RILEY; Tnmaca, N. i PUBLISHED (QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY | ” COLUMBUS, OHIO | oe The Entomological Society of America | Founded 1906. OFFICERS 1917. President _ LAWRENCE BRUNER, De Bg AUR ee TNE Rio Lincoln, Neb. First. Vice-President Bs ML WARRER, kh AOS OR ee a, Ononboy Ontario Second Vice-President FE Go Rare BER i el ae Pasadena, California | Managing Editor Annals Herpert Osporn, 5 2.00 Columbus, Ohio Secretary-Treasurer J.M.Aupricn, . . ..... .. . West Lafayette, Indiana Executive Committee THE OFFICERS AND E. B. WILLIAMSON, A. D. Hopkins, W. J. HoLranp, _E..D. BAtt, C. W. JOHNSON. Committee on Nomenclature E. P. Fett, T. D. A. CocKERELL, NATHAN BANKS. i Reap eis URBANA, ILLS. Irmaca, N.Y. “Oa T. D. A. COCKERELL, tale BOULDER, CoLo, . r PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY | F _ COLUMBUS, OHIO a : a ape ee _ Entered as second class‘ matter April 11, 1908, at the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, under the Act of Congress of March 3, 1879. Avnals, VolclV,-Part 4; each: cee ke Pe eek ao Al A eas CIE Gabe ates 1.50 BACK VOLUMES Of the ANNALS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SocrIETY OF AMERICA may be secured from the office of the Managing Editor and new members of the Society who may wish to complete a set are advised to secure the earlier volumes while there is still a supply on hand and the price is kept at the original subscription rate. Address HERBERT OsBorn, Managing Editor, ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, State University, Columbus, Ohio. MO Pcie kok Nae . ee ee Re ae ’ ak ane MT as { 5 4 ks 3 , The Entomological Society of America Founded 1906. OFFICERS 1917. President LAWRENCE BRUNER, Ag CoC ee Cah er He ae eb Lincoln, Neb. First Vice-President BM WALKER ee SU ie Has Se orento, Ontarie Second Vice-President FC AB kB Osea Ba er Ge in a Ot Bead ete “Caliorma Managing Editor Annals HeERpert:OsBomny 4 Sie ee ee ee a Columbus, Oh Secretary-Treasurer J.M.Atprico, . . °. .... .™) West Lafayette, Indiana Executive Committee THE OFFICERS . AND E. B. WILLIAMSON, A. D. Hopkins, W. J. HoLtanp, E. D. Batt, C. W. JOHNSON. Committee on Nomenclature E. P. Fett, T. D. A. COcKERELL, NATHAN BANKS. Price List of Publications. Annals, Vols. I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII and IX complete, each....... $3.00 Annals, Separate Parts except as below, each... /... 6... cee lee ee cee e es 1.00 Annals: Vols.) and Ile Part-3;epen: 6 o2 CAO R ce Saat ands RR ok .50 ANNALS OW: The Entomological Society of America Volume X DECEMBER, 1917 Number 4 ADDITIONAL NOTES ON HEREDITY AND LIFE HISTORY IN THE COCCINELLID GENUS ADALIA MULSANT. By MrrraM A. PALMER. In 1911 an article was published by the writer in the Annals of the Ent. Soc. of America, entitled ‘‘Some Notes on Heredity in the Coccinellid Genus Adalia Muls.’’ This paper comprised all of the forms of Adalia at that time known to the writer to have been taken in Colo., viz., melanopleura Lec., annectans Crotch, coloradensis Casey, and humeralis Say. These forms were all found to interbreed freely, the different types acting as Mendelian units. In the spring of 1916 experiments were begun for the purpose of determining the biological relation between these forms and A. bipunctata Linn. Adaha bipunctata Linn. as dealt with in this paper may be described as follows: Head black, with two white spots - bordering the eyes. Pronotum pale with black M-shaped design with the broad pale margins, except in rare cases, immaculate instead of the black lateral dot as in A. annectans. Elytra brownish red with a rather large rounded black spot in the center of each. Legs black or brownish black. Length 4—5.5 mm., width 3.5-4 mm. The appearance of the egg and larva in all stages seems indistinguishable from the rest of the Adalia group studied.* The color of the egg varied from pale lemon yellow to strong orange. This difference of color seemed to have no real signifi- cance, as eggs of both colors were laid by the same female and *See Annals Ent. Soc. of America, Vol. VII, 1914, p. 228. 289 290 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. X, sometimes, in the same patch. The orange colored eggs seemed usually to be confined to the first egg patches laid by a female. Length of eggs was about 1.1-1.2 mm. In the spring of 1916, through the kindness of Prof. R. L. Webster, two shipments of live A. bipunctata Linn were received from Ames, Iowa, March 21st and April Ist respectively, seven beetles in each shipment. Later about a dozen of this species were found in Colorado by Mr. L. C. Bragg, and Prof. C. P. Gillette. Owing to the unusual scarcity of the native species only a few of these were secured for the making of the crosses. : The first shipment from Iowa consisted of 6 unfertilized females and one male, the second 5 unfertilized females and 2 males. An annectans male was secured and introduced to each of these females. Though they readily mated, in only one instance did it seem to have any result. The eggs either continued to be infertile, or, if the female was already fertilized by a bipunctata male, the progeny continued typical bipunctata, though they were reared to the second generation. A large number of beetles were reared from these females, mated with bipunctata males, in order to determine whether they were pure strains and what variation might appear. From one of these pairs (Figure 1), 54 beetles were reared in. the first generation, all exactly resembling the father and mother, and 71 in the second generation, all true to type except 3, one of which was smaller spotted and two which possessed the lateral dot and lacked the basal white on the pronotum, and had the elytral spots ragged in outline with a slight projection or dot mesad and surrounded by a yellowish halo. From another of these females (Figure 2) mated with the same male there were produced in the first generation 23 beetles exactly resembling the parents, in the second generation, 16 beetles showing exactly the same characters. Another female (Figure 3) with the same male as above produced in the first generation 18 beetles, allnormal. Another bipunctata female with a bipunctata male (Figure 4) produced 39 beetles in the first generation, all true to type, and 15 in the second generation, also true. A number of the first generation from this beetle were put with a number of the first generation from the first mentioned beetle (Fig. 1) and 11 beetles resulted, all apparently typical 1917] Notes on Coccinellid Genus Adalia Mulsant 291 bipunctata. Still another pair of these beetles (Fig. 5) produced > in the first generation 9 beetles like the parents excepting that 2 have slightly smaller spots, in the second generation 4 beetles all typical. ae 1 oar ae 3 Fig 4 Samia Goats rel Q rol fe) Parents Parents - Xl Parents ah 54+ 18 39 h) | co me pees C me 2 MEE CE 99 95 Fig. 7 -€ < 9) “( é Fig. 1. Pair of bipunctata beetles, from Iowa, and their progeny. Fig. 2. Pa a bipunctata beetles, from Iowa, and their progeny. (Male same as 1.) Bigancs Pair er Feast: beetles, from Iowa, and their progeny. (Male same as Fig. 1 Fig. 4. Pair of bipunctata beetles, from Iowa, and their progeny. Fig. 5. Pair of bipunctata beetles, from Iowa, and their progeny. Fig. 6. Five bipunctata females and 1 male, from Iowa, and their progeny. Fig. 7. One female from Fig. 6 mated with a bipunctata male, from Colorado, and progeny. One of these bipunctata females (Figure 8) previously unfertilized, mated with the same annectans male, as had been offered without result to the above females, produced in the first generation 3 bipunctata beetles with moderately small 292 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, spots. One of these, a female, was mated with its annectans father and produced 3 small-spotted bipunctata and 2 typical annectans. Another of this lot of first generation females was mated with an annectans male from out of doors (Figure 9) and the first egg patch resulted in 3 bipunctata, 2 fairly small- spotted and one with a dot mesad of the elytral spots. The second egg patch gave 1 bipunctata normal, 1 bipunctata with spots reduced to dots, and 1 annectans. The original female (Figure 8) was then mated with a small-spotted bzpunctata male (Figure 11) and 16 large-spotted bzpunctata resulted. . Fig8 Q 3 ats a 16 Pi ts laren ~ Fig. 8. Bipunctata female from Iowa mated with annectans male, and progeny. Fig. 9. Female of F!. generation of Fig. 8 mated with annectans male, and progeny. Fig. 10. Female of F!. generation of Fig. 8 mated with annectans male (father). Fig. 11. Bipunctata female of Fig. 8 mated with bipunctata male from Colorado. The 5 other females from Iowa were put together in one cage with a bipunctata male (Figure 6) and from the eggs 95 beetles were reared, all bipunctata, 2 small-spotted, 4 medium-spotted, and the rest of the same size of spots as the parents. One of the females was separately mated with a bipunctata male with small spots (Figure 7), and there resulted 24 bipunctata with spots the same size as the mother. From the bipunctata beetles taken in Colorado there were also a considerable number of beetles reared. These were taken in Denver on two occasions, ten on April 19th by Mr. L. ©. Bragg, and three on April 28 by Prof... ©. P. Gillette. The first lot consisted of 6 females and 4 males and the second lot were all males and small-spotted. From one female (Fig. 12) mated with a bipunctata male 29 beetles were reared in the first generation, all apparently normal except that one was smaller- 1917] Notes on Coccinellid Genus Adalia Mulsant 293 spotted, and 6 in the second generation, all apparently normal bipunctata. Another female (Figure 13) mated with a bipunc- tata male produced in the first generation 11 beetles, 4 with spots the same size as the parents and 7 smaller-spotted and in the second generation 16 beetles like the grand-parents. Fig.12 Fig. 13 Fig. 14 Fig. 15 9 Ea 9 d SMa fhe (fee 5) 3: 4 zie 8 18 11 a A NI +0 Q, n s) ~ 49 © ? een to ms wo | a, Farents e ‘ < a : a Pa ae: 45 3 1 11 Fig. 12. Pair of bipunctata beetles from Colorado, and progeny. Fig. 13. Pair of bipunctata beetles from Colorado, and progeny. Fig. 14. Pair of bipunctata beetles from Colorado, and progeny. ‘ Fig. 15. Pair of bipunctata beetles from Colorado, and progeny, (female the same as Fig. 14). Fig. 16. Progeny of F'. or F.; of Fig. 13 and 14. Fig. 17. Pair of bipunctata beetles, from Colorado, and progeny. Fig. 18. Pair of bipunctata beetles, from Colorado, and progeny. Fig. 19. Pair of bipunctaia beetles, from Colorado, and progeny, (female the same as Fig. 18). Another female (Figure 14) mated with a large-spotted male . produced in the first generation 21 beetles, 13 more or less small-spotted and 8 fairly large-spotted. This female was then mated with a small-spotted male (Figure 15) from Denver and from this union 11 bipunctata were produced, all rather small-spotted. From a cage containing the small- 294 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, spotted beetles of the first generation of the last two females (Figures 13 and 14) eggs were reared (Figure 16) which resulted in 6 bipunctata, 2 of which had very small spots. From another pair (Figure 17) there were reared 45 large-spotted bipunctata in the first generation. Another of these females, (Figure 18) mated with a bipunctata male medium-spotted, produced 4 bipunctata, 3 normal and one rather small-spotted; mated later (Figure 19) with a small-spotted bipunctata male it pro- duced 11 beetles, all with good-sized spots. All of these bipunctata beetles were evidently pure strains, as no other forms appeared in the progeny though large numbers were reared and most were carried through the second gen- eration. The size of the spots evidently varies and seems to act merely as a fluctuating variation, though it appeared oftener in some strains than in others. It probably acts the same as the size of the spots in annectans discussed in the former paper of 1911. The marking on the pronotum, too, seems to vary so that the white lateral area may be broken into (Figure 1), so as to form the black lateral dot. In the early part of May an annectans female (Figure 20) was taken on the campus and soon laid a patch of eggs, fertilized before capture. From this egg patch there developed 16 beetles, viz., 3 annectans, 4 melanopleura with white area on the pronotum, 2 melanopleura, normal, with lateral dot on the pronotum, 4 bipunctata with very small spots, and 3 coloradensis with considerable variation, 2 with the typical white area on the pronotum and one with it broken by a black lateral dot, more posteriorly placed than in annectans. A few second generation individuals were reared from most of these forms. The annec- ‘tans beetles produced 1 annectans. The melanopleura with white area mated with each other, produced 3 normal melan- opleura with lateral dot; one of the males mated: with an annectans female produced 4 beetles, 2 amnectans and 2 normal melanopleura with lateral dot. These results seem to signify that the lack of the lateral dot may occur in melanopleura as a fluctuating variation, as these specimens could not have been influenced by the other element of the hybrid as they were either annectans or else humeralis hybrids, both of which have always proved to be recessive to every character of melanopleura. 1917] Notes on Coccinellid Genus Adalia Mulsant 295 The bipunctata specimens produced 1 annectans and 1 humer- alis, which signifies that there were two kinds of bipunctata hybrids, viz., both annectans and humeralis. One pair of coloradensis specimens, one with white area and one with ist Eqq Patch and F9g Patch Brad Eqq Patch 4th Egq Patch Fig 20 x unKnown oS 3 bho: oe Same as above g alre ady fertilized byan.Jd F2 Fig. 20. Annectans female captured out doors, already fertilized, and progeny, 3rd and 4th egg patches laid after fertilization of the female by a bipunctata male taken in Colorado. 296 Annals Entomological Society of America Vol. XX; posterior lateral dot, produced 4 beetles, 1 humeralis and 3 coloradensts; 1 of the latter with white area and 2 with posterio- lateral dot. This dot seems in this case to be a fluctuating variation, for the appearance of the humeralis in the progeny proves the parents both to have been coloradensis hybrids with humeralis; in other words, each presented a single strain of coloradensis and neither one seems to be a Mendelian dominant. Evidently from these last two cases, the annectans mother of all these must have been an annectnas humeralis hybrid and must have been mated with several males very nearly at the same time. These males must have born annectans, melanopleura, bipunctata and coloradensis. After 9 days the above female laid another patch of eggs from which 11 beetles were reared, all annectans, which seems to signify that the annectans male was the last one which mated with the female and the most of the eggs in the first patch had already been fertilized by the former males. The second patch, however, was fertilized entirely by the annectans male, the fresher spermatozoa evidently taking precedence over the older ones. This female was then mated with a bipunctata male and the next egg patch, laid within 3 or 4 days produced in the first generation 10 annectans and 2 bipunctata with small spots, in the second generation from the bipunctata beetles there were reared 1 normal bipunctata, 3 with fairly small spots and one annectans. A fourth patch of eggs laid 6 days later was reared and 9 beetles matured, all bipunctata with small spots. These beetles emerged during the latter part of June, but up to the 15th of August, when the experiment was discontinued, they had neither laid any eggs nor been seen in copulation. They were, however, seemingly in perfectly healthy condition and probably would have hibernated and laid in the spring, or they might have begun breeding September Ist. The latter supposition is based on the theory that the inactivity may have been due to the period of cessation during July and August mentioned by D. E. Fink in his bulletin 1915 of the Virginia Experiment Station. A period of great difficulty in rearing Coccinellids at this season of the year has been noted in Colorado by the writer, but has been heretofore attributed rather unsatis- factorily to various other causes. 1917] Notes on Coccinellid Genus Adalia Mulsant 297 In this case every one of the forms under consideration appeared from the eggs of a single female, but hybrids of bipunctata were discovered only with annectans and humeralis. On the 25th of May an egg patch was obtained from another annectans female (Figure 21), taken out of doors already fertilized. Though, for 5 days before laying the eggs, it had been mated with a bipunctata male, the one used in Figure 1, 2, 3, and 5, no trace of bipunctata appeared in the progeny. Thirteen beetles matured, 3 annectans, 4 normal melanopleura with lateral dot, 3 melanopleura with white area, and 3 colo- radensis with a lateral dot placed more posteriorly than the Fig 21 hey. x unKnown oo" ° a ER a Ng Fig. 21. Annectans female captured, already fertilized, and progeny. lateral dot of the other forms. In the second generation from the coloradensis cage, 2 beetles were reared and they were both coloradensts with the posterior lateral dot. Judging from this case together with the similar results with the coloradensis progeny of the former annectans female, it is evident that coloradensis often possess a lateral dot, more posteriorly placed than in other forms, instead of the broad white area as given in the former paper of 1911. Both these patterns are mentioned in the original description by Casey. The above-mentioned lateral dot seems in this case to have bred true, but considered with the case in Figure 20 it can hardly be considered more than a fluctuating variation, since in that case a pair of coloradensis humeralis hybrids, one with the dot and one with the white area produced progeny both with and without the dot. 298 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Conclusions: (1) Bipunctata-annectans hybrids were formed both in the laboratory and in state of nature. More difficulty was experienced, however, in securing crosses than in the previous experiments with only the native forms, but this may have been partly accidental. They would mate readily enough, but in only comparatively few instances were the eggs affected. The hybrids when formed seemed just as healthy and fertile as the other hybrids. (2) Bipunctata-humeralis hybrids were formed out of doors and these, too, were fertile. (3) The appearance of the bzpunctata-annectans and the bipunctata-humeralis hybrids was identical in these cases. Bipunctata dominated completely in the markings of the pro- notum and also in the spots of the elytra unless the smaller size of the spots was a modification. The spots were no smaller though than those that occasionally appeared in what seemed to be pure strains of brpunctata. Evidently in the bipunctata- annectans hybrid the size of the spot is determined by the marking of the smaller spotted parent, black being recessive in these beetles (see paper of 1911). Except in rare cases the smaller spotted parent is most liable to be annectans. Since bipunctata seems to be small spotted in some cases there is no constantly reliable character whereby to distinguish the hybrid except that it is very likely to be more or less small-spotted. Why the size of the spot should be reduced in the bipunctata- humeralis hybrids is far from clear. In these experiments it could hardly have been due to mere fluctuation of the bipunctata element or the results would not have been so constant. For example: In the case of Figure 20, first, third and fourth egg patches 15 hybrids were obtained from the annectans- humeralis female crossed with a bipunctata male. The chances are that half of these were bipunctata-annectans and half were bipunctata-humeralis hybrids, which should be enough to show some variation, but the dot seems to be of practically uniform size in all. (4) Bipunctata, in the hybrid form, was reared from the same patch of eggs as were also melanopleura and coloradensis, and this seems very good if not indeed, conclusive evidence that they are able to interbreed with these forms too, though the exact hybrids were not all produced. “re Y 1917] Notes on Coccinellid Genus Adalia Mulsant 299 (5) In melanopleura, coloradensis and bipunctata there were discovered variations in the markings of the pronotum, viz.: in all these forms the lateral dot may be either present or absent. So melanopleura with the white area on the pronotum are not necessarily melanopleura-coloradensis hybrids as supposed in the paper of 1911 of melanopleura-bipunctata, as might be expected. Vice versa, since bipunctata sometimes possess the lateral dot it would not be surprising to find melano pleura- bipunctata hybrids bearing it and so not differing in appearance from typical melanopleura. The lateral dot in coloradensis being differently placed and not coinciding with the regular dot, the white area would be expected to appear in the hybrid. In melanopleura the presence of the lateral dot is infinitely the more common form, in coloradensis it seems to be rather uncommon, and in bipunctata it is extremely rare. In 1914 a second article was published by the writer in the Annals of the Ent. Soc. of Am: entitled ‘‘Some Notes on Life History of Ladybeetles.’’ As the writer had-not then taken btpunctata in Colorado, it was not included in those experiments. In order to complete this record a few life history notes were taken on this species. in connection with the foregoing experi- ments. Life cycle records were taken as follows: Egg stage (6 records) 3-7 days. Larva stage (2 records) 9-10 days (in-hot weather). Pupa stage (2 records) 4-5 days (in hot weather). Egg to adult 16-30 days. Adult stage; no records taken except on hibernating beetles, a number of which lived and mated and laid eggs in the labora- tory until August 15, when the experiment was discontinued and they were killed and pinned up. Judging from this the hibernating form must be able to live 12 months more or less. The life cycle records vary greatly according to the temperature of the weather. In the spring each stage took about twice as long as in the warmest part of the summer with the thermometer from 87 to 93 degrees. One satisfactory egg record was taken and in 3 months and 15 days this female laid 1,180 eggs. The beetles laid from 12 to 35 eggs in a patch and would sometimes lay 2 patches a day and would also often skip several days and then lay again. 300 Annals Entomological Society of America VOlLF Rs Before being fertilized the beetles would lay only a few scattered eggs but in a day or so thereafter they would lay plentifully and in good patches. Fertilization seemed to last several weeks, but not for the season. One female observed was found to be laying infertile eggs 35 days after being isolated from a male. The spermatozoa of the later male seem always to take precedence over all former, so that the eggs which have not been already fertilized produce the characters of the last male. The earliest egg patch was obtained April Ist and the earliest beetles emerged May Ist. A few feeding records were taken on both bzpunctata- annectans and annectans larvae. These were taken in very warm weather, the thermometer being 87° to 93° each day. The larvae, accordingly ate their maximum and finished their life cycle in the minimum time. In colder weather they ate much less per day and the period of development was according prolonged. These experiments were conducted with the greatest care. The larvae were put into separate cages and the lice which were given for feed were counted as carefully as possible. Young of Mysus circumflexus were used for the first feed in each instance and after that Chaitophorus negundinis was used entirely. A check tube was kept to ascertain the number of lice dying naturally in a day, but it seemed to be of little account, as practically no lice seemed to die except from some disease or from capsid injury, and this turned the dead bodies brown, so that they could be easily distinguished in the larval cages. Some of the larvae had already filled up on the unhatched eggs of their patch before isolation, which of course did not count in the food record, also whenever there was any doubt as to the number of lice eaten the smaller alternative was taken. The young lice that may have been born after being put in the cage were not regarded, as they would not increase the bulk mater- ially. The only difference they could make would be to add to the number left over and subtracted, which would reduce the number in the record, instead of exaggerating it. In these ways every precaution was taken against getting too large a count. The records are as follows: 1917] Notes on Coccinellid Genus Adalia Mulsant 301 |S ence June yak ; 29 | 30 1 2 3 | 4 5 6 7 8 | Total | Larva | Adult H [mM |M M P bi. larva 10 7 45 23 60 100 80 325 7mm, | 5mm. H M M M "3 e 5 8 30 50 95 92 | 100 30 407, | 6.9mm) 5mm. | wt Mi|M P an. larva | 5 8 43 18 84 72 4 234 | 7mm. |4.9 mm. | H M M M P a & | 10 13 30 37 38 94 |100 a 323 | 7mm. | 5mm. | H m|™M | M P | . < | 2 16 23 46 67 75 0 243 7mm. 4.5 mm. H—hatched. M—molted. P—pupated. bi.—bipunctata. an—annectans. The bipunctata specimens in this experiment were really bipunctata annectans hybrids. The annectans larvae, it will be observed, have eaten less than the bipunctata individuals, but this is probably only accidental, as the larvae of the same species seem to vary greatly, and these specimens were all the same size, and should therefore be of equal capacity. It is interesting to notice that the one that ate the most lice was slightly the shortest when full grown. These results seem to differ somewhat from those given by Mr. Clausen, in California, in his paper of 1916.* The difference is probably due to climatic conditions influencing the rapidity of development, as the totals, it will be ‘seen, do not differ any more from these results than has been found as a common variation between individuals of the same species even under the same conditions. During the spring when the weather was cool the beetles ate much less per day and the life cycle periods were much longer. Though no counts were made at this time there is no doubt but that they would not disagree materially with the records of Mr. Clausen. Perhaps the following observation on Hippodamia convergens might also be added. On July 18, 1916, this species was found by the writer congregated in heaps of hundreds in grassy crevices in the solid granite top of a foot-hill, 38 miles north- west of Ft. Collins, at an altitude of a little over 8,000 feet. *Life-history and Feeding Records of a Series of California Coccinellidae by Curtis P. Clausen, University of California Publications, Technical Bulletins Entomology, Vol. I, No. 6, pp. 251-299, June 17, 1916. 302 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Two other such cases were reported during the same summer and fall, about ten and fifteen miles from Ft. Collins, the one on the granite top of Horse Tooth Mountain, altitude 7,160 feet, and the other at about the same elevation. In the latter case the beetles were said to be massed on a small pine ‘tree. Another mass was reported to have been found on a bare mountain-top west of Denver at about the same time of year as the former instances. In March, 1917, on the plains two miles west of Ft. Collins, Mr. L. C. Bragg observed hundreds of convergens coming out from hibernation from under rocks and stones near the road side. THE NERVOUS SYSTEM OF THYSANURA. WILLIAM A. HILTON. (Department of Zoology, Pomona College, Claremont, California). The central ganglia of representative genera, Campodea, Evalljapax, Lepisma and Machilis were examined. The first important papers dealing with any of these genera were those of Grassi 1885 and 1888. In both of these, brief discussions of the nervous system are given, but no clear picture of the complete nervous system. Probably the most copied figure of the nervous system of any thysanuran is the one of Oudemans, 1887. In this, a drawing of the complete nervous system of Machilis is given which could hardly be improved upon, but the position of the optic lobes, brain and other cephalic parts are not shown in the relations we find them within the body of the animal. In this figure there is a rep- resentation of the fine medial nerve. Another paper by Grassi in 1888 shows the general form of the nervous system of Campodea and Japax and a number of details are clearly given. Bottger, 1910, on Lepisma saccharina L. gives a very complete account of the brain and shows it to be very nearly as complex as that of other insects. Campodea undoubtedly has the most primitive, or at least, the simplest nervous system of any of these insects. The brain is provided with antennal nerves well towards the forward end. The first ventral ganglion is nearly under the brain, then there follow three large thoracic ganglia and seven small abdominal ganglia with the last one a little larger than the rest. This corresponds to Grassi’s figure, but this one gives greater detail. It was drawn from gross dissection. No frontal ganglion is shown as one was not clearly recognized in section or dissection. (Figure 1). Japax or Evalljapax in this case, differs quite a little from Campodea in appearance, the brain is of different shape, and as it is also without eyes, the forward antennal nerves are the most marked. The ventral ganglia are a little more oval, branches are more prominent and there is one more abdominal ganglion. The last abdominal as in Campodea, is a little larger 393 304 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol X; than the rest. The drawing is from a fresh, completely removed central nervous system. (Figure 2). ie, Wea Fig. 1. Central nervous system of Campodea from above. x 10. Fig. 2. Central nervous system of Evalljapax from above. xX 10. Fig. 3. Central nervous system of Machilis from above. xX 10. Fig. 4. Central nervous system of Lepisma from above. x 10. Machilis has a more complicated brain, partly because of the eye connections; it also has a general transverse direction, as 1917} The Nervous System of Thysanura 305 shown in the figure and has quite a little depth. The frontal ganglion is not shown in the figure. The first ventral ganglion is large, so are the three thoracic ganglia. There are eight abdominal ganglia differing somewhat in size and somewhat from Oudemans figure. The median ventral nerve was found much as figured by Oudemans. Perhaps the most marked feature was in the backward extension of the optic lobe region because of the position of the eyes. The figure does not agree with Oudemans, largely because the brain is shown in its natural position as it is found in the head. (Figure 3). Lepisma resembles Machilis very closely, but because of the more lateral and cephalic eyes the brain is more transverse when viewed from above. The frontal ganglion is shown in the figure. (Figure 4). TRACHEAL DISTRIBUTION. Trachea can be best studied by removing the ganglia and mounting while still fresh in glycerine. The air in the tracheal tubes remains for a few: minutes and the distribution of the trachea may be seen. I found the tracheal distribution much as in the larva of another species. In general, the brain seems supplied by three main trachea on each side. The subesophageal ganglion by two main branches on each side, each ventral ganglion below this with one on each side, ‘but the last ganglion with two branches at least, one of which often has some associa- tion with the branch of the next to the last ventral ganglion. Two branches seems to be the usual number for the last ganglion. (Figure 7-16). It was very difficult to study trachea in the small Campodea because it was hard to remove the ganglia in the first place, and second because the trachea remained visible only for a short time. The lower smaller ganglia were each supplied with a single pair of branches, but the supply to the larger cephalic ganglia seemed to be by two sets of main lateral trachea from above and below, each set giving off branches as shown in the figure. The abdominal ganglia are supplied more simply. In none of the centers was there the branching of the tracheoles to the degree found in Evalljapax. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Sos 14, 15. 16. vey rey ans he UWF ets Brain of Campodea from above. X 75. Thoracic ganglion of Campodea from above. X 75. Region of last two thoracic ganglia above and some of the abdominal ganglia in the lower part of the figure, from Campodea, showing the lateral tracheal tubes. X 75. One of the abdominal ganglia of Campodea showing tracheal tubes. X 75. One of the thoracic ganglia of Campodea showing tracheal tubes. X 75. Tracheal distribution in the subesophageal and first thoracic ganglion of Evalljapax. x 50. Tracheal distribution in the last two ganglia of Evalljapax. X 50. Brain of Lepisma showing where the deeper masses of cells are as seen from a methylene-blue preparation. X 20. Part of the brain of Lepisma from below showing areas of most abundant cells. X 20. Subesophageal ganglion of Lepisma showing distribution of trachea. Third thoracic and first abdominal ganglia of Lepisma showing tracheal distribution. X 20. Last two abdominal ganglia of Lepisma with tracheal distribution. X 20. Fics. 17 and 18. Abdominal ganglia of Machilis, showing medial nerve. X 22. Fig. 19. Brain of Evalljapax from above showing distribution of thickest masses of cells on the left side and the distribution of tracheal vessels on the tight side. X 50. Figs. 20 and 21. Supra- and subesophageal ganglia of evalljapax as shown in longitudinal section. X 50. “I 1917} The Nervous System of Thysanura | 30 GENERAL CHARACTER OF THE BRAIN. One of the chief differences between the brains of Campodea and Evalljapax as compared with Lepisma and Machilis is due to the lack of eyes in the first two. There are numerous differ- ences between the brains of the first two genera. The shape of the brain of Campodea is given as it appears when viewed from above in Figure 5. Longitudinal and cross sections through the brain show the ventral parts largely without cells. (Figures 23-26). The cephalic and mid-dorsal regions are not so well supplied as the lateral dorsal and caudal regions; the caudal lateral region of the brain has the largest mass of cells. Many fibers run from the brain, from or to, forward, median or lateral parts down, the connectives to the subesophageal ganglion and farther. There are also numerous small bundles which connect all parts. In the latero-caudal region there are central masses of denser fibers. Three well-marked masses at least may be ' seen on each side near the dorso-lateral region, Fig. 23. These may represent the areas which in other species help form the mushroom bodies. The brain of Evalljapax is shown from above in Fig. 19. On the right side is shown the position of the tracheal tubes of that side and on the other the position of the larger cell areas as shown in the methylene blue preparation. The shape of the ganglion is quite different from that of Cam- podea, as the drawing indicates. There are cells on the dorsal side of the brain, but they are few compared to the other great areas indicated in the drawing. In section the brain seemed simpler in structure than that of Campodea, but this in part may have been the fault of the preparation. Asin Campodea, the ventral regions of the brain are without cells. No clear indication of mushroom bodies was seen, and the connections between different parts of the brain and the con- nectives and subesophageal ganglion seemed less marked. Machilis and Lepisma also differ from each other to a marked degree in brain structure and arrangement. The general distribution of cells above and below is shown in two figures, 12 and 138, which were stained in methylen blue. In an adult there seem to be not as many cells in proportion to the general area of fibers as in some of the other genera. The middle line both above and below is largely without cells as shown in Fig. 32, Fig. 22. Cross section through the first thoracic ganglion of Evalljapax. X 50. Figs. 23 and 24. Longitudinal sections through the brain and ventral ganglion of pe 3 Campodea. The cephalic end is to the right and the brain is above. - x 150. Figs. 25 and 26. Cross sections through the brain and first ventral ganglion of | Campodea taken at different levels. X 150. Fig. 27. Longitudinal section through the first thoracic ganglion of Campodea, Pag oy the dorsal side is above, the cephalic end at the left. X 150. Fig. 28. Longitudinal section through the second thoracic ganglion of Campodea, Rs - the dorsal side is up. X 150. Fig. 29. Longitudinal section through the brain of Machilis. Only one-half is Pe hog shown. The optic lobe region is at the top of the figure. X 150. Fig. 30. Longitudinal section through the brain and two ventral ganglia of Machilis. x 150. 1917] The Nervous System of Thysanura 309 _ which is nearly a,cross-section through the brain of an adult. In this a much more complicated structure of fibers and fibrils is presented than in any of the others so far compared. The stalks and roots of the mushroom-bodies are shown in Fig. 32, also the so-called central body. The arrangement of the fibrillar material of the mushroom seems to have a different arrangement and development than in Lepisma saccharina studied by Bottger, 1910. In his descriptions and figures an anterior and posterior division of the cap of the fibrous material or ‘‘Traube,’’ is given but in the species studied at this time the ‘‘Traube’’ has a different position and is not clearly made' up of more than one main lobe on each side. Each of these main lobes as shown in the figure has five secondary lobes instead of four shown by Bottger. In the region of these masses of fibrous material of the mushroom-bodies there are a number of irregular fibrous bundles which may represent other parts of this structure. On the whole, there is a fairly close resemblance to the brains studied by Bottger and differences may be due to the fact that this is not the species which he studied, but our most common local species whose exact identity has not yet been reported to me by special students of this group. One of the first differences between the brains of Machilis and Lepisma is shown because of the different position of the eyes. The eyes of Machilis are connected with the caudal end and this dorso-caudal region forces the parts of the brain usually found here, farther forward. This is not an unusual condition among the brains of invertebrate animals, in some amphipod Crustaca as compared with nearly related isopods there is a similar shifting. In general, the posterior lobe region of the brain of segmented animals seems to represent its highest center, but shiftings such as just mentioned may often change the usual arrangements. The second marked difference between Machilis and Lepisma at least in all specimens studied, both small and large, was in the Fig. 31. Longitudinal section through the edge of the brain of Machilis, the section is through the eye above and to the right. The cephalic end is towards the left. x 150. Fig. 32. Cross section through the brain of Lepisma, only the right half is shown. X 150. Figs. 33 and 34. Cross sections through two levels of the first thoracic ganglion of Lepisma. The dorsal side is up. * 150. 310 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vok. Xs way of a complete lack of anything which might strictly be called mushroom-bodies in Machilis. There are however groups of fibers in the proper region of the brain in specimens of all sizes, but these are hardly more marked than in Campodea. The usual distribution of cells was found in this genus. Some indication of the complex but usual arrangement of fibers in the optic lobe region is shown in the Figures. Association, projection and commissural fibers are easily demonstrated. (Figs. 29-31). In all the brains examined, cells of the usual and well-known types for insect brains were clearly seen. Especially was this the case with the representatives of Lepisma and Ma chilis. In these also there were more differences between cells. In all, nerve cells were held in place and otherwise supported by neuroglia cells and neuroglia nets. In all, the fibrils within the central portions of the ganglia formed intricate tangles with the possibility of almost unlimited connections between parts. In the smaller and simpler species few well separated definite tracts were found, fewer than in Lepisma and Machilis. This is in part due to the fact that the cells, fibers and fibrils are not so large, but there may be other reasons. The ventral ganglia in the different species differ greatly in complexity. They seem to be the simplest in Campodea and the most complex in Lepisma. In all, the more abundant cells as is usual, are ventrally placed and the dorsal cells are usually limited to the sides and to a small group in the mid-dorsal line. If we consider the brain from its three main pairs of nerves or three main regions on each side to consist of 'three lateral segments, then we must consider the subesophageal ganglion from its nerves and lobings to consist of at least two segments and very possibly more. The first thoracic ganglion in Machilis and Campodea are evidently composed of two segments as ‘shown in the figures. The cell arrangement and fibrous bands were found to be most complex in Lepisma. A few figures are shown of ventral ganglia of several of the species (Figs. 22, 27, 28, 33 and 34) and a more detailed examination of the first thoracic ganglion of Lepisma, is given below. Beginning at the cephalic end we find the two masses of the connectives distinct for a short distance, then cells are located ventrally and laterally, being thickest on the mid-ventral line. 1917} The Nervous Systenuof Thysanura 311 The cells are from one to three layers thick. The fibers in the middle line gradually form into a thick mass of com- missural strands. There are also a number of diagonal fibers shown in the plane of the cross section. Farther down a second commissure makes its appearance as a narrow area crossed by coarse fibers. This crosses the center of the ganglion. Farther along a marked, much arched commissure occupies a short distance. The second commissure mentioned is quite extensive but not very thick. More dorsal arched fibers show farther along, these cross to some degree and come from lateral ventral cells, in part at least. In about the central part of the ganglion the other commissures and arched fibers have about disappeared and two small central masses of commissural fibers are evident and two ventral bundles of longitudinal fibers and marked crossings from the ventral to the dorsal side are seen. Farther along the two median commissures give place to one median arched commissure, while many branches are seen at various angles. This arched band disappears and another one comes in contributed to by marked masses of lateral cells. A few dorsal cells send their fibers straight into the ganglion from above. Farther down a more dorsal arched commissure comes in. Later there are two ventral straight bands of fibers and then a single median band teaching from side to side, then very soon the ganglion divides into the two ventral connectives. Cells on the ventral and lateral sides are seen at all levels. A few dorsal cells are seen near the central regions of the ganglion. In the second thoracic ganglion a similar condition was noted, at least nine commissures were counted. ABDOMINAL GANGLIA. A general summary of the structure of abdominal ganglia of Lepisma will give an idea of their complexity: 1. Cells chiefly ventral are found in from one to two layers. The lateral ventral groups have three cell layers. There are a few mid-dorsal cells of various sizes. 2. There are in each ganglion a large number of com- missures, both straight and arched, ventral and dorsal. 3. Fibers cross dorso-ventrally and caudally. 4. Fibers run short distances to nearby cell groups. 312 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol XX, 5. Cells of various sizes send fibers into the mass of the ganglion. 6. The longitudinal fibers to the connectives may be found in every part, but they are not always evident because of the many fine fibrils from various regions all woven in with them. SOME GENERAL CONCLUSIONS. The nervous systems of the four genera studied show some similarities but many differences. The general position and number of the ganglia is quite similar. Campodea, the least specialized in most respects, has one less ventral ganglion. The general shape of the four brains are quite different, even those without eyes are not alike and those with eyes have them so differently connected with the brain that the whole arrange- ment of the nervous system at this point is altered. Nerve cells differed chiefly in size and minor arrangements. The largest animals had the largest nerve cells. The general course of fibers and fibrils could be traced but special tracts were not traced very far. The general areas of mushroom bodies were determined for all. Only in Lepisma were these structures well developed, in Machilis and to a less degree in Campodea condensations of fibrils were taken to indicate them. The general distribution of tracheal vessels is as follows: The brain: has three main branches on each side, the sub- esophageal ganglion two branches from each side, the thoracic and abdominal ganglia as a rule have one branch each on a side and the last abdominal ganglion has usually two branches on each side. The brain of Campodea was not easily removed, so that the condition there was not so clearly made out, but the appearance so far as could be told was as stated for the rest. The thoracic and abdominal ganglia, however, have a distribu- tion which is not like the rest. Possibly the long lateral trachea on either side with its branches to the ganglia may represent a more primitive if not an absolutely different condition. For this and other reasons I am inclined to think of Campodea separated from the other genera by a wide gulf. Japax seems separated from the rest by the next widest gulf. The segregation of fibrils in clumps means a closer union in some places than others; this probably means: 1. Fibrils are closely massed that go in the same direction. 2. In some 1917] The Nervous System of Thysanura 313 places groups are closely correlated because of this relation to each other. Nuclei are distinct from the fibers and fibrils; they are nutritive centers. The cell bodies also are important in metabolism, but they are not important enough centers for the mingling of many fibers. The individual fibers from cells are less important in the relationship of parts than the groups and masses of fibers and fibrils from many cells in conveying impulses. Association of fibrils seems more important outside of cells thanin them. Why should not lateral as well as terminal contacts be important in conveying impulses? The fibrils are carried out in fibers, but the fibrils break away and are dis- tributed in complex ways. It seems that an impulse may flow through ganglia like floods of water through a swamp. The impulses follow the lines of least resistance, if the bundle is large the direction is more definite, if small, of less importance. The nervous system of invertebrates might be compared to the heart and circulation of insects; it, like the heart, receives and passes on, but the distribution is not definite until there is a more perfect insulation. Insulation may be accomplished in several ways: (1) Bundles of fibers protect the central strands with a similar destination from loss to the surrounding parts; (2) The fibers in some cases remain distinct from each other, or the fibers are large and the inner fibrils are protected; (3) Neuroglia cells and neuroglia nets may help a little; (4) In vertebrates the more perfect insulation by means of myalin seems the most efficient protection. SPECIAL REFERENCES. BotTtGeR, O. 1910. Das Gehirn eines niederen Insektes (Lepisma saccharina L.) Jen. Zeit. f. Naturw. Bd. XLVI. GrassI, B. 1885. I progenitori degli Insetti e Miriapodi. L’Japax e la Campodea. Dagli Atti dell” Accadema Gioenia di Scienze Naturali in Catania. Ser. 3, Vol. XIX. 1885. Contribuzione allo studio dell Anatomia del genere Machilis. Lett. all ac. nella tornata. Mem. IIT. : - 1888. Anatomia comparata dei Thisanuri. Memoria VII. Reals ac. dei lincei. Roma. OuDEMANS, J. T. 1887. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Thysanura en Collembola. Amsterdam. NEW MYCETOPHILIDAE FROM CALIFORNIA, By EstHER GUTHRIE, Stanford University, California. During the fall, winter and early spring of 1915-16 a number of species of fungi was collected by the writer, in the environs of Stanford University for the purpose of studying Myceto- philid fauna. The collection consisted of twenty-one species of fungi. These were determined for me by Prof. McMurphy of the Botany Department. Some of these fungi furnished no insects while others furnished insects of several species, as shown in thé appended table—the same species, in some cases, being found in more than one species of fungus. The following species are described as new. I. Mycetophila maculosa n. sp. Male: Length 4 mm. Head yellowish; antennze brownish; scape yellowish, flagellum gradually darkening from base to tip. Humerus yellow; pleuree brownish. Two vitta on dorsum, continuing over scutellum. Metanotum brown with narrow light median line. Hairs pale; sete dark. Abdomen brown; posterior margin of second and succeeding segments narrowly yellow; Hypopygium (Plate XXV, A) coxze and legs yellow; middle and hind coxee with spot on posterior surface. Tips of middle and hind femora and metatarsi narrowly dark brown. No setae on flexor surface of middle tibia; two ranges of seteze on extensor surface of hind tibia. Fore metatarsis about 7-8 as long as tibie; hind metatarsi about .9 as long as remaining joints taken together. Wing, yellowish gray, hyaline; dark brown spot at cross veins; barely clouded . nearly midway between cross veins and apical margin, extending over marginal and first submarginal cells. Branches of cubitus not divergent. (Plate XXV, Fig. la). Halteres yellow. Female: Same as male, with some little variations in color. Reared from Pleurotus ostreatus. - California Redwood Park, October, 1915, Type No. 569-5-1, L. S. J. U., Entomological Museum. Il. Mycetophila permata n. sp. Male: Length 4mm. Head dark brown. Two ocelli contiguous to eye margin. Antenne lighter brown, longer than head and thorax; scape, base of flagellum and palpi yellow. Thorax brown; three coalesced broad brown stripes on mesonotum, the two lateral ones 314 1917} New Mycetophilide from California 315 crossing the scutellum. Pleurz dark brown, setz brown, hairs yellow; metanotum brown. Hypopygium small, yellow (Plate XXV,B). Coxe and legs yellow; brown spot on posterior lateral base of middle and hind coxe. Tips of middle and hind femora brown. Middle tibize with three ‘setae on the flexor surface and two ranges of setze on the extensor surface. Wing yellowish hyaline, with central brown spot and preapical fascia distinct across M, (Plate XXV, Fig. 1b). Halteres very pale. Female differs in having a wing cloud in anal cell, close to Cup. Reared from Polyporus sulphureus. Stanford University, October. Type No. 569-2-1, L. S. J. U., Entomological Museum. III. Mycetophila alata n. sp. Male: Length4mm. Antenne brown, palpi brown. Thorax brown; three dark brown, broad vitte on the mesonotum. Pleure brownish; metanotum brown; sete brown hairs pale. Abdomen dark brown; hypopygium small, yellow (Plate XXVI). Coxe and legs yellow. Tips of middle and hind femora brown. Middle tibize with three setz on flexor surface, and two ranges of setze on extensor.surface. Wings yellowish hyaline, with central brown spot and preapical fascia arising at tip of R, (Plate XXVI, Fig. 2a). Halteres pale. Female: Differs in having scape and base of flagellum yellow, and wing cloud in anal cell. ; Reared from Polyporus sulphureus. Stanford University, December. Type No. 569-6-1, L. S. J. U., Entomological Museum. IV. Allodia dentica n. sp. Male: Length 5 mm. Lateral ocelli contiguous to eye margin; middle ocellus smaller and in a direct line with the two lateral ones. Vertex brown; face, palpi and scape yellow; flagellum brownish. Antenne not as long as head and thorax together. Thorax yellowish; mesonotum with three brown stripes, the median one broadening anteriorly and extending forward to anterior margin of mesonotum. Scutellum yellowish with four large sete near distal margin. Metanotum brown with narrow light median line. The pleure yellow; sete dark brown; hairs pale. Abdomen yellowish; venters yellow, dorsum brownish, with 5th and 6th segments widely brown. Coxe and, legs yellow; tibial spurs brownish... Fore metatarsus shorter than the tibia and longer than the fore coxa. Five setee above the fore coxa on the humerus; mesosternum without sete; four setae on mesosternum above hind coxee. Second tarsal joint with a peculiar cupped and comb-like arrangement, with four sharp spines laterad and basal to the comb (Plate XXVII, Figs. 5, 5a). Wings yellowish hyaline; subcosta ends in R,; cubitus forks slightly proximad of proximal end of cross-vein (Plate XXVII, Fig. 3a). Hypopygium as shown on Plate XXVII, lower forceps terminating 1n broad chitinized process which terminates in a row of blunt teeth (Plate XXVII, Fig. 3). Halteres yellow. 316 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Reared from Pleurotus ostreatus, Polyporus sulphureus, October and December, 1915, California Redwood Park. Type No. 569-1, L. S. J. U., Entomological Museum. Va. *Genus Johannseni n. genus. Front narrow; 2 lateral ocelli contiguous to eye margin; Ist and 2nd palpal joints slightly swollen, Ist little longer than 2nd, 3rd nearly equalling Ist and 2nd in length. Antennz as long as thorax, slightly tapering toward tip. Abdomen compressed. Hypopygium of male small (Plate XXVI, Fig. 3, 4, 5, 6,). Legs short, femora moderately broad, flattened; tibia strong, enlarged at ends, with long spurs and strong setae. Posterior basal setae of hind coxz present. Subcosta short, ending in R,; costa not produced beyond the Rs. Fork of media under base of Rs. Cubitus forks distad of fork of M. Anal vein long and stout, reaching below fork of Cu. (Plate X XVI, Fig. 2b). Differs from Brachypeza in wing venation, and antennal structure; from AJllodia in structure of tibia, wing markings and size of tibial setae; from both in having but two ocelli, and in the presence of the strong first anal vein. Reared from Polyporus sulphureus. October. Type specimens deposited in museum collection at Stunford University. Johannseni aurei n. sp. Male: 5 mm. long. Robust. Antennz as long as thorax; scape yellow; flagellum brownish. Palpi, proboscis and face yellow; vertex with darker transverse fascia. Hairs yellow; on each side a row of brown setee extending ventrad from ocellus over the gena. Thorax yellow; scutellum with two basal brown spots, 4 marginal sete. Row of yellow hairs on anterior margin of mesonotum. Pleurz yellow. Ab- domen reddish-yellow; hypopygium small (Plate XXVI).. Coxe and legs yellow, stout, tibia broadened at end. Femora reddish-brown at tips; tarsi brownish. Wings grayish hyaline with central black spot. Large preapical fascia, and cloudy about the margin. (Plate XXVI, Fig. 2b). Halteres yellow. ~ Female same. Reared from Polyporus sulphureus. October. California Redwood Park. Type No. 569-7-1,; L. S. J. U., Entomological Museum. *I take pleasure in naming this genus for Professor Johannsen of Cornell University, who kindly compared my new species with types of nearly related species. 1917] New Mycetophilide from California 317 The following table shows the fungus host for each species of Mycetophilid collected. COMMON FUNGUS NAME DATE | LOCALITY MYCETOPHILIDAE REARED Pleurotus Oyster Oct: Calif. Mycetophila maculosa n. sp. ostreatus mushroom 1915 |Redwood Johannseni aurei n. s. Park Mycetophila alata n. s. Mycetophila mutica Loew Allodia dentica n. s. Polyporus Sulphur- Oct Gali. Mycetophila permata n. s. sulphureus colored 1915 |Redwood Mycetophila alata n. s. mushroom Park Mycetophila mutica Loew Allodia dentica n. s. Armellaria Honey Oct., | Stanford Mycetophila punctata Meigen mellea mushroom} 1915 Univ. vicinity Pleurotus Sapid Dec., | Stanford Mycetophila maculosa n. s. Subsapidus mushroom | 1915 Univ. Mycetophila punctata Meigen vicinity Hypholoma Jan., | Stanford} No insects fasaculare 1916 Univ. : vicinity - Hypholoma Appendicu- Jan., | Stanford Dipteron appendiculata! late 1916 Univ. mushroom vicinity Hydrocybe? | Jan., | Stanford Mycetophila punctata Meigen 1916 Univ. Exechia sp. vicinity Boletus Granulated | Jan. & | Stanford Mycetophila punctata Meigen granulatus mushroom| Feb., | Univ. 1916 | vicinity Amanita Fly Jan., | Milbrae Mycetophila punctata Meigen muscaria mushroom | 1916 Russula? Jan., | Stanford Mycetophila punctata Meigen 1916 Univ. Tricholoma Masked Alea Stanford Boletophila hybrida Meigen personatum mushroom| 1916 Univ. Cortinarius? Jan., | Stanford Boletophila hybrida Meigen 1916 Univ. Agaricus? Jan., Stanford Dipteron 1916 Univ. Clitocybe? Jan. & Exechia sp. Meigen Feb., Mycetophila punctata Meigen 318 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, COMMON FUNGUS NAME DATE | LOCALITY MYCETOPHILIDAE REARED m1 le Locellina | Feb., | Stanford Exechia sp. Meigen stercoraria | 1916 Univ. Mycetophila punctata Meigen Lactaria Pepper | Feb., | Stanford Mycetophila mutica Loew ‘insulsa mushroom| 1916 Univ. Paxillus? ; Feb., | Stanford Mycetophila punctata Meigen 1916 Univ. Coprinus Shaggy Mar., | Stanford Mycetophila punctata Meigen comatus maid 1916 Univ. Coprinus atra- | The Inky Mar., | Stanford No insects mentarius mushroom | 1916 Univ. Stropharia Mar., | Stanford Mycetophila punctata Meigen semigloboides 1916 Univ. Helvella? Mar., | Stanford No insects 1916 Univ. The most abundant and most common Mycetophilid species found during the season was Mycetophila punctata Meigen. The eggs of this species were collected from between the gills of a Hydrocybe. (?) They were small, white, oval bodies, lying singly between the gills. Several of these were individ- ually isolated in small vials with a portion of food. These eggs hatched in from twenty-four to forty-eight hours. The larvae fed in the fleshy portion of the fungus, and passing quickly through five instars, pupated within six or eight days, Pupation took place within a silken cocoon, usually in the ground, and the adult insect issued within three days. Lots | New Mycetophilide from California 319 EXPLANATIQN OF PLATES. PLATE XXV. la, Wing of Mycetophila maculosa n. sp.; A, Hypopygium of Mycetophila maculosa n. sp., (lateral aspect); 1, dorsal aspect of hypopygium; 2, upper forceps (one side), of hypopygium; 3, lower forceps (one side), of hypopygium; 4, ventral sclerite of hypopygium. 1b, Wing of Mycetophila permata n. sp.; B, Hypopygium of Mycetophila permata n. sp. (lateral aspect); 5, lower forceps; 6, upper forceps; 7, dorsal sclerite; 8, ventral sclerite. PLATE XXVI. 2a, Wing of Mycetophila alata n. sp. A, Hypopygium of Mycetophila alata n. sp. (lateral aspect); 1, dorsal sclerite; 2, upper forceps; 3, lower forceps. 2b, Wing of Johannseni aurei n. sp. (lateral aspect); B, hypopygium of J aurez 4, dorsal sclerite; 5, upper forceps; 6, lower forceps. PLATE XXVII. 3a, Wing of Allodia dentica n. sp. A, Hypopygium of Allodia dentica n. sp. (lateral aspect); 1, dorsal sclerite; 2, upper forceps; 3, lower forceps; 4, ventral sclerite; 5, fore-tarsus (except first tarsal segment); 5a, second tarsal segment. ANNALS E.S. A. VOL. X, PLATE XXV. / Esther Guthrie. ANNALS E. S. A. VoL. X, PLATE XXVI. Esther Guthrie. ANNALS §& S.A. VOL. X, PLATE XXVII. Esther Guthrie INSECTS IN BURMESE AMBER. By T. D. A. CoOCKERELL. The amber from Burma continues to yield interesting insects, those now reported including the largest and finest yet discovered. Mr. Swinhoe has presented the collection to the British Museum, but for obvious reasons it is retained for the present in this country. ‘ COLEOPTERA. Acmezodera burmitina sp. nov. (Buprest dz). Length 19 mm., width of thorax ‘posteriorly 6 mm.; length of elytra 15 mm., width of an elytron in middle (viewed from above) 3 mm.; original color uncertain, but apparently not metallic; thorax broader than long, the posterior angles sharp, the lateral margins nearly straight, nodulose, the dorsal surface strongly punctured, the punctures about as far apart as the width of one, no strie on posterior margin; scutellum not evident; elytra punctured basally, but the sculpture, well developed in middle, consisting essentially of about nine rows of large elongate punctures, with rows of small dot-like punctures alternating with them; margin of elytra finely nodulose, toward apex definitely denticulate; claws simple. The structure of legs, antennz and palpi, so far as visible, is shown in the figures. Burmese amber; from Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe. This is the beetle referred to in Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., X, (1917) p. 14, as an Elaterid nearly 20 mm. long. Closer examination shows it to be a Buprestid, agreeing with Acmaeodera in the sculpture of thorax and elytra, the dentate margin of elytra posteriorly, and the lack of an evident scutellum. The sharp salient posterior angles of thorax are peculiar, and give it an Elateriform appearance. The insect is not evidently hairy. The one antenna visible is incomplete, but what there is agrees fairly well with Acmaeodera. Mr. J. A. Hyslop, to whom I sent a rough sketch, suggests that the insect may fall in the common oriental genus Chrysodema. I have no Chrysodema for com- parison, and leave the species in Acmaeodera, since it appears to agree sufficiently with that cosmopolitan genus. Two species of Acmaeodera occur in the Miocene of Florissant, and two others in the Miocene of Baden, but none in Baltic amber. A. burmitina is in the same slab of amber as the types of Dermestes larvalis and A penesia electriphila. The same slab also contains two species of Elateride. 323 324 Annals Entomological Society of America __[Vol. X, Eurygenius wickhami sp. nov. (Pedilide). Length about 5.5 mm., entirely rufotestaceous; eyes extremely large, apparently not emarginate; mandibles very large, prominent, the outer margin very convex; maxillary palpi large, the last joint elongate, subtriangular; antennz 11-jointed, first joint thickened apically, second much shorter than third, fourth longer than third, eleventh longer than tenth, but not so long as ninth and tenth together; thorax subcircular, glabrous, the margin finely ciliate, the sculpture Fig. 1. Acmaeodera burmitina. G—middle leg. Fig. 2. Eurygenius wickhami. B—Maxillary palpus; C—Antenna; D—End of anterior leg. consisting of irregular longitudinal grooves; elytra reaching to end of abdomen, and grooved much as thorax, humeri prominent; legs slender, tibial spurs short, tibia with much short hair on apical part; claws simple, but expanded basally, with a distinct inner angle. The following measurements are in microns: length of last joint of maxillary palpus, 270; antennal joints, length, (2) 160, (3) 240, (4) 304, (9) 256, (10) 240, (11) 320; length of anterior tibia, 930; middle tibia, 1200; hind tibia, 1600. 1917] Insects in. Burmese Amber 325 Burmese amber; from Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe. In the same slab as the type of Acmaeodera burmitina, and about 8 mm. from it. It is named after Professor Wickham, who has done so much to elucidate the fossil Coleoptera, and gave me valuable advice concerning this specimen. I at first took this insect for a new genus of Oedemeride, not noticing the short but evident neck.* It may go in Eurygenius as interpreted in the broader sense, though it may hereafter be treated as the type of a distinct genus. It quite closely resembles E. fragih- cornis Champion from the Seychelles, differing however by -the prominent mandibles, relatively slender last joint of palpus, more globose thorax and sculpture of elytra. When Casey discussed the Eurygeniine. (Eurygeniini, Casey) in 1895, he remarked that they were wholly confined to the new world. Since that time the genus has. been found scattered over the eastern hemisphere, E. niponicus Lewis coming from Japan, E. africanus Kolbe and E. nigricolor Pic from the African continent, E. hovanus and E. griseopubens of Fairmaire, from Madagascar, E. abdominalis Pic from Bengal, and E. fragili- cornis and E. convexicollis of Champion from the Seychelles. Reitter recognized a Pedilus in Baltic amber: Elater (sens. latiss.) burmitinus sp. n. (Elateride). . Length about 11 mm., elytra 7.7 mm.; narrow, width at base of elytra about 3.mm.; thorax finely punctured, the posterior corners sharp, obliquely truncate (see Figure); elytra finely hairy, obtuse at apex, surface with eight simple parallel strize, between which are numer- ous very minute piliferous punctures. The color is uniform black. Burmese amber, from Mr. R. C. J. Swinhoe. Certainly not a species of the true genus Elater, but I am unable to refer it to a modern genus with any assurance, the under side and appendages being invisible. It isin a slab, 8 mm. from the type of Hodotermes tristis. *Say described a member of this group as Oedemera vestita. 326 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, DIPTERA. Burmacrocera new genus (Mycetophilide). Closely allied to Macrocera, with which the venation nearly agrees, but there is no cross-vein between subcosta and radius, Cu, is not bent, the subcosta is longer, and the anal fails before the margin. Second antennal joint cylindrical, not globose; antenne 16-jointed, very slender, but not nearly so long as the wings. Legs very long and slender, so far as the fragments preserved indicate; tibial spurs very small, claws minute. Thorax with coarse bristles; abdomen slender, petiolate basally; eyes (male) extremely large, covering most of head, the facets elevated, low-conical. Type the following. halter. Fig. 3. Elater burmitinus. Posterior angle of thorax. Fig. 4. Burmacrocera petidlata. Wing. B—Halter. Fig. 5. Burmacrocera petiolata. C—Abdomen. D—Tibia. E—Antenna. Fig. 6. Burmitempis halteralis. Burmacrocera petiolata sp. n. Male: Black, the wings clear, without spots, veins testaceous; thorax with long hair; abdomen of uncertain length, the apical part lacking in the type; a hind leg (presumably) occurs as a separated fragment, with the apex of the femur, and all the tibia and tarsus; the 1917} Insects in Burmese Amber 327 tibia and tarsus have short hairs, and short spines at intervals. The following measurements are in microns: Length of wing about 2000; length of cell in fork of media, 800; length of radial sector beyond origin of upper branch, 624; length of antenna, 1200; third antennal joint, 160, sixteenth 80; length of abdomen as far as preserved (see Figure), 1120; hind tibia, 1120; joints of hind tarsus, (1) 608, (2) 224, (3) 160, (4) 88, (5) 96. The thorax is shriveled and distorted in the type. Burmese amber, from R. C. J. Swinhoe. In outer slab cut from same lump as slab containing the type of Acmaeodera burmitina etc., about 10 mm. from the angular corner. This remarkable fly is evidently allied to Macrocera, a genus which occurs in the modern fauna, and also in diverse forms in Baltic amber. The venation is very similar to that of Palaeoplatyura, which Johannsen regards as the most primitive in the Mycetophilide, but there is absolutely no radio-medial cross vein, and the strongly setose thorax also disagrees with that genus. TRICHOPTERA. Plecophlebus new genus. (Odontoceride ’) Small species with anterior wings moderately broad, obtuse apically, not densely hairy. Subcosta rather short, not connected with radius; radius deflected downward toward the end, thence curving and even- tually meeting the sector at right angles, but before that emitting three branches to costa; sector enclosing a long discoidal cell; upper branch of sector emitting at end two branches directed obliquely upward to apicocostal margin, and also with a cross-vein to second branch, thus enclosing an elongate cell, the base of which rests on the discoidal; third branch of sector (R;) simple, arising from lower apical corner of discoidal cell; no chitinous dark dot in third apical cell; anterior branch of media not forked; median cell present, elongated; M, and M, separating beyond end of median cell; structure of cubital and anal veins not ascertainable. Plecophlebus nebulosus sp. n. Anterior wing about 6 mm. long, hyaline, with suffused brown spots as shown in Figure. Burmese amber, from R. C. J. Swinhoe. I had determined this as a new genus, and on submitting a sketch to Dr. N. Banks, he kindly informed me that no genus with such characters was known to him. Dr. Banks pointed out certain resem- blances in the upper part of the wing to the Odontoceride, and it is to be remarked that the Odontocerid genera Electro- cerum and Marilia, which occur in Baltic amber, have the 328 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, radius ending in the sector. In the case of Plecophlebus it is not certain that the apparent end of the radius is not a cross vein, the last branch to costa being the true end of the vein. Unfortunately the head of Plecophlebus is lost, and the fragments of legs and other parts appear to present no salient characters. Provisionally the genus is referred to the Odontoceride, but Dr. Banks notes also a certain resemblance to the Oestropsy- chids.& The character of the venation of the costoapical field will in any case distinguish it from previously known forms. Fig. 7. Plecophlebus nebulosus. Anterior wing. Fig. 8. Liburnia burmitina. Elytron. Fig. 9. Liburnia burmitina. Fig. 10. Hodotermes tristis. 1917] Insects in Burmese Amber 329 ISOPTERA. Hodotermes tristis sp. n. Wing about 4.3 mm. long, dusky grey, the veins distinct. Radius thick (appearing as two fine parallel lines), very close to costa, giving off an uncertain number of delicate branches. above; media apparently simple (apex of wing not visible), about midway between radius and cubitus; cubitus with five oblique branches below, the first two soon bifurcating. There is apparently no subcosta. Burmese amber, from R. C. J. Swinhoe; in a slab cut from the same lump as that containing the type of Acmaeodera burmitina, and with the apex of the wing reaching the edge of the slab, where it is 4 mm. thick, about 3 mm. from a broken ferrugious blattid tegmen and 8 mm. from an elaterid beetle. I at first thought this might be a Termes, as the superior branches of the radius are delicate and indistinct, but they are certainly present. The remoteness of the media from the radius readily distinguishes it from Calotermes. The group Termitinze doubt- less arose through the approximation of the radius to the costa and consequent loss of branches; so the present insect may be considered to represent a development in that direction. HOMOPTERA. Liburnia (s. lat.) burmitina sp. n. Length of body about 4.2 mm., to tip of closed elytra probably about 5.7 mm.; dark brown; elytra pale testaceous, without markings; vertex obtuse; frons with very distinct lateral carinz: tibial spurs very short, about equal (on hind tibia) to width of tibia at apex; apical margin of tibia finely dentate; tarsal joints with apical margins pro- vided with numerous minute straight blunt spines; eyes pyriform, scarcely emarginate below. Venation as shown in Figures. Scutellum not visible. Burmese amber, from R. C. J. Swinhoe; in a slab cut from the same lump as that containing the type of Acmaeodera burmitina, 13 mm. from the margin. The slab is the one having one side rough. Very close to the Liburnia is a specimen of Burmitempis halteralis Ckll., from which I have made a new figure. This insect is evidently not a Liburnia in the restricted sense. It appears to fall in the vicinity of Copicerus, but it has the more primitive, separate anal veins. It should possibly be regarded as the type of an extinct genus, but if so, the, separation should be made by one more familiar with Delphacine genera. PARTHENOGENESIS IN THE PEAR-SLUG SAW-FLY. By H. E. Ewinea, Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa. INTRODUCTORY. But few of our economic insects have been studied more than the common pear-slug or cherry-slug saw-fly, Caliroa cerasi Linn., yet concerning some points in its biology and life history we are as yet in doubt. Parthenogenesis, known to occur in some of the saw flies, has been suspected in the case of this species, but does not appear to have been sufficiently proved. Mr. R. L. Webster, in his bulletin on this pest* presents a good account of its biology and life history, but in regard to partheno- genesis (complete and successful) he states that it had not been sufficiently proved, yet some important observations were made which are mentioned in this paper. RARITY OF THE MALES. Males of the pear-slug saw-fly have been described, and were at one time supposed to be fairly common. Mr. Webster, however, noticed early in his work with the species the apparent absence of the males around Ames, Iowa. On page 181 of his bulletin he states: ‘‘We have collected and examined large numbers of saw-flies, but have never found a male.’’ He also wrote to Mr. S. A. Rohwer, of the U. S. National Museum in regard to the rarity of the males. Mr. Rohwer examined the collection of the museum, and reported that there were no males there, either from Europe or from America. While working at the lowa Station in 1911, and while at the Oregon Station, 1911-14, I had occasion to examine hundreds of these saw-flies but never found a male. It appears then that if males exist in this country, they must be very rare in certain localities. Caliroa cerast differs from many of the saw-flies in respect - to the numerical ratios of the sexes, for in some of the species the males are present in abundance, and mate normally with the females. This was shown to be the case with the cherry *Webster, R. L. The Pear-slug. Bul. No. 130, Iowa Agric. Exp. Sta. (1912). 339 1917] Parthenogenesis in the Pear-slug Saw-fly 331 and hawthorn saw-fly leaf-miner, Profenusa collaris Mac- Gillivray, by Parrott and Fulton.j In this regard they give the following: ‘‘Out of doors the females appeared in larger numbers at a somewhat earlier period than the males, but judging from collections taken at irregular intervals it does not appear that marked numerical differences existed between the sexes. To all appearances the adults copulated freely. In one breeding cage, containing no males, two females made their appearance, and these were isolated and supplied with cherry twigs to induce oviposition. This they did, and five days later three eggs hatched. This experience suggests that fertilization is not absolutely necessary for the development of the eggs and also indicates that parthenogenesis may occur, although it is perhaps not an important factor in the life of the species.”’ EXPERIMENTS AT THE IOWA STATION. Webster in his bulletin states that parthenogenesis probably occurs 1n the pear-slug saw-fly, but that it had not been satis- factorily proved. However, he showed that virgin females would deposit eggs and that these eggs would hatch; yet none of the larve hatching from parthenogenetic eggs was reared to maturity. In regard to these experiments, Webster states: “Both Mr. Ness and Mr. McCall confined virgin female saw- flies in insectary, cages and obtained eggs from them. Some of these eggs hatched, but the larvee were weak and in no case did they live more than a few days. None reached the second stage.’’ These experiments seemed to show that there was not a complete normal parthenogenesis like that which exists in the plant lice, or in fact in the case of some of the other species of saw-flies, but a type similar to that known to exist in the silk worm, where only a few unfertilized eggs hatch, and the issuing larvee never reach maturity. BREEDING EXPERIMENTS CARRIED ON BY THE WRITER. During the month of May, 1913, while rearing the black cherry aphis, Myzus cerast Fab., as food for Coccinellide, the life histories of which I was studying, three females of Caliroa cerast emerged in the aphid breeding cages. These breeding _ tParrott, P. J., and Fulton, B. B. The Cherry and Hawthorn Sawfly Lea-} Miner, Bul. No. 411, New York Agric. Exp. Sta. (1915). 332 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, cages were quite large, being about three feet high and over three feet in diameter, and each was placed over a young cherry tree that had been cut back so as to be enclosed by the cage. They were out-of-door cages without bottoms, so that: any insects emerging from the soil would be caught. On June. 6th I observed that two females had emerged in one: of the cages which I designated as cage A, and in another, one female saw-fly had emerged. This second cage was designated as cage B. These virgin females began to oviposit almost at once, and by June 15, in cage A, I noted several eggs and six young larve, and in cage B another female had emerged, and a few eggs were observed but no young slugs. By July 5, the females had died in cage A, many growing slugs were present but no pupe. These larve continued to grow, and feed in a normal manner, and then to pupate. On July 31 I noticed the first adult of the second generation (F,) had emerged. It was very active, and was moving about the upper side of the cage. From now on adults from the parthenogenetic eggs of the first generation females continued to emerge rapidly. In all, 34 adult individuals were obtained from the partheno- genetic eggs of the two females in cage A. All of them were females, and-all were healthy, active and vigorous. As fast as these females emerged they were isolated and each placed in a gauze-bag breeding cage, which was placed around the end of acherry branch. These gauze bags were of sufficient size to allow the females considerable freedom, and were placed over the branches several weeks earlier after every leaf had been carefully examined for foreign eggs. This was a precaution against contamination, the bags excluding all the other saw- flies in the orchard. Some of the data obtained for the rearing of these partheno- genetic individuals are here presented in tabular form. *The abbreviations used in this table are explained as follows: in breeding bag; eggs 1.—eggs laid; ad. lost—adult lost. 1917] Parthenogenests in the Pear-slug Saw-fly 333 TABLE I.* 4 3. 5| Juty | Be 31 |Auc.1| Auc.3 | AuG.5 | Auc.7 | Auc.8 | Auc. 9 | Auc. 10 | Auc. 12 | Auc. 18| Au. 21! Auc. 22} Aus. 23 = | 1 eggs 1. _1] em. br. bag dead J em. | eggs 1. B2K br. ba: } dead | - |- em. eggs 1 ieee br. bag dead I em. eggs l. eich br. bag alive - em. eggs 1. | ET PAV TS ea 7 Ae) es, DEM Pecos (Re: A a OO ee ‘Ce em. eggs l. 26% | br. bag dead em. eggs l. mari br. bag dead NG em eggs l. wise! br. bag dead em. : eggs l. OS feet eeal eee ag ee tee | a8 Sh ikbresbag to RI A TE nd ee ea dead iC) 1 >, sense eee em. eggs l. oe | aes [eee brithag far wieeieg la rls Aeue el Geada coh rll, Utes ea em. eggs 1. mL eres eat ae 2st Str. bag, rates malo ee oy ee Mdeadhi || )2aehi aa em. eggs 1. 712 | ere es coat | walle Are Dag i nei) as wedendh |e to 21) sae em. eggs 1. acm br. bag dead em. eggs l. , LS bei: aa br. bag ri ae sede ar NE PONY eae Xa (en jee em. eggs l. SIDR Ae i lesege Es jap [ae 2 it a SO I te Ia U's Paes as (oa em. eggs 1. LUE OR recat Ton | PEER PZ ice: (Rg ASE PUR A WL A rc ee em. eggs l. elit br. bag dead em. eggs |. 18— br. bag ad. lost / em. 3 eggs 1. Bley br. bag dead em. eggs. l. 20° br. bag dead em. eggs 1. Ch Us | RS id EE aS ln hc 5 I 2 bee El pdend 9's em. : eggs 1. _22— br. bag ad. lost em. eggs 1. LS Oe 2s | ee el ee ee br. bag dS. |G Lente. - dead i eggs 1. 2 eek hs aes ene piv cas 0 |teit» |tere Berea Ui fy | Sa fe end eggs l. SS LAME Tat ey ee i eites|) tn, BAe 2 Pen ate) et 2 gee dead em. eggs l. 26 br. bag dead em. eggs 1. ELD tay he Si pat a, SE ba MALI le a, aa 2 (a em. eggs 1. 280i ee aa owl 22) NEL iy ane Oo pero prepare est |e Nor ee eGeacm em. eggs l. 29° br. bag ad. lost | em. eggs 1. BOY OF gli ee ee ee be as Nyko.) are bag dead em. eggs |. 15 A ee) bea Dee EER a SRS ey bins ele eet ery ees | Por, = | dead em. eggs |. 32 2 br. bag dead em.—adult emerged; br. bag—placed Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, We we) 4 From this table we observe that all of the 32 virgin females that were reared from the eggs of the 2 first-generation virgin females laid eggs. Since the breeding cages used up to this time were out-of-door cages these observations give us some insight into the seasonal history of the species. The first adult of the second generation to emerge came out on July 31, the last on August 12. Eggs of the second generation adults were first observed August 9. The first record of a death of the second generation adult was August 9. By August 23 all of the adults of the second generation were dead. The period of longevity appears to be quite short for these second generation adults. The progeny of four of these second generation adults was saved, and reared in four separate breeding cages. Some of the data for these four experiments are given in tabular form in the following table. TABLE If. OFFSPRING LARVAE WHEN Notes For Notes For Or Femace| ISOLATED ISOLATED Oct. 5 Fer. 16 Notes For JUNE 28 No. 2 30 - Sept. 11 In soil 1 dead adult on top of soil. 3 pupae 3 dead larvae in earthern cells No.. 8 30 Sept. 15 In soil found 3 dead pupae in earthen cells. 2 alive 7 dead adults in earthen cells. No. 14 33 Sept. 17 In soil Empty earthen cell observed. a 3 dead larvae in earthen cells. No. 25 16 Sept. 27 In soil 3 dead pupae in earthen cells. | 3 dead adults in earthen cells. The results from these four breeding cages were surprising. Of the large number of larve obtained (109) during the fall only a single adult emerged the following spring. Examinations during the winter showed that most of the larve had pupated and were alive. Later on J made a very thorough search in the soil for predaceous enemies, but found none that I suspected of preying on the larve or pupe. In fact the final examination on June 28 showed that the earthen cells were intact. Of the 23 earthen cells found on this day, 10 contained the mature dead saw-flies. They had passed through their transformations in good shape, but for some reason did not emerge from their earthen cells. Can it be that parthenogenesis when continued into the second generation descendants causes a great diminution in the vitality of the race? 1917] Parthenogenesis in the Pear-slug Saw-fly 330 Observations in the orchard where the first virgin females were obtained showed that the conditions there were similar to those of my experiments. During the first year there were large numbers of the first generation females present, but I did not observe a single male, hence infer that practically all of the eggs laid were unfertilized. These females laid an enormous number of eggs, and apparently almost all of them hatched, for seldom have I seen cherry trees more heavily infested than were these trees during the summer of 1913. The injury was So great that several of the younger trees were killed outright— something unusual in the case of saw-fly infestation. Yet in this same orchard the following spring, scarcely a saw-fly emerged. On June 7, I examined the orchard thoroughly, and did not find an adult or a single egg. It was June 20 before I found eggs, and then.only a few of them. The slugs that developed in this orchard in 1913 were very few, and were of no importance from an economic standpoint, in fact most of the trees were absolutely free from them. Could it be that climatic conditions killed the saw-flies in this orchard and in my cages? During the spring of 1913 we had a very warm spell in March, and later a cold snap. Could this warm spell have so hurried the development of the saw- flies that they were later killed by the cold? I think not, for in other places in the same vicinity the saw-flies came out in abundance. One orchard, only a few miles away, was badly infested and injured the same spring. Could the saw-flies have been killed by a fungous disease? None whatever was detected. Even the bodies of dead individuals were usually free from fungi. Could it be that the ground was so hard during the emerging period that the adults could not make their way out? I hardly think so. At first I suspected this as being the reason, but after keeping the ground soft in two of my breeding cages for many days, I did not get a single saw-fly to emerge. Besides the thorough examination of the earthen cells showed that the adults did not even get out of them. It appears then that we must look elsewhere in order to find the causes for the non-emergence of these second generation parthenogenetic adults. Judging from the facts collected during my investigations of this species, I am inclined to the opinion that parthenogenesis while normal and completely advantageous for the species in the spring parthenogenetic 336 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, generation, when continued into the second generation causes a great diminution in the vigor of the individuals. Some of these second generation individuals die in the larval stage; some, as shown in my experiments, in the pupal stage; and many of them in the adult stage inside of the earthen pupal cases. SUMMARY. 1. The males of our common pear- or cherry-slug saw-fly must be very rare in certain parts of our country. The exami- nation. of several hundreds of individuals obtained at various times during the late spring and summer for three seasons at Ames, Iowa, and for two seasons at Corvallis, Oregon, failed to reveal a single male. 2. The species is parthenogenetic, and successfully so for the offspring of the spring brood of females. - 3. The eggs deposited by spring-brood virgin females hatch, and produce normal vigorous larve. These feed nor- mally, later pupate and finally produce adults. | 4. Unfertilized eggs produce females only. 5. Parthenogenesis when continued for the offspring of the second or summer brood of adults, gave larve, a considerable percentage of which failed to pupate, a considerable percentage successfully pupated, but did not transform into the adult stage, and a very large percentage transformed into adult stage, but did not emerge from the enclosing earthen cells. 6. Only a single adult was reared from 109 of the second generation parthenogenetic larve. 7. An orchard which was heavily infested with spring- brood females, and in which no males were observed, produced an enormous number of second generation females, which produced in turn an increasing number of second brood larve, causing injury so serious as to kill outright several cherry trees of the orchard and to seriously injure all of the trees. From this enormous second brood of larve only a very few adults emerged the following spring. 8. I am unable to account for the failure of these second brood larvee to produce active adults unless it be on account of a lack of. vigor due to the absence of fertilization for this brood, yet it is possible that this failure was due to other causes. A PHYLOGENETIC STUDY OF THE LARVAL AND ADULT HEAD IN NEUROPTERA, MECOPTERA, DIPTERA, AND TRICHOPTERA.* By G. C. Crampton, Ph. D. Since practically all of the recent attempts to trace the phylogeny of insects have been based upon the study of the wing veins, which are extremely variable features within the same order, or even family, of insects, it has seemed advisable to examine other less variable structures, and those from widely different parts of the body, in order to ascertain if such a study would confirm or disprove the conclusions reached from a study of the wing veins alone. The present paper is therefore offered as one of a series in which the various structures which appear to be the most useful for a phylogenetic study, have been compared in the Neuroptera, Mecoptera, Diptera and Trichoptera. Many of the accompanying rough sketches were made from material kindly loaned to me by Dr. N. K. Banks, to whom I am deeply indebted for many valuable suggestions, and for the privilege of examining the specimens in his unusually extensive collection of Neuroptera, Mecoptera, and Trichoptera. I am also greatly indebted to Dr. C. W. Johnson for the identification of the Diptera used in the prepara- tion of this paper. It is customary to speak of this or that single type as the an- cestral one fora large group of insects, but I think that this is a mis- taken conception, since a study of the ancestral groups (or rather, those which have departed but little from the condition char- acteristic of the ancestors of other insects) would indicate that the ancestral forms frequently differed quite markedly among themselves, exhibiting several developmental tendencies (instead of merely one type) which frequently manifest themselves in the evolutionary series of the forms derived from them. As an illustration of this view, I would call attention to the ‘‘short- headed”’ series of Neuroptera, Mecoptera, and Diptera shown in Figures 1, 2 and 3, and the “long-headed”’ series of the same groups of insects shown in Figures 4, 5 and 6. These *Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Massachusetts Agricultural College, Amherst, Mass. 337 338 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Fig. 1. Head of the Neuropteron Hemerobius. Fig. 2. Head of the Mecopteron Panorpodes. Fig. 3. Head of the Dipteron Erioptera armata, O. S. Fig. 4. Head of the Neuropteron Nemoptera. Fig. 5. Head of the Mecopteron Bittacus. Fig. 6. Head of the Dipteron Asyndulum montanum Roeder. In all cases, excepting figures 12 and 18, the head is drawn in frontal view- In some figures only basal segments of antennz are drawn. The areas of cross- hatching denote the compound eyes. ABBREVIATIONS. a—Antenna, or basal segments of m—Maxilla. antenna. mp—Maxillary palpus. ac—Anteclypeus. o—Occipital region. : c—Clypeus, or clypeal region. oc—Ocelli. d—Mandible. p—Genal process. e—Epicranial suture. t—Tentorial or frontal pits. f—Frontal region. x—Plical process, or point of attach- l—Labrum, or labral region. ment of cervical fold. Ip—Labial palpus, or terminal portion y—Line of attachment of cervical fold of labium. or plica. 1917| A Phylogenetic Study 309 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Head of a larval Trichopteron. Head of the Dipteron Heteromyia (Ceratopogon) trivialis, Loew. Head of the Mecopteron Merope tuber (male). Head of a larval Panorpa (Mecopteron). Head of the Trichopteron Neuronia. Head of a larval Raphidia (Neuropteron). Head of a larval Tipulid. Head of the Dipteron Bittacomorpha (based upon the species clavipes and another Bittacomorpha). 340 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, series show very clearly that in the Neuroptera (among which are found certain forms which have departed but little from the ancestral condition of the Mecoptera) instead of merely one type, there are at least two developmental tendencies, the one leading to a retention of a shorter type of head such as that of the Neuropteron shown in Fig. 1, while the other leads to the formation of a more elongate type of head, such as that of the Neuropteron shown in Fig. 4.. These two tendencies are carried over, or re-appear, in the Mecoptera, which are descended from Neuropteron-like forebears. Thus the short-headed type is retained in such Mecoptera as that shown in Fig. 2 (which, however, exhibits a slight tendency toward a narrowing and lengthening of the lower portion of the head), while the ten- dency toward the formation of the elongate type of head appears again in such Mecoptera as that shown in Fig. 5. Similarly, in the Diptera, which in turn are derived from Mecopteron-like forebears, the same two tendencies reassert themselves, some of the Diptera having retained the short-headed type, as shown in Fig. 3, while other Diptera, such as the one shown in Fig. 6, have developed the elongate type of head. It might be argued that a similar mode of life. or similar “environmental’’ conditions might cause a marked similarity in outline in the heads of the insects in question, and that this similarity is therefore due to a convergence—or rather to a parallelism of development. However, the marked morpho- logical similarity in a series of structures taken from widely separated parts of the body (e. g. mouthparts, thoracic sclerites, legs, terminal abdominal structures, etc.) and the marked resemblance which extends even to the more minute details, and in parts which are not much used, or are not of vital impor- tance to the organism, would preclude the possibility of a mere parallelism of development—which might possibly be the case if we were dealing with a single set of structures alone; but to argue that a parallelism of development has brought about the similarity in structure between all of these parts of the body in the series, is demanding too much of chance and the ‘“‘law of probability.” While claiming that the series of insects represented in Figs. 1, 2. and 3 and the series represented in Figs. 4, 5 and 6, to all intents and purposes serve to illustrate what has actually 1917] A Phylogenetic Study 341 happened in the evolution of the head region of certain Diptera, I would not imply that recent Diptera are descended from recent Mecoptera, or that living Mecoptera are descended from living Neuroptera. On the other hand, it is quite true that living Neuroptera, Mecoptera, and Diptera have travelled together along the same developmental “‘road,”’ so to speak, in following out certain evolutionary tendencies. At some point along the road, the Neuroptera branched off to follow their own path of specialization, but some of them wandered but a short distance from the main line, and have remained as little changed as certain of the fossil forms which fell by the wayside at an early date. These “‘conservative’’ individuals have preserved many features characteristic of the ancestors of the Mecoptera and Diptera who continued together for a greater distance along the road of evolution, before the Mecoptera in turn branched off to follow their own path of specialization. So too, among the Mecoptera certain individuals wandered but a short distance from the main line, and have preserved many features char- acteristic of the ancestors of the Diptera, and the same process was repeated when the Dipteron-like ancestors of the fleas gave rise to the Siphonaptera. The study of these ‘‘conserva- tive” forms among living insects is quite as instructive as the study of fossil forms, and has the additional advantage of enabling one to examine the minute details not preserved in the fragmentary fossil remains, and to take into account the bio- logical habits, etc., which are of considerable importance in an attempt to determine the relationships of the different groups of insects. In the head region of nearly all adult Mecoptera, there is a well marked tendency toward the formation of a ‘“‘ genal process” _or protuberance of the lower portion of the gene (‘‘p”’ of Figs. 2, 5 and 9), and it is rather strange that such a widespread tendency in the Mecoptera should not reappear in the Diptera— although the process of the genal region labeled ‘‘p”’ in the Dipteron shown in Fig. 6 may be homologous with the genal process of the Mecoptera. In some of the Mecoptera (Fig. 9) there is a tendency for the eyes to extend upward toward the top of the head, and downward toward the mesal line below the antennz, and the same tendency is evident in the Diptera shown in Figs 8 and 6. 342 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, In some Diptera (Fig. 14) the contour of the upper portion of the head is more like that of certain Neuroptera (Fig. 4), while in other Diptera (Figs. 6 and 8) it is more like that of certain Mecoptera (Figs. 5 and 9). On the whole, the basal segments of the antenne of the Diptera (Figs. 6 and 14, ‘‘a”’ are more like those of the Mecoptera (Fig. 5), and the resemblance between the antennal segments of the Mecopteron Merope and those of certain Mycetophilids and other Diptera is very striking, as I am hoping to show in a subsequent paper. In these respects, the Trichopteron shown in Fig. 11 is more like the Neuroptera than it is like the Diptera and in general the statement would hold true, that the Mecoptera approach the Dipteron type far more closely than the Trichoptera do, and are therefore in all probability much more closely related to the Diptera than the Trichoptera are, although the Trichoptera also have carried over certain ‘‘ancestral’’ features from the common ancestral group which gave rise both to them and to the Mecoptera and Diptera, so that they cannot be entirely dis- regarded in a phylogenetic study of the insects in question. Although the labial palpi ‘“‘/p”’ are much larger than the maxillary palpi ‘‘mp”’ in the ‘‘long-headed’’ Neuropteron shown in Fig. 4, the maxillary palpi ‘‘mp’”’ are much longer than the labial palpi ‘“‘/p”’ in the Neuropteron shown in Fig. 1, and in most Mecoptera (Figs. 2, 5 and 9) and Diptera (Figs. 3 and 14) this is hkewise the case, as is also true, to a lesser degree, in the Trichopteron shown in Fig. 11. There is thus apparent in the Mecopteron and Dipteron stocks a marked tendency toward the reduction of the labial palpi, and the gloss and paraglossz tend to disappear, although I am not certain that neither paraglossee nor glossee are well developed in the Diptera, since Peterson, 1916, who has examined a wide range of Diptera, thinks that glosse and well developed paraglosse are to be | found in this group. On the other hand, if one examines a specimen of Bzttacus and Panorpa, it is quite evident that the maxilla (excepting the palpi) are reduced, or have begun to unite with the labium, and that the glosse and paraglosse of the labium have almost disappeared, while the labial, palpi have become approximated in the median line, thus assuming a condition suspiciously like that exhibited by the Dipteron shown in Fig. 6. A study of the embryological development 1917| A Phylogenetic Study 343 of the parts in question is necessary before this point can be definitely determined but the ‘‘phylogenetic’’ evidence would indicate that Peterson’s interpretation of some of these struc- tures may need revision. A detailed comparison of the mouth- parts, accompanied by drawings of the insects in question, will be published later, as a part of the series dealing with the phylogeny of the Diptera, Mecoptera, etc., so that it is unneces- sary here to do more than call attention to the tendency toward an elongation of the mouthparts exhibited by certain Neuroptera (Fig. 4), and developed to a greater extent in certain Mecoptera (Fig. 5), while it is carried to an extreme in the Culicids and other Diptera. A comparison of the heads of the larve under consideration has thus far been rather disappointing, due to the fact that it is necessary to examine a far wider range of forms than is at present available, in order to select those which have preserved the desired characters—and it is largely a matter of chance whether one is so fortunate as to find these or not. I-have no Culicid or Chrysopid larve at present, but I recall having observed in them a “cervical plica,’’ or fold of the membranous region of the neck, which projects over the head capsule for a short distance and is attached to it at the point labeled ‘‘x’’ in Fig. 10 of a Panorpid larva. In some of the Trichopterous larvee which I have examined, a similar ‘‘cervical plica’’ is attached to either side of the head capsule, but it is not so well developed in the Trichoptera. It is possible that a further overgrowth of the head capsule by the neck-fold mentioned above, has resulted in the condition exhibited by the Tipulid larva shown in Fig. 13, in which a fold of the neck membrane has grown over the head capsule, to which it is very closely applied, as far forward as the line labeled ‘‘y’’ in Fig. 13. As far as the head region of the larve is concerned, the Diptera seem to be about as similar to the Neuroptera as they are to the Panorpids, and the head of a larval Panorpid is ‘somewhat more ‘‘ Neuropteron-like’’ than the head of a larval Trichopteron is. In the case of the adult head, however, the Diptera are closer to the Mecoptera than to the Neuroptera, and also appear to be very much closer to the Mecoptera than to the Trichoptera.. In conjunction with the study of such other features as the antenne, mouthparts, thoracic sclerites, legs, 344 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, terminal abdominal structures, etc., a comparative study of the head capsule in the insects in question would indicate that the line of development of the Trichoptera branched off from the common ancestral ‘‘Neuropteroid’’ stem at a point not far distant from the origin of the Mecopteron line of develop- ment. The ultimate ancestors of the Diptera were Neuropteron- like (the tendency toward the reduction of the hind wings occurring regularly in such Neuroptera as Nemoptera, and occasionally in such forms as Psectra, etc.) and they were related to. both the ancestral Trichoptera and Mecoptera. The Dipteron line of development, however, has paralleled that of the Mecoptera remarkably closely (more so in fact than any other insects) and since the Mecoptera have ‘‘lagged behind,” or have not travelled as far along the road to specialization as the Diptera have, they have remained in many respects strik- ingly like the ancestors of the Diptera, so that a study of their structures will frequently serve to indicate the steps by means of which the more highly modified homologous structures in the Diptera have reached their present state, in following out certain evolutionary tendencies present in both lines of develop- ment. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1895. Felt—The Scorpion Flies: Report State Entomologist, N. Y., 10, 1895, p.463. 1913. Miyake—Studies on the Mecoptera of Japan: Jour. Coll. Agr. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 6, No. 6, p. 265. 1916. Peterson—The Head Capsule and Mouthparts of Diptera: Ill. Biol. Monographs, Vol. 3, No. 2, p. 1. A more complete list of the articles dealing with the mouth- parts and phylogeny of the insects under consideration will be given in articles dealing with these phases of the subject. A SYNOPSIS OF THE PETIOLATE WASPS OF THE FAMILY EUMENIDZ (HYMENOPTERA), FOUND IN AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. By Dwicuat IsELy, Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture. The wasps of the family Eumenidz with petiolate abdomens, found in America north of Mexico are included in two genera, Eumenes Latreille and Zethus Fabricius. The following synopsis is based on specimens contained in the U. S. National Museum. Of the genus Eumenes the Museum contains 11 of the 13 hitherto described species and has large series of specimens of several of these. Of the genus Zethus it contains specimens of all of the five described species, but the number of specimens in all species is comparatively small. In addition to the descriptions of new species included in this paper there are redescriptions of the Say and Haldeman species and of a number of other species which it seemed desirable to compare with their allies. For the sake of clearness, descriptive terms used in this paper which are not usually used by other hymenopterists or whose usage is not always the same, may be defined as follows: Length.—The measurement from the front to the apical margin of the second segment of the gaster. Lateral angles of the clypeus.—The angle produced by the meeting of the apical and lateral margins of the clypeus. ; Pronotal lobes.—Lobes which project from either side of the prothorax into the mesoepisternum a short distance below the tegule. Metanotum.—The simple transverse plate which bears the hind wings. This is the postscutellum of many authors. Propodeum.—The tergite of the first abdominal segment which has been fused to the thorax. : Gaster.—The abdominal segments after the constriction separating them from the thorax, that is, all of the abdominal segments except the propodeum. Petiole.—The first segment of the gaster, or the first abdominal segment of many authors. It is not considered advisable to designate the petiole as distinct from the gaster and preceding it, for with the majority of the species of this family there is no petiole. Apical cordon of the petiole.-—The salient margin or rim at the apex of the tergite of the petiole. Dorsal angle of the second segment of the gaster.—The median dorsal line when viewed laterally forms a more or less distinct angle which ordinarily marks the maximum inflation of the segment. Lateral angle of the second segment of the gaster.—The lateral lines when viewed dorsally form a more or less distinct angle as does the dorsal line, which ordinarily marks the maximum lateral inflation of the segment. The writer wishes to thank Mr. S. A. Rohwer for testing the keys to species and for criticisms and suggestions throughout the course of the studies herein presented. 345 346 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, The genera Eumenes and Zethus are not closely related, yet because of a superficial resemblance they can be conveniently considered together. They may be readily separated from all other wasps of the family Eumenide, found in America north of Mexico, by the first segment of the gaster which is petiolate, while in all other genera found within these limits it is sessile or subsessile. In turn these two genera may be separated by the following contrasting characters: Eumenes.—Mandibles long, and sharp pointed; clypeus as long or longer than wide; head compressed transversely, not dilated behind the eyes, posterior face truncate; thorax quadrate, not strongly con- tracted anteriorly; prothorax nearly as wide as the head;. petiole ex- panded, or at least not strongly contracted apically; second segment of the gaster sessile or subsessile. Zethus—Mandibles short, obliquely truncated; clypeus wider than long; head dilated behind the eyes, posterior face emarginate; thorax strongly contracted before the tegule; prothorax much narrower than the head; petiole strongly contracted apically; second segment of the gaster subpetiolate. : Genus Eumenes Latrielle. The genus Eumenes as it is found in America north of Mexico forms a very homogeneous group. The differences of groups of species, however constant they may be, do not justify its division into subgenera, and it is probable that if extra- limital species were studied that many of these group differences would disappear. However to facilitate the determination of species, those under consideration may be divided into four species groups, which named after the oldest species in each group are as follows: The smizthit group, the crucifera group, the fraternus group, and the crassicornts group. All of these except the crucifera group would fall into Saussure’s division Alpha. Key to the Species of Eumenes. i Dorsuin or sthepetiole impunctaten: a reste: ie iarannaainr eee bolluw Cresson Dorsum of the petiole distinctly punctate.............. PORE Robo kOe shane: 2 2. Head flattened dorsally; petiole linear pyriform, without abrupt inflation, ventral aspect of the tergite sparsely punctate........... brunneus Isely Head convex dorsally; petiole pyriform or campanulate, inflation always more or less abrupt; ventral aspect of the tergite densely and coarsely PUMCTATE! oii le Sons chine, 5 SRNR EIN eae eee Fes ee en Sa CE 3 3. Sternite of the petiole not distinctly separated from the tergite except near the apex; dorsal line of the second segment of the gaster strongly curved forward before ‘the dorsalanple.s +) icy vs. oo. oe en eee ee 4, Sternite of the petiole distinctly separated from the tergite by a groove and a carina; the dorsal line before the dorsal angle on the second segment of the gaster not strongly curved forward...................... 6 1917] A Synopsis of Eumenide 347 4. cr “I ta 10. ib 12. 13 14. 15, Punctation on the ventral aspect of the tergite of the petiole extending up to the margin before the apical broadening of the sternite; a trans- verse brownish band crossing the middle of the dorsal aspect of the ~- SECOHOs SERMenG Or GUGeSASLEE lobster cee elke en neas smith Saussure Punctation on the ventral aspect of the tergite of the petiole not extend- ing up to the margin, except after the apical broadening of the sternite; a transverse yellowish band, (sometimes interrupted), crossing the middle of the dorsal aspect of the second segment of the gaster........ 5 on CVEON Ee o7u oS oN 2 1S belfraget Cresson distinctly depressed the dorsal angle is surmounted by a boss.......... if Second segment of the gaster compressed, or if not distinctly so the eealraaeie tnwignOtd DOGS. a5 .. i ae both oes Sis ahs oc olebck ede. 10 CWetipumitacied helore the testes oo. 5 su as oc ov os eee 11 Dorsal angle of the second segment of the gaster surmounted by a boss; domaine rechived-apicaliv: 5250 so) Fas Mkt OR 12 Dorsal angle of the second segment of the gaster rounded and without asboss; dorsal line not recurved apically.» 20,00. os es caine uako. 13 Second segment of the gaster with two yellow bands, one of which is PUNE Mn ert <8 SP hen ete ea e.g OO cruciferorum Viereck Second segment of the gaster with three yellow bands, two of which are Riierrenpeie AQtaaligns? Slit estoy: geal ute dt ee osssce5. tricinctus Isely “Second segment of the gaster about half as wide again as the petiole. Second segment of the gaster at least twice as wide as the petiole......... 14 Lateral angles of the clypeus about the same distance from base and AI QIERG 5 Gower once PART ek egos iettct yee Is cicada ea DRC eae ee ee 15 Lateral angles of the clypeus about twice as far from the base as from ~ the apex; surface of the clypeus coarsely. punctate...................... 17 348 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, 16. Punctations of the first and second segments of the gaster dense; segments of the paster ‘largely black. 2.5% 2.20. ..5.. 53 sewer eee coloradensis Cresson Punctations of the gaster sparse; gaster largely yellow. .xanthogaster Isely 17. Petiole pyriform, widest at apical margin, more heavily punctate than the second segment of the gaster; markings yellowish-white; no dots on 1pher SIGH’ Ob Ene PetiQle x... 6. coh ewe es + foe eal ee oe ne ioe fraternus Say Petiole campanulate, widest before apical constriction, as heavily punc- tate as the second segment; markings of bright yellow; a dot on either Sidemolm phe petiole... i.e brneeinm cc) 6 eee ee ena verticalis Say 18. Sides of the prothorax before the tegule concave; second segment of the gaster with a broad depression before the apex extending to the sides, dorsal line strongly recurved apically, dorsal angle obtuse. crassicornis Isely Sides of the prothorax contracted before the tegule, but convergent immediately before the anterior margin of the prothorax; depression on the second segment of the gaster not extending to the sides, dorsal line slightly recurved apically, dorsal angle near a right angle. pachygaster Isely SMITHII GROUP. The smithii group contains brownish and yellowish species but none that are predominantly black. It differs from the others of the genus by the depth of the furrow of the propodeum, - and on the ventral aspect of the petiole by the absence of carine along the margins of the tergite and the absence or reduc- tion of punctations attaining these margins. Smuthi1, belfraget and bollii resemble each other in general appearance, and in particular by the shape of the clypeus and by the shape of the second segment of the gaster. Eumenes brunneus new species. Male—Length, 12.5 mm.; wing, 9.5mm. Clypeus long and narrow, lateral lines diverging but little apically, apical notch narrow, angular, surface slightly convex, not flattened apically, without brown chitinized median spot above the apex, very finely punctate; head flattened dorsally, densely punctate; thorax stout, nearly as broad as long, slightly rounded in front, strongly convex dorsally and laterally; sides of prothorax immediately before anterior margin, concave; propodeum separated with a deep median furrow; petiole elongate—three times as long as wide at the apex, pyriform, never abruptly inflated, punctations of medium depth, on ventral aspect of tergite sparse and not extending up to the margin; second segment of the gaster a third longer than wide, lateral lines divergent until nearly half-way from base then nearly parallel, transverse depression before median apical margin very slight, finely punctate, more densely apically than basally. General color ferruginous; ferrugino-testaceous on the antenne and third to last segments of the gaster, ferriginous on the thorax and somewhat duller on the second segment of the gaster; wings subhyaline, yellowish-brown; clypeus, mandibles, anterior surface of the scape, emargination of the eyes, a post-ccular line, a wide bard on the anterior 1917] A Synopsis of Eumenide 349 margin of the prothorax, a large patch below the tegulz, tegula except a central spot, band on the anterior margin of the scutellum, metanotum, a spot on either side on the propodeum, lower half of the posterior margin of the propodeum, a wide band dorsally on the posterior margin of the petiole and narrower on the second segment of the gaster, indis- .tinct bands on the following two segments, an indistinct cuneiform spot on either side of the second segment, ends of the femora, all of tibiz and tarsi, yellow; median antennal segments, dorsal aspect of the head, anterior and posterior parts of the mesonotum, margins of the scutellum and the metanotum, ventral parts of the thorax, a stripe running up under the tegule, lower part of furrow of the propodeum, petiole except apical band, coxee, trochanters and basal ends of femora, black. Covered with very fine golden pile. Colorado. Described from one male. Type: Cat. No. 21377, U.S. National Museum. Of the North American members of this genus this species is the most distinct. In addition to the differences mentioned in the key it may be distinguished by the unusually long clypeus, the surface of which is convex, not being flattened apically, by the contrasting stoutness of the thorax and slender- ness of the gaster, and the general brownish color. Because of the pyriform petiole and the absence of punctation along the ventral margin of the tergite it is placed in this group. A series of specimens including females might place it in a group by itself, but it certainly does not belong in any of the other species groups included in this paper. Eumenes bollii Cresson. Eumenes bollii Cresson, E. T., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc: vol. 4, 1872, p. 232-233— Isely, Dwight, Kans. Univ. Sci. Bul. vol. 8, 1914, p. 252-253, 299-301. _ Bolla is unique among the North American species by lacking punctations on the dorsal aspect of the petiole, and is further distinguished from the others of the smuithw group by having a campanulate petiole. Distribution.—This species inhabits southwestern United States and there is one specimen in the U. S. National Museum labeled ‘‘ Mexico.’’ Specimens from the United States are from the following localities: Brewster Co., Del Rio, Valverde Co., and Waco, McLennan Co., Tex.; Riley Co., Kans.; Rocky Ford, Otero Co., Colo.; Des Moines, Union Co., and Sacramento Mts., Otero Co., N. M.; Huachuca Mts., Ariz.; Reno, Washoe Co., Nev.; San Berdino Co. and Stratford, Kings Co., Calif. The writer has collected it in Ness, Trego, Osborne and Norton counties, Kansas. 350 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Type.—Cat. No. 1725, U. S. National Museum. The writer has collected nests of this species in western _Kansas. They were one-celled globular earthen nests, char- acteristic of this genus and were found singly attached to weed stems. Eumenes smithii Saussure. Eumenes smith Saussure, Henri de, Etud. Fam. Vespid., vol. 1, 1852, p. 48, pl. 10, fig. 1; Smithson, Miscl. Coll. No. 254, 1875, p. 104-105. All records of this species and all specimens I have seen are from Florida. Type.—British Museum of Natural History (according to Saussure). Nothing has been recorded previously in regard to the nest of smithi.. In the National Museum is a nest collected by Hubbard labeled Cres City, Fla., from which a wasp of this species was reared. It is a globular earthen nest, with a jug-like mouth, typical of the wasps of this genus. The surface is more granular than that of the nests of fraternus and small lumps of earth give it a roughened appearance. It is attached to the lower side of a leaf. Eumenes belfragei Cresson. Eumenes belfragei Cresson, E. T., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, 1872, p. 2382.— Hartman, Carl, Jour. Animal Behavior, vol. 3, 1913, p. 353-360. Female.—Length, 16.5 mm.; wing, 11.5 mm. Clypeus as long as wide, lateral angles comparatively near the apex, apical emargination angular, surface deeply punctate; head slightly convex above; thorax slightly rounded in front, sides convex; median furrow in propodeum deep; petiole pyriform, never as wide as at the apex, margins of tergite usually meeting ventrally, completely obliterating the sternite except at the apex, no carine bordering the margins, punctations on ventral aspect not attaining the margin, except at the apex; second segment of the gaster convex, longer than wide, dorsal line before angle strongly curved forward; punctations on head and thorax confluent, less dense on gaster. Largely ferruginous; dorsal aspect of the head, tips of flagella, a spot near the upper middle of the clypeus, mesonotum, lateral aspect of the thorax, basal line on metanotum, median furrow of the prepodium, basal end of the petiole, basal and central aspect of tergite of the second segment of the gaster, black, eyes dull brownish; clypeus, ridge between the antennz, anterior emargination of the eyes, a post- ocular line, anterior margin of the prothorax, a large spot below the tegule, anterior margin of the scutellum, metanotum, a large oblique spot on each side of the propodeum, apical margin of the petiole, elongate oblique spots on either side of the second segment of the gaster meeting 1917] A Synopsis of Eumenide ial dorsally, apical margin of second, third and fourth segments, ends of femora, all of tibe and tarsi, yellow; antenne yellowish-ferruginous; scape yellowish beneath; wings hyaline, brownish. Covered with very fine golden pile. Male—Length, 13.75 mm.; wing, 9.6 mm. Clypeus narrower. Clypeus, hook of the antennz and apical margin of all segments of the gaster, yellow; oblique spots on sides of the propodeum absent. Variations —Margins of the tergite of the petiole do not always meet ventrally and in a few specimens the ventral punctations attain the margins of the tergite before the apical divergence. The apex of the tergite of the second segment of the gaster is often much flattened. . There is considerable variation in the amount of black and the yellow oblique marks on the second segment of the gaster frequently do not meet on the dorsum. Distribution.—Specimens in the National Museum are from Riley and Franklin Counties, Kansas; La Cuena, Mora Co., N. M.; Huntersville, Walker Co., Victoria, Victoria Co., Corpus Christi, Nueces Co., Del Rio, Valverde Co., Brewster Co., Pittsburg, Camp Co., Ladonia, Fannin Co., Greenville, HunedGo: Calvert, Robinson.Co., “Dallas. Dallas. -Co:, and Cypress Mills, Blanco Co., Texas. These localities in Texas indicate a very general distribution over the state. Type.—Cat. No. 1726, U. S. National Museum. This species is closely related to smithi, so closely that the writer has not been able with all specimens, to separate the two species except by color. The punctation character used in the key is satisfactory with most specimens, but because of a few exceptions is not entirely dependable. Hartman has given a detailed description of the building of two nests by wasps of this species, which as far as the writer is aware is the only account of actual nest building of any American Eumenes. A few points in his account may be summarized as follows: The nests were typical jug-shaped earthen cells, attached singly to culms of Bermuda grass. Earth for building material. was secured from a hard clod, or a hardened place in a path, and was moistened by water carried in the crop. The work of building was done with the mandibles and forefeet. After the base was made, a pellet of earth was spread out as a ribbon around the edge of the nest and then pulled thin to the normal thickness. Oviposition occurred before storing the nest. Geometrid caterpillars were used as food for the wasp grubs. poe Annals Entomological Society of America PViole ae, Eumenes belfragei sub species, aureus new subspecies. Female—Like the typical belfragei in structure, but differing strikingly in color, due to the replacing of black and ferruginous largely by yellowish-ferruginous and yellow. Black confined to the dorsal aspect of the head, middle of the mesonotum, base of the petiole, anterior margin of the mesosternum, posterior margin of the epimeron and base of the petiole; ferruginous on the mesonotum, petiole and second segment of the gaster, orading to yellowish- ferruginous on the sides and ventral aspect of the thorax; a narrow oblique band on either side of the second segment of the gaster, ferruginous; yellow markings the same as in the typical belfragei, except that the entire clypeus, the greater part of the second segment of the gaster and the following segments are yellow. Brewster Co., Texas. Described from one female. Type.—Cat. No. 21378, U. S. National Museum CRUCIFERA GROUP. This group would fall in Saussure’s division Pachymenes, and includes those species with the gaster depressed, the petiole very broad and campanulate, and the wingslarge. The group can not be distinctly separated from the fraternus group; bollifor- mts is distinct from the species of any other group, but stenogaster resembles globulosus, while sternalis might be confused with coloradensis. Eumenes crucifera Provancher. Eumenes crucifera Provancher, Abbe L., Faune Hymen. de la Prov. Quebec, 1886, p. 421. Distribution.—Specimens in the National Museum are from Los Angeles Co., Humbolt Co., Folsom, Sacramento Co., and Palo Alto, Santa Clara Co., California. Type.—Cat. No. 1978, U.S. National Museum. Eumenes bolliformis Viereck. Eumenes bolliformis Viereck, H. L., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, 1907, p. 387-388. Fig. Distribution. —Flagstaff, Coconino Co., Ariz., (Viereck), and Huachuca Mts., Ariz. Type. — Snow Collections, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. This species superficially resembles crucifera, but is much larger, the gaster is proportionately wider and the second segment more depressed. 1917] A Synopsis of Eumenide 353 Eumenes stenogaster new species. Female——Length; 138 mm.; wing, 10 mm. Clypeus longer than wide, lateral angles nearer base than in fraternus, apical emargination moderately deep, angular, basal emargination narrow, rounded, surface coarsely punctate; thorax truncate in front, convex laterally, median furrow of propodeum deep; petiole campanulate, nearly half as wide at apex as long, punctations deep and of medium density; second segment of the gaster depressed, as wide as long, dorsal angle rounded, lateral angles attained far before the middle, beyond these angles the lateral lines are nearly parallel, punctations as on ‘petiole. Black; clypeus, except a pediculate spot suspended from the basal margin, a line on the anterior aspect of the scape, the ridge between the antennz, anterior margin of the prothorax, a dot on either side of the anterior margin of the mesonotum in front of the tegule, a spot below the tegule, an obscure dot on either side of the scutellum, metanotum, large oblique spots on either side of the propodeum, a large spot on either side of the petiole, a broad oblique band on either side of the second segment of the gaster nearly meeting on the dorsum, apical margins of all the segments of the gaster except the last, particularly wide on the second segment broadening into a helmet shaped spot ventrally, ends of anterior and median femora, the same pairs of tibiae, yellow; all tarsi, ends of posterior femora and posterior tibiz, testaceous; wings sub- hyaline, brownish; body covered with dense grayish pile, ‘finer on the second segment of the gaster. Male—Length, 13 mm.; wing, 10 mm. Clypeus broad for a male, distinctly toothed, gaster less densely and coarsely punctate than that of the female. Clypeus all yellow, tegulze margined with yellow; hook of antenne, brown. Otherwise as the feamle. Described from one female collected by C. H. T. Townsend, Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., N. M., and one male from Beaver Canyon, Utah. ' Type.—Cat. No. 21379, U.S. National Museum, Eumenes sternalis new species. Female.—Length, 12 mm.; wing, 10mm. Clypeus longer than wide, lateral angle little more than midway from base to apex, slightly convex, flattened apically, apical emargination rounded, basal emargination narrow and shallow, surface finely punctate; thorax convex laterally, median furrow of propodeum shallow; petiole abruptly campanulate, medium width, as wide or wider before apical contraction than after it; second segment of the gaster depressed, a little longer than wide, wide transverse depression before the apex extending to the sides, lateral angles distinct, nearer base than apex, lateral lines beyond angles converging apically; punctations on gaster shallow and of medium density. Black; clypeus except a central spot, a line on the anterior aspect of the scape, the ridge between the antennz, a very fine post- ocular line, anterior margin of the prothorax, a spot below the tegule, 354 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, a dot on either side of the scutellum, metanotum, a spot on either side of the propodeum, an obscure dot on either side of the petiole, wide oblique bands on either side of the second segment of the gaster, apical margins of all segments of the gaster, yellow; tips of mandibles, tegule, and legs, testaceous. Covered with golden pile, long on head and thorax, grading to medium length on the second segment of the gaster. Male—Length, 11.5 mm.; wing, 10 mm. Clypeus with lateral angle near to a right angle, apical emargination angular, basal emargina- tion deep, much like that of a fraternus male. Clypeus yellow. Described from one female from Beaver Canyon, Utah, and one male from New Mexico. Type.—Cat. No. 21380, U. S. National Museum. FRATERNUS GROUP. The fraternus group is the most. homogeneous of all the groups under consideration. While it contains some large _ species the majority are smaller than those of the two groups previously discussed. With the exception of cruciferorum and tricinctus which are the odd members of the group, the apical emargination of the clypeus is rounded, the second segment of the gaster is without a boss on the dorsal angle and the result- ing apically recurved dorsal line, which characterizes the fol- lowing group and to a large extent the preceding one. All species have the second segment of the gaster convex and little depressed. , Eumenes fraternus Say. Eumenes fraternus Say, Thomas, Narr. Long’s Second Expedition, vol. 2, 1824, p. 344-346.—Harris.*, T. W., Boston Cultivator, vol. 10, 1848, p. 225.—Saussure, Henri de, Etud. fam. Vespid., vol. 1, 1852, p. 40.—Say, Thomas, Writings of Th. Say, (LeConte, J. L.), vol. 1, 1859, p. 232.—Walsh, B. D. and Riley, C. V., Amer. Ent., vol. 1, 1869, p. 188.—Riley, C. V., Second Ann. Rept. Ins. Mo., 1870, p. 103.— Couper, W., Canad. Ent., vol. 3, 1871, p. 62.—Saussure, Henri de, Smithson, Miscl. Coll., No. 254, 1875, p. 95-98.—Riley, C. V., Amer. Ent., vol. 3, 1880, p. 180.— Saunders, S., Rept. Fruit Growers Assoc. Ont., 1882, p. 281.—Provancher, L., Natural. Canad., vol. 13, 1882, p. 144, 678.—Riley, C. V., Third Rept., U. S. Ent. Comm., 1883, p. 117.—Southwick, E. B., Insect Life, vol. 5, 1892, p. 107-108.— Britton, W. E., Eighth Rept. Conn. State Ent., 1909, p. 786.—Smith, J. B., Ann. Rept. N. J. State Mus. for 1909, 1910, p. 669.—Isely, Dwight, Kans. Univ. Sci. Bul., vol. 8, 1914, p. 253-254, 301.—Viereck, H. L., Conn, State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Bul. 22, 1916, p. 635. Eumenes fervens Saussure, Henri de, Etud. fam. Vespid. vol. 1, 1852, p. 40. Eumenes macrops Saussure, Henri de, Etud. fam. Vespid. vol. 1, 1852, p. 41. Eumenes minuta Saussure, Henri de, Etud. fam. Vespid. vol. 1, 1852, p. 39. *Reference not verified by the writer. 1917] A Synopsis of Eumenide 305 Female—Length, 15 mm.; wing, 11.5 mm. Clypeus convex, lateral angles two-thirds distance from base to apex, apical emargination rounded, surface coarsely punctate; head convex above; thorax convex before tegulee; propodeum with median furrow deep, extending to the metanotum; petiole little more than one-third as wide as long, at first linear then gradually becoming pyriform, widest at apical margin, lateral teeth not visible dorsally, apical margin bordered by a salient ‘cordon before which is a slight constriction; second segment of the gaster convex, not depressed, more finely punctate than the petiole. .Black; wide basal margin of the clypeus extending forward along the sides, ridge between the antennz, anterior aspect of the scape, a post-ocular line, anterior margin of the prothorax, metanotum, a spot on either side of the metanotum on the propodeum, apical margins both dorsal and ventral of the first and second segments of the gaster, dorsal margin of third and fourth segments, an oblique spot on either side of the second segment, a line on the lateral aspect of the tibize most prominent on ‘the median pair, yellowish-white; ends of tibize and tarsi, piceus; outer margins of tegule brownish; wings brownish: with violet reflections. Body covered with short, grayish pile. Male.—Length, 12.5mm.; wing, 10mm. More slender than female. Clypeus widely divergent apically. Clypeus entirely and nearly all of tibize, yellowish-white; hook of antennze brown; no spots on the pro- podeum. Otherwise as female. Variations —This species varies considerably in size, in the depth of the furrow of the propodeum, in the prominence of the lateral teeth of the petiole, which may be observed on a few specimens when viewed dorsally, and in the density and depth of punctation. The markings vary in prominence, particularly in males which frequently have a line on the margin of the fifth segment of the gaster, and more of the legs yellowish-white. There are two varieties with somewhat different markings, which are as follows: Variety 1. Resembles the typical fraternus, except as follows: Length, 16.5 mm.; wing, 12.5 mm. Melanistic. No yellowish white on clypeus nor on legs except for a small mark on median tibe, nor on third and fourth segments of the gaster. There is a large yellowish- white spot below the tegule. Variety 2. Resembles the typical fraternus, except as follows: A spot below the tegule, spots on the propodeum very large, a dot on either side of the petiole, and apical margins of all segments of the gaster 1 to 5, yellowish white. Because of these variations in markings this variety might be confused with verticalis, but it differs in all struc- tural characters. In the National Museum are only three specimens so marked. Distribution.—The writer has seen specimens of the typical fraternus, most of which are in the National Museum, from the following localities: Durham, Stafford Co., N. H.; Forest Hills and Boston, Mass.; Lake George, enon Co: and Long Island, Nv Y.>*Carlisle Tadction, Craighead and Eberly Mills, 356 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Cumberland Co., Campbell, York Co., Heckton Mills, High Spire and Rockville, Dauphin Co., North East, Erie Co., Martie Forge, Lancaster Co., and Philadelphia, Pa.; Cabin John and Plummers Island, Montgomery Co., and Linwood, Carroll Co., Md.; Washington, D. C.; Chain Bridge, Alexandria Co., Dixie Landing, Pohick Run, Newington, and Mt. Vernon, Fairfax Co., Va.; Highlands, Macon Co., N. C.; Jacksonville; Duval Co., Fla.; Holly Springs, Marshall Co., Miss; Lake Charles, Calcasieu Co.,: La.;*Mich.; Corydon, ‘Harrison ‘Co., Borden, Clark Co., and Noblesville, Hamilton Co., Ind.; Riley Co. and Lawrence, Douglas Co., Kans.; West Cliff, Custer Co., ‘Colo. ; Dallas; ‘Dallas Co., Denton,” Denton’ Ca, Paris, Lamar ‘Co. Victoria,” Victoria “Co, “and” Wo City Hunt Co., Texas; in the United States and one specimen labeled Canada. Specimens of the melanistic variety, (No. 1) are from New Orleans, La.; Jacksonville, Duval Co., Fla.; and Victoria, Victoria Co., Texas. All specimens of variety No. 2 are labeled New Jersey. To the states listed above, Connecticut may be added, as the species is recorded from that state by both Viereck and Britton. Neotype-—Determined by the writer. U. S. National Museum. This species is larger and more slender than any other belonging to this group and the petiole is pyriform while with the others it is more or less distinctly campanulate. In these respects it resembles the species of the smithi group. Fraternus is the commonest of the American species and its habits. are the best known. Accompanying Say’s original description of the species is also a description of the globular nest with the opening terminated by a jug-like mouth. The nest has subsequently been described -by a number of observers, and is known to occur singly or in groups of 2 to 5, on the surface of stones or leaves or ‘attached to twigs or weed stems. Lepidopterous larve are stored as food for the wasp grubs. According to Say they store nocturnal Lepidoptera; Harris records the storing of canker-worms (A nisopteryx vernata Peck.) ; Norton in a note in Saussure’s Synopsis records the storing of green diurnal Lepidoptera; Southwick describes the destruction of the parsnip web-worm (Depressaria heraclina De G.) 1917} A Synopsis of Eumenide Bor Eumenes verticalis Say. Eumenes verticalis Say, Thomas, Narr. Long’s Second Expedition, vol. a 1824, p. 346.—Saussure, Henri de, Etud fam. Vespid. vol. 1, 1852, p. 41—Say, Thomas, Writings of Th. Say (LeConte, J. L.), vol. 1, 1859, p. 233-234. Female—Length, 11.75 mm.; wing; 9.25 mm. Similar to fraternus, from which it differs as follows: Thorax stouter, furrow of the pro- podeum shallow, scarcely reaching the metanotum; petiole and second segment of the gaster wider in proportion to length than those of fraternus, petiole distinctly campanulate, widest before apical con- striction, apical constriction and apical cordon more pronounced than with fraternus; second segment of the gaster about as coarsely punctate as the first. Black, but less shining than fraternus; basal half of clypeus extending forward along the sides, greater part of the tegulze, a spot below the tegulze, an oblique mark on the propodeum on either side of its jointure with the petiole instead of higher on either side of the meta- notum as in fraternus, apical margins dorsal and ventral of all segments of the gaster from one to five, a dot on either side of the petiole, an elongate oblique mark on either side of the second segment of the gaster instead of.a spot, ends of femora and greater part of tibia, and all other markings found on fraternus, bright yellow instead of yellowish white; tarsi testaceous; center of tegule rufous; wings brownish. Covered with pile of medium length. Male—Length, 10 mm.; wing, 7.5 mm. Clypeus entirely yellow; no spot below the tegule nor on the propodeum. Otherwise like the female. Variations—The amount of yellow on the clypeus is variable. The spot below the tegule is absent on about half the specimens at hand, one lacks the marks on the propodeum and another lacks the dots on the petiole. The yellow on the segments of the gaster varies with individuals. Disiribution—The species was described by Say from Pennsylvania. ‘The National Museum contains specimens from the following localities: Forest Hills, Suffolk Co., Mass.; Philadelphia, Pa.; Chain Bridge and East Falls Church, Alex- andria Co., Va.; Ind.;-Mo.; Volga, Brookings Co., S. D.; and West Cliff, Custer Co., Colo. Neotype—Deternmned by the-~.writer. U. S. National Museum. ; . This species is often confused with fraternus in collections, with which Dalla Torre (Catalog. Hymen; vol. 9, 1894, p. 33), suggests that it is a possible synonym. The two species are readily separated by their difference in size, by the structure of the first and second segments of the gaster, by the color and color pattern. 358 Annals Entomological Society of America __[Vol. X, Eumenes globulosus Saussure. Eumenes globulosus Saussure, Henri de, Etud. fam. Vespid. Supplement, 1859, p. 189; Smithson. Miscl. Coll.,; No. 254, 1875, p. 101-102.—Smith, J. B., Ann. Rept. N. J. State Mus., for 1909, 1910, p. 669. Female—Length, 13.5 mm.; wing, 10 mm. Like fraternus from which it differs as follows: Clypeus with lateral angles slightly nearer apex than base, apical emargination more shallow, surface finely punctate; furrow in the propodeum inconspicuous, not extending upward to the metanotum; petiole campanulate, nearly half as wide as long, lateral teeth visible dorsally, no conspicuous contraction before the apical cordon; second segment of the gaster nearly as wide as long with the dorsal angle abrupt, more flattened dorsally and more finely punctate than fraternus. Black; larger part of clypeus, a spot on the tegule, a spot below the tegule, the spot on either side of the second segment of the gaster elongated into an oblique line, apical margins of all seg- ments of the gaster 1 to 5, yellowish-white; ends of tibze, tarsi and wings brown. Covered with grayish pile of medium length and density. Male—Length, 10 mm.; wing, 8.25 mm. Differs from the female as follows: More slender, clypeus narrower, with lateral angles less prominent than those of fraternus. Clypeus entirely, and the margin of the sixth segment of the gaster and more surface of the legs, yellowish- white. Spots below the tegule and on the sides of the propodeum absent. Distribution.—The range of this species overlaps that of fraternus and extends north of it. Saussure records it from Illinois and Wisconsin in the United States and from Great Slave Lake in Canada. In the National Museum are specimens labeled as follows: Waldoboro, Lincoln Co., Me.; Durham, Strafford. C@o.,'N.. H.; , Mass); N.4J=2 Ind and: Mich sm 4the United States, and Montreal, Province of Quebec, and a number of other specimens simply labeled Canada. Type.—Probably in the Museum of Geneva, Switzerland. Like verticalis, this species is frequently confused with fraternus. In many respects it is much like both of the above species and also like coloradensis. The clypeus in general shape and in its fine punctation resembles coloradensis rather than fraternus or verticalis. The campanulate petiole resembles that of verticalis and coloradensis, while the prominence of the teeth of the petiole resembles that of coloradensis and is unlike that of the others. It resembles fraternus and differs from the other two by having the second segment of the gaster less distinctly punctate than the petiole, by the shining black color and markings of yellowish-white, instead of bright yellow. 1917] . A Synopsis of Eumenide 359 The color pattern, however, is more like that of verticalis and on none of the four species are the markings as extensive as on coloradensis. Globulosus is unique among the four species by the failure of the furrow of the propodeum to extend upward to the metanotum and by the broader and more depressed second segment of the gaster. Eumenes coloradensis Cresson, Eumenes coloradensis Cresson, E. T., Rept. Geog. and Geol. Surv. West of the 100th Meridian, vol. 5, 1875, p. 717-718. Distribution.—Described from Colorado. In the National Museum are specimens from West Cliff, Custer Co., Colo.; Beulah, San Miguel Co., Hell’s Canyon and White Mts., N. M.; ‘ and Beaver Canyon, Fremont Co., Idaho. Type.—In Museum of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. (According to Cresson). Eumenes xanthogaster new species. Male.——Length, 10.75 mm.; wing, 8.25 mm. Clypeus narrow, lateral angles obtuse, almost as near to base as to apex, apical emargina- tion rounded, basal emargination deeper than that of fraternus, surface finely punctate; thorax truncate in front, convex laterally; furrow of propodeum of moderate depth; petiole campanulate, widest before apical constriction, inflation more abrupt than that of fraternus, lateral teeth not visible from above, punctations deep and sparse, second segment of the gaster as wide as long, dorsal and lateral lines convex, punctations finer than on first segment becoming more dense apically. Black; clypeus, anterior aspect of the scape, ridge between the antenne, ‘a very short post-ocular line, anterior margin of the prothorax, outer margin of the tegule, a spot below the tegule, a spot on either side of the scutellum, metanotum, a spot on either side of the petiole, a narrow band on the apex, on the second segment of the gaster large elongate lateral spots nearly meeting dorsally and confluent with the wide apical band, ventrally the apical two-thirds of the second segment of the gaster, and the succeeding segments, both dorsally and ventrally, except basal black bands, yellow; ends of femora, all of tibize and tarsi, testaceous; wings brownish. Pile very fine on clypeus, long on the dorsal aspect of the head and thorax, and grading to fine on the second segment of the gaster. Los Angeles Co., Calif. Described from three males collected by the late D. W. Coquillet. Type.—Cat. No. 21381, U. S. National Museum. This species is closely allied to coloradensis but in addition to the characters mentioned in the key it may be distinguished 360 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, by the smaller lateral teeth on the petiole which can not be seen when the insect is viewed dorsally, and by the slightly shorter second segment of the gaster. Eumenes robustus new species. Female —Length, 13.5 mm.; wing, 11.25 mm. Clypeus longer than wide, lateral angle midway between base and apex, apical emargination rounded and very shallow, surface densely and coarsely punctate; thorax convex; propodeum with median furrow shallow; petiole campan- ulate but not distinctly so, linear for nearly half its length then becoming comparatively wide, widest at apex, lateral teeth not visible dorsally; second segment convex when viewed either dorsally or laterally, angles not distinct; punctations of the petiole of medium coarseness and density, finer and sparser on the second segment. Black; clypeus ° except a central spot, a line on the anterior aspect of the scape, a ridge between the antennz, anterior margin of the prothorax, tegule except a central spot, a spot below the tegule, a spot on either side of the scutellum, metanotum, a spot on the propodeum on either side of the metanotum, a spot on either side of the petiole, a large oblique cuneiform spot on either side of the second segment of the gaster, apical cordon of the petiole, wide apical margin of the second segment both ventral and dorsal, and the succeeding segments except the basal margins of the sternites, legs beyond the bases of the femora, yellow; a spot in the center of the tegule, rufous; wings hyaline with golden reflections. Body covered with fine golden pile. Male—Length, 13.5 mm.; wing, 11 mm. Clypeus narrow, with lateral angle much nearer apex than base, yellow; hook of antenne, brown; no yellow on propodeum. Otherwise as female. Described from one female from Beulah, San Miguel Co., N. M.; and from one male from Williams, Coconino Co., Ariz. The National Museum also has specimens from Ft. Collins, Larimer Co., Colo. and from Oregon. Type.—Cat. No. 21382, U. S. National Museum. Although not as long as fraternus this species is- the most -robust in the group. This character and the distinct markings readily distinguish this species from any of the others. Eumenes enigmatus Viereck. Eumenes enigmatus Viereck, H. L., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 38, 1908, p. 389, pl. 12. Distribution.—Flagstaff, Coconino Co., Ariz. (Viereck); Ornsby Co., Nev.; Boulder Co., and Florissant, Teller Co., Colo. Type.—Snow Collections, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. 1917] A Synopsis of Eumenide 361 Eumenes cruciferorum Viereck. Eumenes cruciferorum Viereck, H. L., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.; vol. 33, 1908, _p. 388-389, pl. 13. Distribution Flagstaff, Coconino Co., Ariz. (Viereck); Pecos, San Miguel Co., N. M. Type.—Snow Collections, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. Eumenes tricinctus new species. Female—Length, 11 mm.; wing, 8.5 mm. Clypeus slightly longer than wide, apical emargination of moderate depth, obtusely angular, basal margin slightly incurved, punctations shallow and dense; thorax truncate in front, sides between anterior margin and tegule little convex; furrow of propodeum shallow; petiole campanulate, two-fifths as wide as long, inflation gradual beginning about halfway from base; second segment of the gaster longer than wide, dorsal and lateral lines convex, dorsal angle surmounted by a boss or hump making it higher than the apical part of the segment, dorsal line recurved apically, depression before apical margin wide extending to the sides; punctation on the gaster medium. Black; clypeus except a black spot in the center, a ridge between the antenne, a line on the anterior aspect of the scape, a post-ocular line, a band on the anterior margin of the prothorax, oblique bands on the anterior margin of the mesonotum, tegule, spots below the tegulz, anterior half of the scutellum, metanotum, convexities of the propodeum, a large spot on either side of the petiole confluent with the band on the apical margin, three wide bands on the tergite of the second segment of the gaster, two of which are interrupted medially, the apical one entire, the ventral part of the segment and all _ of the succeeding segments except basal black bands, ends of femora and all of tibize, yellow; tarsi, testaceous; wings, hyaline, brownish; pile long on the head and thorax grading to fine on the second segment of the gaster. ‘ Oregon. Described from two females. The National Museum also has one specimen from Los Angeles Co., California. Type.—Cat. No. 21383, U. S. National Museum. This is a slender wasp, closely related to cruciferorum. CRASSICORNIS GROUP. These two species are readily distinguished from the others discussed in this paper by their general stoutness, the thick, short antenne, the stoutness of the thorax and the gaster, and the abruptness of the dorsal angle and the recurved dorsal line of the second segment of the gaster. They are related to iturbide Saussure. 362 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Eumenes crassicornis new species. Male.—Length, 11.5 mm.; wing, 9 mm. Clypeus very wide for a male, as wide as long, apical emargination angular, basal margin slightly incurved, punctation medium; antennze comparatively short and stout, reaching back to tegule; thorax stout, truncate in front, sides of prothorax from anterior margin to tegula concave; furrow of the propodeum wide and deep; petiole only twice as long as wide, much the widest at the apex with no distinct contraction before it, comparatively flat, punctations medium; second segment of the gaster as wide as long, convex dorsally, dorsal angle abrupt, dorsal line strongly recurved apically, transverse depression before the apex extending to the sides, punctations fine and of medium density. Black; a wide median, longitudinal band covering two-thirds of the surface of the clypeus, a dot between the antenne, a fine post-ocular line, anterior margin of the prothorax, posterior margin of the tegule, a line on the posterior of the metanotum, a very small dot on either side of the first and second segments of the gaster, dorsal apical margin of the segments of the gaster one to four, and the ventral margin of the second segment, a longitudinal band on the anterior tibia, ends of femora and all of tibiae of middle and posterior legs, yellow; hook of antennz, tegule, tarsi and wings, brown. Grayish pile, tinged with golden, long and dense on the head and thorax, shorter on the petiole and fine on the second segment of the gaster. Goldstream, British Columbia, Dominion of Canada. Described from one male specimen. The National Museum has also one specimen from Seattle, Wash. Type.—Cat. No. 21384, U. S. National Museum. This species 1s the most nearly black of any known to the writer within the geographical limits prescribed by this paper. It is the only male with black on the clypeus, and the only species besides pachygaster lacking the yellow ridge between the antenne and the line on the scape, while the dots on the sides of the second segment of the gaster are so obscure that they might readily be missed altogether. s Eumenes pachygaster new species. Female—tLength, 11.5 mm.; wing, 9 mm. Clypeus as long as wide, apical margin nearly truncate, with slightly rounded emargination, punctations of medium depth and sparse; antennae comparatively short and stout, reaching back about to the tegula; thorax truncate in front, sides convex, but contracted immediately before the tegule; furrow of the propodeum not deep; petiole short, less than twice as long as wide at the apex, campanulate with distinct contraction before the apex, punctation of medium depth and distribution extending to the ventral margins of the tergite; second segment of the gaster almost cubical, 1917] A Synopsis of Eumenide 363 wider than and as high as long, dorsal angle near to a right angle, dorsal line recurved apically, transverse depression before the apex broad, but not extending to the ‘sides, punctations fine and of medium density. Black; basal third of clypeus, a spot between the antenne, a post-ocular line, anterior margin of the prothorax, the greater part of the tegule, metanotum, a spot on either side of and below the meta- notum on the propodeum, a dot on either side and the margin of the petiole, a wide oblique line on either side of the second segment of the gaster, posterior margins of the second to fifth segments, a dot on either side of the apical margin of the sternite of the second segment, tips of the femora and a band on the tibe, yellow; a spot on the tegulee, and tarsi, brown; wings, hyaline, brownish. Pile grayish, fine and sparse on clypeus, dense on the scape, long and dense on the head, medium on thorax and gaster: ; Mountain View, Santa Clara Co., Calif. Described from three females collected by W. H. Ashmead. These specimens were marked as a new species by Dr. Ashmead. In the National Museum is another specimen from Menlo Park, San Mateo Can Cait, Type.—Cat. No. 21385, U. S. National Museum. SPECIES NOT INCDUDED IN THE ABOVE There are two described species which are found within the geographical limits prescribed for this paper, which the writer has not seen, for which reason they are not included in the tables and discussion of species. They are as follows: Eumenes marginilineatus Viereck. Eumenes marginilineatus Viereck, H. L., Trans. Em. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, 1908, p. 381 Distributton.—Estes Park, Larimer Co., Colo. (Type locality). Type.—Snow Collections, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. Eumenes globulosiformis Viereck. Eumenes globulosiformis Viereck, H. L., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, 1908, p. 386-387. Distribution.—Thomas’ Ranch, Oak Creek Canyon, near Flagstaff, Coconino Co., Ariz. (Type locality). Type.—Snow Collections, University of Kansas. 364 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, Genus Zethus Fabricius. The five representatives of this genus found in America north of Mexico are readily divided into two groups which may be called after the oldest species in each, the spinipes group and the poey group. The first would fall into the Division Zethusculus Saussure and the second into the Division Didymo- gastra Perty. Saussure regarded the separation of the latter division from the former, which was based on the different lengths of the subpetiole, as “‘entirely empirical and should not be -preserved except to facilitate the determination of species.”’ However with the limited number of species covered by this paper the two groups are quite distinct. Key to the Species of Zethus. 1. Robust species; clypeus triangular; depth of head behind the eyes greater than before their hind margin; concavity of the propodeum wide; small spines on the lateral aspect of the middle and posterior tibiae; petiole con- stricted apically, gaster black or blackish (spinipes group).............. 2 Slender species; clypeus oval; depth of head behind the eyes less than before their hind margin; concavity of the propodeum not pronounced; no spines on the lateral aspect of the tibia; petiole much narrowed, but not constricted apically; gaster after the subpetiole reddish (poeyi group). 4 2. Petiole half as wide as long, greatest width nearer the apex than the base; area on the mesonotum adjacent to the tegule not distinctly defined “sparsely, punctate. sequence te ark evewennc noeetre ea meee ee meets Petiole much more inflated, two-thirds as wide as long, greatest width nearer the base than the apex; area on the notum adjacent to tegule distinctly defined and impunctate..................... substricta Haldeman 3. Pronotal lobe impunctate basally; little yellowish on dorsal aspect of the 7thoOraxsnc ob eee he tans 6 Ne eR aneit See ee oe tor ree spinipes Say Pronotal lobe densely punctate basally; much yellowish on the dorsal ASDECH OL LMC RGN OLAR totems coc bine tunysa ir ne Tk ee em variegatus Saussure 4. JClypeus without teeth apically. \acey mete Gok skeen yeni poey Saussure Clypeuswith! three. teeth apically.) ak 2 sabes ante seen a aie slossone Fox Zethus spinipes Say. Zethus spinipes Say, Thomas, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1837, p. 887-888.— Saussure, Henri de, Etud. fam. Vespid., vol. 3, 1854, p. 122.—Say, Thomas, Writings of Thomas Say, (LeConte, J. L.), vol. 2, 1859, p. 767.—Saussure, Henri de, Smith- son, Miscel. Coll. No. 254, 1875, p. 29. Eumenes pennsylvanica Haldeman, S. S., Proc., Phila. Acad. Sci., vol. 6, p. 365. Female.—Length, 14.75 mm.; wing, 12.5mm. Mandibles 4-toothed, first tooth distinctly longer than the second; clypeus roughly triangular, nearly twice as wide as long, basal margin narrow, concave, sides slightly convex, somewhat indented by the insertion of antennze, and widely divergent apically, apical lateral margin not distinctly separated from the gene, apical margin truncate, with two small teeth, surface strigose in median portion, coarsely punctate elsewhere; small carinze on inner margins of insertion of antenne, area between the antenne strigose; head greatly inflated behind the eyes, deeper behind the eyes than before their hind margin; pronotal lobe impunctate; mesonotum 1917] A Synopsis of Eumenide 365 with a median carina extending backward from the anterior margin, and two impressed lines extending forward from the posterior margin dividing it into three equal parts; adjacent to the tegulz is a sparsely punctate area indistinctly defined by an impressed line; scutellum divided by a median impression; petiole twice as long as wide, at first linear then inflated, greatest width distinctly nearer apex than base, apical cordon distinct with three depressions immediately before it, deeply but not densely punctate; second segment of the gaster sub- petiolate, nearly as wide as long, tergite finely and sparsely punctate, sternite finely and comparatively densely punctate; lateral aspect of median and hind tibize with irregular rows of spines. Black; a spot on the clypeus on either side of the basal margin, caring on inside margin of the insertion of the antenne, an indistinct mark on either side of the anterior margin of the prothorax, apical margin of the tegule, a dot on either side of the metanotum, apical cordon of the petiole, margin of the second segment of the gaster, yellow; legs becoming brownish toward tarsi; wings brownish with violet reflections. Distribution.—Originally described from Indiana. Saussure records its distribution as: follows: “Conn.,.Pa., Tll., Tenn., Ind. and Fla. The neotype is from Harrison Co., Ind., col- lected by Harold Morrison. The National Museum also contains other specimens from Washington, D. C. Neotype.—Determined by the writer. U. S. National Museum. Zethus variegatus Saussure. Zethus variegatus Saussure, Henri de, Etud. fam. Vespid., vol. 1, 1852, p. 13-14, _ Rev. and Mag. Zool., vol. 10, 1858, p. 66. Zethus bicolor Saussure, Etud. fam. Vespid, vol. 1, 1852, p. 17. ~Zethus spinipes, var. variegatus Saussure, Smithson. Miscel. Coll., No. 254, 1875, p. 30. Female.—Length, 14.5 mm.; wing, 12.6 mm. Differs from spinipes as follows: Pronotal lobes densely punctate basally. Dorsal aspect of the prothorax, a large spot under the tegule, scutellum except margins and the median line, metanotum, large spots on the convexities of the propodeum, wide apical margin of the tergite of the petiole, apical margins of the tergites of the second and third segments of the gaster, and the ventral margin of the second segment, yellowish; legs brownish. Male—tLength, 13.75 mm.; wing, 10.25 mm. Differs from the female as follows: More slender. Clypeus punctate, not rugose, yellow except lateral and basal margins; antennz hooked. Distribution.—Originally described from Pennsylvania. Spec- imens in the National Museum are from the following locali- hese aro. Cr ineianwed wt too. Ga; and. Victoria, Vic- toria Co., Dallas, Dallas Co., Texas;.and Washington, D. C. T'ype.—According to Saussure in the collection of M. de Romand. 366 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, The color differences between this species and spinipes are striking, and as far as the writer has observed, there is no tendency for the markings to intergrade. This wasp was first described by Saussure, although he later regarded it as a color variety of spintpes. While the writer might hesitate to establish a new species based on characters of punctation and color with a small series, yet since the species has been named it would seem preferable to preserve the name until the characters upon which it is based are shown to be unstable. Zethus substrictus Haldeman. Zethus substrictus Haldeman, S. S., Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 2, 1844, p. 54.—Saussure, Henri de, Etud. fam. Vespid., vol. 3, 1854, p. 152. Zethus spinipes var. substrictus, Saussure, Henri de, Smithson. Miscel. Coll., No. 254, 1875, p. 30. Female —Length, 16.5 mm.; wing, 13.75 mm.- Differs from spinipes as follows: Mesonotum with median carina more distinct, area just within tegulze distinctly defined by a depressed line, impunctate; petiole two-thirds as wide as long, sublinear at basal end and then rapidly inflated, greatest width nearer base than apex, apical cordon distinct with only one depression before it, punctations less distinct; second segment of the gaster longer after the subpetiole. Black; no spots on the clypeus and metanotum; a line on either side of the anterior margin of the prothorax instead of an indistinct mark, a spot on either side below the tegulze, a spot on either side of the furrow of the propodeum, yellow; antennz beyond the scape and all of legs, brownish. Male—Length, 13.75 mm.; wing, 10.56mm. Differs from the female as follows: Basal line of the clypeus wider and more nearly truncate, surface punctate and not strigose, petiole more slender. Black; apical half of clypeus, anterior aspect of the scape of the antennz, apical margin of the third segment of the gaster, yellow; antenne, gaster and tegule, brownish; no spot on the anterior margin of the prothorax, below tegulz, nor on propodeum. Distribution.—Pennsylvania and Long Island, New York. Neotype.—Determined by the writer, in the U. S. National Museum. Zethus poeyi Saussure. Zethus poeyi Saussure, Henri de, Rev. and Mag. Zool., vol. 9, 1857, p. 270; Smithson. Miscel. Coll., No. 254, 1875, p. 45-47. Distribution.—Cuba. (Saussure). The National Museum has three specimens from Tavenier, Largo Key, Fla., collected by Frederick Knab. Type.—Probably in the Museum of Geneva, Switzerland. Zethus slossone Fox. Zethus slossone Fox, W. J., Ent. News, vol. 2, 1892, p. 29-30. Distribution.—Punta Gorda, De Soto Go., (Fox), Jackson- ville, Duval Co., Miami, Dade Co., Fla. Type.—Cat. No. 1855, U. S. National Museum. HOLOLEPTINZ OF THE UNITED STATES.* By F. G. CARNOCHAN. SECTION. I, The Hololeptine in the United States comprise the genera Hololepta, subdivided into Hololepta and Letonota and Iliotona (n. gen.). The name Leionota, amended to Lionota by Marseul, requires comment. Leionota was proposed by Dejean as a genus of Histeridz in the so-called first edition of his catalogue in 1821 (really the second); this division was retained in his catalogues of 1833 (the date usually assigned to the name), and 1837. Under this name he cited several species of which only two Hololepta quadridentata Fab. and H. lamina Payk. were described species; this citation would ordinarily fix the genus with one of the included described species as type, but Marseul in 1853 pointed out, after a study of the Dejean collection, that the species assigned by Dejean to quadridentata Fab. was not that species, but another which he described as devia, and that the: species lamina was not Paykull’s species but minuta of Erichson. The mere fact that the specimens which Marseul saw were misidentified does not invalidate the name. We have only published records to go by, and misidentification cannot be absolutely proved. Marseul in 1853 used the name Lezonota for the same division, and in 1857 changed it to Lioderma. The name of the subgenus should therefore be Leionota and is ascribed to Dejean with a date of 1821 with Lezonota quad- . ridentata Fab. as type, as one of the forms included in the original citation, the name Lioderma becomes a synonym. The life history and habits of the members of this sub- family are very little known. The egg is unknown, but probably closely resembles the eggs of the members of the other sub- families; I have figured the egg of Hister obtusatus Harris (Pl. XXX, Fig. 3). This egg is similar in shape and appearance to the eggs of Saprinus and Heterius, white, opaque and minutely roughened, about two millimeters long. Examination of the ovaries of various Histerids, and observations show that the eggs are ripened one at a time and are laid at appreciable *Contributions from the Batomolarccat Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Harvard University. No. 134. 367 368 Annals Entomological Society of America [ Viol: xX, intervals of time; in the genus Hister the interval varies from three to eight days, in Saprinus it is less, usually about one day. I append figures of the ovaries of Hister obtusatus Harris, Saprinus pennsylvanicus Payk. (Pl. XXX, Figs. 4-5), which show the periodic ripening of the eggs. The early stages of the larva are not known, but the last stage of Hololepta equalis Say may be briefly described as follows: Hololepta equalis Say. Plate XXVIII, XXIX. Larva. Wickham. American Naturalist, XXVIII, p. 816, 1894. Length 14-16 mm. Flattened, white. Head strongly chitinized, quadrate, chestnut brown. Dor- sally, with a shallow transverse impression about one-third from the anterior margin to the posterior border, two punctures on this impression, behind them and out side of them two more, and behind these two and inside of them two more, a line connecting all these punctures would form an almost regular octagon; behind each antenna and forming the arc of a circle with the center towards the antenne, three punctures. Clypeus quadrate, broader than long. Antenne inserted posterior to the mandibles at the anterior corners of the head,* first external segment long, cylindrical, second a little more than half the length of the first, dilated at apex; third short, half the length of the second, narrowly cylindrical, the whole antenna almost as long as the head. Mandibles stout, curved, with a stout tooth a little more than halfway from the apex, on the inner margin; when closed the left mandible overlaps the right. Ventrally, the head has behind the labium a cordate shaped impression, at the anterior margin of which there is a boss, another boss occurs near the base, and connected to this impres- sion at the base there is a deep spear-shaped puncture; near the lateral borders on a line with this puncture there is on each side a shallow puncture. Maxillez inserted at the base of the mandible near the interior border, the dorsal surface of the first visible segment concave longitudinally; inner margin of the same segment fringed densely, outer margin hghtly fringed and with a single long bristle on the apical fourth, second segment the *Dissection shows the antenna to be inserted on a process next to the superior external basal corner of the mandibles, the true first joint. The antenna has four true joints. 1917] Hololeptine of the United States 369 length of first, one quarter the length of first, with a short segment on the inner margin which bears a single bristle. Third and fourth segments together a little longer than the second, and equal in length to the fifth, third segment slightly shorter than fourth. Labium with two jointed palpi, the first joint of which is half the length of the second. Pronotum as large as head, corneous with a deep median longitudinal furrow, the center portion, triangular, the base of the triangle towards head, deep chestnut brown, remainder light brown, a single bristle on each side before the middle. Prosternum corneous with seven differentiated areas, the center one triangular, with the apex of the triangle towards the head, yellow brown; on each side of this center area, a triangular area whose base is towards the head, of the same color, outside of this a rhomboidal area of lighter color, and posterior to the rhomboidal area, a white area which carries the coxe. Meso- and metathorax short, one-third the length of the prothorax. Mesonotum colored for its entire width, metanotum with a broad band for almost the entire width, and a smaller area at each edge, sternites with three markings; a broad band across the center to the lateral halves, and at each end of this band a smaller area, all colored light brown. Each segment with a single marginal bristle. Nine abdominal segments are present, the first with two complete transverse rows of ambulacral hooks dorsally, and between each row the same arrangement of colored patches in threes as on the metathorax. All the remaining segments, except the ninth which bears none, have three rows of hooks, and between each row the same arrangement of plates. On the fold between the segments, on each side between the center and the lateral colored areas, there is a small group of hooks arranged in the arc of a circle whose center lies posterior; behind the last rows of hooks on the segments themselves and directly anterior to the small group mentioned above there is a single seta with a few hooks around it. Ninth segment with a pair of cerci, each composed of a basal tubercle which bears a single bristle, a first segment which is stout and clavate with a pair of stout bristles below the insertion of the second segment which is one and one-half times as long as the first segment, and half as wide, and bears at its apex a pair of strongly diverging bristles. On the lateral margins of the abdominal 370 Annals Entomological Society of America Vial x segments are paired bristles, rising from tubercles, and on all the segments except the first there is, under the first of these bristles, another stout bristle on all the segments except the ninth where it is reduced in size and comes under the posterior bristle of the two, on the ventral surface. On the ventral surface each segment bears three rows of ambulacral hooks except the ninth which has none, and the eighth which has two complete rows, the first row broad and entire, the second short, interrupted at middle, the third entire and forked at each end. The ninth segment has the anal region developed into a pseudo- pod. Spiracles biforian, on the mesothoracic, and all abdominal segments except the ninth. Legs composed of a cylindri- cal coxa, which* bears two. bristles on its ‘inner margin, a trochanter, cylindrical, short, a femur three times as ‘long as the trochanter, a tibia two-thirds the length of the former and a claw; the claw bears a short accessory spine (visible only at high magnifications). I am unable to see under the highest magnification the rudimentary tarsus which Schiodte (1864) figures. The spine on the claw resembles the figure given by Schiodte for Platysoma depressum. These larve have great difficulty in crawling unless they can bring the dorsum into contact with something. The hooks, which in the description I called ‘‘ambulacral,”’ are used by the larva to push itself along. The larva, in moving, draws up the anal pseudopod and places it; then the segments move forward in rhythmical order, the hooks serving to attach each segment while the next one in front of it is moving forward. The larve are very voracious carnivores, living on the larve of an anthomyid fly, and an ortalid fly, eating from six to fifteen a day. When the larva is full grown it sets itself to work to make the pupal cell, travelling as much as an inch for material, shredded wood, cotton, filter paper, anything available which it can chew up; the natural material is finely chewed wood. The wood is cemented together with an anal secretion, and it is not uncommon to see the larva reach to its anus with its head and apply the secretion gathered to the wall of its cell. I believe that the clypeus and frons are used for carrying the secretion and the clypeus and mandibles used as trowels to spread it. The larva begins by forming a ridge of transported ° material, then adds to the cell by adding pieces to each side | 1917] Hololeptine of the United States erg of the ridge. These are laid near the position desired and pushed into place with head and mandibles. Every little while the animal stops transporting material, wets the whole mass, pushing it into place with head and body. The last portion of the pupa case to be finished is the anterior end in which a small hole, through which the larva reaches its materials, is left till the last and is then plugged, and cemented rather loosely. “In one case the hole was not plugged at all, but remained open after the larva had assumed the prepupal position. When the'cell is complete, the larva-closes the open end and gives the entire inside of the cell a coating of the anal secretion, which is colorless when first apphed, but rapidly becomes very dark brown; it then orients itself so that the head end of the pupa shall be opposite the loosely plugged opening; . and takes a peculiar prepupal position. The body shortens slightly and the head is bent over and applied to the venter; this fold occurs at the suture between the metathorax and the abdomen. The time taken to become an immobile prepupa is about eighteen hours. The prepupal stage lasts seventeen- eighteen days; but the day before pupation takes place the prepupa raises the head and thorax slightly. The thorax then splits down the back and the pupa emerges. _ Pupa: Length 8-10 mm. Color varying with age, but general appearance white. Imago visible through the trans- parent pupal skin. Spiracles on the second, third, fourth and fifth epipleurites. Genitalia extruded. On the pronotum, an irregular band of fifteen bristles extending distant from the margin along the lateral margin of the thorax to the hind margin half way from center to margin, and an inner row of three bristles. Elytra with scattered bristles, which are definite - in number and location. (Pl. XXX, Figs. 1-2). Second, third, fourth, epipleurite each with a stout spine. First and second abdominal tergite with a pair of bristles, third with seven bristles (arranged in a triad and two pairs) each side of middle, fourth with two pairs and fifth with one pair each side of the median line. Propygidium and pygidium fringed with bristles. This chetotaxy is definite in the four specimens before me. At the end of the second day after pupation the eyes are colored, by the eighth day the median line of the mesosternum and the median line and segment lines of the abdominal tergites 372 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, are colored. Pigmentation then commences on the pronotum and after twenty days the pronotum is fully colored. Emergence takes place at the end of from twenty-four to twenty-nine days. In one case emergence started at eight fifty-five in the morning, was completed except for the withdrawing of the genitalia at eleven fifteen, and was fully completed at twelve twenty-five. The adult does not become completely colored for three days after emergence. NOTES ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF LARVA, H. @qualis, LAST STAGE. (Plates XXVIII, XXIX, XXX). Head: Cranium (Figs. 5, 6, 7) symmetrical, rectangular, a little broader than long; occipital foramen narrower than the cranium and almost directly posterior, the head reaches slightly further back below than above; ventral surface with genal sutures (Fig. 6) apparent in the posterior portion. Labrum (Fig. 3) very rudimentary and slightly differentiated from the clypeus, not movable. Clypeus firmly united to frons, epistoma not distinct. Epicranial and frontal sutures not visible in living larve, though slightly visible in moult skins. Antenne (Figs. 5, 6, 7) deeply inserted in the head. Above the dorsal articulation of the mandible, composed of four segments, the first very short, hardly visible externally, the second long cylindrical, the third capitate, a little more than half as long as the second, the fourth very small, cylindrical, the third joint with a sensory pit at the tip near the external margin, and one to three papille near the apex on the internal margin. Mandible (Figs. 5, 6, 7) falciform, acute, with a single rounded tooth on the inner margin. At the base of the internal margin a cluster of sete. Maxille (Fig. 7) connected with hypostoma by a thin membrane. Cardo very small, almost completely concealed; a flat plate on the external border of the maxilla and fused to the stipes. Stipes, a long tubular segment, densely fringed with hairs on the inner margin, sparsely fringed on the outer margin, with a long tactile seta near the distal end, inserted . just above the margin. The stipes are flattened on the dorsal side. Next to the stipes come a stout short segment, less than one-quarter the length of the stipes. It is swollen on the inner side and bears on the swelling a short finger-like segment, 1917] Hololeptine of the United States 313 which has a sensory bristle at the tip. The swollen segment probably represents subgalea and palpifer fused; the finger-like segment is probably galea. At the apex of this swollen segment is a three-jointed palpus. The second and distal segments of the palpus have numerous sensory pits on the surface. The mentum is coriaceous, colored only on the margins; it is closely united to the submentum, which is slightly chitinized and light brown in color. The palpifers are fused and form a hollow tube, bearing two jointed palpi at the distal end. No ligula or paraglosse are present. Above the labium lies the hypopharynx. This has two blades, visible in Fig. 7, which bear numerous bristles on the margin. Limiting the hypo- pharynx on each side is the hypostoma, which extends as a heavily chitinized rod upwards from the base of the mouth cavity, a flattened bridge, the epipharyngeal bracon (Fig. 7), extends between the two rods below the epipharynx (Fig. 3). The thoracic segments are sharply differentiated from the abdominal. Pronotum consists of a heavily chitinized scutum, a less heavily chitinized parascutum. The meso- and metathorax show the scutum above. The first abdominal segment has a prescutum, a scutum and postscutum, the remaining abdominal segments have the scutum divided into two parts by a line of ambulacral hooks (reptoriz Schiodte). On all the segments except the prothorax the pleure are readily distinguishable. On the dorsal side they are limited by muscle marks and on the ventral side there is a distinct sterno-pleural groove. The pleurz are divided into epi- and hypopleure by the pleural suture. The epipleura of all the segments except the pro- and metathorax bears a biforian spiracle, and a bristle, the hypopleura bears also a single bristle. Prosternum consists of a triangular sternum and two plates on each side of it. The inner one is the parasternum, the outer is pleural in origin. The abdominal sternites show a presternum, a sternum which is cut off from the presternum by a muscle groove and a ster- nellum which is separated from the other two plates by a row of ambulacral hooks. The ninth abdominal segment bears an anal pseudopod, which I believe to be a tenth segment. old Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. : Fig. ¢ Fig. Fig. { Fig. Annals Entomological Society of America Vor ae EXPLANATION OF PLATES—SECTION I. PLATE XXVIII. 1. Dorsal view of the larva of Hololepta equalis Say. 2. Ventral view of the larva of Hololepta zqualis Say. 3. Underside of the clypeus showing’ the epipharynx (larva of H. equalis). PLATE XXIX. 4. Lateral view of the larva of H. equalis. 5. Dorsal view of cranium. 6. Ventral view of cranium. 7. Half front, half ventral view of mouth. Hypostoma and epipharyngeal bracon shown in stipple. PLATE XXX. Ventral view of the pupa of H. zqualis. 1 2.. Dorsal view of same. 3. Egg of Hister obtusatus Harris. x 12. 4. Ovaries of Saprinus pensylvanicus Payk. 5. Labium of H. equalis. 6. Ovary of Hister obtusatus Harris. EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED ON PLATES XXVIII—XXIX. Mx—Maxillae. Md—Mandibles. Ant—Antennae. Lb—Labium. Cly—Clypeus. 1, 2, 3—Thoracic segments. I-IX—Abdominal segments. Pasc—Parascutum. p. sc—Prescutum. sc—Scutum. po. sc.—Postscutum. past—Parasternum. prst—Presternum. st—Sternum. st]—Sternellum. stp—Sterno-pleural fold. plst—Pleural suture. hypl—Hypopleurite. epipleur—Epipleurite.. Lbr—Labrum. Epip—Epipharynx. pap—Papillae. F—Frons. Epic—Epicranium. - Ge—Genae.- lbp—Labial palpus. Palpig—Palpiger. Buc. Op—Buccal opening. hyph—Hypopharynx. hypst—Hypostoma. pleur—Pleurostoma. ANNALS E.S. A. rR oT AT Im eying t= =--MAd- 4 le Orn boutacra| M4, = CReproviacy om ra) Tie pops. Be Cére} . Cercal tubercule _ F. G. Carnochan. ---Ant ----f VOL. X, PLATE XXVIII. ‘ ANNALS E.S. A. VoL: X, PLATE Xxx. F. G. Carnochan. ANNALS E.S. A. VoL. X, PLATE XXX. F, G. Carnochan. 378 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, SECTION IT. ; The species of Hololeptine are all black, elongate and more or less flattened, with a large projecting head which is more or less retractile, but not depressible; the mandibles are long and projecting, subequal and not crossing, except in Oxysternus, in which the left mandible is longer than the right and crosses it when closed. _Labrum short, arcuate on each side of the median notch, viewed from above; excavated in front from below; closes the mouth by being applied to the anterior edge of the mentum, into the emargination of which it exactly fits; the maxille are inserted behind the mentum, their palpi lying in grooves on the mandibles. The prosternum is unlobed, although in certain of the genus Hololepta there is an impressed line dividing the prosternum into two parts, the anterior of which simulates a lobe. The propygidium is horizontal, or slightly depressed. Key To THE NortH AMERICAN HOLOLEPTINAE. Prosternum not carinate, rounded or truncate anteriorly. Teeth on middle and hind tibiae unequally spaced, the two lower arising from the same process, more distant from the upper than from each other. .Genus Hololepta Prosternum flattened, broadly rounded anteriorly......... Subgenus Hololepta Prosternum elevated, narrower at apex and often truncate..Subgenus Leionota Prosternum carinate, terminating apically in a sharp point. Teeth of hind and middle tibiae, rising from different processes, equally spaced, long, BSDIBMED RUD © Su 8 cc eae oe Rael, ae et a: gee Seen as nn Te Iliotona n. g. Genus Hololepta Payk. Elongate, flattened. Head porrect, mandibles subequal. Tibiz dentate, the anterior quadri-, posterior and intermediate tridentate, the two lower teeth of the intermediate and posterior tibiz borne on the same process, closer to each other than to the upper tooth; on the intermediate tibize there is also, in some species, a small additional tooth at the base of the upper and middle crests. SUBGENUS HOLOLEPTA. Strongly depressed, elongate. Prosternum very broad and flat; anterior margin broadly rounded. A fovea-like impression behind the eyes; supraorbital stria entirely lacking. In our forms there is always a transverse line on the prosternum about one-third of the distance from apex to base. 1917] Hololeptine of the United States 379 Key To HoLovepta. 1. Elytra without entire striae; prosternal apex slightly emarginate; lateral promolanpuneuitesrepatse, imdastinet or absent. ...... 0.0.0 oe eee ee 2. Elytra with an entire stria; prosternal apex broadly and evenly rounded; lateral pronotal punctures coarse, in a distinct band........... lucida Lec. 2. Elytra without an apical appendix to second stria, tristriate; pygidial punctures large; inflexed portion of elytra not rugose; prosternum not (OUUANGUYASY. PLR ee Ng) 7 Se cya nem on WEN. IPR Oct heat Een aE aequalis Say. Elytra with an apical appendix to the second stria, bi- or tristriate; pygidial punctures fine and sparse; inflexed portion of elytra slightly rugose; LOS USAMA Ohy SOUT Cte lm wee tore we Bad.) spices Suye yr amn elieesrne! a ae epevai ey alec 3. 3. Narrowly oblong, almost parallel; upper surface impunctate, (except under extreme magnifications); propygidium not bifoveolate...... populnea Lec. More narrowly oblong than preceding; upper surface distinctly punctate with minute punctures; propygidium bifoveolate at apex...var. punctata nov. Hololepta zqualis Say. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. V, p. 47. 1825. fossularis Say. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. V., p. 47. 1825. fossularis & Mars. Mon. p. 147, t. 4, fig. 5. 1853. Elongate, oblong, almost parallel. Front flat, smooth, without strize; preocular tooth not prominent. Mandibles as long as the head (0), slightly shorter (@), stout. - Pronotum very slightly bisinuate at base, with a median longitudinal stria half extending from base half way to apex; marginal stria strong, entire, slightly stinuate behind the middle; sides of pronotum distantly and sparsely punctate, distant from margin. Elytra the width of pronotum, narrowing slightly posteriorly; tristriate, the first stria about one-third the length of the elytra, the second about one-third the length of the first, the third a trace, sometimes barely visible; sub-humeral deep, almost reaching the base, abbreviated_at apex on the apical sixth. Inflexed border of the elytra impunctate. Propygidium smooth on disk, laterally bordered with sparse, coarse punctures. Pygidium usually evenly, rather sparsely punctate, but occasionally varying to smooth at middle and apex. Mentum transversely concave (0), slightty concave with the center raised (2), sparsely punctate. Gula with a broad V-shaped excavation (), with a small impressed V (9). Prosternum broad, apex truncate, margin slightly emarginate. Length (apex of thorax to apex of suture*) 5-6 mm. Variant forms. Three specimens in my series vary from the typical form by the presence of a very short apical appendix to the first stria. New York to Michigan and Eastern Kansas, south to Florida, Texas and Louisiana. *This system of measuring, which gives a constant measure, and is not affected by the retractility of the head and propygidium, will be used throughout this paper. 380 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, The amount of punctation on the margins of the thorax varies from a very few distant punctures to an appreciable number, always, however, distant from the lateral margin. The males may be readily distinguished from the females by the large fossa at the anterior angles of the thorax. This species occurs under the bark of dead Liriodendron and is reported by Marseul to occur under the bark of Robinia pseudo-acacia. It is rather unfortunate that the name equalis must be substituted for the well-known name fossularis, but our present laws of nomenclature take cognizance of page priority and the name e@qualis stands first on the page. Marseul, who first detected the fact that @equalis and fossularis were opposite sexes of the same species used the male name as was the custom at that time, but in this case also the International code is definite and the earlier name must be used. Hololepta lucida. Leconte, J. Mon. p. 7, pl. 1, fig. 2. 1845. Marseul, Mon. p. 177, pl. 4, fig. 18. 1853. Elongate oblong, almost parallel. Front flat, without strize; pre- ocular tooth not prominent. Mandibles as long as head (<) or slightly shorter (2), stout. Pronotum very slightly bisinuate at base, with a median longitudinal stria extending half way from base to apex; mar- ginal stria strong, entire, slightly sinuate behind the middle;’ distinctly punctate laterally in a broad band, in which the punctures often coalesce to form vermiform punctures. Elytra the width of the pronotum at base, slightly arcuate; tristriate usually, the first stria entire, the second short, with or without a short apical appendix, the third puncti- form or absent; subhumeral abbreviated at base and apex. Inflexed border of elytra impunctate. Propygidium smooth on disk, laterally bordered with extremely coarse, sometimes vermiform punctures, bifoveolate at apex. Pygidium coarsely, densely punctate. Mentum transversely concave (<7), slightly concave with center elevated (¢), very finely, sparsely punctulate. Prosternum broadly evenly rounded at apex. Length 4.5-6 mm. New York to Southern Illinois, south to Virginia. The form with the short apical appendix to the second stria is the form described by Leconte. The males may be recognized by the fossa in the anterior angles of the thorax. Reported by Blatchley (1910) under cotton wood bark. 1917] Hololeptine of the United States 381 Hololepta populnea Leconte. Ann. Lyc. N. York, V., p. 163. 1851. bractea Er. Marseul. Mon. p. 157, t. 4, fig. 15. 1853 (in error). populnea Marseul. Mon. p. 562, pl. II, fig. 5. 1850. Narrowly oblong, nearly parallel. Front without striz, preocular tooth short. Mandibles as long as the head (<’) or slightly shorter (¢ ). Pronotum bisinuate at base, with a more or less lightly impressed median stria, extending half way from base to apex; marginal stria entire, strong slightly sinuate behind middle, or interrupted or with the entire posterior half lacking. Elytra the width of pronotum at base, parallel; bi-or tri-striate, the first stria short, about one-third the length of elytra, second ‘shorter, one-half the length of the first with a short apical appendix, third punctiform or absent; subhumeral stria deep, abbreviated slightly at base and apex. Inflexed border of elytra slightly rugose. Propygidium smooth on disk, extremely sparsely punctate laterally with deep punctures. Pygidium very finely and sparsely punctulate. Mentum concave (<7), less concave (2.), sparsely .. punctulate; gula with a broad V-shaped excavation, which has a short longitudinal carina at the base (o’) or with a small V-shaped impression (@?). Prosternum broadly emarginate at apex, finely punctulate. Length 3.5-5 mm. Utah, Arizona, southern California and New Mexico. Variants. The typical form as described by Leconte has the marginal stria of the thorax entire, and all the Leconte types have such a marginal stria; many of the specimens which I have examined have the stria more or less interrupted; in the extreme form the posterior half of the stria is absent; every possible intergrade is present in my series, even one in which the stria is broadly interrupted on one side and strong and entire on the other. The length of the apical appendix also varies, in some it is extremely short and in one it is connected to the second by two punctures. The propygidial sculpture also varies, usually in proportion to the length of the apical appendix, but the correlation is not perfect. One specimen agrees fairly well with Marseul’s description of H. bractea Erichson in having the appendical stria directed towards the first stria and in pygidial sculpture. Marseul, in his first description (1853) of bractea reported it from the United States, and placed populnea in synonomy with it. He had at that time not seen the type of bractea. In a later description (1860) made after he had seen the type bractea, and had received specimens of populnea from Leconte, he states that the two species are distinct. I hesitate to assign the 382 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, specimens above mentioned to bractea, because of the recorded variation in the punctation of the Ppropygidium, and the fact that in size and facies the specimen is populnea. The males may be distinguished by the notch in the anterior angle of the thorax, and the greater excavation of mentum and submentum. Reported by Leconte (1851) ‘under poplar bark; by Horn (1873) between the layers of cotton-wood bark. Hololepta populnea var. punctata nov. More narrowly elongate than populnea, almost parallel. Front without striz, punctate with fine punctures, preocular tooth short depressed. Mandibles shorter than head (9 ) (o). Pronotum bisinuate at base, with a slightly impressed median stria extending half way from base to apex; marginal stria entire not strongly impressed, slightly sinuate behind middle, or interrupted; distinctly punctate with punc- tures of same magnitude as those on front and mandibles. Elytra the width of pronotum at base, narrowing slightly towards apex, bistriate, the first stria short, about one-third the length of the elytra, second half the length of the first, with an appendix in the apical third; sub- humeral stria abbreviated at base and apex. Inflexed border of elytra slightly rugulose. Propygidium minutely, distantly punctulate on disk, laterally bordered with sparse larger punctures, which are larger than those of populnea, slightly bifoveolate apically. Mentum, gula and prosternum as in populnea. Length 4 mm. Arizona, one male and one female. W.M. Mann. Sexes are differentiated as in populnea. Hololepta (Hololepta) excisa Mars. This species is recorded from the United States by Marseul. I have seen no specimens taken in the United States, and do not believe that this species occurs north of Mexico. It is reported from Mexico(Marseul, Biologia), Costa Rica (Biologia), Vene- zuela, New Granada, and Brazil (Marseul), I append an abstract of Marseul’s description. Oblong, subdepressed, shining black. Front flat, without striae or tubercles. Pronotum punctate Jaterally, marginal stria scarcely angulate, well marked. The inflexed border of the elytra strongly rugose; subhumeral stria strong, rugose, a little abbreviated at base; dorsal striae two, rudimentary. Propygidium bordered with distant punctures. Pygidium densely and strongly punctate. Anterior tibiae armed with four blunt teeth; posterior with three long spines. The males are characterised by the excavation of the mentum and the notch in the anterior angle of the pronotum. 1917] Hololeptine of the United States 383 Hololepta bractea Erichson, Klug’s Jahrb. Ins., p. 91. 1834. Marseul, p. 157, t.'4, fig. 15. 1853. Marseul, p. 591 (t. 11, fig. 4). 1860. In connection with the earlier description Marseul lists ‘this species from the United States, because. he had confused the species with populnea Lec. Lewis, in his Catalog of the Histeridz (1905) cites this species from California, evidently on the strength of Marseul’s first description, and makes no mention of Marseul’s second description which refers the species to New Granada. Bickhardt in Junk’s Catalogus Coleoptero- rum, Histeride, (1910) copying from Lewis, makes no change in the record or addition to the reference. I doubt the occur- rence of this species in the United States. Hololepta complanata P. deBeauv. Ins. Af. et Am., fp. 176, t. 6, fig. 5, 1807 Lew. Ann. Nat. Hist. XVI, p. 206. 1885. Lewis and Bickhardt record this species as from North America, a form of citation which usually means north of Mexico. The species was recorded originally from Santo Domingo, and is unidentifiable in North American material. SUBGENUS LEIONOTA. Subdepressed, elongate. Prosternum elevated, more or less compressed laterally, narrowed, and anteriorly truncate or rounded at apex. Impression behind the eyes not distinctly limited; supraorbital stria usually visible at base. The two subgenera of Hololepta are not very well limited, and in many cases a species might be placed with equal propriety in either. Key To LEIonotTA. 1. Pronotum with a short impressed line on each side of the emargination at the apical margin, behind the eyes. Larger species.......:.............. Ze Pronotum without a short impressed line on each side of the emargination. Sn ee EM Pete bad oad tein eda skeme ad ica 4 in Garand Yate Sale 4, 2. Broadly oblong. First and second elytral striae not continued towards scutellum along basal margin. Sternites of abdomen punctate, at sides only. Lower crest of fore tibiae not Aina ert ee eet kG ees, Narrowly oblong. First and second elytral striae continued along basal margin almost to the scutellum, this stria occasionally interrupted. ternites of abdomen punctate throughout. Lower crest of fore tibiae PeNbALe os se jy a5 as: ea es dha 270 eld Cs GA Ne COREL OHNE EE ee ee eae pervalida Blais 384 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, 3. or 6. 10. ue 12. 14. 15. 16. Pygidium densely and coarsely punctate. Usually with an appendix to the Seconditely-traltstriatery em shee cs .-. 21h ec eee ae ene tener yucateca Mars. Pygidium finely punctate. Never an appendix to the second stria........ princeps J. Lec. . Sides of thorax moderately coarsely punctate. Mentum without an M-shapediexcayattoni.) 115. .6 60. «sent ON Sete Oe Sab Nye es Ge 5. Sides of thorax impunctate. Mentum with an M-shaped excavation........ cA . Front without strioles, or the strioles short, feeble and widely separated. Species broadly Oblong. \s.. 40. scabies: sipcksers aieiaie ceees E Ree teen eae 6. Front with at least two’closely approximated, long arcuate striae. Nar- BO MLV SOD LOM 3 ed cers 2.5 0) SC ERO ote aed AAA? hers va Bah ee 14. Prontewithout strioles. WargemG:o—7:mmi ee nents vernicis Casey. Front with widely separated, short, feeble strioles. Smaller 5.5-6 mm. sirpus sp. nov. . Second dorsal stria of elytra interrupted in the basal third. .interrupta Mars. . Elytra with a stria on the basal margin more or less deeply impressed, besidesuthe: twordorsalistiiaes wml s cess nen. sce iets eee eerie ee ek oe 9. Blytra with but-the two dorsal striae’. 7-0... 1s veaes eels quadridentata. 10. 9. Elytron with a deeply impressed, transverse stria along the basal margin equidistant from the second longitudinal stria and the scutellum...... decimstriata sp. n. Elytra with an area, roughened by three longitudinal lines, between the second dorsal stria and the suture. From this area, a very faint finely impressed line extends along the base almost to the scutellum. On each side of the scutellum is a narrow, deep fovea............ bifoveolata sp. n. Front with two shallow foveae. Supraorbital stria long, reaching almost halfway to the tip of the preocular spine. Head extremely minutely PSUMEEIALE isn sepsk od'x ae SE ee ete os Pee ee subsp. * platysma Er. Rront without toveae ssupraonbital Stra shontecss spiel anes eae ilils Propygidium not at all, or extremely sparsely punctate on disk. Males Withethe-thoracie fossardeep, and swellumarnicedinin si iene ci een: 12) Propygidium distinctly punctate on disk. Males with the thoracic fossa poorly developed and very shallow........5.....0....... subsp. minor nov. Pygidium evenly punctate, the space enclosed by four punctures equal in size to a puncture. First elytral stria closer to the second than to the TUNEL OUTIN Sas kia tr Shay tree tape tn tay POR LEE, She trtca ate eae owe ke ates Ca enc eee 13. Pygidium unevenly punctate, the space enclosed by the four punctures being less than half the size of a puncture. First stria midway between SECONG WANG) Maron me sees es ce eran etre rete ie *subsp. quadridentata . Marginal stria of thorax without sinuation.............. subsp. floridae nov. Marginal stria of thorax with a shallow semi-circular sinuation just before the middle, and below this on the margin itself a short impressed line. . floridae var. striatifera nov. Gula with a carina on each side extending backwards from the mandible, elevated in the anterior half, low and interrupted in the posterior half, the two carinae forming a V. Prosternum narrowly truncate at apex. vicina. 15 Gula without carinae, but with a Y-shaped groove. Prosternum broadly truncate, its anterior margin elevated and rugulose............ caseyi sp. n. Larger 6mm. Second, third and fourth abdominal sternites punctate for fhetrZentires Widths 3 ons Lin ceee peta eu eaenctents subsp. neglecta Blaisd. Smaller 4.5-5 mm. Second abdominal sternites punctate at sides only, third and fourth punctate in a narrow band across the middle of disk... ..16. ‘Phird \elyiral (stra, apeneoire 2 Ae a. ia as Le Ree vicina Lec. Third elytra stria as long as the first.......... vicina var. californica nov. *Denotes a form not occurring in the United States. 1917] ; Hololeptine of the United States 385 Hololepta (Leionota) princeps. Lec. J. Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 310. 1859. Marseul, Mon., p. 605. 1860. Horn. Pro. Amer. Phil. Soc., p. 274. 1873 (in error). Oblong, rather broad. Front without strioles or depressions; preocular tooth slightly prominent, depressed, supraorbital stria long, distinct. Mandibles slightly longer than head, not striate at base; stout. Pronotum strongly bisinuate at base, with a fine median longi- tudinal stria extending from the base slightly past the middle; marginal stria entire, rounding the anterior and posterior angles, rather sharply broadened in the anterior half; two short striaz near the anterior margin behind the eyes. Elytra the width of pronotum at base, arcuate on the sides, slightly longer on the suture than the median length of the pronotum; apical angle broad and rounded; bistriate, the first stria short, about one-fourth the length of the elytra, the second very short, without a trace of an apical appendix; subhumeral abbreviated at base and apex. Inflexed portion of elytra rugose. Propygidium impunctate on disk and apex, laterally bordered with a narrow band of punctures which are of two sizes, larger and very sparse on the basal half, finer and slightly more numerous on the apical half. Pygidium finely punc- tate in an irregular band across the disk, smooth at base and apex, punc- tures usually separated by twice their own diameter but irregular in distribution. Mentum flat, punctate. Prosternum elevated, truncate at apex. Lower crest of hind tibia not dentate. Length 10 mm. Distribution. Cahon Pass, California. (Tejon Pass, Cal., Lec.). This species is distinct from yucateca, with which it had been synonomized by Horn (1873), being very much broader, and with the punctation of the propygidium and pygidium sparser and finer. Although yucateca occasionally has no apical appendix to the second stria, it is readily separable from princeps by the characters given above. In the Leconte collection in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, there are three specimens, the first of which bears the label H. princeps Lec., with the locality Cajan Pass, Cali- fornia. All three specimens are identical. Whether these are the veritable types or not is impossible to say, as the species was described by the elder Leconte, who, so Dr. Schwarz tells me, was’ accustomed to send his specimens to Count Dejean. Some of his species, however, but which ones we do not know, probably found their way into the collection of his son. I shall consider these specimens as types as they agree with the original description fairly well. The greatest point of 386 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, divergence between the specimens and the description is in the punctation of the pygidium; the description states that the pygidium is ‘‘sat dense’ punctured; it is not as densely punc- tured as the pygidium of yucateca, which Marseul says is ‘‘densement et assez fortement ponctué.’’ If one had seen yucateca, the term dense, even modified, would not be applied to the punctation of the-pygidium of princeps, as the punctures are in many places separated by from two to four times their own width. Hololepta (Leionota) yucateca Marseul, Mon., p. 203, t. 5, fig. 1. 1853. grandis Marseul, Mon., p. 204, t. 5, fig. 2. 1858. synonomy Marseul, Mon., p. 606. 1860. Horn, Pro. Am. Phil. Soc., p. 274. 1873. Broadly oblong. Front with two extremely slight depressions, which may or may not have very lightly impressed striz at their bot- toms; preocular tooth slightly prominent, depressed, supraorbital stria long, distinct. Mandibles longer than the head (o) or equal in length to the head (2), stout, usually with a short stria‘on the upper surface, near the external margin and base: Pronotum bisinuate at base, with a median, longitudinal stria, more or less lightly impressed, extending from the base past the middle; marginal stria entire, rounding the posterior angle, and terminating in a more or less deep fossa close to and behind the anterior angle, rather sharply broadened anterior to the middle (o”) or gradually slightly broadened (9); two short striz near the anterior margin behind the eyes. Elytra bistriate, the outer strong, deeply impressed, usually about one-third the length of the elytra, second shorter, usually with an apical appendix of varying length; subhumeral stria abbreviated at base, slightly abbreviated at apex. Inflexed portion of elytra rugose. Propygidium with disk smooth, laterally punctate with a band of moderately coarse punctures which are coarsest near the base; apex very finely punctate. Pygidium densely and coarsely punctate, punctures separated usually by less than their own diameter. Mentum slightly concave, punctate. Prosternum truncate at apex, elevated, punctulate. Ventral segments of abdomen punctate at sides only. Lower crest of fore and hind tibiz not dentate. Length 8-10 mm. Distribution. Southern California, New Mexico, Arizona and Texas. Variants. This species may have the second stria entire, more or less widely interrupted, or with the apical appendix reduced to a very faint line, a series of shallow punctures, or entirely lacking. 1917] Hololeptine of the United States 387 The supraorbital stria may be narrowly interrupted at about its middle. The punctation at the sides of the pygidium may coalesce to form a well defined stria of varying length, depending on how many punctures are involved. This stria is always near the base of the pygidium. The males are usually but not always narrower, and more elongate than the females; their mandibles are longer in pro- portion to the length of the head, and the thoracic marginal stria is more strongly dilated in the apical half. The length of the stria appendicular is not correlated with sex, and yucateca and grandis while opposite sexes, are not so because of the length of the appendicular stria, but because of their shape. Yucateca is probably the female and grandis the male, contrary to what Horn says. This species is reported from decaying Cereus; in the fruits of Cucurbita, Echinocactu viridescens, and in the leaves and stalks of Opuntia occidentalis (Fall, 1901). Hololepta yucateca is very variable and the species as now accepted may be made up of several different elements. Facies, length of mandibles, supraorbital stria, sculpture of front, length of subhumeral stria, length of second stria and its appendix are all variable, but I have been unable as yet to find correlations in any of these characters. The form which has no apical appendix to the second stria closely resembles princeps of Leconte in size and facies, but is easily separated from the latter by the punctation of the pygidium. Hololepta (Leionota) pervalida Blaisdell Zoe III, p. 327. 1892. Hololepta pervalida Lewis, Ann. Nat. Hist., XIV, p. 139. 1904. (to consider pervalida a Mss. name). pervalida Lewis Catalog., p. 83-5, 1905. pervalida Schaeffer, Ent. News, XVIII, p. 301, 1907. pervalida Lewis, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., XX, p. 96. 1907. Narrowly oblong. Front with two mammiform elevations which are delimited by a fine impressed line, deepest at apex, behind the mandibles. In the basal portion of the delimiting line on each side lies a stria which is composed of a series of punctures, and posterior to the stria is a sparsely punctured area which extends across the front, weakest in the center. At the apex of the front in the groove between the elevations there is a small tubercle in the male. Preocular tooth strong, slightly depressed. Supraorbital stria distinct, of varying length, often interrupted. Mandibles stout, carinate, upper margin 388 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, carinate, broadly curving, as long as the head. Pronotum slightly bisinuate at base, with a strongly impressed median dimidiate longi- tudinal stria; marginal stria strong, extending around posterior angles, sharply broader anterior to the middle and terminating in a large fossa (oc), gradually widening and terminating in a small fossa (9), at some distance behind the anterior angles; anterior to the fossa, the surface of the pronotum is rugose and from this rugose area, a fine stria extends along the anterior margin to a point behind the eye; posterior to this stria there is a short broadly impressed stria, which extends beyond the marginal about one-half its own length; margin of pro- notum with the marginal stria irregularly punctate, most densely just posterior to the fossa, the punctures more sparse posteriorly and extend- ing along the posterior margin half way to center. Elytra bistriate, the first short, about one-third the length of the elytra, continued along basal margin to the second, with which it sometimes connects, con- tinued to the apex by a series of distant punctures; the second stria entire, and continued along basal margin of elytra almost to the scu- tellum; subhumeral deep, abbreviated at base under humerus, but sometimes continued almost to the base by a few punctures. Elytra distinctly punctured towards apex. Inflexed portion of elytra rugose. Propygidium coarsely and fairly evenly punctate, most coarsely at lateral margins. Pygidium coarsely but not very densely punctate. Mentum slightly concave, densely, strigosely punctate laterally and at corners, sparsely punctulate at center. Prosternum elevated, con- stricted in apical fourth, slightly depressed anterior to the constriction, and again elevated at apex, truncate. Ventral segments of abdomen punctate throughout. Lower crest of fore tibia dentate. Length 8-9 mm. Distribution, San Diego, Co., Pasadena, California. Variants. The second stria of the elytra is not con- nected with the marginal at base, is punctiform and broadly interrupted. The males may be told from the females by the shape of the anterior fossee and the width of the marginal striz. In the males the fossa has the internal margin sinuate, and the marginal stria broadens suddenly towards the fosse at about its middle. This broadening of the marginal stria causes the male thorax to look less punctate than the female thorax as part of the band of punctures lies in the broadened portion of the stria. Just before the stria enters the fossa it cuts under the edge of the fossa so that a small tooth projects over the stria, thus causing the inside margin of the fossa to appear sinuate. Reported to occur in Yucca whipplei (Fall.) and Echinocactus (Blaisdell). 1917} Hololeptine of the United States 389 Hololepta (Leionota) vernicis Casey. Ann. N. Y. Acad., VIII, p. 534. 1893. Lewis, G. Cat., p. 5, 1905 (synon. in error). Schaeffer, Ent. News, p. 302. 1907. Bickhardt, Cat., p. 8. 1910 (synon. in error). Elongate, oblong. Front without strioles; preocular tooth slightly prominent; supraorbital stria very short basal. Mandibles slightly longer than head (co), or equal in length to head (9). Pronotum bisinuate at base, with a median, dimidiate, longitudinal stria, lightly impressed; marginal stria entire, deeply impressed, rounding the posterior angles, and ending anteriorly in deep, triangular fossa (o”) or a short hook (9); punctate sparsely in a narrow band within the marginal stria, the punctures closer and more numerous basally. Elytra bistriate, the first about one-third the length of the elytra, the second about one-half the length of the first, with an appendix extending from the basal fourth almost to the apex; subhumeral stria deeply impressed for most of its length, the basal part fine and reaching almost to the base (o7) or a little shorter (2). Inflexed portion of elytra rugulose. Propygidium smooth on disk, coarsely punctate laterally, finely punc- tulate at apex. Pygidium coarsely and densely punctate. Mentum concave (0), almost flat (2) evenly punctate. Prosternum elevated, truncate at apex. Ventral segments punctate at sides only. Lower crest of fore and hind tibia not dentate. Length 6.5-7 mm. Distribution, Arizona (type). Huachuca Mts., Arizona (Schaeffer). Santa Rita Mts., (Schwarz and Barber) Oracle, Arizona. Variants. One male has a small stria which is attached basally to the appendix of the second stria at an obtuse angle, and so prolongs the appendix that it almost reaches the second stria. Two specimens have an entire second stria on one side, the other side normal. The male is slightly broader than the female, has a large deep fossa at the anterior angle of the pronotum, a differently shaped mentum and a longer subhumeral stria. Reported to occur in dying Dasyllirion (Schwarz) and Agave americana? (Schaeffer). Hololepta (Leionota) sirpus sp. nov. Broadly oblong. Front feebly bistriate, the stria widely separated; preocular tooth moderately prominent; supraorbital stria, basal, short. Pronotum with a lightly impressed median stria extending from base half way to apex; punctate laterally in a narrow band of large, distant punctures; marginal stria entire strong, rounding the posterior angle 390 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, and extending to a point opposite the second dorsal stria, ending anteriorly in a triangular fossa (0), or just turning the anterior angle (2). Elytra bistriate, the first basal slightly more than one-third the length of elytra, second shorter with an apical appendix which reaches past the tip of the first stria and is curved inward at the base; in addi- tion there is short stria outside the first on the humerus; subhumeral stria abbreviated under the humerus at base, and abbreviated at apex. Propygidium bifoveolate at apex, coarsely, moderately densely punc- tured on the lateral thirds, finely punctate at apex, disk smooth. Pygidium densely and coarsely punctured. Mentum excavated (0), almost flat (Q). Prosternum elevated, broadly rounded at apex, with an impressed line at the apical fourth. Length: Male, 6 mm.; female, 5.5 mm. Type @. Ramsey Canon, Huachuca Mts., Arizona (W. M. Mann). Paratype o’. Mexico. Hololepta (Leionota) quadridentata. Fal. Ent. Syst. I, p. 74. 1792. guadridentata (platysma Erisch.) Paykull. Mon., p. 109, t. 9, fig. 4. Larva t. 1, fig. 3 (@merror). 1811. Marseul, Mon., p. 212, t. 5, fig. 10. 1853. p. 608. 1860. Perris. Insectes du Pin. Maritime. Col. I. (Larva) 1863, p. 123-124. H. flagellata. Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. XII, p. 395. 1818. Lewis, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., XV, p. 458. 1885. H. surinamense. Habst. Kaf. IV, p. 51. 1791. Oval. Front without strioles; preocular tooth moderately prom- inent, mandibles as long as head. Pronotum markedly bisinuate at base; marginal stria entire extending around the posterior angles to a point opposite the second elytral stria, deeply impressed, except for the portion on the posterior margin of the pronotum which is fine. Elytra bistriate, the first stria short about one-third the length of the elytra, the second entire, slightly arcuate. Subhumeral moderately deep, rugose, extending from apex four-fifths to base. Inflexed portion of elytra not rugose. Mentum slightly concave with an M-shaped exca- vation which makes the mentum appear carinate. Prosternum elevated, truncate at apex.', ? 'Hololepta quadridentata Payk. Mon. p. 109, t. 9, fig. 4, 1811. Erichson, Klugs. Jahrb. Ins., p. 95. 1834. Marseul. Mon., p: 212. 1853. Front with two shallow elongate fovez, these foveze divide the head into thirds, and extend longitudinally from the posterior third to the anterior third of the front. (fig. —). Supraorbital stria long, reaching a point almost half-way to the tip of the preocular spine. Front minutely punctate under high magnifications. Pronotum with an extremely 1917] Hololeptine of the United States 391 faint median dimidiate stria; surface minutely punctulate under high magnifications. Elytra with the first dorsal stria midway between the second and the margin, second stria evenly arcuate. Propygidium appearing smooth on the disk (under high magnifications extremely finely and minutely punctulate), punctate laterally, the punctures coarse, becoming finer towards base, center, and finest but distinct along the apical fourth. Pygidium evenly, moderately coarsely and not very densely punctate, the space enclosed by four punctures being equal in size to one puncture. Visible portion of dorsal segment anterior to the propygidium coarsely and densely punctate. Length 5.75 mm. Distribution, Peru and Brazil. *Subspecies quadridentata Fab. Front without strioles or foveze, noticeably punctate, more densely than in the preceding; supraorbital stria extremely short, extending at most less than one-third to tip of preocular spine. Pronotum punctate, more noticeably so than in the preceding. Elytra with the dorsal striz almost as in the preceding, but the second dorsal has a slight uneven sinuation opposite the apex of the first dorsal. Propygidium less punctate than the preceding, the punctures more widely spaced, and the apex appears smooth. Pygidium unevenly punctate, the lateral punctures twice as large as in the preceding, and more dense, the space enclosed by four punctures being less than half the size of a puncture; punctation finer and more distant at the center. Visible portion of the segment anterior to the propygidium as in the preceding. Male with the anterior fossa of the thorax well marked. Length 5.5-5 mm. Distribution, Mexico. Subspecies floride nov. Head and pronotum as in quadridentata but not more punctate than typical form. Elytra with the first dorsal stria closer to the second dorsal than to the margin; second dorsal as in the preceding subspecies. Propygidium with the punctures distributed as in subspecies quadri- dentata, but more densely punctate laterally, and sometimes with a very few occasional punctures on the disk. Pygidium with the punctures spaced as distantly as in the typical subspecies, but dimin- ishing in size towards the center as in guadridentata. Visible portion of the segment anterior to the propygidium with slightly larger but fewer punctures than the preceding. Male with the anterior fossa of the thorax well developed, and deep. Length 5-4.25 mm. 13 males, 14 females. Type, allotype and paratypes in my collection. Distribution, Enterprise, Indian River, Biscayne, Jupiter, Haulover, Florida. 392 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, The three preceding have the propygidium more convex and longer in proportion to its width than the following sub- species: Subspecies minor nov. Front, and pronotum punctulate as in typical subspecies. Supra- orbital stria extremely short, basal, usually a single puncture or punctiform. Elytra with the dorsal stria as in the preceding subspecies. Propygidium punctate as in the preceding laterally, but with some of the discal punctures more enlarged than in the preceding forms. Pygidium as in the preceding subspecies. "Male with the anterior fossa of the thorax very shallow and poorly developed. Both sexes with anterior angles of the pronotum depressed. Length 4.25-3.25 mm. 6 ocd’, 16 9 9. Type, allotype and paratypes in my collection. Distribution, Enterprise, Indian River, Florida and North Carolina. This sub-species has the propygidium more flattened and shorter in proportion to its width than any of the preceding subspecies. There is a gradual decrease in the size of these subspecies; platysma, quadridentata and floride are close together in size, and progressively smaller; minor is very much smaller. The measurements given above for floride and minor do not seem to show this, but when the average size of a series is taken it is very distinct. The average size of my series of floride is 4.75 mm., while the average size of minor is 4.2 mm. Subspecies florid var. striatifera nov. More narrowly oval than typical floride. Supraorbital stria mod- erately well defined but short. Marginal stria of thorax entire, with a very shallow semi-circular sinuation just before the middle; under this sinuation and between the marginal stria and the margin lies a short stria. Propygidium and pygidium as in floride. Length 4.75 mm. Type in my collection. Distribution, Florida. This species is very variable in the number and spacing of the teeth on the lower crests of the hind and intermediate tibie; the commoner forms have this crest with two closely approximated teeth on the middle tibia, and one tooth on the hind tibiz, or two moderately widely spaced teeth on the middle tibiz and two closely approximated teeth on the hind tibiz; less often we find the spaced teeth of the middle tibiz 1917] Hololeptine of the United States 393 combined with a single tooth on the hind tibia. One specimen has four small teeth on the lower crest of the middle tibiz and three on the hind; one specimen has the 4-3 condition on one side and the 2-2 condition on the other. Two specimens from Mexico have one tooth only on the lower crest of both hind and middle tibiz. It is reported to occur in decaying palmetto (Sabal) by Schwarz. Hololepta (Leionota) decimstriata sp. nov. Oval. Front minutely punctate; supraorbital stria entirely lacking. Mandibles as long as head, punctulate. Pronotum bisinuate at base with a very faint median striz, which does not reach the base and extends forward past the middle; marginal stria as in quadridentata. Elytra longitudinally tristriate, the first stria short, basal, one-third the length of elytra, second entire, slightly arcuate, third short on the apical sixth; at the base of the elytra there is a short, deeply impressed transverse stria, equidistant from the second longitudinal stria and the scutellum. Subhumeral stria deep, rugose, abbreviated at base, reaching the basal fourth and almost reaching the apex; a series of confused punctures between the apical end of the subhumeral and the apical end of the second stria. Inflexed flanks not rugose. Propygidium moderately convex, with large punctures laterally which grow finer towards the disk and apex; disk smooth. Pygidium with coarse, moderately dense punctures laterally, which become finer and more distant towards the center and apex. Mentum as in quadridentata. Prosternum with the apex more broadly rounded than in quadridentata. Length 5mm. Type in my collection. Distribution, Enterprise, Florida (Beutenmiiller). Hololepta (Leionota) bifoveolata sp. nov. Oval. Front without strioles; supraorbital stria lacking or very short, punctiform; mandibles as long as the head. Prothorax with the marginal stria deeply impressed, extending around the posterior angles and interrupted slightly anterior to the middle. Just behind the interruption the margin is slightly flatteried on the outer surface, pro- ducing a very slight emargination when seen from above. Elytra with two dorsal stria, the first strongly impressed, about. one-third the length of the elytra, the second less strongly impressed, entire, broad- ening to a shallow fovea at apex. Subhumeral stria almost as in the preceding but more deeply and narrowly impressed. At a point not quite half-way between the second dorsal:and the suture, there is at the base of the elytra a small area, roughened by two or three short 394 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, ’ longitudinal lines, from which a very finely impressed line extends along the base almost to the scutellum; on each side of the scutellum on the elytra is a deeply impressed, narrow fovea, into which the light line mentioned above sometimes runs. Propygidium and pygidium as in the preceding. Mentum as in quadridentata. Prosternum broad, elevated, truncate, slightly depressed at the tip, the edges of the depres- sion elevated. Hind tibiz with the lower crest unidentate, middle tibiz with the lower crest bidentate, the teeth widely separate. Length 4mm. Type and paratype in my collection. Distribution, Enterprise, Florida. Hololepta (Leionota) interrupta Marseul. Mon. p. 214, pl. 5, fig. 11. 1853. Similar in all respects to Hololepta quadridentata, sp. minor, except that the second dorsal stria is interrupted behind the middle, and the secondary sexual thoracic fossa of the male is rather better developed. Length 4 mm. Type locality, Cuba. Florida (2). Two specimens from Florida (o, @), I assign to this species. The male agrees with Marseul’s description; the female has the second dorsal twice interrupted, in the basal third and just behind the middle. Marseul states that this species may be told from guadridentata by the more lightly punctate pygidium and propygidium, and the ‘‘usually’’ interrupted second stria. He includes this species in his key under the forms which have the second stria entire. The punctation of the pygidium and propygidium of quadridentata | have shown to be variable, and I should consider this form to be a variety of quadridentata were it not for the fact that when an entire stria is interrupted, the interruption nearly always takes place in the basal third, and the apical portion of the stria becomes shorter progressively. Neither of my specimens shows this condition; the female specimen has an interruption in the basal third, but there is a short stria between this and the more apical interruption. This condition leads me to believe that the apical interruption was the first, and the latter interruption came as it does in a variable stria. Hololepta (Leionota) vicina Lec. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., V. p. 163. 1851. Narrowly oblong. Front with two semi-circular strioles which may connect to form a single sinuate stria; preocular tooth moderately prominent; supraorbital stria short. Pronotum with a lateral narrow 1917} Hololeptine of the United States 395 band of distant punctures, median stria extending past the middle, marginal stria entire, broadening from the anterior third into a shallow fossa behind the anterior angle, posteriorly extending around the pos- terior angle to a point opposite the second stria of the elytra. Elytra with three stria, the first short, about one-third the length of the elytra, usually continued to the apex of the elytron by a series of punctures, the second entire, third a basal puncture. Propygidium evenly, mod- erately punctate, the punctures largest laterally, finest on disk and apex. Pygidium densely punctate. On the ventral surface of the head there is extending backward from the base of the mandibles, on the gula a carina much elevated in the anterior half, low and interrupted in the posterior half; the carinze of both sides form a V, the center of which is evenly excavated (<7), or the posterior half of the carina is obsolete or lacking and the center of the gular plate has a raised boss just behind the mentum (2). Prosternum narrowly truncate at apex, with a V- _ shaped slight depression at apex (co), or not depressed (9), and very slightly emarginate. Second ventral abdominal segment punctate at sides only; third and fourth distinctly punctate at sides and across middle of disk. Second segment one-third the length of third. Length 4.25—5 mm. Distribution, San Diego, Pasadena, Washington, California, Southern California. Hololepta (Leionota) vicina var. californica nov. Similar in all respects to vicina but the third elytral stria is at least half as long as the first stria, though not as deeply impressed. The propygidium is less densely punctate and the punctures are larger and more uniform in size. Length 4.5 mm. Two specimens labelled S. California (Joutel). Hololepta (Leionota) vicina subspecies neglecta. Blaisdell. III, p. 338, 1892. Lewis Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XIV, p. 139, 1904. Lewis Cat., p. 3, 1905 (in error). Narrowly elongate. Front quadristriate; the two usual arcuate strie are present (as in vicina), anterior to these are two short more or less broken striz, which form with the arcuate stria narrow V’s, the apices of which are directed outward (Pl. VI, fig. 2); preocular tooth moderately projecting, depressed; supraorbital stria short, basal. Pronotum with a lightly impressed median stria which extends from the base to the middle; marginal stria entire, extending around the pesterior angle to a point opposite the third stria of the elytra, ending apically in a shallow fossa close to and within the anterior angle of the pronotum; a narrow lateral band of punctures inside the marginal stria, most dense at base, very sparse and faint at apex. Elytra tristriate, the 396 Annals Entomological Society of America _ [Vol. X, first stria short, basal about one-third the length of the elytra, continued to apex by a series of more or less elongate punctures, second stria entire, third punctiform; subhumeral abbreviated at base and apex. Inflexed portion of elytra slightly punctate in a short band immediately inside the marginal ridge, otherwise smooth. Propygidium punctate rather evenly, the punctures large on sides, smaller on disk and at apex. Pygidium densely punctate. Mentum concave, faintly punctate. Gula as in vicina. Prosternum as in vicina. Mesosternum sparsely punctulate. Second, third and fourth ventral abdominal segments punctate for their entire width. Second segment one-half the length of the third. Length 6 mm. Type. Distribution, San Diego Co., Cal. (F. E. Blaisdell). This description is drawn from the type specimen kindly sent me by Mr. Blaisdell. The species is very close to vicina, but is much more elongate and has a very different facies. It differs from vicina in the sculpture of the ventral segments, in the more convex pygidium and in the shortness of the elytra, which causes the margin of the third dorsal abdominal segment to be visible for its entire width. The type is, I believe, a male. Hololepta (Leionota) caseyi n. sp. Narrower and more elongate than vicina. Front bistriate; preocular tooth moderately prominent; supraorbital stria short. Pronotum with a narrow lateral band of punctures; median stria absent or very lightly impressed; marginal stria asin vicina. Elytra asin vicina. Propygidium coarsely and sparsely punctate, the punctures finer on disk and apex; in a few specimens the disk is almost impunctate. Pygidium densely punctate. Submentum without carine and the cup shaped excavation of vicina replaced by a Y-shaped groove. Prosternum broadly truncate, its anterior margin narrowly elevate and rugulose (Pl. VI, fig. 1). Second, third and fourth ventral segments punctate at sides, impunctate on disk. Length 4.5 mm. Holotype and six paratypes. Holotype labelled Arizona, paratypes, Nogales, Arizona. Genus Iliotona gen. nov. More or less elongate, subdepressed. Head porrect, mandibles subequal. Tibia dentate, the anterior quadri posterior and intermediate tridentate. The two lower teeth of the intermediate and posterior tibiz borne on separate processes, and all three teeth subequally spaced. Prosternum carinate, terminating apically in.a sharp point. Key To ILIOTONA. Pygidium margined. Mandibles without teeth and not dilated at basal fourth. Thorax not grooved near side margin below apical third. ..cacti Lec. Pygidium unmargined. Mandibles suddenly dilated at basal fourth, with a tooth above the dilation. Thorax near side margin slightly below apical thicd, with a deep. transverse venoove:-... 5.... a. seee eee beyeri Schaef. 1917] Hololeptine of the United States 397 Iliotona cacti Lec. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., V. p. 162. 1851. Mars. Mon., p. 400, t. 10, f. 5, 1857. Horn. Pro. Phil: Soc., p. 275. 1873. Oblong, parallel. Front with two shallow impressions which may contain striae, or be punctured; supraorbital stria long. Pronotum bisinuate at base with a median longitudinal stria extending two-thirds from base towards apex. Lateral margin of pronotttm punctate. Marginal stria interrupted at middle by the lateral punctures on the margin itself in a small flattened area, at the interruption of the mar- ginal stria, a single puncture. Elytra bistriate, the first dorsal short, not reaching the middle, second entire, subhumeral moderately deep, abbreviated at base. Inflexed portion of elytra rugose. Pygidium shining on disk, opaque in a band along apex. Coarsely punctate. at sides, finely or not at all on disk. Pygidium opaque, finely, rather densely punctate, the apical portion higher, shining and impunctate, thus giving a margined appearance to the pygidium. - Mentum coarsely punctured, triangularly emarginate, with an elevated line extending from the hind angles to the middle or the emargination on each side. Prosternum elevated, narrow, broadened at base, terminating acutely at apex. Length 4.5—-7.5 mm. Variants. This species is very variable in the secondary sexual characters. Mexican specimens have the fossa of the male as a single deep pit, and the disk of the propygidium in both sexes impunctate and are without ‘frontal strie, the place of which is taken by punctures. These specimens are also much larger than the types. Texas specimens in my collection have the fossa of the male divided into two parts, the disk of the propygidium is punctate, and the frontal striz are replaced by punctures. The Leconte types from San Diego have the fossa single as in the Mexican form, the propygidium is punctate on the disk, and the frontal striae are well marked, though short and widely separated. Distribution, Mexico, Texas, and Southern California. Tliotona beyeri Scheffer. Ent. News, p. 302. 1917. Elongate. Head sparsely rather coarsely punctate, a few finer punctures intermixed, preocular spine short, indistinct, supraorbital stria distinct. Mandibles elongate, feebly curved at apex, suddenly dilated on the inner side at the basal third, above the dilation, a single obtuse tooth. Pronotum with an impressed median line extending two-thirds from base to apex; marginal stria entire; at the sides slightly below apical third, a deep sinuate transverse groove, above this 398 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. X, a shorter straight transverse groove, and below it a very short groove which is connected to the large one by the marginal stria;. region near apical and basal angles coarsely punctate; disk smooth. Elytra bistriate, first dorsal short deeply impressed, continued to base by a series of fine punctures, second subentire, ending in confused punctures, subhumeral deep, abbreviated at base and apex. Propygidium shining on disk, subopaque at sides and apex, rather sparsely so on disk. Pygidium subopaque, finely, densely, and evenly punctate. Mentum carinate as in cacti. Prosternum elevated carinate, broadened at base, terminating apically in a point. Length 8.5 mm. Santa Rosa, Lower California. 1917] | Hololeptine of the United States 399 EXPLANATION OF PLATES, SECTION II. PLATE XXXI, Fig. 1. Hololepta lucida (@). Fig. 2. Hololepta aequalis (). Fig. 3. Hololepta populnea. Fig. 4. Hololepta (Leionota) decimstriata. Fig. 5. Hololepta (Leionota) interrupta. Fig. 6. Hololepta (Leionota) bifoveolata. Fig. 7. Hololepta (Leionota) quadridentata, ssp. floridae (7). Fig. 8. Hololepta (Leionota) quadridentata, ssp. minor (@ ). Fig. 9. Hololepta (Leionota) quadridentata, ssp. floridae (9). PLATE XXXII. Fig. 10. Hololepta (Leionota) quadridentata, ssp. minor (<). Fig. 11. Hololepta (Leionota) sirpus. Fig. 12. Hololepta (Leionota) vicina. Fig. 18. Hololepta (Leionota) pervalida (¢ ). Fig. 14. Hololepta (Leionota) neglecta. Fig. 15. Hololepta (Leionota) caseyi. PLATE XX XIII. Fig. 16. Hololepta (Leionota) quadridentata, ssp. quadridentata. Fig. 17. Hololepta (Leionota) yucateca, extreme variant closely resembling princeps. Fig. 18. Hololepta (Leionota) yucateca. Fig. 19. Hololepta (Leionota) quadridentata, ssp. platysma. PLATE XXXIV. Fig. 20. Hololepta (Leionota) pervalida (0). Fig. 21. Hololepta (Leionota) vernicis (o). Fig. 22. Hololepta (Leionota) vernicis (¢ ). Fig. 23. Iliotona beyeri. PLATE XXXV. Fig. 24. Iliotona cacti, Texas form (@ ). Fig. 25. Iliotona cacti, Texas form (<). Fig. 26. Iliotona cacti, Mexican form (). All figures are of the same magnification, about X 8. PLATE XXXVI. Fig. 1. Ventral view of head and prosternum of H. (L.) caseyi. Fig. 2. Ventral view of head and prosternum of H. (L.) vicina. VOL. X, PLATE. XXXI. ANNALS HE. S. A. F. G. Carnochan. ANNALS KE. S. A. VOL. X, PLATE XXXI. F. G. Carnochan. ANNALS E. S.A. . VOL. X, PLATE XXXII. F. G. Carnochan. ANNALS E. S. A. VOL. X, PLATE XXXII. FP. G, Carnochan. ANNALS E, S.A. VoL. X, PLATE XXXIII. fF. G. Carnochan. ANNALS E. S. A. VOL. X, PLATE XXXIITI, F. G. Carnochan. ANNALS E.S. A. VoL. X, PLATE XXXIV- F. G. Carnochan. ANNALS E. S. A. VoL. X, PLATE XXXIV* F. G. Carnochan. ANNALS E.S. A. VoL. X, PLATE XXXV. F. G. Carnochan. 4 ANNALS E. S. A. “’.) G, Carnochan. VoL. X, PLATE XXXV. ea ANNALS E.S. A. Vov. X, PLATE XXXVI? F. G. Carnochan. INDEX OF VOLUME X. abbreviatus, Syrphus, 224. abdominalis, Eurygenius, 325. Acarina, 117. Acmaeodera burmitina, 323, 325, 327, 329. acridiorum, Coccobacillus, 47. Acinopterus acuminatus, 80. acromios, Pelops, 126. acuminatus, Acinopterus, 80. Adalia annectans, 289, 292. coloradensis, 289. bipunctata, 289, 292, 296. bipunctata,annectans, 298. bipunctata-humeralis, 298. humeralis, 289, 294. melanopleura, 289, 294. melanopleura-bipunctata, 299. Adoretus tenuimaculatus, 207. Adrastus, 241, 255. Aedes cantator, 217. sollicitans, 217. sylvestris, 217. Aeolothrips, 12. zqualis, Hololepta, 367. africanus, Eurygenius, 325. Agriotes, 255. Agrypnus, 245, 247. Ailanthus, 16. alata, Mycetophila, 315. Alaus, 245. albimanus, Anopheles, 198. Aldrich, J. M., 98. aldrichi, Camptopelta, 24. Allodia dentica, 315. Allostethus, 195. alni, Xylococcus, 148, 149, 158. Alternanthera versicolor, 208. americana, Marquettia, 15. Nymphaea, 36. Schistocerca, 47. americanus, Syrphus, 224. Trionymus, 267. Anchastus, 256. annectans, Adalia, 289, 292. anomala, Hoplophora, 130. Antennal Segments of Coccide, 264. Anomala orientalis, 206. Anopheles albimanus, 198. pseudopunctipennis, 198. tarsimaculata, 198. Anthomyia laminarum, 21. Anthracopteryx, 260. Apenesia electriphila, 323. apiniger, Nothrus, 130. Apterocychus, 207. 4it Aptopus, 241. Archaeoptilus gaullei, 6. arcuatus, Syrphus, 223. Arthrochthonius, 130. Athous, 247. Atropacarus illinoiensis, 131. aurei, Johannseni, 316. aureotecta, Empoa, 93. aureus, Eumenes, 352. auricomus, Bombus, 278. Baumberger, J. P., article by, 179. Beckwith, Chas. S., article by, 211. Beetle Mites, Synopsis of the Genera of, 117. belfragei, Eumenes, 350. Betarmon, 255. betule, Xylococcus, 147, 148. beyeri, Iliotona, 696, 397 bicolor, Brachyopa, 227. bicosticus, Damaeus, 128. bifidus, Phelpsius, 89. pee ae Hololepta (Leionota), 284, 393. bipunctata, Adalia, 289, 292, 296. bipunctata-annectans, Adalia, 298. bipunctata-humeralis, Adalia, 298. Bittacus, 342. bivittatus, Melanoplus, 58. Bladus, 241. Blauta, 241.- bolliformis, Eumenes, 352. bollii, Eumenes, 349. Bombide, Notes on, 277. Bombus auricomus, Life History of, 277. Bombus pennsylvanicus, 278, 286. borealis, Chlorotettex, 92. Brachypeza, 316. Brachyopa, bicolor, 227. rufiabdomalis, 226. vacua, 227. bractea, Hololepta, 383. Braun, Annette F., article by, 233. braggii, Eupeodes, 221. Lachnus, 138. brevisetosa, Neoribatula, 128. brunneus, Eumenes, 348. Bubonic Plague, Ecology of, 198. Burmacrocera petiolata, 326. burmanica, Electrocyrtoma, 22. Burmese Amber, Insects in, 323. Burmitempis halteralis, 329. burmiticus, Myodites, 22. burmitina, Acmzodera, 323, 325, 327,329. burmitina, Liburnia, 329. burmitina, Sciara, 20. 412 cacti, Iliotona, 396, 397. Caliroa cerasi, 330. Callipappus, 147. Calotermes, 329. Camnula pellucida, 51. Campodea, 303, 307. Camptopelta, a New Genus of Stratiomyide, 23. Camptopelta aldrichi, 24. Campsosternus, 259. Campylus, 247, 253. Campylus denticornis, 252. candida, Saperda, 64, 67, 68. cantator, Aedes, 217. Cardiophorus, 245. Cardiorhinus, 26C. carinatum, Hoplophora, 130. Carnochan, F. G., article by, 367. carolina, Dissosteira, 51. caseyi, Hololepta, 284, 396. Castalia odorata, 37. Cerambycid Larve, 63. cerasi, Caliroa, 330. Myzus, 331. Cercopide, Wing Venation of, 27. Chalcolepidius, 245, 252. Chaitophorus negundinis, 300. cherokeenensis, Melanostoma, 219. Chironomus, 41. Chlorotettex borealis, 92. Chordotonal Organs of Cerambycid Larve, 63. Chysodema, 323. Cicadellidz of Wisconsin, with Dessay: tions of New Species, 79. cimbiciformis, Mallota, 229. circumflexus, Myzus, 300. Coccide, 264. Coccide, Taxonomic Value of Antennal Segments, 264. Coccinellid Genus, 289. Coccobacillus acridiorum, Studies on, 47. Cockerell, T. D. A., article by, 1, 323. collaris, Profenusa, ee coloradensis, Adalia, 289. Eumenes, 359. Lachnus, 133. Colorado Species, Genus Lachnus, 133. Colorado Syrphide, New Species, 219. Coleosoma, 147. complanata, Hololepta, 383. concinnus, Idiocerus, 86. confluens, Hydromyza, 35, 41, 43. confusor, Monohammus, 64, 67, 68, 69, 72 convergens, Hippodamia, 301. convexicollis, Eurygenius, 325. Copicerus, 329. Coptostethus, 241. Corethra plumicornis, 65. Corydalis cornutus, 195. Index of Volume X Corymbites, 245. cornutus, Corydalis, 195. Crampton, G. C., articles by, 187, 337. crassicornis, Eumenes, 346, 362. crucifera, Eumenes, 346. cruciferorum Eumenes, 354, 361. Cryptohypnus, 247. cucullatus, Steganacarus, 130. curtipennis, Stenobothrus, 51. Damaeine, 128. Damaeus bicosticus, 128. magnisetosus, 129. dasypus, Ginglymacarus, 131. dasystomus, Mallodon, 64, 67, 69. decemlineata, Leptinotarsa, 51. deceptus, Euscelis, 87. decimstriata, Hololepta (Leionota), 384, 393. - decumanus, Mus, 202. DeLong, D. M., and Sanders, J. G., article by, 79. Deltocephalus vinnulus, 80. denticornis, Campylus, 252. Dendrolimus pini, 183. dentica, Allodia, 315. Mycetophila, 314. depressum, Platysoma, 370. Dermestes larvalis, 323. dermestoides, Throscus, 242. Desmocerus palliatus, 64, 68. Diaspine, 264. Dichrophyllum marginatus, 229. Dissosteira carolina, 51. Dociostaurus maroccanus, 47. Dolichomyia, 15. Dolophilus, 8. Dolopius, 255, 256. domestica, Musca, 184. Doru luteipennis, -195. Drapetes geminatus, 2438, 251. Drosophila melanogaster, 2, 179. Dunstania pulchra, 8. Ectodemia, 237. Ecology of Bubonic Plague, 198. Ectinus, 241, 255. Elater, 260. : Elateridz, phylogeny of, 241, 260. Electroaerum, 327. Electrocyrtoma burmanica, 22. elegans, Zonocerus. 47. Elatrinus, 241. Empoa aureotecta, 93. Enicocephalus, 14. Eniconyx, 241. enigmatus, Eumenes, 360. Eosentomon, 195. Epacmus willistoni, 23. Ergates spiculatus, 64, 69, 70. Eriococcids, 264. Esthesopus, 241. Eucynipimorpha, 26. Index of Volume X 413 Eumenes, 345. aureus, 352. belfragei, 350. bollii, 349. bolliformis, 352. brunneus, 348. coloradensis, 359. crassicornis, 346, 362. crucifera, 346. cruciferorum, 354, 361. enigmatus, 360. fervens, 354. fraternus, 346. globulosiformis, 363. globulosus, 358. macrops, 354. marginilineatus, 363. - minuta, 354. pachygaster, 362. robustus, 360. smithii, 346. stenogaster, 353. sternalis, 353. tricinctus, 354. verticallis, 357. xanthogaster, 359. Eupelops laticuspidatus, 126. latipilosus, 126. minnesotensis, 126. Eupeodes braggii, 221. .weldoni, 221. Euphthiracarus flavus, 132. Eurygenius abdominalis, 325. africanus, 325. convexicollis, 325. fragilicornis, 325. griseopubens, 325. hovanus, 325. nigricolor, 325. niponicus, 325. wickhami, 324. Euscelis deceptus, $7. Euthyrrhapha pacifica, 13. Evalljapax, 303. Ewing, H. E., articles by, 117, 330. excisa, Hololepta, 382. femur-rubrum, Melanoplus, 51. fervens, Eumenes, 354. Ficus, 16. filiferus, Xylococcus, 147, 148. flavoterminata, Mallota, 228. flavus, Euphthiracarus, 132. Florence, Laura, article by, 147. florid, subsp. Hololepta, 384, 391, 392. var. striatifera, Hololepta, 384, 392. floridanus, Trichodectes, 167. flukei. Syrphus, 222. Fossil Insects, 1. fossularts, Hololepta, 372. fragilicornis, Eurygenius, 325. fraternus, Eumenes, 346. Frison, Theo. H., article by, 277. fumidus, Idiocerus, 86. gaullei, Archaeoptilus, 6. geminatus, Drapetes, 248. geomydis, Trichodectes, 169, 172. Geron, 15. trochilides, 25. * Gillette, C. P., article by, 133. Ginglymacarus dasypus, 131. lurida, 131. sphaerula, 131. Glaucolepis, 236, 237. globulosiformis, Eumenes, 363. globulosus, Eumenes, 358. Glossina, 14. gossi, Triaeschna, 9. griseopubens, Eurygenius, 325. Gryllus pennsylvanicus, 51. Guthrie, Esther, article by, 314. Gymnonothrus, 129. Halter, 15. halteralis, Burmitempis, 329. Headlee, Thos. J., article by, 211. Hemicrepidius, 253. Hemirrhipus, 252. Heredity and Life History in the Coccinellid Genus Adalia Mulsant, 289 Hess, W. N., article by, 63. Heterodamaeus, 128. Hibernation: A Periodical Phenomenon, 179. Hilton, Wm. A., article by, 308. Hippodamia convergens, 301. Hister obtusatus, 367. Histeride, 383. Hololepta equalis, 367, 372, 379. bractea, 383. complanata, 383. excisa, 382. fossularis, 372. lamina, 367. — lucida, 380. populnea, 381. populnea var. punctata, 382. princeps, 384, 385. quadridentata, 367, 384, 390, 391. quadridentata, 384, 390. subsp. florida, 384, 392. florid var. striatifera, 384, 392. minor, 384, 392. eke (Leionota) bifoveolata, 384, 92 caseyi, 384, 396. decimstriata, 384, 393. interrupta, 384, 394. pervalida, 383, 386. princeps, 384, 385. quadridentata, 384, 390. sirpus, 384, 389. vernicis. 389. vicina, 394. vicina var. californica, 395. vicina, 394. subsp. neglecta, 395. yucateca, 386. 414 Index of Volume X Hololeptine of the United States, 367. Hoplophora anomala, 130. carinatum, 130. stricula, 131. Hodotermes tristis, 325, 329. Hollinger, A. H., article by, 264. Hoplodermide. 117. hovanus, Eurygenius, 325. humeralis, Adalia, 289, 294. Hydromyza confluens, Further Studies of, 35, 41, 43. Hypnoidus, 241, 253. Hypochthonius pallidulus, 130. Hypodesis, 260. Hyptiogastrites, 19. electrinus, 20. Hyslop, J. A., article by, 241. Idiocerus: concinnus, 86. fumidus, 86. luteocephalus, 84. nigriventer, 85. subnitens, 82. Iliotona, 367. beyeri, 396, 397. cacti, 393, 397. Insects in Burmese Amber, 323. Insects, Fossil, 1. interrupta, Hololepta (Leionota), 384, 94. interrupta, Sphaerophoria, 225. Intestinal Organisms of Locusts, 47. Isely, Dwight, article by, 345. Ischnodes, 241. Japax, 303. Japyx, 195. Joelia, 128. Johannseni aurei, 316. johnsoni, Melanostoma, 219. Jones, Chas. R.; article by, 219. kingi, Trichodectes, 167. Labidostommatide, 117. Lachnus braggii, 138. coloradensis, 133. palmere, 135. pini-radiate, 141. ponderose, 142. tomentosus, 140. Lacon, 245. lamina, Hololepta, 367. laminarum, Anthomyia, 21. larvalis, Dermestes, 323. Lasiocampa quercus, 183. laticuspidatus, Eupelops, 126. latipilosus, Eupelops, 126. latus, Trichodectes, 168. Lecania, 264. Leionota, 367 (See Hololepta) quadridentata, 367. Lepisma, 303. Leptinotarsa decemlineata, 51. Leptoschema, 241. Lepturiodes, 241. Liburnia burmitina, 329. Limonius, 245. lineatum, Rhagium, 64, 67, 68. Liriodendron, 380. Locusts, Intestinal Organisms of, 47. Lophoteles pallidipennis, 25. plumula, 25. lucida, Hololepta, 380. Ludius, 245. lurida, Ginglymacarus, 131. luteipennis, Doru, 195. luteocephalus, Idiocerus, 84. Machilis, 303. macrocarpe, Xylococcus, 148, 149. Macrocera, 327. macrops, Eumenes, 354. maculosa, Mycetophila, 314. magnisetosus, Damaeus, 129. Mallodon dasystomus, 64, 67, 69. Mallophaga, New Species, 167. Mallota cimbiciformis, 229. flavoterminata, 228. palmere, 229. sackenii, 229. Margatrodine, 147. marginatus, Dichrophyllum, 229. Syrphus, 222. marginilineatus, Eumenes, 363. Marilia, 327. maroccanus, Dociostaurus, 47. Marquettia americana, 15. Mastotermes, 138. matsumure, Xylococcus, 148, 149. McGregor, E. A., article by, 167. meadii, Syrphus, 223. medius, Syrphus, 224. Megapenthes, 247. Melanactes, 241. melanogaster, Drosophila, 2, 179. Melanoplus bivittatus, 58. femur-rubrum, 51. melanopleura, Adalia, 289, 294. melanopleura-bipunctata, 299. Melanostoma cherokeenensis, 219. johnsoni, 220. monticola, 220. Melanotus, 247. mellus, Thamnotettix, 91. mephitidis, Trichodectes, 171. Meristhus, 241. Merope, 342. metallifera, Xylota, 230. Metcalf, Z. P., article by,.27. Microdon similis, 219. tristis, 219. Microxylota robii, 230. minnesotensis, Eupelops, 126. minor, subsp. Hololepta, 384, 392. minuta, Eumenes, 354. minutus, Trichodectes, 167. Monocrepidius, 247. Index of Volume X Monohammus confusor, 64, 67, 68, 69, 72 monticola, Melanostoma, 220. monticolus, Trichodectes, 171. Mosquito Work, Recent Advances, 211. Muir, F., article by, 207. multipilosus, Neogymnobates, 127. Mus decumanus, 202 norvegicus, 202. rattus, 202. Musca domestica, 184. Musiela vulgaris, 167. Mycetophila alata, 314. dentica, 315. maculosa, 314. permata, 314. Mycetophilidz from California, 314. Myodites burmiticus, 22. Myzus cerasi, 331. circumflexus, 300. napiiormis, Xylococcus, 148. Neck Region in Insects, Nature of, 187. negundinis, Chaitophorus, 300. Nemopiera, 344. Neogymaobates, 126. multipilosus, 127. Neoribatula brevisetosa, 128. Nepticula, Pupal Wings, 233. Nepticula platanella, 234, 235, 238. rosaefoliella, 234, 235. variella, 236. Nepticulidz, 233. Nervous System of Thysanura, 303. nigricolor, Eurygenius, 325. nigrofasciatus, Oedaleus, 48. nigromaculata, Xylota, 229. nigriventer, Idiocerus, 85. niponicus, Eurygenius, 325. Nectua unipuncia, 183, 184. norvegicus, Mus, 202. Notes on Bombidz and on the Liie History of Bombus Auricomus Robt., 277. Nothodes, 241. Noithrinz, 129. Nothrus spiniger, 130. sylvesiris, 129. noveboracensis, Puiorius, 167. Nymphaea americana, 36, 43. obliquefasciatum, Zodion, 286. Obrussa, 236, 237. Observations on the Pupal Wings of Nepticula, 233. obtusatus, Hister, 367. Octocryptus, 247. Ocitostigmata, 117. odocoilei. Trichodecies, 173. Odocoileus virginianus macrourus, 173. Odontomyia, 25. odorata, Castalia, 37. Oecophyila, 13. Oedaleus nigrofasciatus, 48. 415 Oedositethus, 241. Oestodes tenuicollis, 252. Oribatide, 117. Oribatine, 126. orientalis, Anomala, 206. Orthostethus, 253. ostreatus, Pleurotus, 314, 316. Oxycera, 25. Oxygonus, 241. pachygaster, Eumenes, 362. Pacific Coast Species of Xylococcus (Scale Insects), 147. paciiica, Euthyrrhapha, 13. Paleoplatyura, 327. pailiatus, Desmocerus, 64. 68. pallidulus, Hypochthonius, 130. Palmer, Miriam A., article by, 289. palmerz, Lachnus, 135. Mallota, 229. Panorpa, 342. Paranomus, 241. Parthenogenesis in the Pear-slug Saw- fiy, 330. Pear-slug Saw-fiy, the, 330. Pedilus, 325 pellucida, Camnula, 51. Pelops acromois, 126. uraceus, 126. pennsylvanicus, Bombus, 278. Gryllus, 51. Saprinus, 367. peregrina, Schistocerca, 48. permata, Mycetophila, 314. Perothops, 242. pie Hololepta (Leionota), 383, Parthenogenesis] in petiolata, Burmacrocera, 326. Petiolate Wasps, 345. Petropteron, 8. Pheletes, 253. Phenacoccus, 264. Phelpsius bifidus, 89. umbrosus, 88. Phithiracarus, 132. Phylogenetic Study of the Larval and Adult Head in Neuroptera, Mecop- tera, Diptera, and Trichoptera, 337. Phylogeny of the Elateridz, 241. Physodactylus, 260. pini,-Dendrolimus, 183. pini-radiatz, Lachnus, 141. Pinus ponderosa, 143. scopulorum, 143. platanella, Nepticula, 234. Platysoma depressum, 370. Plecophlebus nebulosus, 327. Pleural Discs of Cerambycid Larve, 63. Pleurotus ostreatus, 314, 316. plumicornis, Corethra, 65. poeyi, Zethus, 366. Polyporus sulphureus, 315, 316. 416 populnea, Hololepta, 381. populnea var. punctata, Hololepta, 382. ponderosa, Pinus, 143. ponderose, Lachnus, 142. Presena, 207. princeps, Hololepta (Leionota), 384, 385 Pristilophus, 246. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of America, N. Y. Meeting, 98. Profenusa collaris, 331. Protofoenus swinhoei, 19. Psectra, 344. Psephiocera, 26. pseudo-acacia, Robinia, 380. Pseudococcus, 264. shaferi, 267. Putorius noveboracensis, 167. Pyrophorus, 247. pulchra, Dunstania, 8. Pupal Wings of Nepticula, 233. pseudopunctipennis, Anopheles, 198. Psyllipsocus, 14. quadridentata, Hololepta, 367. Hololepta (Leionota), 384, 390, 391. Leionota, 367. quercus, Lasiocampa, 183. Quercus serata, 148. quercus, Xylococcus, 148, 149, 155. Raphidia, 12. rattus, Mus, 202. retusus, Trichodectes, 167. Rhabdopselaphus, 25. Rhagium lineatum, 64, 67, 68. ribesii, Syrphus, 225. robii, Microxylota, 230. Robinia pseudo-acacia, 380. robustus, Eumenes, 360. rosaefoliella, Nepicula, 234. rufiabdominalis, Brachyopa, 226. rufomaculata, Volucella, 227. sackenii, Mallota, 229. Sanders, J. G. and DeLong, D. article by, 79. Saperda candida, 64, 67, 68. Saprinus pennsylvanicus, 367. Schistocerca americana, 47. peregrina, 48. Sciara, 14. burmitina, 20. scleritus, Trichodectes, 172. Scolia, 207. Scolia Manile, Introduction of, 207. Scohiaula, 237. scopulorum, Pinus, 143. serata, Quercus, 148. Sericosomus, 247. shaferi, Pseudococcus, 267. similis, Microdon, 219. Syrphus, 224. sirpus, Hololepta (Leionota), 284, 389. Sisyra, 12. Index of Volume X Six New Species of Mallophaga from North American Mammals, 167. slossone, Zethus, 366. sollicitans, Aedes, 217. smithii, Eumenes, 346. Sphaerophoria interrupta, 225. sphaerula, Ginglymacarus, 131. spiculatus, Ergates, 64, 69, 70. Spilosoma virginica, 51. spinipes, Zethus, 364. Steganacarus, cucullatus, 130. stenogaster, Eumenes, 353. sternalis, 353. Sternoxes, 242. stramineus, Thamnotettix, 90. Stantoniella, 8. Stenobothrus curtipennis, 51. Stratiomyide, New Genus of, 23. stricula, Hoplophora, 131. subniger, Tegoribates, 127. subnitens, Idiocerus, 82. substrictus, Zethus, 366. sulphureus, Polyporus, 315, 316. swinhoei, Protofoenus, 19. Trichomyia, 21. sylvestris, Aedes, 217. Nothrus, 129. Synopsis of the Genera of Beetle Mites With Special Reference to the N. A. Family, 117. Synopsis of the Petiolate Wasps of the Family Eumenide (Hymenoptera), Found in America North of Mexico, 345. Syrphide, New Species Colorado, 219. Syrphus abbreviatus, 224. americanus, 224. arcuatus, 223. flukei, 222. marginatus, 222. meadii, 223. medius, 224. ribesii, 225. similis, 224. torvus, 225. tarsimaculata, Anopheles, 198. Taxonomic Value of Antennal Seg- ments of Certain Coccide, 264. Tegoribates subniger, 127. tenuicollis, Oestodes, 252. tenuimaculatus, Adoretus, 207. Termes, 329. Termopsis, 14. Tetralobus, 259. Thamnotettix mellus, 91. stramineus, 90. vittipennis, 91. thomomyus, 169. Throscus, dermestoides, 242, 243. Thysanura, Nervous System of, 303. tibialis, Trichodectes, 178. Tiphia, 207. Index of Volume X Triaeschna gossi, 9. Trichodectes floridanus. 168. geomydis, 169, 172. kingi, 167. latus, 168. mephitidis, 171. minutus, 167. monticolus, 171. odocoilei, 173. retusus, 167. scleritus, 172. thomomyus, 169. tibialis, 173. Trichomyia, 14. swinhoei, 21. tricinctus, Eumenes, 354. Tricophorus, 247. Trifurcula, 235, 237. Trigonalys, 14. Trionymus, 264. Trionymus americanus, 267. tristis, Hodotermes, 325, 329. Microdon, 219. tomentosus, Lachnus, 140. torvus, Syrphus, 225. umbrosus, Phelpsius, 88. unipuncta, Noctua, 183, 184. uraceus, Pelops, 126. vacus, Brachyopa, 227. Vanderleck, J. and DuPorte, E. M., article by, 47. variegatus, Zethus, 365. variella, Nepticula, 236. Venation, Wing, of Cercopide, 27. Veracervix, Nature of, 187. vernicis, Hololepta (Leionota), 389. 417 versicolor, Alternanthera, 208. verticallis, Eumenes, 357. vicina, Hololepta (Leionota), 384, 394. vinnulus, Deltocephalus, 80. virginianus macrourus, Odocoileus, 173. virginica, Spilosoma, 51. vittipennis, Thamnotettix, 91. Volucella rufomaculata, 227. vulgaris, Mustela, 167. Welch, Paul S., article by, 35. weldoni, Eupeodes, 221. wickhami, Eurygenius, 324. Williston, S. W., article by, 23. Wing Venation of Cereopide, 27. Wisconsin, Cicadellide of, 79. xanthogaster, Eumenes, 359. Xiphidium, 51. Xylococcus, Pacific Coast Species, 147. Xylococcus alni, n. sp., 148, 149, 158. betule, 147, 148. filiferus, 147, 148. macrocarpe, 148, 149. matsumure, 148, 149. napiformis, 148. quercus, 148, 149, 155. Xylota metallifera, 230. nigromaculata, 229. yucateca, Hololepta (Leionota), 384, 386 Zetek, James, article by, 198. Zethus poeyi, 366. slossone, 366. spinipes, 364. substrictus, 366. variegatus, 365. Zodion obliquefasciatum, 286. Zonocerus elegans, 47. ERRATA. (For the June number of the ‘‘Annals,’’ Vol. X, No. 2). Page 126.—Figure 1 should be inverted. Page 127.—The second footnote should read: The descriptions of this species and its genus have been sent away for publication in Part II of my series on ‘‘New Acarina.”’ NotE:—The long withheld manuscript for Part II, New Acarina, unexpectedly appeared so as to ante date this paper. PROGRAM Annual Meeting of the Entomological Society of America, Pittsburgh, Pa., December 28 and 29, 1917 Official Hotel—William Penn Meeting Place—Assembly Room, Margaret Morrison Carnegie School First SESSION, DECEMBER 28, 2:00 P. M. Notes on the Genus Buprestis Linn. in California. . RICHARD T. GARNETT Studies on the Dryinid Parasites of Leaf-Hoppers....F. A. FENTON Notes on the Body Wall of the Cockroach............ E. H. DusHAm Climatic and Seasonal Variation in Cerodonta....... J. M. Avpricu Observations on the Life History and Habits of Pilophorus walshii Uhl BENTLEY B. FULTON acereainie rents Drapes. 2. . 4. 45; 2s. caemees oes A. L. MELANDER SECOND SESSION, DECEMBER 29, 10:00 A. M. Business Meeting: Reports of Officers and Committees; Election of Officers; General Business. Notes on the Early Stages and Habits of Botflies.............. SEyMourR HapweENn and A. E. CAMERON Annotated List of Lachnosterna Enemies............... J. J. Davis The Bioclimatic Law of Latitude, Longitude and Altitude, as Applied to Entomological Research and Practice. ..A. D. Hopkins A Systematic Study of the Organisms Distributed Under the Name of Coccobacillus acridiorum d’Herelle.............. R. W. GLASER THIRD SESSION, DECEMBER 29, 2:00 P. M. Distribution of the Maritime Diptera of Eastern North America. . C. W. JOHNSON A Contribution to a Knowledge of the Life-History of the Leaf- eating Crane-fly, Cylindrotoma splendens........ A. E. CAMERON Reminiscences of My Early Work upon the Diptera............ S. W. Wituiston, Honorary Fellow The Hickory Gall Aphid and Its Control............. Hucu GLascow iebes om the Gents. Chiorbtettix ..: <2. 2 soeiee ~ D. M. DELoNG Some Comparisons in the Coccid Genus Chionaspis and Related Repel Ses a Reh Le cA te emer Shee SRS A. H. HoLiincER i PRES 2210 RGEC i lea ek ata ee J. S. Houser The Alydinz (Heteroptera) of the United States...... S. B. FRACKER FOURTH SESSION, DECEMBER 29, 8:00 P. M. PRTG EM NCAT ESS 4 Se eee ne oss anes PROFESSOR VERNON KELLOGG The Executive Committee will meet at the William Penn Hotel at 10 A M., December 28th. The Thomas Say Foundation will meet at the William Penn Hotel at 9 A. M., December 28th. NOTICE TO MEMBERS AND CONTRIBUTORS. The Annals of the Entomological Society of America, pub- lished by the Society quarterly, includes the Proceedings of the Annual méetings and such papers as may be selected by the Editorial Board. Papers may be submitted to any member of the Editorial Board and should be as nearly as possible in the form desired as final, preferably typewritten, and illustrations must be finished complete ready for reproduction. Plates must not exceed 5x7 inches unless intended to fold. _In general, papers to be accepted must be original, complete and previously unpublished and, except in connection with the proceedings, it will not be the policy to publish preliminary announcements or notes. Authors will be allowed fiity reprints gratis and additional copies at cost to the Society. The Managing Editor is provided with the most recent address of all paid-up members on record in the Secretary’s office for mailing the numbers of the Annals and members failing to receive their numbers should present their complaint to the Managing Editor within four months from the date of the mail- ing of the issue. After that time the numbers will be furnished only at the regular published rate. Requests for information as to membership and the annual dues of members may be sent to the Secretary-Treasurer, J. M. AtpricH, West Lafayette, Ind. Communications relating to the ANNALS, and all orders for separate copies or reprints should be addressed to HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, ANNALS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SocIETY OF AMERICA, State University, Columbus, Ohio. - CONTENTS OF THIS NUMBER. PALMER, Miriam A.—Additional Notes on Heredity and Life History in the Coccinellid Genus Adalia j. REREE Ey Mine arc ABN poner tese a abn AMIN he MY LEB CS 289 Hivron, Wituam A,— The Nervous System of Pinysarata ee LU lS Cae ei eg or iy ag GUTHRIE, ESTHER—New Mycetophilidae from California sw" i Re ETM RON AROS NE Moret gey sepia tee te (apt. 314 CockERELL, T. D, A.—Insects in Burmese Amber...- 323 Ewinc, H. E.—Pathenogenesis in the PearSlug Reet By A Saket cies ta tin Ge Sumer = ete ieee 330 Crampton, G. C.—A Phylogenetic Study of the Larval and Adult Head in Neuroptera, Mecoptera, Diptera, — Alc “A richopbetan i oi OG oh Nan OR Vans ie 237 IsELY, DwicHt—A Synopsis of the Petiolate Wasps of the Family Eumenidz (Hymenoptera), found in Purmetiea. North vot Memicat (0 Aco ate a oe 345 CarRnocHAN, F. G.—Hololeptine of the United States. 367 The regular annual subscription price for the ANNALS is in the United States, Cuba, Porto Rico, Hawaii and Mexico, $3.00; Canada, $3.50; other countries, $4.00. Checks, drafts or money order should be drawn payable to ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL Society oF AMERICA, and addressed to HERBERT OSBORN, State University, Columbus, Ohio, U. S. A. HA ‘i My My i 4 i . PS % 23) /8> —~—s Ieee ? ees] . ee % be pe ‘ae \, Te Ve i ‘i \ is . Vv ‘ Hs Aten mye